Loading...
Agenda 07/10/2018 Item #17D07/10/2018 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Recommendation to approve a Resolution amending the Water-Sewer District Utilities Standards Manual for critical infrastructure resiliency and other improvements. OBJECTIVE: To update the Collier County Water-Sewer District Utilities Standards Manual (“Manual”) that governs the installation of sustainable, safe and resilient utilities infrastructure within the county. CONSIDERATIONS: On May 11, 2004, under Agenda Item 8 D, the Board of County Commissioners, Ex Officio the Governing Board of the Collier County Water-Sewer District (Board), concurrently adopted Collier County Ordinance No. 2004-31, the Collier County Utilities Standards and Procedures Ordinance, and the Manual, including all of the Manual’s exhibits, as amended. These documents provide county procedures and guidelines for the design, construction and repair of both privately - constructed and county-constructed utility systems in Collier County. The Manual, an integral part of the Ordinance, provides engineering and drawing detail sheets for components of utility systems. Public Utilities Department staff vetted all proposed changes with the Development Services Advisory Committee (DSAC), and the Public Utilities Department’s Water and Wastewater Divisions to achieve the optimal, best-value design, operation, and maintenance of the utilities infrastructure. The DSAC Utilities Sub-Committee and the Public Utilities Department (PUD) actively participate in monthly utilities discussion group meetings and have reviewed the proposed Manual revisions in detail. On June 6, 2018 at its regular DSAC meeting, the proposed Manual revisions were unanimously approved in their entirety and recommended to be forwarded to the Board. The proposed changes to the Manual are listed in the Table of Revisions included in the Resolution (Attachment 1). Upon approval of the proposed resolution, the changes to the Manual will be effective for the development community on August 25, 2018; however, the changes to the Manual will be effective immediately for staff. On May 8, 2018 as Agenda Item 11A, “Recommendation to accept an update to the After -Action Report provided during the Board’s November 7, 2017 Workshop regarding the effects of Hurricane Irma,” the PUD expressed its plans to update the Utilities Standards Manual to ensure greater resiliency in construction. This amendment in part is intended to fulfill that commitment. A summary of the Resolution has been advertised in the Naples Daily News as required in Section 11 of the Ordinance. The attached Resolution was on file with the Clerk of the Board for public review and inspection. Critical Infrastructure Resiliency Summary Reference Attachment 2 for a summary of critical infrastructure resiliency changes interspersed throughout the Table of Revisions and the Manual. Other Improvements Reference the Tables of Revisions included in Attachment 1 for a summary of all changes. Generally, there are 24 proposed changes to Section 1 - Design Criteria of the Manual; 22 proposed changes to Section 2 - Technical Specifications; and 40 proposed changes to Section 3 - Utilities Detail Drawings that support Sections 1 and 2. There are five proposed changes to the Manual appendices as follows: Appendix A - Utilities Deviation 17.D Packet Pg. 2899 07/10/2018 Form, Appendix B - Water Meter Sizing Form, Appendix D - Utilities Conveyance Checklist, Appendix E - Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Forms, and Appendix F - detailed below. County Approved Standard Product List (Appendix F) Appendix F of the Utility Standards Manual is the “County Approved Standard Product List” which describes standardized materials that are to be used by for private and public construction of utility assets. To ensure that the standard products and suppliers listed in Appendix F provide best-value, engineering consultant Hole Montes, Inc. performed a third party assessment of each item which evaluated features and cost of similar products and their use in other municipalities. Hole Montes’ findings and recommendations are included in their “Assessment of Standard Suppliers” (reference Attachment 3). According to the “Standard Supplier Change Summary” (reference Attachment 4), 28 additional alternate product sources are proposed to be added to the “County Approved Standard Product List.” 15 of these products have a lower cost than the current specification, representing a total unit cost savings of approximately $7,600. The other 15 products provide alternatives and competition to the current single source specification, albeit at greater current prices. One proposed change adds cost ($74) to potable water service saddles. Due to excessive corrosion experienced on iron saddles, the material is being changed to brass which has a longer service life. While the material change represent s an initial increased cost, the less corrosive components will provide the rate-payers with significant maintenance savings. For a typical 450 unit development containing three wastewater pump stations, the Appendix F changes in water and wastewater result in an estimated net cost savings of approximately $2,300. Pursuant to Section Eleven, sub-paragraph 11 and Section 18 of the Collier County Procurement Ordinance 2017-08, as amended, staff requests that the Board of County Commissioners find that it is in the best interest of the county to standardize on the materials listed in the “County Approved Product List” for the PUD’s needs. A peer review by independent engineering consultant Tetra Tech, Inc. also recommends standardization of these items as shown in Attachment 5. Attachment 6 includes a combined Waiver Request Form for single-source standard purchases in order for the PUD to procure materials in excess of annual procurement thresholds, effective through FY2023. Staff intends to repeat this assessment process approximately every five years to ensure that best-value continues to be provided through changes in the market and technology. FISCAL IMPACT: There is no direct fiscal impact associated with this action. As the utility systems age, the quantity o f parts and materials purchased will vary depending on the actual repair/replacement needs. Annual expenditures will be controlled by the Board-approved fiscal year budgets. LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS: This item has been reviewed by the County Attorney, is approved as to form and legality, and requires majority vote for approval. -JAK GROWTH MANAGEMENT IMPACT: This project meets current Growth Management Plan standards to ensure the adequacy and availability of viable public facilities. RECOMMENDATION: That the Board of County Commissioners, Ex Officio the Governing Board of the Collier County Water-Sewer District, approve the attached Resolution amending the Collier County Water-Sewer District Utilities Standards Manual; and authorize the single-source waiver, effective through FY2023. Prepared By: Tom Chmelik, P.E., PMP Public Utilities Engineering and Project Management Director 17.D Packet Pg. 2900 07/10/2018 ATTACHMENT(S) 1. [Linked] Attachment 1: Proposed Resolution (PDF) 2. Attachment 2: Critical Infrastructure Resiliency Changes (PDF) 3. [Linked] Attachment 3: Assessment of Standard Suppliers (PDF) 4. Attachment 4: Standard Supplier Change Summary (PDF) 5. Attachment 5: Standard Supplier Peer Review (PDF) 6. Attachment 6: Waiver Request (PDF) 7. Legal Ad - Agenda ID 5906 (PDF) 17.D Packet Pg. 2901 07/10/2018 COLLIER COUNTY Board of County Commissioners Item Number: 17.D Doc ID: 5906 Item Summary: Recommendation to approve a Resolution amending the Water-Sewer District Utilities Standards Manual for critical infrastructure resiliency and other improvements. Meeting Date: 07/10/2018 Prepared by: Title: Division Director - Public Utilities Eng – Public Utilities Planning and Project Management Name: Tom Chmelik 06/12/2018 9:08 AM Submitted by: Title: Division Director - Public Utilities Eng – Public Utilities Planning and Project Management Name: Tom Chmelik 06/12/2018 9:08 AM Approved By: Review: Wastewater Tom Chmelik Additional Reviewer Skipped 06/12/2018 9:08 AM Procurement Services Sandra Herrera Level 1 Purchasing Gatekeeper Completed 06/12/2018 11:46 AM Water Steve Messner Additional Reviewer Completed 06/13/2018 2:51 PM Public Utilities Operations Support Joseph Bellone Additional Reviewer Completed 06/13/2018 4:21 PM Procurement Services Catherine Bigelow Additional Reviewer Completed 06/27/2018 4:04 PM Procurement Services Sara Schneeberger Additional Reviewer Completed 06/27/2018 4:04 PM Procurement Services Ted Coyman Additional Reviewer Completed 06/27/2018 4:04 PM Public Utilities Department Sarah Hamilton Level 1 Division Reviewer Completed 06/27/2018 6:12 PM Public Utilities Department George Yilmaz Level 2 Division Administrator Review Completed 06/28/2018 1:57 PM Office of Management and Budget Valerie Fleming Level 3 OMB Gatekeeper Review Completed 06/28/2018 2:43 PM County Attorney's Office Jeffrey A. Klatzkow Level 3 County Attorney's Office Review Completed 06/29/2018 10:34 AM Budget and Management Office Ed Finn Additional Reviewer Completed 06/29/2018 2:40 PM County Manager's Office Leo E. Ochs Level 4 County Manager Review Completed 07/02/2018 2:16 PM Board of County Commissioners MaryJo Brock Meeting Pending 07/10/2018 9:00 AM 17.D Packet Pg. 2902 COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT/PUBLIC UTILITIES DEPARTMENT CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTURE RESILIENCY PROPOSED MODIFICATIONS TO THE COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL Applicable to new wastewater pump (lift) stations: 1. Wastewater pump stations that receive flow from one or more pump stations shall provide for uninterrupted pumping capabilities, including an in-place emergency generator or Diesel pump. [Reference FAC 62-604.400 (2)(a)1] 2. Wastewater pump stations discharging through force mains 12 inches or larger shall provide for uninterrupted pumping capabilities, including an in-place emergency generator or Diesel pump. [Reference FAC 62-604.400 (2)(a)1] 3. No new private pump stations are allowed, with the exception of grinder pump stations which require utility deviation approval. 4. Grinder pump stations are required to have a standard generator receptacle. 1 | Page 17.D.2 Packet Pg. 2903 Attachment: Attachment 2: Critical Infrastructure Resiliency Changes (5906 : Utilities Manual Update) STANDARD SUPPLIER CHANGE SUMMARYCOLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUALMay 2018WATER & IQ WATER STANDARD PRODUCTSManufacturer Model Manufacturer Model Current Proposed $ Change % ChangeKupferle Foundry Eclipse 9400‐WC Kupferle Foundry Eclipse 9400‐WC 1,885$     Mueller/Hydro‐GuardHG1 Mueller/Hydro‐Guard HG1 2,230$     Kupferle Foundry 9700 2,561$     676$        36%Mueller/Hydro‐Guard HG‐6 2,633$     748$        40%Ford C44‐NL series FordModel numbers vary per application16$          A.Y. McDonaldModel numbers vary per application17$          1$             7%MuellerModel numbers vary per application17$          1$             7%Ford B43‐342W‐NL Ford B43‐342W‐NL 59$          Mueller Mueller Mark II Oriseal Mueller H‐15172N 62$          A.Y. McDonald 76102‐22 62$          3$             6%Ames 7001 3,610$     Mars Z‐Plate 1,371$     (2,239)$     ‐62%NeptuneRilsan nylon‐coated ductile iron951$        (2,659)$     ‐74%IQ Water: Flow Meter, MagneticEndress+Hauser W400 Endress+Hauser W400 No change No change, confirmed single‐source. IQ Water: Motorized Valve ActuatorRotork Model IQ Rotork Model IQ No change No change, confirmed single‐source. DFW/Alliance Light Duty DFW Light Duty 20$          Carson Light Duty 28$          8$             43%DFW Heavy DutyCarson Heavy DutyHubbel Heavy DutyChannel CCWD Signature Series Channel SPH14206C1B1L01 218$        Water Plus Corp 131632 451$        233$        107%PenCell Plastics AV142034HDHS001009 448$        230$        106%Kupferle Foundry Eclipse No. 88 Kupferle Foundry Eclipse No. 88WC 933$        Water Plus Corporation 301W 544$        (389)$        ‐42%Impact(based on Ferguson contract pricing)(negative) = savingsChange DescriptionRetained original single‐source product, and added one other optional product at $8 greater cost.Added heavy‐duty option for staff retrofit.Retained original single‐source product, and added two other optional products at $230 ‐ $330 greater cost.Retained original single‐source product, and added two other alternative products at$389‐$655lessercostNo change, confirmed two standard products.Allows option to use hydrant‐mounted flushing devices which cost more than ground‐mounted, but will cost less overall as installed.Retained original single‐source product, and added two other alternative products at $1 greater cost.Retained original two products, and added one other alternative product at $3 greater cost.Removed less suitable single‐source product and added two other alternative products at $2,339 ‐ $2,659 less cost.  (Staff use only.)Curb StopSampling StationPedestal HousingFlanged Strainer 6"Meter Box, Light DutyMeter Box, Heavy Duty NA Heavy Duty Meter Boxes not previously listed.  Added for staff retrofit.Removed, less suitableCouplingProducts on Current County Approved Product ListRecommended ProductsEvaluated Product CategoryAutomatic Flushing Device, Hydrant MountedAutomatic Flushing Device, Ground MountedWater ‐ IQ WaterPage 1 of 517.D.4Packet Pg. 2904Attachment: Attachment 4: Standard Supplier Change Summary [Revision 1] (5906 : Utilities Manual STANDARD SUPPLIER CHANGE SUMMARYCOLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUALMay 2018WATER & IQ WATER STANDARD PRODUCTSManufacturer Model Manufacturer Model Current Proposed $ Change % ChangeImpact(based on Ferguson contract pricing)(negative) = savingsChange DescriptionProducts on Current County Approved Product ListRecommended ProductsEvaluated Product CategoryGIL Industries 3/4" 278$        (656)$        ‐70%Powerseal P3413 35$          Removed, iron, not brassJCM J402 36$          Removed, iron, not brassFord F202 31$          Removed, iron, not brassFord FCD202 59$          Removed, iron, not brassFord F202B Ford F202B 104$        104$        74$          242%Mueller DR2 B 122$        92$          300%Ford Y44‐264‐G‐NL Ford Y44‐264‐NL 70$          A.Y. McDonald 708YS22 75$          5$             8%Mueller P‐15343N 75$          5$             8%A.R.I. D‐040 (Nylon) A.R.I. D‐040 (Nylon) 360$        GA Industries Figure 945 (cast iron) 1,148$     A.R.I. D‐040 ST ST (SS) 1,077$     717$        199%Neptune TRU/FLO Neptune TRU/FLO No changeMaster Meter DBCRetained original single‐source product, and added two other alternative products at $5 greater cost.Retained original nylon single‐source product, and added one other alternative stainless steel products at $717 greater Removed one product no longer available.at $389 ‐ $655 lesser cost.Due to the extreme corrosion experienced over a 20‐year install base, four ductle iron products are being removed, one brass product is being retained, and one brass product is being added at $74 ‐ $92 greater cost. Water Meter, 3‐inch and LargerService WyeService SaddleValve, Air Release Valve ‐ Water, 2"Removed, not nylon or SSRemove, compound meter not available.Water ‐ IQ WaterPage 2 of 517.D.4Packet Pg. 2905Attachment: Attachment 4: Standard Supplier Change Summary [Revision 1] (5906 : Utilities Manual STANDARD SUPPLIER CHANGE SUMMARYCOLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUALMay 2018WASTEWATER STANDARD PRODUCTSManufacturer Model Manufacturer Model Current Proposed $ Change % ChangeKennedy 1106LW Kennedy 1106LW 1,415$     Mueller A‐2600, A2602 1,529$     114$        8%Milliken 8001 1,597$     183$        13%GA Industries 340‐W 1,004$     (410)$        ‐29%Flow Meter, Magnetic Endress+Hauser W400 Endress+Hauser W400 No change No change, confirmed single‐source.Roto‐Float S‐40‐NO Roto‐Float S‐40‐NO 46$           Dura‐Float 2900 Series B4 63$           17$           38%Mixing Flush Valve Flygt N/A 3,000$      ‐$         (3,000)$     ‐100%Each pump station has two pumps, one with a mixing flush valve and one without.  Removed the flush valve requirement resulting in $3,000 less cost per pump station.Odor Control Unit Evoqua Various Evoqua Various No change No change, confirmed single‐source.Submersible Sewage PumpXylem/Flygt N‐Series Xylem/Flygt N‐Series No change No change, confirmed single‐source.H‐tec 986 H‐tec 986 3,436$     A.R.I. D‐025 2,871$     (565)$        ‐16%Change DescriptionRetained original single‐source product, and added two alternative products at $114 ‐ $183 greater cost, and one alternative product at $410 less cost.Retained original single‐source product, and added one alternative product at $17 greater cost.Retained original single‐source product, and added two alternative products at $565 less cost.Impact(based on Ferguson contract pricing)(negative) = savingsRecommendationsRemove as standard requirement from all pump stations.  Staff will install mixing flush valves in pump stations as needed.Valve, Air ReleaseCheck ValveLiquid Level Regulators (Float Switches)Evaluated Product CategoryProducts on Current County Approved Product List17.D.4Packet Pg. 2906Attachment: Attachment 4: Standard Supplier Change Summary [Revision 1] (5906 : Utilities Manual STANDARD SUPPLIER CHANGE SUMMARYCOLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUALMay 2018ELECTRICAL STANDARD PRODUCTSManufacturer Model Manufacturer Model Current Proposed $ Change % ChangeAllen Bradley 1606 Series Allen Bradley 1606 XLS 646$         SOLA HD SDN‐P 330$         (316)$        ‐49%PULS Dimension ‐ QS 380$         (266)$        ‐41%Allen Bradley 1606 Series Allen Bradley 1606‐XLE 310$          ‐$          0%SOLA HD SDN‐P 315$         5$             2%PULS Dimension ‐ QS 275$         (35)$           ‐11%Data Radio Data Radio Integra TR Data Radio Integra TR No change No change, confirmed single‐source.Generator Receptacle & Angle AdapterRussell and Stoll JRS‐2044 Russell and Stoll JRS‐2044 1,474$     Removed, changed polarityGenerator Receptacle & Angle AdapterEaton/Crouse‐Hinds* AR2042‐S22 1,453$     (21)$           ‐1%Pump Controller DFS TCU & RTU DFS* TCU & RTU No change No change, confirmed single‐source.EDCO SS65 series EDCO SS65 series 100$         CITEL TSP15M 100$          ‐$          0%Change DescriptionRetained original single‐source product, and added two alternative products at $266 ‐ $316 less cost.Retained original single‐source product, and added one alternative product at $5 greater cost and on alternative product at $35 less cost.Removed original single‐source product, and replaced it at $21 less cost.Retained original single‐source product, and added one alternative product at the same cost.Impact(based on list pricing)(negative) = savingsSurge Suppression24VDC Power SupplyEvaluated Product CategoryProducts on Current County Approved Product ListRecommendations12VDC Power Supply17.D.4Packet Pg. 2907Attachment: Attachment 4: Standard Supplier Change Summary [Revision 1] (5906 : Utilities Manual POTENTIAL IMPACT OF STANDARD SUPPLIER CHANGESTYPICAL DEVELOPMENT ‐ APPROX. 450 UNITS WITH THREE WASTEWATER PUMP STATIONSType Item Description OtyCurrent List Cost, eachProposed List Cost, eachCost Change(neg=savings)Water Service saddleSubstitute Mueller DR2 B service saddle for Ford F202 service saddle277 31$            74$             12,013$            Wastewater Mixing Flush ValveDelete mixing flush valve from one of two Flygt pumps3 3,000$        ‐$            (9,000)$             WastewaterCheck valve with lever and weightSubstitute GA Indusries Model 340‐W check valve for Kennedy Valve Model 1106LW check valve6 1,415$       1,004$       (2,461)$             WastewaterGenerator Receptacle & Angle AdapterSubstitute Easton/Crouse‐Hinds Model AR2042‐S22 receptacle for Russell and Stoll Model JRS‐20443 1,474$       1,453$       (63)$                  Wastewater Air Relief ValveSubstitute A.R.I. D‐025 ARV instead of H‐Tec Model 986 ARV5 3,436$       2,871$       (2,825)$             Total (2,336)$            17.D.4Packet Pg. 2908Attachment: Attachment 4: Standard Supplier Change Summary [Revision 1] (5906 : Utilities Manual MEMO United States Infrastructure 10600 Chevrolet Way, Suite 300 Estero FL 33928 Tel 239.390.1467 Fax 239.390.1769 tetratech.com To: Tom Chmelik, P.E. Division Director Collier County Public Utilities Engineering & Project Management Division Cc: Eric Fey, P.E. From: Tyler Wainright, P.E. Date: June 27th, 2018 Subject: Review of “ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS” Tetra Tech was tasked to review a document entitled “Assessment of Standard Suppliers Collier County Utilities Standard Manual” prepared by Hole Montes, Inc.(HM) dated March 13th, 2018. The document generally discusses the current list of approved products for water, wastewater, and irrigation quality water installations and provides recommendations for improvements to the list along with justifications for various sole sourced items as well. Tetra Tech has reviewed the document and generally concurs with the majority of its findings. Below is a summary of our review and comments on the individual sections. Water and Irrigation Quality Water Products Section 1. Automatic Flushing Device: Tetra Tech has reviewed the recommendations provided in this section and concur with HM’s findings. The proposed revision to add the Kupferle Foundry Model 9700 hydrant mounted unit would provide a benefit to both the County and the development community by adding addi tional options which still meet the needs of the utility. Section 2. Backflow Valve Setter: Tetra Tech has reviewed the recommendations provided in this section and concur with HM’s findings. The summary of this section states that the USM should be revised to specifically indicate that the backflow preventer and valve setter should be manufactured by the same company. Although this is currently being done in practice (they must be for the assembly to be installed), we believe that the addition would provide more clarity to the USM. Section 3. Coupling: Tetra Tech has reviewed the recommendations provided in this section and concur with HM’s findings. The proposed addition of AY McDonald and Mu eller to the list of approved products would add flexibility to the development community and still meet the needs of the utility (both AY McDonald and Mueller brass products are approved in other areas currently). Section 4. Curb Stop: Tetra Tech has reviewed the recommendations provided in this section and concur with HM’s findings. The proposed revision to add AY McDonald to the list of approved products would add flexibility to the development community and still meet the needs of the utility. 17.D.5 Packet Pg. 2909 Attachment: Attachment 5: Standard Supplier Peer Review (5906 : Utilities Manual Update) TETRA TECH 2 United States Infrastructure Section 5. Flanged Strainer: Tetra Tech has reviewed the recommendations provided in this section and concur with HM’s findings. We believe that the proposed revision to add Neptune Mars as approved products is appropriate especially given the fact that the IQ division of public utilities is already using this product on capital improvement projects. Section 6. IQ Water Flow Meter, Magnetic: As stated in the report from HM, there are a variety of sound reasons that the County should standardize on Endress+Hauser fo r magnetic flow meter installations. The standard three- year warranty, the use of an ethernet connection for communications, and the parts and service support that Endress+Hauser offers is unique and highly beneficial to the utility. Tetra Tech supports th e recommendation to standardize on Endress+Hauser for all magnetic flow meter installations. Section 7. IQ Water: Motorized Valve Actuator: The recommendation from the HM report from this section was to add a second manufacturer (EIM Manufacturing) to the list of approved products. The county is receptive to adding this product at a later time after successful testing. As stated in the report , the County currently is utilizing a single EIM actuator on loan from the manufacturer on a trial basis, however Tetra Tech is unfamiliar with this project and cannot comment on it at this time. Section 8. Meter Boxes: Tetra Tech has reviewed the recommendations provided in this section and co ncur with HM’s findings. The proposed manufacturers of both light-duty and heavy-duty meter boxes are all reputable firms who are widely used throughout the industry in Florida. Section 9. Pedestal Housing: Tetra Tech has reviewed the recommendations provided in this section and concur with HM’s findings. As an additional note, Tetra Tech has reviewed the proposed revisions to the County Approved Products List – Appendix F and noticed that specific model numbers have been added indicating color and size of the proposed pedestals. As an alternative, the County may consider shortening to approve only a product series instead of a particular model. Section 10. Sampling Station: Tetra Tech has reviewed the recommendations provided in this section and concur with HM’s findings. The proposed addition of Water Plus Corporation and GIL Industries will provide additional flexibility to the development community and still meet the needs of the utility. Section 11. Service Saddles: The document accurately points out that there are conflicting statements throughout the USM which should be revised. However, it should be pointed out that the Ford Model F202B saddle is actually a brass saddle with silicon bronze straps, not brass straps as HM described. The change from carbon steel to brass or bronze saddles will improve the corrosion resistance on the service saddles and extend the overall service life of saddles throughout the utility. As this is a common point of failure and leaks in the distribution system, th is proposed improvement is highly recommended. Section 12. Service Wye: Tetra Tech has reviewed the recommendations provided in this section and concur with HM’s findings. As with other brass components described above, the ability to utilize Ford, Mueller , and AY McDonald for service brass will provide additional flexibility to the development community and still meet the needs of the utility. Section 13. Valve, Air Release Valve – Water: The document recommends removing the cast iron valves listed in Appendix F, as they conflict with other requirements of the USM; which Tetra Tech concurs with. It also lists two other models of ARV’s which could be added to the approved products list which will provide flexibility to the development community while still m eeting the needs of the utility. Section 14. Water Meter: As described in the report prepared by HM, the County currently approves the use of both Master Meter and Neptune for compound meters 3” and larger. The Neptune product provides a single body meter which simplifies installation, maintenance, and reliability of these large meter assemblies. Because of this, Tetra Tech concurs with the recommendation to standardize on Neptune meters and remove Master Meter from the list of approved products. 17.D.5 Packet Pg. 2910 Attachment: Attachment 5: Standard Supplier Peer Review (5906 : Utilities Manual Update) TETRA TECH 3 United States Infrastructure Wastewater Products Section 1. Check Valve: According to this section of the report, the County has indicated a strong preference for traditional swing check valves instead of the swing-flex style valves. Currently both styles are included in the list of approved products, however the recommendation of this report is to eliminate the swing -flex style check valve. Since this is primarily an operational preference, Tetra Tech does not have any additional comments to make on the proposed revision. The proposed list of m anufacturers (Mueller, Milliken, and GA Industries) all provide products widely used throughout the industry and Tetra Tech supports their approval within the County. Section 2. Flow Meter, Magnetic: For the same reasons previously stated above regarding use in water applications, Tetra Tech supports the standardization of Endress+Hauser flow meters in wastewater applications. Section 3. Liquid Level Regulators: Tetra Tech has reviewed the recommendations provided in this section and concur with HM’s findings. Roto-Float liquid level regulators have been used throughout the industry for decades with consistent results. As noted in HM’s report, the proposed addition of Dura-Float as an approved manufacturer should be based on successful field testing. Section 4. Mixing Flush Valve: Although this section does not necessarily focus on a particular manufacturer for the mix flush valve (as it is tied to the manufacturer of the submersible pump), it does make an important observation that the valve itself may not be necessary in all locations. As noted in the report, the decision to install the mix -flush valve should be based on field conditions after the content of the wastewater can be examined. As such, we support the recommendation to remove them as standard installations for submersible pumps. Section 5. Odor Control Units: Tetra Tech has reviewed the recommendations provided in this section and concur with HM’s findings. The installation of odor control units is limited to larger pump stations which are not common and the County has a long successful history with the Evoqua (formerly Siemens) product. Section 6. Submersible Pumps: Of all the sections contained within the report this section is by far the most detailed, with good reason. Currently the County only has a single approved manufacturer of submersible sewage pumps and has a significant investment related to the purchase, maintenance, and repair of these pumps. Collier County has a significant investment in Flygt pumps and has a long history of successful operati on with this highly essential product. As such, Tetra Tech concurs with the recommendation to keep Flygt pumps as the standard supplier for submersible sewage pumps. Section 7. Valve, Air Release: The document recommends that two additional manufacturers be added to the approved products list (Val-Matic and ARI). Although Tetra Tech supports the proposed additions to the list of approved manufacturers, it is our recommendation that the ARI model only be added for use at wastewater pump stations where the valve discharge can be plumbed back into the wetwell to prevent sanitary sewage leakage. Electrical Products Section 1. 12V DC Power Supply: Tetra Tech has reviewed the recommendations provided in this section and concur with HM’s and RKS’s findings. As stated in the report, 12V power supplies are common products with very minimal differences between products. Tetra Tech supports the proposed revision to add two additional manufacturers to the list of approved products. Section 2. 24V DC Power Supply: Tetra Tech has reviewed the recommendations provided in this section and concur with HM’s findings. Similarly to discussion on 12V power supplies, Tetra Tech supports the proposed revision to add two additional manufacturers to the list of approved products. Section 3. Data Radio: As stated in the report from HM and RKS, serial radio technology is quickly becoming obsolete and is currently being phased out of use within Collier County as the preferred fiber connections are being 17.D.5 Packet Pg. 2911 Attachment: Attachment 5: Standard Supplier Peer Review (5906 : Utilities Manual Update) TETRA TECH 4 United States Infrastructure made. However, serial radio technology can serve as a back -up when fiber goes down. Tetra Tech supports the report’s recommendation to retain the current product (Integra TR). Section 4. Generator Receptacle and Angle Adaptor: Tetra Tech has reviewed the recommendations provided by HM and RKS and concur with their findings. In addition, the Crouse -Hinds AR-2042 represents a significant cost savings. Tetra Tech recommends that only the Couse-Hinds AR-2042 receptacle be listed in Appendix F. Section 5. Pump Controller TCU & RTU: Tetra Tech has reviewed the recommendations provided in this section and concur with HM’s and RKS’s findings. The County has made a significant investment in the DFS system and to change suppliers would be an extremely large undertaking with unknown benefit. As described in the report, the County is currently in the process of converting and adding new stations to fiber communications and future revisions to the USM should include the option to provide fiber connections instead of DFS components. Section 6. Surge Suppression: Tetra Tech has reviewed the recommendations provided in this section and concur with HM’s and RKS’s findings. The proposed addition of CITEL surge suppressors will likely provide additional flexibility to the development community while still meeting the needs of the utility. In summary, Tetra Tech is in general concurrence with the recommendations contained within the report prepared by Hole Montes, Inc. with the suggested revisions/clarifications described above. END OF MEMORANDUM 17.D.5 Packet Pg. 2912 Attachment: Attachment 5: Standard Supplier Peer Review (5906 : Utilities Manual Update) 17.D.6 Packet Pg. 2913 Attachment: Attachment 6: Waiver Request [Revision 2] (5906 : Utilities Manual Update) 17.D.6 Packet Pg. 2914 Attachment: Attachment 6: Waiver Request [Revision 2] (5906 : Utilities Manual Update) 17.D.6 Packet Pg. 2915 Attachment: Attachment 6: Waiver Request [Revision 2] (5906 : Utilities Manual Update) 17.D.7 Packet Pg. 2916 Attachment: Legal Ad - Agenda ID 5906 (5906 : Utilities Manual Update) RESOLUTION NO. 2018 - _____ A RESOLUTION OF THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA AS EX-OFFICIO THE GOVERNING BOARD OF THE WATER-SEWER DISTRICT APPROVING AMENDMENTS TO THE COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT’S UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL, WHICH IS AN INTEGRAL PART OF COLLIER COUNTY ORDINANCE NO. 2004-31, KNOWN AS THE COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS AND PROCEDURES ORDINANCE, CODIFIED IN CHAPTER 134, ARTICLE III OF THE CODE OF LAWS AND ORDINANCES; AND PROVIDING FOR AN EFFECTIVE DATE OF AUGUST 25, 2018 FOR THE REVISED MANUAL. WHEREAS, on May 11, 2004, as Agenda Item 8 D, the Board of County Commissioners as the Ex Officio Governing Board of the Water-Sewer District (Board) concurrently adopted Collier County Ordinance No. 2004-31, entitled the Collier County Utilities Standards and Procedures Ordinance ("Ordinance"), and the Collier County Water-Sewer District Utilities Standards Manual, (“Manual”), including all of the Manual’s exhibits, and WHEREAS Ordinance No. 2004-31 is codified in Chapter 134, Article III of the Collier County Code of Laws and Ordinances; and WHEREAS, since the 2004 adoption of the Manual it has become necessary to make updates that reflect current standards in design and preparation of plans and specifications for all utilities construction projects; and WHEREAS, after input from stakeholders, staff has recommended that the Board adopt this Resolution to approve amendments to the Manual as identified in the attached Exhibit A; and WHEREAS, Section 134-61 of the Code of Laws and Ordinances requires the Manual to be amended by Resolution of the Board under the scheduled public hearings or the summary agenda section; and WHEREAS, the adoption of this Resolution and the attached identified amendments to the Manual advances the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of Collier County. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA AS EX-OFFICIO THE GOVERNING BOARD OF THE WATER-SEWER DISTRICT, that: The amendment of the Collier County Water-Sewer District Utilities Standards Manual as provided in the attached Exhibit “A” is hereby approved and shall take effect on the 25th day of August, 2018. This Resolution adopted after motion, second and majority vote, this ____ day of _________, 2018. ATTEST: DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK ________________________ , Deputy Clerk BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AS EX-OFFICIO THE GOVERNING BOARD OF THE WATER-SEWER DISTRICT By: _______________________________________ ANDY SOLIS, CHAIRMAN Approved as to form and legality: ________________________ Jeffrey A. Klatzkow County Attorney Exhibit A Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 6/7/2018 Item Revision Summary Fiscal Impact to Developer (Approx.) 1 Part 1 General The document was reorganized to group all general requirements in Part 1, followed by water and non-potable irrigation water in Part 2, wastewater in Part 3, and electrical and control systems in Part 4. None 2 1.1 Pipeline Separation Requirements Clarified the last sentence of the first paragraph to indicate that 57 stone is required only where vertical separation is less than 18 inches. None (already required by detail) 3 1.1 Pipeline Separation Requirements Deleted the clause concerning ductile iron pipe from the second sentence of the third paragraph for consistency with an earlier revision eliminating DIP as an option for force mains and to eliminate the ambiguity regarding water mains. None 4 1.2 Horizontal Directional Drilling Introduced new requirements for detailed construction drawings to be prepared by a licensed Florida P.E. for any capital improvement project using HDD. Staff CIP projects only 5 2.1 Pipe and Fitting Material Add requirement that potable water mains 16” and larger be DIP or HDPE (i.e. eliminate PVC option). $10 to $50 per LF, depending on size 6 2.2.1 [1.2.1]Water Pipeline Sizing Criteria Condensed hydraulic design analysis to fire flow under peak hour conditions rather than separate analyses for peak hour and maximum day with fire flow conditions, simplified all water design demands to be 1.4 times the corresponding wastewater design flows, and revised chloramine dissipation modeling criteria for consistency with the hydraulic design criteria. None 7 2.2.1 [1.2.1]Water Pipeline Sizing Criteria Replaced paragraph A to require a source pressure assumption based upon a recent fire flow test and provided an equation for converting test results into a design source pressure. Potential savings on smaller dia. pipe 8 2.2.1 Water Pipeline Sizing Criteria Revised mg/l to PPM None Sub-Section / Detail Section 1 - Design Criteria 1 Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 6/7/2018 Item Revision Summary Fiscal Impact to Developer (Approx.) Sub-Section / Detail 9 2.2.2 [1.2.2]Distribution System Layout Clarified requirements for water main looping and automatic flushing devices.None 10 2.6.1 [1.6.1]Service Pipelines Clarified requirements for water service conduits.None 11 2.6.2 [1.6.2]Water Meters Delete separate meter requirement for cooling towers $1500 to $5000 per each, depending on size 12 2.7 [1.7]Air Release Assemblies Extend ARV requirement to all County owned water mains and not just transmission (16” and larger) water mains.$2500 per each 13 2.10 Laboratory Testing and Sample Collection Allowed for 60 day bacteriological tests on mains 8 inches and smaller.None 14 Part 3 [2] Wastewater Collection and Transmission Systems Clarified peak hour factor calculation for residential and non-residential uses.None 15 3.1.3 [2.1.3]Gravity Sewer Main Extension Stubs Allow a gravity sewer main stub-out to end with a manhole.None 16 17 3.1.4 [2.1.4]Gravity Sewer Laterals Require concrete collars on all County-owned sewer cleanouts.$250 per each 18 3.1.5 [2.1.5]Manholes Allow manholes to be located in any stabilized surface. Potential cost savings will vary by project. 19 3.1.5 [2.1.5]Manholes Require the angle between the inlet and outlet pipe within manholes to be no less than 90 degrees. Potential cost increase will vary by project. 20 3.2.1 [2.2.1]Pipe and Fitting Materials Restrict the use of DIP for force mains to aerial crossings and aboveground flanged pipe only.None 2 Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 6/7/2018 Item Revision Summary Fiscal Impact to Developer (Approx.) Sub-Section / Detail 21 3.2.1 [2.2.1]Pipe and Fitting Materials Revised delineation of ownership between private and public ownership to a plug valve instead of a check valve None 22 3.3 [2.3]Wastewater Pump Stations Augmented the sixth paragraph to reinforce an FDEP requirement to provide uninterrupted pumping capability to any pump station that receives flow from one or more upstream pump stations or discharges through a force main 12 inches or larger. None - Already required by FDEP rules. 23 3.3 [2.3]Wastewater Pump Stations Added the seventh paragraph to require conveyance of all new pump stations to the CCWSD, except for grinder pump stations, which must be approved by Deviation and must include a standard generator receptacle. Small projects will incur conveyance costs, but Deviation already req'd for GPS. 24 3.3 [2.3]Wastewater Pump Stations Clarified that landscaping is allowed around wastewater pump stations but must be maintained by the developer.None 25 012000 Measurement and Payment This section of the USM was deleted in its entirety. The reason for this deletion was due to the fact that the section was not applicable to private industry (developer projects) and was not sufficiently detailed or flexible to be used on County/capital projects. None 26 022200 Preconstruction Video Revised requirements to indicate DVD's instead of VHS's None 27 022501 Leakage Tests Clarification on testing requirements for Force Mains None 28 025400 Disinfection Added language (3.3) exempting fire service pipelines less than 20 feet in length from installing a gap configuration. -$4,000 per occurrence (savings) 29 034100 Precast Concrete Structures This revision allows for additional options (polymer concrete) for industry to utilize instead of various approved coating systems.None 30 099723 Concrete Coatings This revision updated the list of approved coating systems and manufacturers to meet current needs.None Section 2 - Technical Specifications 3 Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 6/7/2018 Item Revision Summary Fiscal Impact to Developer (Approx.) Sub-Section / Detail 31 221336 Standby Diesel Pumps This specification was created to clarify what diesel pumps are required at wastewater pump stations. None (Diesel pumps were already required) 32 263213.13 Standby Diesel Generators This specification was created to clarify what generators are required at wastewater pump stations. None (Generators were already required) 33 312316 Excavation Earth and Rock Removed language regarding payment for rock removal.None 34 323133 Chain Link Fencing and Gates Various revisions to make the specification consistent with Detail WW-7C None 35 330502 HDPE Pipe and Fittings Revision to "mechanical joining of pipe". Simple clarification / revision.None 36 330503 PVC Pipe and Fittings Revision to the requirement for ductile iron pipe beneath roadways, replaced with DR-14 PVC None 37 330504 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings Various revisions to the requirement of ductile iron pipe. These updates were the result of the County working directly with industry professionals in order to update the existing specification to meet current industry standards for ductile iron pipe. None 38 330518 Laying and Jointing of Buried Pipe Removed reference to bituminous coating on bolts and threads.-$20 per fitting (savings) 39 330523.13 Horizontal Directional Drilling Revisions to the requirements for tracer wire. Simple clarification / revision.None 40 331200 Water Valves and Appurtenances The proposed revision requires to use of stainless steel bolting on water valves in order to extend the useful services life of the valve.$250 per valve 41 331619 Hydrants An additional valve was added to hydrant leads crossing a roadway to facilitate maintenance and repairs. Private systems are exempt. $1250 per occurrence 4 Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 6/7/2018 Item Revision Summary Fiscal Impact to Developer (Approx.) Sub-Section / Detail 42 331619 Hydrants Increased the maximum distance between the nearest valve and the hydrant from 5 feet to 20 feet. -$1250 per valve not req'd (savings) 43 333200 Pump Stations Clarification on type of stainless steel to be used.None 44 333200 Pump Stations Removed requirement for mix flush system to be installed, revised to require a bolted cover for future system. -$1,500 per occurrence (savings) 45 333313 Wastewater Valves The proposed revision requires to use of stainless steel bolting on wastewater valves in order to extend the useful services life of the valve.$250 per valve 46 333913 Sewer Manholes This revision allows for additional options (polymer concrete) for industry to utilize instead of various approved coating systems.None 47 G-2 Paved Area Trench Restoration Detail This detail was revised to remove the notes regarding pavement repairs and instead reference the Collier County right-of-way handbook to ensure the two sources of information do not conflict. Clarifications of text and labels. None 48 G-2A State Road, Major Road, and Numbered County Road Flowable Fill Road and Trench Restoration This detail was revised to remove the notes regarding pavement repairs and instead reference the Collier County right-of-way handbook to ensure the two sources of information do not conflict. Clarifications of text and labels. None 49 G-2B Road and Trench Restoration for Local Roads This detail was revised to remove the notes regarding pavement repairs and instead reference the Collier County right-of-way handbook to ensure the two sources of information do not conflict. Clarifications of text and labels. None 50 G-3 Pipe Separation Detail Revised note 2 for consistency with 1.1 of the Design Criteria and Section 330518 3.2 P.2 of the Technical Specifications.None Section 3 - Utilities Detail Drawings 5 Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 6/7/2018 Item Revision Summary Fiscal Impact to Developer (Approx.) Sub-Section / Detail 51 G-7 Typical Valve Setting Detail Added a PVC stub out in the concrete valve pad to accommodate for termination of tracer wires (normally used in directional drills). $500 per valve box (on HDD's only) 52 G-8 Typical Horizontal Directional Drill (HDD) Under a Roadway Removed the requirement to install casing pipes, clarified the graphical image to match the notes. >-$5,000 (savings) on most drills, depending on size 53 G-9 Typical Subaqueous Horizontal Directional Drill (HDD) Removed the requirement to install casing pipes, added a warning sign (shown on both side of the waterbody now), clarified the depth requirements for the water body crossing. >-$5,000 (savings) on most drills, depending on size 54 G-9A Subaqueous Water Main Valve Detail Removed the concrete vault from the detail and replaced it with a water meter box for testing/sampling purposes.-$2500 (savings) 55 G-11 Vehicular Guard Post Detail Addition of a yellow plastic sleeve over the bollard for aesthetic purposes.$250 per bollard 56 W-3 Fire Hydrant Detail Miscellaneous changes for more accurate depiction, to eliminate redundancy with detail G-7, and to specify a range for the height of the nozzle above finished grade.None 57 W-3 Fire Hydrant Detail Increased the maximum distance between the nearest valve and the hydrant from 5 feet to 20 feet. -$1250 per valve not req'd (savings) 58 W-4 Connection to Existing Water Main Detail Added note 11, exempting fire service pipelines less than 20 feet in length from installing a gap configuration. -$4,000 per occurrence (savings) 6 Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 6/7/2018 Item Revision Summary Fiscal Impact to Developer (Approx.) Sub-Section / Detail 59 W-8 2-1/2" and Smaller Fire System Detector Check Assembly Detail Detail previously was for 3" and smaller assemblies, allowing for brass or ductile iron components. Detail was revised to apply to 2.5" and smaller assemblies, allowing only brass (ductile iron is not available in sizes smaller than 3"). Removed a wye strainer. Revised delineation of ownership location. -$250 per assembly (savings) 60 W-11 3" and Larger Fire System Detector Check Assembly Detail Revised detail to apply to 3" and larger assemblies (previously 4" and larger). Removed an air release valve, removed a strainer, removed a gate valve, changed from 45 to 90 degree bends. Revised delineation of ownership location. -$1,500 per assembly (savings) 61 W-12 Typical Short and Long Side Water Service Meter Setting Detail This detail was modified to accommodate the new detail W-12A which was created to clarify meter sizing requirements. None 62 W-12A Service Connection Sizing Chart and Notes Newly created detail which clarifies meter sizing in relation to service connection piping. Revised landscape setback requirements from 1.5' to 3'.None 63 W-13 3" and Over Potable Water Meter Assembly Detail Revised the order of components on the above ground assembly (moved the air release valve after the gate valve), revised the graphical image to match the text (showing a full size bypass being installed). None 64 W-14 4" and Over Potable- Water Fire and Domestic Meter Assembly Detail This detail has been deleted and combined with detail W-13.None 65 W-14A Maintenance Driveway for Water Meters 3" and Larger Removed a non-applicable reference to a former detail.None 7 Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 6/7/2018 Item Revision Summary Fiscal Impact to Developer (Approx.) Sub-Section / Detail 66 NP-1 Standard Irrigation Water Meter Non- Telemetry Meter Assembly 3" and Larger Revisions to the above ground meter assemblies including the removal of the back- pressure sustaining valve, relocation of the ARV after the gate valve, removed the motor operated butterfly valve, etc. -$6200 per assembly, depending on size (savings) 67 NP-E2 Standard Irrigation Water Meter Assembly 3" and Larger - Telemetry Added a new pressure transmitter, moved the location of the air release valve, removed the backpressure sustaining valve, added a flow control valve, misc. electrical revisions. $2500 per assembly, depending on size 68 WW-2 Private Force Main Connection to County Force Main Detail Clarification for delineation of ownership (at the terminus plug valve), added a second plug valve at the ROW/CUE line.$1,200 69 WW-3 Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Detail Clarified the location of manholes to be in pavement "or equivalently stabilized surface" Potential savings in paving costs 70 WW-7 Pump Station Detail - Profile Clarified the "Pump Off" float elevation and set a minimum submergence of 18 inches. ≤ 7" add'l wetwell depth 71 WW-7 Pump Station Detail - Profile Changed the drop pipe adjacent to the wetwell from ductile iron to HDPE, deleted the HDPE flange adapter on the bottom side of the corresponding tee, and removed the expansion fitting on the above ground pipe. -$500 (savings) per station 72 WW-7 Pump Station Detail - Profile Added volute opening with bolted cover for future installation of a mix-flush system. -$1,500 per occurrence (savings) 73 WW-7 Pump Station Detail - Profile Clarified the minimum requirements for size and shape of the footing.None 74 WW-7C Pump Station and Wastewater Details Changed the type of gate to be used at wastewater pump stations: switched from a roller style to a cantilever style gate to facilitate maintenance and access.$1,500 8 Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 6/7/2018 Item Revision Summary Fiscal Impact to Developer (Approx.) Sub-Section / Detail 75 WW-7C Pump Station and Wastewater Details Added a note to the chain link fence and gate details requiring all components to be vinyl coated. None - Already required by Section 323113. 76 WW-7C Pump Station and Wastewater Details Clarified that vinyl coatings may be green or black and that the color of the slats shall match.None 77 WW-8 & -8A Pump Station Plan Details Depicted an acceptable site configuration with the wetwell centrally located, adequate access into the site, and accessible locations of equipment, valves, and appurtenances. None 78 WW-8B Community Pump Station with Diesel Pump Detail – Plan The bend on the suction side of the diesel pump was changed to a tee w/blind flange. 79 WW-8,-8A, & -8B Pump Station Plan Details Revised key notes to require field location of the generator receptacle with Wastewater Collection staff, and revised the details to show the rack-mounted option. Nominal cost increase for add'l conduit & wiring vs. panel mount 80 WW-8,-8A, & -8B Pump Station Plan Details Noted that both the suction pipe/wetwell vent and the pump-out connection shall be field located with Wastewater Collection staff. Potential cost increase will vary by project. 81 WW-8,-8A, & -8B Pump Station Plan Details Added a reference to detail WW-7C for the fence and gate details.None 82 WW-8,-8A, & -8B Pump Station Plan Details Added a sentence to the site configuration note requiring orientation of the control panel to avoid an eastern or western exposure.None 83 WW-8,-8A, & -8B Pump Station Plan Details The right-of-way lines and callouts were deleted.None 84 WW-8,-8A, & -8B Pump Station Plan Details Eliminated the grass covered porous pavement option for the 12’ access drive.None 9 Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 6/7/2018 Item Revision Summary Fiscal Impact to Developer (Approx.) Sub-Section / Detail 85 WW-9 Pump Station Control Panel Detail Revised detail to allow either rack-mounted or pedestal-mounted installation of the generator receptacle in a location approved by Wastewater Collection staff based on a review of field conditions. Varies by site. ($2,500 max.) 86 WW-11 Sewer Clean-Out Detail Paved Areas An electronic marker ball was added to the detail to be consistent with outer clean- out installations. $100 per clean- out 87 Appendix A Utilities Deviation Form Appendix A was updated to include the corrected contact information to submit requests, an option for grease trap deviations was added, and language was clarified. N/A 88 Appendix B Water Meter Sizing Form Appendix B was updated to match the utility ordinance with regards to meter sizing and also included a clarification regarding upsizing potable water meters to accommodate fire flow. N/A 89 Appendix D Utilities Conveyance Checklist Appendix D was updated to reflect the current conveyance process and remove items that are no longer required.N/A 90 Appendix E Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Forms Appendix E was updated to include the correct contact information for submittals.N/A 91 Appendix F Approved Products List Appendix F was revised to update the document and remove companies that are no longer in business, remove items that are no longer used by the Utilities Department, add additional products, correct errors, etc. Reference "Standard Supplier Change Summary" Section 4 - Appendices 10 Utilities Standard ManualTable of RevisionsRevisions as of 6/18/2018 ItemRevision SummaryFiscal Impact to Developer (Approx.)1 Part 1 GeneralThe document was reorganized to group all general requirements in Part 1, followed by water and non-potable irrigation water in Part 2, wastewater in Part 3, and electrical and control systems in Part 4.None2 1.1Pipeline Separation RequirementsClarified the last sentence of the first paragraph to indicate that 57 stone is required only where vertical separation is less than 18 inches.None (already required by detail)3 1.1Pipeline Separation RequirementsDeleted the clause concerning ductile iron pipe from the second sentence of the third paragraph for consistency with an earlier revision eliminating DIP as an option for force mains and to eliminate the ambiguity regarding water mains.None4 1.2Horizontal Directional DrillingIntroduced new requirements for detailed construction drawings to be prepared by a licensed Florida P.E. for any capital improvement project using HDD.Staff CIP projects only5 2.1Pipe and Fitting MaterialAdd requirement that potable water mains 16” and larger be DIP or HDPE (i.e. eliminate PVC option).$10 to $50 per LF, depending on size6 2.2.1 [1.2.1]Water Pipeline Sizing CriteriaCondensed hydraulic design analysis to fire flow under peak hour conditions rather than separate analyses for peak hour and maximum day with fire flow conditions, simplified all water design demands to be 1.4 times the corresponding wastewater design flows, and revised chloramine dissipation modeling criteria for consistency with the hydraulic design criteria. None7 2.2.1 [1.2.1]Water Pipeline Sizing CriteriaReplaced paragraph A to require a source pressure assumption based upon a recent fire flow test and provided an equation for converting test results into a design source pressure.Potential savings on smaller dia. pipe8 2.2.1Water Pipeline Sizing CriteriaRevised mg/l to PPMNoneSub-Section / DetailSection 1 - Design Criteria1 Utilities Standard ManualTable of RevisionsRevisions as of 6/18/2018 ItemRevision SummaryFiscal Impact to Developer (Approx.)Sub-Section / Detail9 2.2.2 [1.2.2]Distribution System LayoutClarified requirements for water main looping and automatic flushing devices. None10 2.6.1 [1.6.1] Service Pipelines Clarified requirements for water service conduits.None11 2.6.2 [1.6.2] Water Meters Delete separate meter requirement for cooling towers$1500 to $5000 per each, depending on size12 2.7 [1.7]Air Release AssembliesExtend ARV requirement to all County owned water mains and not just transmission (16” and larger) water mains.$2500 per each13 2.10Laboratory Testing and Sample CollectionAllowed for 60 day bacteriological tests on mains 8 inches and smaller. None14 Part 3 [2]Wastewater Collection and Transmission SystemsClarified peak hour factor calculation for residential and non-residential uses. None15 3.1.3 [2.1.3]Gravity Sewer Main Extension StubsAllow a gravity sewer main stub-out to end with a manhole. None16 3.1.4 [2.1.4]Gravity Sewer LateralsRequire concrete collars on all County-owned sewer cleanouts. $250 per each17 3.1.5 [2.1.5] Manholes Allow manholes to be located in any stabilized surface.Potential cost savings will vary by project.18 3.1.5 [2.1.5] ManholesRequire the angle between the inlet and outlet pipe within manholes to be no less than 90 degrees.Potential cost increase will vary by project.19 3.2.1 [2.2.1]Pipe and Fitting MaterialsRestrict the use of DIP for force mains to aerial crossings and aboveground flanged pipe only.None20 3.2.1 [2.2.1]Pipe and Fitting MaterialsRevised delineation of ownership between private and public ownership to a plug valve instead of a check valveNone2 Utilities Standard ManualTable of RevisionsRevisions as of 6/18/2018 ItemRevision SummaryFiscal Impact to Developer (Approx.)Sub-Section / Detail21 3.3 [2.3]Wastewater Pump StationsAugmented the sixth paragraph to reinforce an FDEP requirement to provide uninterrupted pumping capability to any pump station that receives flow from one or more upstream pump stations or discharges through a force main 12 inches or larger.None - Already required by FDEP rules.22 3.3 [2.3]Wastewater Pump StationsAdded the seventh paragraph to require conveyance of all new pump stations to the CCWSD, except for grinder pump stations, which must be approved by Deviation and must include a standard generator receptacle.Small projects will incur conveyance costs, but Deviation already req'd for GPS.23 3.3 [2.3]Wastewater Pump StationsClarified that landscaping is allowed around wastewater pump stations but must be maintained by the developer.None24 012000Measurement and PaymentThis section of the USM was deleted in its entirety. The reason for this deletion was due to the fact that the section was not applicable to private industry (developer projects) and was not sufficiently detailed or flexible to be used on County/capital projects.None25 022200Preconstruction VideoRevised requirements to indicate DVD's instead of VHS's None26 022501 Leakage Tests Clarification on testing requirements for Force MainsNone27 025400 DisinfectionAdded language (3.3) exempting fire service pipelines less than 20 feet in length from installing a gap configuration.-$4,000 per occurrence (savings)28 034100Precast Concrete StructuresThis revision allows for additional options (polymer concrete) for industry to utilize instead of various approved coating systems.None29 099723 Concrete CoatingsThis revision updated the list of approved coating systems and manufacturers to meet current needs.NoneSection 2 - Technical Specifications3 Utilities Standard ManualTable of RevisionsRevisions as of 6/18/2018 ItemRevision SummaryFiscal Impact to Developer (Approx.)Sub-Section / Detail30 221336Standby Diesel PumpsThis specification was created to clarify what diesel pumps are required at wastewater pump stations.None (Diesel pumps were already required)31 263213.13Standby Diesel GeneratorsThis specification was created to clarify what generators are required at wastewater pump stations.None (Generators were already required)32 312316Excavation Earth and RockRemoved language regarding payment for rock removal. None33 323133Chain Link Fencing and GatesVarious revisions to make the specification consistent with Detail WW-7C None34 330502HDPE Pipe and FittingsRevision to "mechanical joining of pipe". Simple clarification / revision. None35 330503PVC Pipe and FittingsRevision to the requirement for ductile iron pipe beneath roadways, replaced with DR-14 PVCNone36 330504Ductile Iron Pipe and FittingsVarious revisions to the requirement of ductile iron pipe. These updates were the result of the County working directly with industry professionals in order to update the existing specification to meet current industry standards for ductile iron pipe.None37 330518Laying and Jointing of Buried PipeRemoved reference to bituminous coating on bolts and threads.-$20 per fitting (savings)38 330523.13Horizontal Directional DrillingRevisions to the requirements for tracer wire. Simple clarification / revision. None39 331200Water Valves and AppurtenancesClarified valves smaller than 2" to be cast iron per AWWA C509, valves 2" and larger to be ductile iron per AWWA C515, and all stainless steel components and hardware to be a minimum of Type 304.None40 331619 HydrantsAn additional valve was added to hydrant leads crossing a roadway to facilitate maintenance and repairs. Private systems are exempt.$1250 per occurrence4 Utilities Standard ManualTable of RevisionsRevisions as of 6/18/2018 ItemRevision SummaryFiscal Impact to Developer (Approx.)Sub-Section / Detail41 331619 HydrantsIncreased the maximum distance between the nearest valve and the hydrant from 5 feet to 20 feet. -$1250 per valve not req'd (savings)42 333200 Pump StationsClarified all stainless steel components and hardware to be a minimum of Type 304, but require Type 316 stainless steel bolting for aboveground valves and piping.$150 per PS43 333200 Pump StationsRemoved requirement for mix flush system to be installed, revised to require a bolted cover for future system.-$1,500 per occurrence (savings)44 333313 Wastewater ValvesClarified all stainless steel components and hardware to be a minimum of Type 304; corrected material for exposed nuts, bolts, and washers on eccentric plug valves from zinc or cadmium plated to stainless steel; require exposed nuts, bolts, and washers on check valves to be Type 316 stainless steel; and corrected material for bolting on buried mechanical joints from stainless steel to COR-TEN. Except for the change related to check valves, all other changes reflect standard practice and therefore have no fiscal impact.$100 per CV; none for clarification and corrections45 333913 Sewer ManholesThis revision allows for additional options (polymer concrete) for industry to utilize instead of various approved coating systems.None46 G-2Paved Area Trench Restoration DetailThis detail was revised to remove the notes regarding pavement repairs and instead reference the Collier County right-of-way handbook to ensure the two sources of information do not conflict. Clarifications of text and labels.None47 G-2AState Road, Major Road, and Numbered County Road Flowable Fill Road and Trench RestorationThis detail was revised to remove the notes regarding pavement repairs and instead reference the Collier County right-of-way handbook to ensure the two sources of information do not conflict. Clarifications of text and labels.NoneSection 3 - Utilities Detail Drawings5 Utilities Standard ManualTable of RevisionsRevisions as of 6/18/2018 ItemRevision SummaryFiscal Impact to Developer (Approx.)Sub-Section / Detail48 G-2BRoad and Trench Restoration for Local RoadsThis detail was revised to remove the notes regarding pavement repairs and instead reference the Collier County right-of-way handbook to ensure the two sources of information do not conflict. Clarifications of text and labels.None49 G-3Pipe Separation DetailRevised note 2 for consistency with 1.1 of the Design Criteria and Section 330518 3.2 P.2 of the Technical Specifications.None50 G-7Typical Valve Setting DetailAdded a PVC stub out in the concrete valve pad to accommodate for termination of tracer wires (normally used in directional drills).$500 per valve box (on HDD's only)51 G-8Typical Horizontal Directional Drill (HDD) Under a RoadwayRemoved the requirement to install casing pipes, clarified the graphical image to match the notes.>-$5,000 (savings) on most drills, depending on size52 G-9Typical Subaqueous Horizontal Directional Drill (HDD)Removed the requirement to install casing pipes, added a warning sign (shown on both side of the waterbody now), clarified the depth requirements for the water body crossing.>-$5,000 (savings) on most drills, depending on size53 G-9ASubaqueous Water Main Valve DetailRemoved the concrete vault from the detail and replaced it with a water meter box for testing/sampling purposes.-$2500 (savings)54 G-11Vehicular Guard Post DetailAddition of a yellow plastic sleeve over the bollard for aesthetic purposes. $250 per bollard55 W-3 Fire Hydrant DetailMiscellaneous changes for more accurate depiction, to eliminate redundancy with detail G-7, and to specify a range for the height of the nozzle above finished grade.None56 W-3 Fire Hydrant DetailIncreased the maximum distance between the nearest valve and the hydrant from 5 feet to 20 feet. -$1250 per valve not req'd (savings)6 Utilities Standard ManualTable of RevisionsRevisions as of 6/18/2018 ItemRevision SummaryFiscal Impact to Developer (Approx.)Sub-Section / Detail57 W-4Connection to Existing Water Main DetailAdded note 11, exempting fire service pipelines less than 20 feet in length from installing a gap configuration.-$4,000 per occurrence (savings)58 W-82-1/2" and Smaller Fire System Detector Check Assembly DetailDetail previously was for 3" and smaller assemblies, allowing for brass or ductile iron components. Detail was revised to apply to 2.5" and smaller assemblies, allowing only brass (ductile iron is not available in sizes smaller than 3"). Removed a wye strainer. Revised delineation of ownership location.-$250 per assembly (savings)59 W-113" and Larger Fire System Detector Check Assembly DetailRevised detail to apply to 3" and larger assemblies (previously 4" and larger). Removed an air release valve, removed a strainer, removed a gate valve, changed from 45 to 90 degree bends. Revised delineation of ownership location.-$1,500 per assembly (savings)60 W-12Typical Short and Long Side Water Service Meter Setting Detail This detail was modified to accommodate the new detail W-12A which was created to clarify meter sizing requirements. None61 W-12AService Connection Sizing Chart and NotesNewly created detail which clarifies meter sizing in relation to service connection piping. Revised landscape setback requirements from 1.5' to 3'.None62 W-133" and Over Potable Water Meter Assembly DetailRevised the order of components on the above ground assembly (moved the air release valve after the gate valve), revised the graphical image to match the text (showing a full size bypass being installed).None63 W-144" and Over Potable-Water Fire and Domestic Meter Assembly DetailThis detail has been deleted and combined with detail W-13. None7 Utilities Standard ManualTable of RevisionsRevisions as of 6/18/2018 ItemRevision SummaryFiscal Impact to Developer (Approx.)Sub-Section / Detail64 W-14AMaintenance Driveway for Water Meters 3" and LargerRemoved a non-applicable reference to a former detail. None65 NP-1Standard Irrigation Water Meter Non-Telemetry Meter Assembly 3" and LargerRevisions to the above ground meter assemblies including the removal of the back-pressure sustaining valve, relocation of the ARV after the gate valve, removed the motor operated butterfly valve, etc.-$6200 per assembly, depending on size (savings)66 NP-E2Standard Irrigation Water Meter Assembly 3" and Larger - TelemetryAdded a new pressure transmitter, moved the location of the air release valve, removed the backpressure sustaining valve, added a flow control valve, misc. electrical revisions.$2500 per assembly, depending on size67 WW-2Private Force Main Connection to County Force Main DetailClarification for delineation of ownership (at the terminus plug valve), added a second plug valve at the ROW/CUE line.$1,200 68 WW-3Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole DetailClarified the location of manholes to be in pavement "or equivalently stabilized surface"Potential savings in paving costs69 WW-7Pump Station Detail - ProfileClarified the "Pump Off" float elevation and set a minimum submergence of 18 inches.≤ 7" add'l wetwell depth70 WW-7Pump Station Detail - ProfileChanged the drop pipe adjacent to the wetwell from ductile iron to HDPE, deleted the HDPE flange adapter on the bottom side of the corresponding tee, and removed the expansion fitting on the above ground pipe.-$500 (savings) per station71 WW-7Pump Station Detail - ProfileAdded volute opening with bolted cover for future installation of a mix-flush system.-$1,500 per occurrence (savings)8 Utilities Standard ManualTable of RevisionsRevisions as of 6/18/2018 ItemRevision SummaryFiscal Impact to Developer (Approx.)Sub-Section / Detail72 WW-7Pump Station Detail - ProfileClarified the minimum requirements for size and shape of the footing. None73 WW-7CPump Station and Wastewater DetailsChanged the type of gate to be used at wastewater pump stations: switched from a roller style to a cantilever style gate to facilitate maintenance and access.$1,500 74 WW-7CPump Station and Wastewater DetailsAdded a note to the chain link fence and gate details requiring all components to be vinyl coated.None - Already required by Section 323113.75 WW-7CPump Station and Wastewater DetailsClarified that vinyl coatings may be green or black and that the color of the slats shall match.None76 WW-8 & -8APump Station Plan DetailsDepicted an acceptable site configuration with the wetwell centrally located, adequate access into the site, and accessible locations of equipment, valves, and appurtenances.None77 WW-8BCommunity Pump Station with Diesel Pump Detail – PlanThe bend on the suction side of the diesel pump was changed to a tee w/blind flange.78 WW-8,-8A, & -8BPump Station Plan DetailsRevised key notes to require field location of the generator receptacle with Wastewater Collection staff, and revised the details to show the rack-mounted option.Nominal cost increase for add'l conduit & wiring vs. panel mount79 WW-8,-8A, & -8BPump Station Plan DetailsNoted that both the suction pipe/wetwell vent and the pump-out connection shall be field located with Wastewater Collection staff.Potential cost increase will vary by project.80 WW-8,-8A, & -8BPump Station Plan DetailsAdded a reference to detail WW-7C for the fence and gate details. None81 WW-8,-8A, & -8BPump Station Plan DetailsAdded a sentence to the site configuration note requiring orientation of the control panel to avoid an eastern or western exposure.None9 Utilities Standard ManualTable of RevisionsRevisions as of 6/18/2018 ItemRevision SummaryFiscal Impact to Developer (Approx.)Sub-Section / Detail82 WW-8,-8A, & -8BPump Station Plan DetailsThe right-of-way lines and callouts were deleted.None83 WW-8,-8A, & -8BPump Station Plan DetailsEliminated the grass covered porous pavement option for the 12’ access drive. None84 WW-9Pump Station Control Panel DetailRevised detail to allow either rack-mounted or pedestal-mounted installation of the generator receptacle in a location approved by Wastewater Collection staff based on a review of field conditions.Varies by site. ($2,500 max.)85 WW-11Sewer Clean-Out Detail Paved AreasAn electronic marker ball was added to the detail to be consistent with outer clean-out installations. $100 per clean-out86 Appendix AUtilities Deviation FormAppendix A was updated to include the corrected contact information to submit requests, an option for grease trap deviations was added, and language was clarified.N/A87 Appendix BWater Meter Sizing FormAppendix B was updated to match the utility ordinance with regards to meter sizing and also included a clarification regarding upsizing potable water meters to accommodate fire flow.N/A88 Appendix DUtilities Conveyance ChecklistAppendix D was updated to reflect the current conveyance process and remove items that are no longer required.N/A89 Appendix EVendor and Manufacturer Approval Application FormsAppendix E was updated to include the correct contact information for submittals. N/A90 Appendix FApproved Products ListAppendix F was revised to update the document and remove companies that are no longer in business, remove items that are no longer used by the Utilities Department, add additional products, correct errors, etc. Reference "Standard Supplier Change Summary"Section 4 - Appendices10 COLLIER COUNTY 2015 UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION This Manual has been established by action of the Board of County Commissioners and is authorized by County Ordinance 2004-31, as amended. This Utilities Standards Manual has been prepared to guide the design, construction, and asset management of potable water, non-potable irrigation water (including reclaimed and reuse water), and wastewater system extensions to Collier County Water-Sewer District (COUNTY) utilities; the Manual applies to utilities in new developments in the County, as well as County Projects involving utilities. In general, the COUNTY owns and maintains all potable water, non-potable irrigation water, and wastewater facilities within the public rights-of-way and County utility easements. As Owner of these public utilities, and as authorized by Federal, State, and County statutes and ordinances, the COUNTY reviews, approves, and inspects all new construction of facilities to extend or supplement the existing systems. The following standards shall be included in the design and preparation of plans and specifications for all utilities construction projects for Collier County, including utilities and services connected to the COUNTY’s utilities systems or constructed for future transfer of ownership to the COUNTY. These standards are provided for uniformity in utilities construction within Collier County, and represent MINIMUM standards acceptable to the COUNTY. They are not intended to eliminate, but shall supplement and direct the preparation of technical specifications by private developers (Developer) and their engineering consultants (Engineer). Any deviation in the technical standards, set forth herein, from those in the Land Development Code (LDC) or other COUNTY Ordinances shall govern unless specifically authorized to do otherwise by the Public Utilities Administrator or his designee. The Technical Specifications included in these standards utilize the Construction Specifications Institute (CSI) 2004 Section Format™ and numbering system to present acceptable construction methods and materials. Not all specification details may apply to an individual project; however, approval of utilities construction within Collier County will require conformance to applicable requirements of these specifications. Approval of any deviation from the specifications must be obtained utilizing the appropriate form included in Appendix A, Utilities Utility Deviation Forms. NOTE: Go to http://www.colliergov.net/ppmdhttps://www.colliercountyfl.gov/your- government/divisions-f-r/public-utilities-planning-and-project-management/utilities- standards-manual for the latest revisions to the Utilities Standards Manual and Utilities Detail Drawings. COLLIER COUNTY 2015 UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL INTRODUCTION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK COLLIER COUNTY 2008 UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL INTRODUCTION TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 of 7 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 1 DESIGN CRITERIA FOR POTABLE WATER, NON-POTABLE IRRIGATION WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 Pipeline Separation Requirements 1.2 Horizontal Directional Drilling PART 2 PART 1 POTABLE WATER AND NON-POTABLE IRRIGATION WATER SYSTEMS 1.12.1 Pipe and Fitting Material 1.22.2 Design of Pipeline Size and Location 2.2.1 1.2.1 Water Pipeline Sizing Criteria 2.2.2 1.2.2 Distribution System Layout 1.2.3 Pipeline Separation Criteria 2.2.3 1.2.4 Valve Locations 1.32.3 Conflict Crossings 2.3.1 1.3.1 Subaqueous Canal Crossings 2.4 1.4 Fire Service Systems 2.4.1 1.4.1 Fire Service Meters for Residential Systems 2.4.2 1.4.2 Fire Service Meters for Commercial and Other Non-residential Systems 2.5 1.5 Connections to Collier County Facilities 2.6 1.6 Water Services 2.6.1 1.6.1 Service Pipelines 2.6.2 1.6.2 Water Meters 2.7 1.7 Air Release Assemblies 2.8 1.8 Concrete Collars 2.9 1.9 Testing and Clearance Procedures 2.9.1 1.9.1 Pigging 2.9.2 1.9.2 Flushing 2.9.3 1.9.3 Line Filling 2.9.4 1.9.4 Chlorination 2.9.5 1.9.5 Post Chlorination Flushes 2.9.6 1.9.6 Bacteriological Samples 2.10 1.10 Laboratory Testing and Sample Collection PART 3 PART 2 WASTEWATER COLLECTION AND TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS 3.1 2.1 Gravity Sewer Systems 3.1.1 2.1.1 Pipe and Fitting Materials 3.1.2 2.1.2 Design of Pipeline Size, Depth and Location COLLIER COUNTY 2008 UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL INTRODUCTION TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 2 of 7 3.1.3 2.1.3 Gravity Sewer Main Extension Stubs 3.1.4 2.1.4 Gravity Sewer Laterals 3.1.5 2.1.5 Manholes 3.2 2.2 Force Mains 3.2.1 2.2.1 Pipe and Fitting Materials 3.2.2 2.2.2 Design of Pipeline Size and Location 3.2.3 2.2.3 Valves 3.2.4 2.2.4 Force Main Extension Stubs 3.2.5 2.2.5 Air Release Assemblies 3.3 2.3 Wastewater Pump Stations 3.4 2.4 Connections to Collier County Facilities 3.5 2.5 Tests and Inspections 3.6 2.6 Wastewater Pump Station Asset Management PART 4 Part 3 ELECTRICAL AND CONTROL SYSTEMS 4.1 3.1 Electrical and Control System Material SECTION 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011000 Summary of Work 012000 Measurement and Payment 014127 NPDES Requirements for Construction Activities Impacting More Than One Acre 014200 References 014500 Quality Control 015000 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 015526 Traffic Regulation and Public Safety 015713 Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control for Construction Activities Impacting Less Than One Acre, including Construction Requiring Dewatering 016100 Material and Equipment 017300 Miscellaneous Work and Cleanup 017416 Site Clearing 017423 Cleaning 017823 Operation and Maintenance Manuals 017839 Project Record Documents DIVISION 2 – EXISTING CONDITIONS 020500 Connections to Existing Systems 022100 Lines and Grades 022200 Pre-Construction Audio-Video Recording 022501 Leakage Tests 024100 Demolition 025400 Disinfection COLLIER COUNTY 2008 UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL INTRODUCTION TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 3 of 7 DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE 031100 Concrete Formwork 032000 Concrete Reinforcement 033100 Concrete, Masonry Mortar and Grout 034100 Precast Concrete Structures DIVISION 5 – METALS 055600 Metal Castings DIVISION 9 – FINISHES 099723 Concrete Coatings DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING 221336 Diesel Backup Pump DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 263213.13 Standby Diesel Generators DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK 312316 Excavation – Earth and Rock 312319 Groundwater Control for Open Cut Excavation 312323 Backfilling 314000 Shoring, Sheeting and Bracing DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENT 320117 Pavement Repair and Restoration 321300 Sidewalks, Driveways and Curbs 323113 Chain Link Fencing and Gates 329200 Restoration by Sodding or Seeding DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES 330130.16 Televising and Inspection of Gravity Sewer Systems 330201 Roadway Crossings by Open Cut 330502 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Fittings 330503 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings 330504 Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP) and Fittings 330518 Laying and Jointing Buried Pipelines 330520 Pipe Removal and Abandonment 330523.13 Horizontal Directional Drilling 330523.16 Jacking, Augering and Mining 331200 Water Valves and Appurtenances 331619 Hydrants COLLIER COUNTY 2008 UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL INTRODUCTION TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 4 of 7 333200 Pump Stations 333313 Wastewater Valves and Appurtenances 333913 Sewer Manholes 334713 HDPE Irrigation Pond Liner SECTION 3 UTILITIES DETAIL DRAWINGS Drawing Revision No. Title Date General Details G-1 Unpaved Area Trench Backfill Detail 04/2006 G-2 Paved Area Trench Restoration Detail for Private Roads 04/200607/2018 G-2A State Road, Major County Road, and Numbered County Road Flowable Fill Road/Trench Restoration 07/201804/2006 G-2B Road and Trench Restoration for Local Roads 04/200607/2018 G-3 Pipe Separation Detail 07/201804/2006 G-4 Pipe Conflict Detail 04/2006 G-5 Jack and Bore Detail 08/2008 G-6 Thrust Block Detail for Existing A / C Pipe 04/2006 G-7 Typical Valve Setting Detail 07/201801/2014 G-8 Typical Horizontal Directional Drill (HDD) Under a Roadway 07/201808/2008 G-9 Typical Subaqueous Horizontal Directional Drill (HDD) 07/201804/2006 G-9A Subaqueous Water Main Valve Vault Detail 07/201808/2008 G-10 Pipe Restraint Schedule 04/2006 G-11 Vehicular Guard Post Detail 07/201808/2008 Drawing Revision No. Title Date Non-Potable Irrigation Water Details NP-1 Standard Non-Potable Irrigation Meter Assembly Service Connection 07/201808/2008 NP-2 Typical Irrigation Service Meter Setting Detail for Connection To Irrigation Main 08/200805/2009 NP-3 Not Used NP-4 Reclaimed, Raw, and Supplemental Water Air Release Valve Detail 0905/2009 NP-E1 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close Valve Singe Control Panel Site General Note and Keynotes 04/2006 NP-E2 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close Valve Single Control Panel Site Open/Closed Not-Potable Irrigation Water Meter Assembly 3” and Larger - Telemetry 07/201808/2008 NP-E3 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close Valve Single Control Panel Site Layout & Elementary 08/2008 NP-E4 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close Valve Single Control Panel Site Open/Closed MOV COLLIER COUNTY 2008 UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL INTRODUCTION TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 5 of 7 Control Diagram 04/2006 NP-E5 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close Valve Single Control Panel Site Electrical Equipment Elevations 08/2008 NP-E6 Reuse System Standard Service connections Connections Open/Close Valve Single Control Panel Site Level Transducer Mounting Details 08/2008 NP-E7 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close Valve Single Control Panel Site Electrical Details 08/2008 NP-E8 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close Valve Single Control Panel Site Electrical Details 04/2006 NP-E9 Reuse System Standard Service connections Connections Open/Close Valve Single Control Panel Site Typical RTU Antenna Tower Details 08/2008 Drawing Revision No. Title Date Water Details W-1 Temporary Blowoff Assembly with Bacterial Sample Point Detail 01/2014 W-2 Automatic Water Main Flushing Device Detail 01/2014 W-3 Fire Hydrant Detail 09/200607/2018 W-4 Connection to Existing Water Main Detail (Gap Configuration) 08/200807/2018 W-5 Potable Water Air Release Valve Detail 08/2008 W-6 Permanent Bacterial Sample Point Detail 08/2008 W-7 Not Used W-8 32-1/2” and Smaller Fire System Detector Check Assembly Detail07/201807/2011 W-9 Temporary Backflow Preventer and Fire Protection Meter Tie-In Assembly 07/2011 W-9A Alternate Temporary Backflow Preventer and Fire Protection Meter Tie-in Assembly 07/2011 W-10 Not Used W-10A Not Used W-11 43” and Larger Fire System Detector Check Assembly Detail 07/201807/2011 W-11A 4” Through 10” Only Compact Fire System Assembly Detail with Master Meter Upstream 07/2011 W-12 Typical Short and Long Side Water Service Meter Setting Detail for Connection to Water Main 08/200807/2018 W-12A Service Connection Sizing Chart and Notes 07/2018 W-13 3” and Over Potable Water Meter Assembly Detail 08/200807/2018 W-14 4” and Over Potable Water Fire and Domestic Meter Assembly Detail 09/200907/2018 W-14A Maintenance Driveway for Water Meters 3” and Larger 07/201809/2006 W-15 Not Used W-16 Fire Service Dual Detector Check Assembly Over 10” Fire Main Detail (Dual 8” Assemblies) 07/2011 COLLIER COUNTY 2008 UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL INTRODUCTION TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 6 of 7 Drawing Revision No. Title Date Wastewater Details WW-1 Force Main Connection to Gravity Sanitary Sewer Detail 04/2006 WW-2 Private Force Main Connection to County Force Main Detail 07/201801/2014 WW-3 Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Detail 07/201808/2008 WW-4 Shallow Manhole Detail 08/2008 WW-5 Drop Manhole Detail 08/2008 WW-6 Manhole Ring and Cover Detail 08/2008 WW-7 Pump Station Detail – Profile 07/201801/2015 WW-7A Pump Station and Wastewater Details 01/2015 WW-7B Pump Station Concrete Details 01/2015 WW-7C Pump Station and Wastewater Details 07/201801/2015 WW-8 Pump Station Detail – Plan 07/201801/2015 WW-8A Community Pump Station with Generator Detail – Plan 07/201801/2015 WW-8B Community Pump Station with Diesel Pump Detail – Plan 07/201801/2015 WW-9 Pump Station Control Panel Detail 07/201801/2015 WW-9A Community Pump Station Control Panel Detail – VFD Station with Generator 01/2015 WW-9B Community Pump Station Control Panel Detail – Non-VFD Station with Generator 01/2015 WW-9C Pump Station Lightning Protection Details 01/2015 WW-9D Community Pump Station – Riser Diagram with Generator Backup 01/2015 WW-9E Community Pump Station – Riser Diagram with Diesel Backup Pump 01/2015 WW-10 Sewer Connection Details – Property, ROW or Easement Line 08/200805/2009 WW-11 Sewer Clean-out Detail - Paved Areas 07/201804/2006 WW-12 Sewer Clean-out Detail - Non Paved Areas 01/2014 WW-13 Force Main Air Release Valve Detail 01/2015 WW-14 Not Used WW-15 Typical Flow Line Channels Detail 04/2006 WW-16 Double Sewer Clean-out Detail 08/200805/2009 WW-17 Telemetry Antenna Mount Detail 08/2008 WW-18 Grease Interceptor 08/2008 WW-18A Grease Interceptor Tables 04/2006 SECTION 4 APPENDICES Appendix A Utilities Utility Deviation Forms Appendix B Water Meter Sizing Form Appendix C Final Waiver of Liens - Conveyance of Utilities Facilities to County Appendix D Utilities Conveyance Checklist Appendix E Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Forms COLLIER COUNTY 2008 UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL INTRODUCTION TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 7 of 7 Appendix F County Approved Product List Appendix G Approved Backflow Devices SECTION 1 DESIGN CRITERIA For the latest revisions to the Design Criteria, please visit: http://www.colliergov.net/ppmd https://www.colliercountyfl.gov/your- government/divisions-f-r/public-utilities-planning-and-project- management/utilities-standards-manual COLLIER COUNTY TABLE OF CONTENTS DESIGN CRITERIA Page 1 of 2 COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL SECTION 1 DESIGN CRITERIA Table of Contents SECTION 1 DESIGN CRITERIA PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 Pipeline Separation Requirements 1.2 Horizontal Directional Drilling PART 2 POTABLE WATER AND NON-POTABLE IRRIGATION WATER SYSTEMS 2.1 Pipe and Fitting Material 2.2 Design of Pipeline Size and Location 2.2.1 Water Pipeline Sizing Criteria 2.2.2 Distribution System Layout 2.2.3 Valve Locations 2.3 Conflict Crossings 2.3.1 Subaqueous Canal Crossings 2.4 Fire Service Systems 2.4.1 Fire Service Meters for Residential Systems 2.4.2 Fire Service Meters for Commercial and Other Non-residential Systems 2.5 Connections to Collier County Facilities 2.6 Water Services 2.6.1 Service Pipelines 2.6.2 Water Meters 2.7 Air Release Assemblies 2.8 Concrete Collars 2.9 Testing and Clearance Procedures 2.9.1 Pigging 2.9.2 Flushing 2.9.3 Line Filling 2.9.4 Chlorination 2.9.5 Post Chlorination Flushes 2.9.6 Bacteriological Samples 2.10 Laboratory Testing and Sample Collection PART 3 WASTEWATER COLLECTION AND TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS 3.1 Gravity Sewer Systems 3.1.1 Pipe and Fitting Materials 3.1.2 Design of Pipeline Size, Depth and Location COLLIER COUNTY TABLE OF CONTENTS DESIGN CRITERIA Page 2 of 2 3.1.3 Gravity Sewer Main Extension Stubs 3.1.4 Gravity Sewer Laterals 3.1.5 2.1.5 Manholes 3.2 Force Mains 3.2.1 Pipe and Fitting Materials 3.2.2 Design of Pipeline Size and Location 3.2.3 Valves 3.2.4 Force Main Extension Stubs 3.2.5 Air Release Assemblies 3.3 Wastewater Pump Stations 3.4 Connections to Collier County Facilities 3.5 Tests and Inspections 3.6 Wastewater Pump Station Asset Management PART 4 ELECTRICAL AND CONTROL SYSTEMS 4.1 Electrical and Control System Material DESIGN CRITERIA FOR POTABLE WATER, NON-POTABLE COLLIER COUNTY IRRIGATION WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA Page 1 of 21 SECTION 1 DESIGN CRITERIA FOR POTABLE WATER, NON-POTABLE IRRIGATION WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1. Pipeline Separation Requirements Potable water pipelines shall be separated from wastewater lines and /or stormwater lines by a minimum clear vertical distance of 18 inches and a horizontal distance of 10 feet. The 18 inches minimum vertical separation distance does not apply to separations of sewer laterals and potable water pipeline installations. 57 stone shall be utilized for separation between wastewater lines and stormwater lines if separation is less than 18 inches. Non-potable irrigation water pipelines two inches and larger shall be separated from potable water mains, wastewater lines and/or stormwater lines by a minimum clear vertical distance of 18 inches and a horizontal distance of five feet as shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings. Wastewater lines shall be separated from stormwater lines by a minimum clear vertical distance of 18 inches and a horizontal distance of five feet. All pipeline crossings with vertical clearance less than 18 inches shall be made using a full 20 foot length of thickness Class 200 AWWA C900 PVC pipe or , Class 235 AWWA C905 PVC pipe, or, if necessary, Pressure Class 250 ductile iron pipe centered on the crossing. The sewer pipe in these locations shall be back-filled with bedding stone or sand to a height six inches above the crown of the pipe. Potable water, non-potable irrigation water, and wastewater pipelines shall be separated from telephone, power, cable and gas sleeves/lines and any other underground utilities by a minimum clear vertical distance of 18 inches and horizontal distance of five feet. Potable water, non-potable irrigation water, and wastewater lines shall be separated from raw water mains by a clear vertical distance of 18 inches and a horizontal distance of 10 feet. Stormwater lines shall be separated from raw water mains by a clear vertical distance of 18 inches and a horizontal distance of five feet. Wastewater lines shall be separated from public drinking water supply wells by a horizontal distance of 100 feet. Wastewater lines shall be separated from private drinking water supply wells by a horizontal distance of 75 feet. Also see separation requirements in Section 020500, 1.3.F. Potable water mains, non-potable irrigation water mains, and wastewater force mains shall have a minimum setback of five feet from the centerline of the pipe to residential roadways, curb and gutters, permanent structures, fence posts, walls, or plantings not specifically allowed by ordinance. Also, potable water mains, non-potable irrigation water mains, and wastewater force mains shall have a minimum setback of 10 feet from the centerline of the pipe to a building and shall not be placed beneath any existing or proposed building or structure. Additionally, potable water mains, non-potable irrigation water mains, and wastewater force mains shall have a five- DESIGN CRITERIA FOR POTABLE WATER, NON-POTABLE COLLIER COUNTY IRRIGATION WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA Page 2 of 21 foot minimum setback from the center line of pipe to the edge of a right of way (ROW) or County utility easement (CUE), unless there is an adjacent CUE. or public utility easement (PUE). 1.2. Horizontal Directional Drilling When horizontal directional drilling is used on any capital improvement project for the Public Utilities Department, detailed construction drawings shall be prepared by a Licensed Professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida which, at a minimum, show the following information: 1. The proposed entry and exit point of the drill 2. The overall geometry of the drill include entry and exit angles, minimum and maximum bending radii, and the horizontal and vertical path of the drill 3. The minimum and maximum depth of the drill 4. Minimum separation distances between adjacent pipes, structures, watercourses, etc. 5. The estimated pull back force required for the drill The design Engineer shall calculate the estimated pull back force required for the directional drill and ensure that it does not exceed the maximum allowable safe pull back forces as defined by the Plastic Pipe Institute’s (PPI) Handbook for Polyethylene Pipe, Chapter 12 – Horizontal Directional Drilling. Safe Pull Back Force, lbs. Size Nom. OD DR 9 DR 11 4 4.800 8,217 6,876 6 6.900 16,980 14,208 8 9.050 29,210 24,442 10 11.100 43,942 36,770 12 13.200 62,141 51,998 14 15.300 83,486 69,859 16 17.400 107,977 90,353 18 19.500 135,613 113,478 20 21.600 166,395 139,235 24 25.800 237,395 198,647 30 32.000 365,201 305,592 36 38.300 N.A. 437,764 Source: Table 6, “PE4xxx 12 hour Pull DIPS Size”, Handbook for Polyethylene Pipe, Second Edition, Plastic Pipe Institute DESIGN CRITERIA FOR POTABLE WATER, NON-POTABLE COLLIER COUNTY IRRIGATION WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA Page 3 of 21 PART 1PART 2 POTABLE WATER AND NON-POTABLE IRRIGATION WATER SYSTEMS All potable water, non-potable irrigation (including reclaimed or reuse) water and raw water pipe, material, equipment and appurtenances shall be new, and shall conform to Section 2, Technical Specifications and Section 3, Utilities Detail Drawings. All material and equipment designed or used in connection with a potable (drinking) water system shall conform to the requirements of the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) Standard 61, “Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects” and the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act amending the Safe Drinking Water Act. 1.12.1 Pipe and Fitting Material Potable water pipelines and fittings, except for service piping, shall be a minimum of six inches (6”) in diameter, and have a minimum depth of thirty-inches (30”) and a maximum depth of forty- eight inches (48”) below finished grade. Non-potable irrigation water pipelines and fittings, except for service piping, shall be a minimum of four inches (4”) in diameter, and have a minimum depth of thirty-inches (30”) and a maximum depth of forty-eight inches (48”) below finished grade. All potable water or non-potable irrigation water pipelines shall be constructed of ductile iron, HDPE, or PVC pipe, and shall utilize pipe meeting the requirements of the Technical Specifications. HDPE shall not be used for pipelines with service connections. All pipe and pipe fittings shall contain no lead pursuant to the Reduction in Lead in Drinking Water Act. All pipe and pipe fittings installed shall be color coded or marked in accordance with F.A.C. 62-555.320(21)(b)3. Potable water pipelines shall be blue in color. Raw water pipelines shall be white in color. Non- potable irrigation, reclaimed, and reuse water pipelines shall be pantone purple in color. All Ductile Iron, metal, and concrete buried water main pipelines shall have blue stripes applied to the pipe wall. If tape or paint is used to stripe pipe during installation, the tape or paint shall be applied in a continuous line that runs parallel to the axis of the pipe and that is located along the top of the pipe. All buried water pipelines and mains, except those installed by horizontal directional drilling or jack-and-bore methods, shall be marked using metalized warning tape for HDPE and PVC pipe and non-magnetic for ductile iron pipe. The locator tape shall be placed in the pipe trench two feet (2’) below grade or one-half the pipe’s bury, whichever is less, and labeled “potable water” or “non-potable water” as applicable. Horizontal directional drilling shall include installation of at least two locating tone wires as described in the Technical Specifications. All water main aerial crossings shall be Pressure Class 350 flanged ductile iron pipe and shall be coated on the exterior using a suitable grade of appropriately colored, field applied (or factory applied with field touch-up as required) epoxy coating. Potable water mains shall be painted Federal Safety Blue. Raw water mains shall be painted white. Non-potable irrigation, reclaimed, and reuse water mains shall be painted Pantone Purple 522C. Specific colors shall be subject to approval of the County Manager or designee. All nuts and bolts used in aerial crossings shall be stainless steel. All canal, river, or creek crossings shall be aerial, unless otherwise approved by the County Manager or designee. Aerial crossings shall be designed to incorporate valves or DESIGN CRITERIA FOR POTABLE WATER, NON-POTABLE COLLIER COUNTY IRRIGATION WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA Page 4 of 21 other flow regulation devices in accordance with F.A.C. 62-555.320(21)(b). Aerial crossings shall be designed to maintain existing or required navigational capabilities within the waterway and to reserve riparian rights of adjacent property Owners. Submit aerial pipe and flange computations, including support and anchor design, for review. The submittal must be signed and sealed by a Florida registered Licensed Professional Engineer. 1.22.2 Design of Pipeline Size and Location 1.2.12.2.1 Water Pipeline Sizing Criteria All potable water mains to be maintained by the COUNTY shall be a minimum of six inches (6”) in diameter. For dead end mains on short (300' or less) single family residential cul-de-sacs, hydraulicHydraulic calculations shall show the capability of maintaining required fire flow (according to NFPA 1) plus potable demand as required below. Water systems shall be designed to maintain adequate flows and pressures and water quality standards as established by Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP), using the). The following criteria shall be used to design water systems and analyze model chloramine dissipation: A. Minimum residual node pressure within a proposed project system shall be 20 psi under peak hour with fire flow conditions, assuming a source pressure verified by the results of a fire flow test not older than 6six months. The design source pressure shall be calculated as follows: Pd = Ps - (Ps - Pr) (D / Q)1.85, where Pd is the design source pressure (i.e. theoretical residual pressure for the design demand), Ps is the static pressure from the fire flow test, Pr is the residual pressure from the fire flow test, D is the design demand (i.e. peak hour demand plus required fire flow), and Q is the flow rate from the fire flow test. Designs shall assume a minimum COUNTY source pressure under peak hourly flow conditions of 50 psi and a minimum COUNTY source pressure with fire flow under maximum daypeak hour conditions of 40 psi, delivered from the closest COUNTY transmissionsource main to the project. Minimum residual node pressure within a proposed project system shall be 20 psi under peak hourly flow and maximum day with fire flow conditions. B. The design Engineer shall model the proposed system, including all dead ends, for chlorinechloramine dissipation assumingand assume a chloramine residual of 2.0 ppmmg/l at the entrance point to the project. The following criteria shall be used to analyze model chloramine dissipation unless otherwise approved by the Public Utilities Water Director upon the submittal of specific case data: C. When estimating potable water demands multiply the estimated wastewater flows from Part 3 Wastewater Collection and Transmission Systems by 1.4. D. The standard chloramine decay rate is - 0.012 ppm per hour. The analysis assumes a static chlorine level of 2.0 ppm at the tapping point in front of a project. Using the decay rate and solving for the elapsed time from the initial chlorinechloramine level to the minimum chlorinechloramine level residual of 0.6 DESIGN CRITERIA FOR POTABLE WATER, NON-POTABLE COLLIER COUNTY IRRIGATION WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA Page 5 of 21 ppm in the following: 0.6 ppm = 2.0 ppm x e^(-1=0.012 ppm x #hours) => time = 100.33 hours... The Project Engineer shall submit an analysis letter to the Growth Management DivisionDepartment as part of the review package, certifying that all points within the proposed system shall maintain a minimum level of 0.6 mg/l chlorine/ppm chloramine residual under the conditions listed above. Systems unable to meet minimum design requirements or maintain minimum chlorinechloramine residual levels shall not be eligible for ownership and maintenance by the COUNTY. Water mains not designed to carry fire flows shall not have fire hydrants connected to them. 1.2.22.2.2 Distribution System Layout Potable and non-potable irrigation water pipelines and fittings, except for service piping, shall have a minimum depth of 30 inches and a maximum depth of 48 inches below finished grade. . Water distribution systems shall be designed so that all systems are located adjacent to, and are accessible from, paved or unpaved roadways so as to allow access for short and long term maintenance, repair, and/or replacement of such system. Water mains shall not be placed beneath any existing or proposed building structure. New potable water distribution systems shall be designed as “looped” systems to avoid dead ends. A “looped” system should have two independent connections off the source main (unless served by a master meter). If two independent connections aren’t possible, a stub out for future development in a location agreed to by the County shall be provided in an easement or ROW to the limits of the project. If changes in design during construction result in dead ends to any new or relocated water mains, such dead ends shall be connected to the nearest water main. In cases where no nearby water main is available for looping, a County approved automatic flushing device (AFD) shall be provided at each dead end of a water main and, if applicable, . An AFD shall also be provided near the mid-point of a looped water main unless the design engineer can provide information to confirm that the minimum residual chlorine will be maintained based on the predicted water consumption at the time of County acceptance of the water main. At no time shall a dead end serve more than 149 residential units. For phased projects, temporary automatic flushing devices can be relocated for future phases, if not conveyed to County. On dead end water mains that do not have service connections, no automatic flushing devices are required. Installation of the automatic flushing devices shall be designed so as to prevent erosion of nearby areas as well as prevent silt and sediment transport. All commercial facilities must be metered separately from residential facilities with the exception of those commercial facilities that are within a master metered residential development and designed for the exclusive use of the residents within such development. Master meters and backflow assemblies shall be located within a County Utility Easement (CUE), which shall be located outside of, but contiguous to, the road Right-Of-Way (ROW). Water mains shall have a minimum setback of seven feet and six inches (7’6”) from the centerline of the pipe to residential roadways, curb and gutters, permanent structures, or planting not specifically allowed by ordinance. DESIGN CRITERIA FOR POTABLE WATER, NON-POTABLE COLLIER COUNTY IRRIGATION WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA Page 6 of 21 Water mains shall be designed parallel to accessible roadways and within the setbacks established herein above. Deviations from these design parameters shall only be approved in cases where such installations can be shown to be necessary in order to comply with minimum chlorine residuals or other FDEP quality parameters, unless otherwise approved by the County Manager or designee. In such cases, the water main shall be located within a separate tract of land or CUE dedicated to the Water-Sewer District. Such tracts shall be delineated with fencing, landscaping, signage, pavement, or other methods determined to be acceptable to the Water- Sewer District. All such installations shall require approval from the Water-Sewer District. In addition, an agreement shall be provided authorizing the COUNTY to traverse all private property outside of the CUE for the purpose of access, maintenance, repair, and/or replacement of such main. The agreement shall also hold the COUNTY harmless for any damage to the private property resulting from the COUNTY’s maintenance, repair and/or replacement activities within or outside of the CUE. 1.2.3 Pipeline Separation Criteria Potable water pipelines shall be separated from wastewater lines and /or stormwater lines by a minimum clear vertical distance of eighteen inches (18”) and a horizontal distance of ten feet (10’). The eighteen inches (18”) minimum vertical separation distance does not apply to separations of sewer laterals and potable water pipeline installations. 57 stone shall be utilized for separation between wastewater lines and stormwater lines. Non-potable irrigation water pipelines 2” and larger shall be separated from potable water mains, wastewater lines and/or stormwater lines by a minimum clear vertical distance of eighteen inches (18”) and a horizontal distance of five feet (5’) as shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings. Wastewater lines shall be separated from stormwater lines by a minimum clear vertical distance of eighteen inches (18”) and a horizontal distance of five feet (5’). All pipeline crossings with vertical clearance less than eighteen inches (18”) shall be made using a full twenty foot (20’) length of thickness Class 200 AWWA C900 PVC pipe, Class 235 AWWA C905 PVC pipe, or, if necessary, Pressure Class 250 ductile iron pipe centered on the crossing. The sewer pipe in these locations shall be back-filled with bedding stone or sand to a height six inches (6”) above the crown of the pipe. When this standard cannot be maintained, the sewer line shall be concrete encased for a distance of ten feet (10’) each way from the water line and any other conduit, with a minimum vertical clearance of twelve inches (12”) being provided at all times. All pipelines shall be successfully pressure tested to 150 psi after the concrete has properly cured. Potable water, non-potable irrigation water, and wastewater pipelines shall be separated from telephone, power, cable and gas sleeves/lines and any other underground utilities by a minimum clear vertical distance of eighteen inches (18”) and horizontal distance of five feet (5’). Potable water, non-potable irrigation water, and wastewater lines shall be separated from raw water mains by a clear vertical distance of eighteen inches (18”) and a horizontal distance of ten feet (10’). Stormwater lines shall be separated from raw water mains by a clear vertical distance of eighteen inches (18”) and a horizontal distance of five feet (5’). Wastewater lines shall be separated from public drinking water supply wells by a horizontal distance of one hundred feet (100’). Wastewater lines shall be separated from private drinking DESIGN CRITERIA FOR POTABLE WATER, NON-POTABLE COLLIER COUNTY IRRIGATION WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA Page 7 of 21 water supply wells by a horizontal distance of seventy-five feet (75’). A County approved deviation form will be required if the separation distance cannot be maintained. Also see separation requirements in Section 020500, 1.3.F (separation distances from existing County Utilities). In the event the required separation is not technically sensible, a Deviation Request can be submitted to the COUNTY. Such request shall contain the minimum criteria identified in F.A.C. 62-555.314(5); however, these criteria alone are not justification for COUNTY approval of a Deviation Request.” The encasement of potable water mains in concrete shall only be made after review and approval by the County Manager or designee. 1.2.42.2.3 Valve Locations Valves shall be provided at all intersections and branches in sufficient numbers as to allow for zone isolation of distribution areas in order to limit impacts of line breaks and service disruptions to customers. In-line gate valves shall be provided in accordance with AWWA requirements and at no greater than one thousand1,000 foot (1000’) intervals when no other valves exist within internal distribution systems. All gate valves twenty20 inches (20”) and smaller shall be of the resilient-seated wedge type, conforming to AWWA C509 or C515, or latest revisions thereof. All gate valves or plug valves thirty30 inches (30”) or larger shall have a concrete slab placed under the valve to help distribute the total weight of the valve and reduce line sagging. See Technical Specifications 331200 2.3.A.2 . All valves shall be furnished with valve boxes extending to finished grade as shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings (G-7). 1.32.3 Conflict Crossings All storm sewer, non-potable irrigation water mains, and wastewater transmission system conflicts with water systems or portion(s) thereof that must be crossed shall be performed using AWWA C900 Class 200 or C905 Class 235 PVC with ductile iron fittings. All fittings shall be adequately restrained using retainer glands, stainless steel rods, or see County Approved Product List, Appendix F. Transitional fittings, when approved by the County Manager or designee, shall be located as close to the point of conflict as possible. Air release assemblies shall be provided as specified in Subsection 12.7 herein, below. Gradual deflection of the water line in lieu of using fittings to clear the conflict shall not be permitted if cover exceeds five feet (5’).. A minimum vertical clearance of eighteen18 inches (18”) shall be provided between the water main and bottom of conflict. Wherever the eighteen-inch (18”) minimum vertical clearance cannot be provided, a COUNTY approved deviation form will be required. (A deviation form will not be required for separation of sewer laterals and potable water pipeline.) . Maximum depth of 48 inches below final grade is exempt when dipping under conflicts in which case the water main shall be returned to normal depth within 10 feet on either side of the conflict or as soon as possible using a fitting of 45 degrees or less. 1.3.12.3.1 1.3.1 Subaqueous Canal Crossings Potable and non-potable subaqueous crossings shall be designed to a minimum depth of thirty- six36 inches (36”) below the design or actual bottom, whichever is deeper, of a canal and other dredged waterway or the natural bottom of streams, rivers, estuaries, bays, and other natural water bodies. If not practical to design the project with a minimum thirty-six36 inch (36”) cover, alternative construction features must be installed to ensure adequate protection of the pipeline. DESIGN CRITERIA FOR POTABLE WATER, NON-POTABLE COLLIER COUNTY IRRIGATION WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA Page 8 of 21 Wherever the thirty-six inch (36”) minimum vertical clearance cannot be provided, a COUNTY approved deviation form will be required. All subaqueous crossings must be introduced/discussed at a plan Pre-Submittal Conference. It is important that representatives from the Water Department or Wastewater Department and GMD be present for approval at the plan Pre-Submittal Conference. A permanent easement is needed when there is no room available in the ROW. When crossing watercourses, the following shall be provided: A. a) The pipe shall be of special construction (HDPE), having welded (butt fusion) watertight joints; b) B. Valves shall be provided at both ends of the subaqueous crossing for isolation, testing, or repair of the line. The valves shall be easily accessible and not subject to flooding. The valve closest to the supply source shall be in a below grade vault as per FDEP requirements and constructed to meet FDOT standards. All welding shall be done above ground. Water, reclaimed water, and wastewater lines shall have two (2) air release valves between the two valves; c) C. Permanent taps shall be made on each side of the valve within the manhole to allow insertion of a small meter to determine leakage and for sampling purposes. The taps will allow for a ¾”three quarter inch meter to be attached; d) D. The HPDE pipe shall be encased in HDPE DR11 casing; e) E. Pressure test according to Section 022501; f) F. Conform to HDPE Specifications, Section 330502. Warning signs shall be placed along the banks of canals, streams, and rivers clearly identifying the nature and location of subaqueous crossings. The signs shall state the type of pipeline and the depth of pipeline below design or natural bottom of the water body. Warning sign shall be aluminum and have minimum dimensions of four feet (4’) wide by two feet (2’) high with a minimum of two inch (2”) lettering. 1.42.4 Fire Service Systems All private fire service systems for sprinkler systems, wet standpipe systems, and privately-owned or controlled distribution systems shall be installed with an appropriate back flow prevention device with a leak detection meter. The backflow device shall be sized by the Developer’s Engineer and shall be purchased, owned and maintained by the private service owner. The COUNTY requires all privately-owned backflow devices to be certified at the time of installation and on an annual basis by a Certified Backflow Tester (University of Florida, TREEO Center, or equivalent certification program). The results shall be submitted to the County Manager or designee. The County Manager or designee will require all privately owned metering devices to be certified for accuracy at the time of installation. Fire meter devices using a three quarter to two inch (¾” to 2”) metering device shall be re-calibrated to manufacturer’s specifications every five (5) years, replaced every ten (10) years, or replaced immediately upon meter failure. Fire DESIGN CRITERIA FOR POTABLE WATER, NON-POTABLE COLLIER COUNTY IRRIGATION WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA Page 9 of 21 meter devices greater than two inches (2”) shall be re-calibrated to manufacturer’s specifications every five (5) years and replaced immediately upon meter failure. The County Manager or designee will inform the owner by mail prior to the due date. Private owner(s) shall submit certification results to the County Manager or designee within sixty (60) days of the due date. 1.4.12.4.1 Fire Service Meters for Residential Systems Residential projects such as, but not limited to, single family, multi-family condominiums, trailer parks, mobile home parks, etc. utilizing a master meter shall pass all fire flow through such meter. The meter shall be sized to pass the domestic coincident draft plus rated fire flow at the AWWA pressure loss specifications. 1.4.22.4.2 Fire Service Meters for Commercial and Other Non-residential Systems Commercial projects such as, but not limited to, shopping centers, malls, retail, and industrial buildings shall pass all fire flow through a potable master meter or have a separate fire service connection to the water distribution main. The Fire Service meter and isolation valves shall be extended above final grade as shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings. For meter reading purposes, metering devices shall lie within a County Utility Easement (CUE) that shall be dedicated separately to the Board for the appropriate Water-Sewer District or in conjunction with the easements for any on-site utility system(s). The Owner shall purchase and install an approved backflow device with a leak detection meter at no expense to the Water-Sewer District. 1.52.5 Connections to Collier County Facilities Connections to existing COUNTY water mains shall be constructed as described in Section 2, Technical Specifications and shown in Section 3, Utilities Detail Drawings. These details shall apply to all connections to existing systems including, but not limited to, hot taps and extensions from existing dead end systems. A section of pipe shall be inserted into the gap to connect the new construction to the existing systems for the purpose of accomplishing line flushing. Immediately upon completion of the flush, the connection shall be removed. A jumper shall be installed (see detail W-4) until final connection is authorized by the County Manager or designee and approved by the FDEP at the completion of construction and after satisfactory completion of all test procedures and bacterial clearance of the new water system or portion(s) thereof. Steam condensate, cooling water from engine jackets, or water used in conjunction with heat exchangers shall not be returned to potable water mains. 1.62.6 Water Services 1.6.12.6.1 Service Pipelines All building lots and parcels of land within a development on the opposite side of the roadway from a water main, or that do not have an accessible water main fronting the location of the proposed meter location, shall be provided with a means for potable water service and non- potable irrigation water service by the developer. Accessibility to these lands on the opposite side of a roadway shall be provided by the installation of water service conduits. Conduits shall be a minimum of four- inch (4”) diameter PVC, with a minimum cover of twenty-four24 inches (24”).. DESIGN CRITERIA FOR POTABLE WATER, NON-POTABLE COLLIER COUNTY IRRIGATION WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA Page 10 of 21 Such pipelines shall extend at least five feet (5’) past the edge -of -pavement, sidewalk, bike path or any other improvementback of curb where provided and shall run from lot corners on one (1) side of the street to a lot corner on the opposite side and shall be capped and marked with an electronic marker (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F). Service pipelines shall be polyethylene of a minimum of one-and-one-half inches (1 ½”) in diameter. Service pipelines under pavement shall be in casings conduits in all scenarios for County owned services. 1.6.22.6.2 Water Meters Water meters shall be properly sized, based on the total calculated service demand for water, according to the Collier County Water Meter Sizing Form (Appendix B). The properly sized water meter shall be installed according to specifications and standards. Any deviation from the determined meter size shall require an approved Deviation Request. All water meters larger than two inches (2”) shall be installed above ground. These meters shall be equipped with a backflow preventer and installed by the Contractor at his expense. The type of backflow device utilized shall be on the Water Department’s list of Approved Backflow Devices (Appendix G). All large potable meters shall be purchased by the owner and installed by the Developer's Contractor. The systems’ master meter assemblies shall be built in accordance with the current design details shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings. Alternate designs may be permitted upon submission of design details for review and approval. The location of all meters (potable and non- potable) shall be clearly shown on the construction plans. All potable water and/or non-potable irrigation water meters shall be equipped to accept the COUNTY’s Automatic Meter Reading (AMR) units shown on the Utilities Detail Drawings. Two inch (2”) and smaller meter units will be installed by the COUNTY. On meters three inches (3”) and larger, contact the Water Distribution office to determine the necessary AMR equipment for the meters. All meters shall be turned over to the technician performing the full bore flush prior to the acceptance of the meter. The water supply to any cooling tower(s) shall be measured by a separate, dedicated water meter. The water line from the dedicated water meter to the cooling tower(s) shall be used exclusively for the cooling towers. Temporary meters may be applied for by phoning the Water Distribution office between 7:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, under the conditions provided by the ordinance. Temporary meters shall be installed for the purpose of supplying construction water to meet the COUNTY requirement for new water line construction as listed below and require a minimum of forty eight (48) hours advance notice. All backflow devices shall be reduced pressure type and shall be certified as required by the ordinance, provided by the Contractor, and be of an approved type. Temporary meters shall be installed as shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings. 1.72.7 Air Release Assemblies Air release assemblies shall be installed at all high points on transmissionall County owned mains where air will not be released through service lines, and on both sides of conflict crossings (unless it can be demonstrated by hydraulic analysis that air pockets will not accumulate at individual high DESIGN CRITERIA FOR POTABLE WATER, NON-POTABLE COLLIER COUNTY IRRIGATION WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA Page 11 of 21 points). In cases where reversal of flow is not expected, the air release assembly shall be provided at high points and on the upstream side of conflict crossings. A high point is defined by the hydraulic gradient and is considered the upper end of any pipe segment that slopes up to the hydraulic gradient or runs parallel to it. The design engineer shall review and apply the pertinent provisions of AWWA-C512 and AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practices M51, “Air-Release, Air Vacuum, and Combination Air Valves”. Air valves shall be suitable for use with potable water or non-potable irrigation water. For all water or non-potable irrigation water mains fourteen14 inches (14”) and smaller, see the County Approved Product List, Appendix F. For potable water or non- potable irrigation water mains sixteen16 inches (16”) and greater, the design engineer shall be responsible for air valve selection and sizing. An isolating valve shall be provided below the air valve to allow removal of the valve assembly. All air release assemblies shall be installed as shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings. 1.82.8 Concrete Collars All gate valve boxes, air release assemblies, and permanent sample points outside paved surfaces shall be provided with a concrete collar set to finish grade. Such collar(s) shall have a minimum thickness of six inches (6”) and the outside dimension of the pad shall be as shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings. Concrete shall have minimum compression strength of 3000 psi at twenty-eight (28) days. 1.92.9 Testing and Clearance Procedures All water systems or portion(s) thereof shall be subjected to pressure testing and disinfection conforming to the AWWA Standards C600, C602, C605, and C606, or latest revision(s) thereof. Under no circumstances shall any person other than an authorized COUNTY Water Department employee operate valves, make service taps or otherwise tamper with COUNTY Distribution system or portion(s) thereof. Failure to comply with these requirements will place such individual in jeopardy of legal action by the COUNTY pursuant to US Code, COUNTY Ordinances and/or Resolutions in effect at the time of the violation. 1.9.12.9.1 Pigging All lines larger than twelve12 inches (12”) in diameter shall be pigged with a new pig to clear debris prior to flushing. Refer to specifications section 025400, 3.1. 1.9.22.9.2 Flushing Full-bore flushing shall be coordinated with COUNTY Water Distribution personnel and shall require forty-eight (48) -hour notice to Water Distribution prior to performance. During flushing the Contractor will be permitted to install a spool piece to close the gap as shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings. Upon completion of such flushing, connection to the COUNTY’s systems or portion(s) thereof shall be returned to the configuration shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings. Refer to specifications section 025400, 3.1. DESIGN CRITERIA FOR POTABLE WATER, NON-POTABLE COLLIER COUNTY IRRIGATION WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA Page 12 of 21 1.9.32.9.3 Line Filling Lines under construction shall be filled utilizing water supplied by the temporary meter and such filling shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with required procedures including those outlined herein below. 1.9.42.9.4 Chlorination Line chlorination shall be performed utilizing water supplied by the temporary meter for the purpose of chlorinating newly constructed potable water lines. Such procedure shall be performed by the Contractor, and shall require forty-eight (48) -hour notice to Water Distribution prior to performance. 1.9.52.9.5 Post-Chlorination Flushes The Contractor using the temporary construction meter shall perform Post Chlorination Flushes. All chlorine injected into the system for disinfection shall be flushed from the system at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to collection of Bacteriological Samples. The initial flush volume equal to the volume of water main being flushed shall be captured and properly disposed of, such that no chlorinated water enters into a storm water system and/or is discharged to the ground; all regulatory requirements for the protection of the environment shall be met. 1.9.62.9.6 Bacteriological Samples Bacteriological sample collection shall be performed utilizing water supplied by the temporary meter in order to supply pressure during sample collection of newly constructed potable water lines. Such procedure shall require forty-eight (48) -hour notice to Water Distribution prior to performance. These procedures shall be performed on Monday through Thursday, excluding holidays, unless otherwise directed by the County Manager or designee. 1.102.10 Laboratory Testing and Sample Collection All new potable and raw water systems shall be subject to bacteriological sample collection and testing. Sample collection and laboratory analyses shall be performed by COUNTY certified laboratory technicians only. The Contractor or his agent shall provide the equipment required in Section 2, Technical Specifications, to supply a continuous sample at the points indicated on the engineer’s construction drawings. Sample points having a one (1) day total of two hundred (200) non-coliform bacteria or greater shall be considered as failed samples. Samples containing one (1) coliform bacteria or greater shall be considered as a failed sample. All potable water piping up to and including 8-inches in diameter shall pass bacteriological tests within sixty (60) days of being placed in service. All potable water piping greater than 8-inches shall pass bacteriological tests within forty-five (45) days of being placed in service. Sample collection and sample laboratory analyses costs shall be borne by the developer. For Utilities Capital Projects that are run by the COUNTY for the COUNTY, one set of tests (including water costs) are provided by the COUNTY free of charge and the contractor shall pay for any additional tests. DESIGN CRITERIA FOR POTABLE WATER, NON-POTABLE COLLIER COUNTY IRRIGATION WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA Page 13 of 21 PART 2PART 3 WASTEWATER COLLECTION AND TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS All wastewater pipe, material, equipment and appurtenances shall be new, and shall conform to Section 2, Technical Specifications and Section 3, Utilities Detail Drawings. Wastewater systems shall be designed to maintain adequate flows and standards as established by Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP), using the equivalent residential connection (ERC) value of 250 gallons per day per residential unit (broken down to 100 gallons per day per person and 2.5 people per household) and F.A.C. 64E-6.008 for non-residential. Peaking factors for wastewater systems shall be in accordance with Section 2.2.1 F.The peak hour factor shall be determined using the equation: (18+√population in thousands) (4+√population in thousands) Populations for non-residential units shall be derived using the estimated average daily flows calculated using Table 1 in Rule 64E-6.008 of the Florida Administrative Code, divided by the average daily flow per capita of 100 gallons. All wastewater projects shall be designed to preclude the deliberate introduction of storm water, surface water, groundwater, roof runoff, subsurface drainage, swimming pool drainage, air conditioning system condensate water, non-contact cooling water, and sources of uncontaminated wastewater as specified in F.A.C. Chapter 62-610 and comply with Ordinance 2012-13 “Collier County Industrial Pretreatment Ordinance.” 2.13.1 Gravity Sewer Systems 2.1.13.1.1 Pipe and Fitting Materials Gravity sewer pipe and materials shall conform to Technical Specifications for polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe and fittings. All pipelines shall be green in color. 2.1.23.1.2 Design of Pipeline Size, Depth and Location All gravity sewer mains constructed shall be a minimum of eight inches (8”) in diameter. The minimum depth of cover over all gravity sewers shall be thirty-six36 inches (36”).. All gravity sewer designs shall consider buoyancy of sewers, and appropriate construction techniques to prevent floatation of the pipe where high groundwater conditions are anticipated. All gravity mains eight inches (8”) or larger are allowed to be core bored into existing manholes. The manhole must be restored as per Section 333913. An inspector from the Wastewater Collections Department must be present during manhole restoration. Hydraulic Design Requirements - All gravity sewers shall be designed to give mean velocities, when flowing full or half-full of not less than two feet (2’) per second, based on Manning’s formula. When calculating full-flow velocity, use a Manning’s Roughness Coefficient of n=0.013. Design wastewater system with uniform slope between manholes. The following are the minimum allowable design slopes that may be provided for each pipe size listed: DESIGN CRITERIA FOR POTABLE WATER, NON-POTABLE COLLIER COUNTY IRRIGATION WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA Page 14 of 21 Minimum Slope in Feet per One Hundred Feet (ft/100’): Sewer Size Slope (ft/100 ft) Sewer Size Slope (ft/100 ft) 8 inch 0.40 18 inch 0.12 10 inch 0.28 21 inch 0.10 12 inch 0.22 24 inch 0.08 15 inch 0.15 Special attention shall be given to gravity lines that receive flows from wastewater transmission or re-pumping facilities. Due care shall be taken in these cases to ensure that no surcharge conditions occur downstream due to excessive flow rates. Under no conditions shall pipe of a diameter larger than that necessary for proper hydraulic design as determined by the COUNTY Growth Management Division or Public Utilities Planning Engineering and Project Management Department be permitted for use on any project. Pipeline separation criteria and conflict crossings criteria shall conform to the requirements described in Part 1, Sections 1.2.3 and 1.3. All sewers shall be designed to prevent superimposed loads. 2.1.33.1.3 Gravity Sewer Main Extension Stubs All main-line extension stubs to future developments and/or parcels shall terminate in a stub-out if it is part of a phased project. The stub-out shall end with a bell or manhole. 2.1.43.1.4 Gravity Sewer Laterals Laterals shall be extended to the property line or easement limit for all installations. Laterals shall be a minimum of six inches (6”) in diameter. Lateral shall have a minimum depth of thirty30 inches (30”) and a maximum depth of forty-eight48 inches (48”) below finished grade. In locations where a minimum depth of thirty30 inches (30”) cannot be provided, laterals shall be C900, DR 14 PVC pipe. At no time shall the depth of a lateral be less than twenty-four24 inches (24”).. At no time shall a lateral be core bored into manholes. Upon installation, all lateral ends shall be plugged. A cleanout shall be provided at the end of each lateral prior to the end plug and a maximum of every 75 feet. Intermediate cleanouts shall be located on the back side of the curb or gutter (where available). Typical lateral and cleanout standards are shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings. The cleanout riser and cap shall be set twenty-four24 inches (24”) above finished grade. All COUNTY-owned sewer lateral endscleanouts shall be provided with an electronic marker and concrete collar as shown in Utilities Detail Drawings (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F). Electronic markers shall be placed twenty-four24 inches (24”) below final grade at the cleanout, for COUNTY inspector to see during final plumbing tie-in inspection. At no time shall the connection to the lateral be made to the cleanout riser or any part of the vertical assembly. Either a single six inch (6”) diameter or larger lateral to each property or a single six inch (6”) or larger lateral with a double wye shall be provided. 2.1.53.1.5 Manholes Precast concrete manholes shall be installed at the end of each wastewater main, at all changes in grade, size, or horizontal alignment, and at all main pipe intersections, shall be spaced at DESIGN CRITERIA FOR POTABLE WATER, NON-POTABLE COLLIER COUNTY IRRIGATION WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA Page 15 of 21 distances not greater than four hundred400 feet (400’) and shall be placed in roads.pavement or equivalently stabilized surface (or future pavement). For sanitary sewers with a diameter greater than fifteen15 inches (15”),, the maximum distance between manholes is four hundred fifty450 feet (450’).. All gravity collection mains shall terminate in a precast concrete manhole. Minimum inside diameter of all manholes shall be four feet (4’).. The angle between the inlet and outlet pipe within manholes shall be no less than 90 degrees. A drop pipe shall be provided for a sewer entering a manhole at an elevation of twenty-four24 inches (24”) or more above the manhole invert. Drop manholes shall be constructed with an outside drop connection encased in concrete, as shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings. See FDEP Wastewater Checklist Form 62- 604.300(8)(a), “Manholes” section, for further design requirements, as well as Specification Section 333913 and the Detail Drawings. 2.23.2 Force Mains 2.2.13.2.1 Pipe and Fitting Materials Force main pipelines and fittings shall be a minimum of four inches (4”) in diameter. All force mains between four and fourteen inches (4”-14”) in diameter shall be constructed of PVC, HDPE, or HDPEductile iron pipe and shall utilize pipe meeting the requirements of the Technical Specifications. Force mains sixteen inches (16”) and larger in diameter shall be constructedThe use of ductile iron, HDPE, or PVC pipe on force mains is restricted to aerial crossings and above ground flanged pipe only. A check valveplug valve is required to delineate ownership between County owned and privately owned force mains. Deviations from the minimum four inch (4”) diameter pipeline design parameters shall only be approved in cases where such installations are necessary in order to comply with minimum FDEP velocity requirements. Whenever the minimum four inch (4”) diameter pipeline cannot be provided, a COUNTY approved deviation form will be required. A check valve will be required to delineate County owned and privately owned. All HDPE and PVC buried pipelines shall be color-coded as described in the Technical Specifications. Force main pipelines shall be green in color. Buried force mains, except those installed by directional drill or jack-and-bore methods, shall be marked using metalized warning tape for PVC pipe and non-magnetic for ductile iron pipe.. The metalized warning tape shall be placed in the pipe trench at two feet (2’) below grade or one-half the depth of the pipe’s bury, whichever is less, and labeled “WASTEWATER FORCE MAIN.” Electronic markers (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F) shall be placed twenty-four inches (24”) inches below final grade, above the force main, at all bends or changes in alignment, valves, and every two hundred fifty250 feet (250’).. Horizontal directional drilling shall include installation of at least two locating tone wires as described in the Technical Specifications. All force main aerial crossings shall be Pressure Class 350 flanged ductile iron pipe and shall be coated on the exterior using a suitable grade of Safety Green colored, field applied (or factory applied with field touch-up as required) epoxy coating. Specific color shall be subject to approval of the County Manager or designee. All nuts and bolts used in aerial crossings shall be stainless steel. All canal, river, or creek crossings shall be aerial, unless otherwise approved by the County Manager or designee. Aerial crossings shall be designed to incorporate valves or other flow regulation devices in accordance with F.A.C. 62-604.400(2)(k)5. Aerial crossings shall be DESIGN CRITERIA FOR POTABLE WATER, NON-POTABLE COLLIER COUNTY IRRIGATION WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA Page 16 of 21 designed to maintain existing or required navigational capabilities within the waterway and to reserve riparian rights of adjacent property Owners. Submit aerial pipe and flange computations, including support and anchor design, for review. The submittal must be signed and sealed by a Florida registered Licensed Professional Engineer. 2.2.23.2.2 Design of Pipeline Size and Location Force mains shall be sized to provide a desired flushing velocity of two and one-half feet (2.5’) per second with a minimum allowable velocity of two feet (2’) per second. The maximum allowable velocity in wastewater force mains is six feet (6’) per second. The minimum size force main conveyed to the CCWSD shall be four inches (4”) in diameter. Approved mechanical thrust restraints are required at pipe joints where specified in the Utility Standards. Minimum cover for force mains shall be thirty30 inches (30”).. Maximum cover shall be forty- eight48 inches (48”) after final project grading is complete except when dipping under conflicts in which case the force main shall be returned to normal depth within ten10 feet (10’) on either side of the conflict or as soon as possible using a fitting of forty-five45 degrees (45°) or less. The design engineer shall strive to minimize the number and frequency of dips (maintaining a horizontal run line through intermittent grade changes, by deviation). An air release valve is required at all dips. Engineers should evaluate possibilities of lowering storm drainage piping or dipping potable water and IQ non-potable irrigation water main to avoid dips in the force main. When force mains are interconnected with a gravity sewer system, for transmission purposes through that system, interconnection shall be as shown in the Utility Standard Drawings. No force main laterals shall be core bored into manholes. Pipeline separation criteria and conflict crossings criteria shall conform to the requirements described in Part 1, Sections 1.2.3 and 1.3. Force mains shall have a minimum setback of seven feet and six inches (7’6”) from the centerline of the pipe to residential roadways, curb and gutters, permanent structures, or plantings not specifically allowed by ordinance and shall not be placed beneath any existing or proposed building structure. 2.2.33.2.3 Valves All connections of privately-owned and maintained wastewater force mains to the Wastewater Department’s force mains shall be connected through a check valve housed in a structure as shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings which shall allow performance of required maintenance, and shall be owned and maintained by the property owner. Sufficient plug valves shall be provided to allow for zone isolation of wastewater transmission areas in order to limit the impact of line breaks. In-line plug valves shall be provided at no greater than one thousand1,000 foot (1,000’) intervals per COUNTY requirements. 2.2.43.2.4 Force Main Extension Stubs All main-line extension stubs to future developments and/or parcels shall terminate in a stub-out if it is part of a phased project. The stub-out shall end with a valve and cap/plug. DESIGN CRITERIA FOR POTABLE WATER, NON-POTABLE COLLIER COUNTY IRRIGATION WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA Page 17 of 21 2.2.53.2.5 Air Release Assemblies Air release assemblies shall be provided at all high points and on the upstream side of conflict crossings at which the force main passes under the conflict (unless it can be demonstrated by hydraulic analysis that air pockets will not accumulate at individual high points). A high point is defined by the hydraulic gradient and is considered the upper end of any pipe segment that slopes up to the hydraulic gradient or runs parallel to it. Air valves (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F) utilized on raw sewage facilities shall be designed and manufactured specifically for use with domestic sewage. The design engineer shall review and apply the pertinent provisions of AWWA-C512 and AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practices M51, “Air-Release, Air Vacuum, and Combination Air Valves”. When installed, the air valve shall be provided with a shut-off valve to allow isolation and removal of the valve assembly. All air release assemblies shall be installed as shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings. 2.33.3 Wastewater Pump Stations Wastewater pump stations shall be designed and constructed in accordance with FDEP regulatory requirements, Section 2 Technical Specifications, National Electrical Code (NEC) Requirements, and Section 3 Utilities Detail Drawings. Pump Station wetwells shall be designed to withstand flotation forces with the assumption that the structures are empty and ground/flood water elevation is at the top of the structures. The design shall consider the potential for damage or interruption of operation due to flooding. Pump station structures and electrical and mechanical equipment shall be designed to be protected from physical damage by the 100-year flood event. Pump stations shall be designed to remain fully operational and accessible during the 25-year flood event. Pump stations shall be designed to avoid operational problems from the accumulation of grit. Pump stations shall be designed to be readily accessible by maintenance vehicles, including pumper trucks, during all weather conditions. Pump stations shall be designed and located on the site to minimize adverse effects from odors, noise, and lighting. Pump stations shall be located on the site to have a minimum separation of twenty20 feet (20’) from the edge of the CUE for the pump station to edge of a body of water and fifteen15 feet (15’) from the edge of the CUE for the pump station to a residential structure (including appurtenances). The effective volume of wet wells shall be based on design average flows and a filling time not to exceed 30 minutes unless the facility is designed to provide flow equalization. The pump manufacturer’s duty cycle recommendations shall be utilized in selecting the minimum cycling time. Pump stations requiring a pump motor of twenty horsepower or greater shall operate by a VFD (variable frequency drive) that varies the operating speed of the pump based on wet well water levels. Pump stations shall have a compacted earth berm on three sides with 3:1 slopes to divert liquid toward the ROW. Top of berm shall be twelve12 inches (12”) wide and six inches (6”) higher than back of curb (with curb) or edge of pavement (without curb). Minimum berm height shall be six inches (6”).. When a pump station has a peak design flow coming into the station greater than 500 gpm, contact Public Utilities Planning Engineering and Project Management Department for specifications. DESIGN CRITERIA FOR POTABLE WATER, NON-POTABLE COLLIER COUNTY IRRIGATION WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA Page 18 of 21 A pump station that is connected directly to the County transmission force main from a development (Community Pump Station) and any pump station that receives flow from one or more upstream pump stations or discharges through a force main 12 inches or larger (see FAC 62-604.400 (2)(a)1) shall have uninterrupted pumping capability (standby diesel pump or generator) with three days of fuel storage (compliant with Technical Specification 263213) and a concrete pad for a future odor control system. Except for grinder pump stations, which require Deviation approval, no new private pump stations are allowed. Grinder pump stations are required to have a standard generator receptacle. All other pump stations shall conform to these standards and shall be conveyed to the Collier County Water-Sewer District in accordance with the utilities conveyance policies and procedures outlined in the Collier County Utilities Standards and Procedures Ordinance (Ord. No. 2004-31 as amended). All pump stations shall have water available to them. Available water means a water main is accessible in the adjacent ROW or CUE. Landscaping may be is not required, per these standards, to be installed around developer constructedwastewater pump stations that are intended to be conveyed to the Public Utilities Division. Landscaping, if. If landscaping is provided, it shall be maintained by the developer, homeowners association, or land owner and shall NOT be located in the CUE. Landscaping, if provided, shall be located as to not block access or interfere with operations. If plant material dies, it is the responsibility of the landscaping owner to replace it. The landscaping shall be maintained to not block telemetry antenna line of site. All landscaping shall be in accordance with the Land Development Code. 2.43.4 Connections to Collier County Facilities Connections to existing COUNTY wastewater mains shall be constructed as described in the Technical Specifications and shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings. These details shall apply to all connections to existing systems. All projects shall be designed with no physical connections between a public or private potable water supply system and a sewer or force main and with no water mains passing through or coming into contact with any part of a sewer manhole. 2.53.5 Tests and Inspections Tests and inspections of all wastewater systems or portion(s) thereof shall be performed in accordance with the Technical Specifications before acceptance of the systems or portions thereof by Collier County. 2.63.6 Wastewater Pump Station Asset Management Asset management is required for proper use and maintenance of these wastewater facilities. State of Florida DEP regulations state: “…systems shall be operated and maintained so as to provide uninterrupted service…” To accomplish this obligation on privately owned wastewater pump stations, the owner(s) of each such station shall: DESIGN CRITERIA FOR POTABLE WATER, NON-POTABLE COLLIER COUNTY IRRIGATION WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA Page 19 of 21 A. Maintain a permanent fence with a sign mounted thereon, which sign shall include the correct name and phone number(s) of at least one emergency contact individual and the correct name(s) and phone number(s) of the station’s operator as well as the station’s owner(s). The text on the sign must be immediately updated if and when any of the information on the sign becomes outdated. B. The station’s owner shall continuously retain (contract with) an operator qualified under Florida laws, rule or regulation, for oOperations, pPreventive mMaintenance, and to respond to each service interruption, if any, at that station. The above requirements are mandated by the Florida Department of Environmental Protection regulations: Florida Administrative Code, Subsection 62-604.500.400(2)(d). Also refer to the Standard Details for additional information that applies to the above noted signage requirements. DESIGN CRITERIA FOR POTABLE WATER, NON-POTABLE COLLIER COUNTY IRRIGATION WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA Page 20 of 21 PART 3PART 4 ELECTRICAL AND CONTROL SYSTEMS 3.14.1 Electrical and Control System Material All electrical devices such as motor starters, breakers, and control centers shall be manufactured to current NEMA standards. The construction of each device shall conform to the NEMA rating for the environment of that device. All programmable logic controllers (PLC) shall be manufactured by Allen-Bradley. The PLC model for each specific application shall be coordinated with the Utilities Engineering Department. END OF SECTION 1 DESIGN CRITERIA FOR POTABLE WATER, NON-POTABLE COLLIER COUNTY IRRIGATION WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA Page 21 of 21 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SECTION 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Go to the Collier County website below for the latest revision of the Technical Specifications: http://www.colliergov.net/ppmd https://www.colliercountyfl.gov/your- government/divisions-f-r/public-utilities-planning-and-project- management/utilities-standards-manual SECTION 2 COLLIER COUNTY TABLE OF CONTENTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 3 COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL SECTION 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Table of Contents DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011000 Summary of Work 012000 Measurement and Payment 014127 NPDES Requirements for Construction Activities Impacting More Than One Acre 014200 References 014500 Quality Control 015000 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 015526 Traffic Regulation and Public Safety 015713 Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control for Construction Activities Impacting Less Than One Acre, including Construction Requiring Dewatering 016100 Material and Equipment 017300 Miscellaneous Work and Cleanup 017416 Site Clearing 017423 Cleaning 017823 Operation and Maintenance Manuals 017839 Project Record Documents DIVISION 2 - EXISTING CONDITIONS 020500 Connections to Existing Systems 022100 Lines and Grades 022200 Pre-Construction Audio-Video Recording 022501 Leakage Tests 024100 Demolition 025400 Disinfection DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 031100 Concrete Formwork 032000 Concrete Reinforcement 033100 Concrete, Masonry Mortar and Grout 034100 Precast Concrete Structures SECTION 2 COLLIER COUNTY TABLE OF CONTENTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 3 DIVISION 5 – METALS 055600 Metal Castings DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 099723 Concrete Coatings DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK 312316 Excavation – Earth and Rock 312319 Groundwater Control for Open Cut Excavation 312323 Backfilling 314000 Shoring, Sheeting and Bracing DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING 221336 Diesel Backup Pump DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL 263213.13 Standby Diesel Generators DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENT 320117 Pavement Repair and Restoration 321300 Sidewalks, Driveways and Curbs 323113 Chain Link Fencing and Gates 329200 Restoration by Sodding or Seeding DIVISION 33 - UTILITIES 330130.16 Televising and Inspection of Gravity Sewer Systems 330201 Roadway Crossings by Open Cut 330502 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Fittings 330503 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings 330504 Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP) and Fittings 330518 Laying and Jointing Buried Pipelines 330520 Pipe Removal and Abandonment 330523.13 Horizontal Directional Drilling 330523.16 Jacking, Augering and Mining 331200 Water Valves and Appurtenances 331619 Hydrants 333200 Pump Stations 333313 Wastewater Valves and Appurtenances SECTION 2 COLLIER COUNTY TABLE OF CONTENTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 3 333913 Sewer Manholes 334713 HDPE Irrigation Pond Liner SECTION 012000 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Section 012000 COLLIER COUNTY MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 1 THIS SECTION IS TO BE DELETED FROM THE COLLIER COUNTY UTILITY STANDARDS MANUAL Section 022200 COLLIER COUNTY PRE-CONSTRUCTION AUDIO- TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS VIDEO RECORDING Page 1 of 1 SECTION 022200 PRE-CONSTRUCTION AUDIO-VIDEO RECORDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work specified in this section includes the requirements for pre-construction audio-video recordings necessary to document existing conditions on public and private property. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall provide color videos showing pre-construction site conditions of all public and private property within the scope of construction. The videos shall be 1.2-inch VHSon DVD and electronic format indicating on the beginning and front of each cassetteDVD, the date, job title and location where the video was taken. The videos shall be clear and shall thoroughly document all existing structures and landscaping. B. Two copies of the video cassettes (including the originalDVD and one electronic copy (on a USB flash drive or other appropriate device) shall be delivered to the County Manager or designee for review. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Construction on private property shall not commence until the County Manager or designee has reviewed and approved the audio-video recording. 3.2 PERFORMANCE A. The Contractor may be required to restore private properties to conditions better than existing, at no additional cost to the COUNTY, if the Contractor fails to sufficiently document existing conditions. END OF SECTION Section 022501 COLLIER COUNTY LEAKAGE TESTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 10 SECTION 022501 LEAKAGE TESTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Testing for any signs of leakage in all pipelines and structures required to be watertight. 1. Test gravity sewers and drain lines by infiltration/exfiltration testing. 2. Test all other pipelines with water under the specified pressures. B. Operation of Existing Facilities: Conduct all tests in a manner to minimize as much as possible any interference with the day-to-day operations of existing facilities or other contractors working on the site. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Written Notification of Testing: Provide written notice when the work is ready for testing, and make the tests as soon thereafter as possible. 1. Personnel for reading meters, gauges, or other measuring devices, will be furnished. 2. Furnish all other labor, equipment, air, water and materials, including meters, gauges, smoke producers, blower, pumps, compressors, fuel, water, bulkheads and accessory equipment. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Codes and standards referred to in this Section are: 1. AWWA C 600 - Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Provide all submittals, including the following, as specified in Division 1. B. Testing Report: Prior to placing the sewer system in service submit for review and approval a detailed report summarizing the leakage test data, describing the test procedure and showing the calculations on which the leakage test data is based. 1. Reference Sewer Line Data Section 022501 COLLIER COUNTY LEAKAGE TESTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 10 a. For Low Pressure Testing (1) The length and diameter of the section of line tested (MH to MH), including any laterals. (2) A complete description of the test procedure, including: (a) Trench backfilling and sewer cleaning status (b) Type of plugs used and where (c) Depth of sewer, and ground water pressure over sewer pipe (d) Stabilization time period and air pressure (e) Actual air test pressures used if ground water is present (f) The time allowed by specifications (g) The actual test time (h) The air pressure at beginning and end of test (3) The name of the inspector/tester and the date(s) and time(s) of all testing performed, including any retesting. (4) A description of any repairs made. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 LEAKAGE TESTING A. All new sewer and water pipelines installed shall be tested for leakage. The test used will be Hydrostatic Testing for pressure lines and Infiltration/Exfiltration Testing for gravity lines. Tests to be performed will be indicated by the ENGINEER and witnessed by the ENGINEER and the County Manager or designee. 1. Flushing Section 022501 COLLIER COUNTY LEAKAGE TESTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 10 a. Full-bore flush all mains to remove all sand and other foreign matter. Flushing shall be terminated at the direction of the ENGINEER. Dispose of the flushing water without causing nuisance or property damage. Full bore flushes on force mains shall only be required where sufficiently sized water mains are present. b. Install temporary flush out connections on all dead end water mains at the locations shown on plans and in accordance with the Collier County Standard Details. 2. Hydrostatic Testing for DIP and PVC Pipelines: Perform hydrostatic testing of the system as set forth in the following, and conduct said tests in the presence of the County Manager or designee and other authorized agencies, with 48 hours advance notice provided. Piping and appurtenances to be tested shall be within sections between valves unless alternate methods have received prior approval from the County Manager or designee. Testing shall not proceed until concrete thrust blocks are in place and cured, or other restraining devices installed. Thoroughly clean and flush all piping prior to testing to clear the lines of all foreign matter. While the piping is being filled with water care shall be exercised to permit the escape of air from extremities of the test section, with additional release cocks provided if required. Perform hydrostatic testing with a sustained minimum pressure of 150 psi for a period of not less than two (2) hours. If sustained pressure goes 5 psi above or below 150 psi during the first two (2) hours, the test fails (AWWA regulation). After two (2) hours, use the AWWA formula if less than 5 psi to determine whether test fails. Testing shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions as set forth in the most recent edition of AWWA Standards C600 for Ductile Iron Pipe and C605 for PVC Pipe. The allowable rate of leakage shall be less than the number of gallons per hour determined by the following formula: L = SD (P)1/2 133,200 Where, L = Allowable leakage in gallons per hour; S = Length of pipe tested in feet; D = Nominal diameter of pipe in inches; P = Average test pressure maintained during the leakage test in pounds per square inch For 150 psi, L = (9.195 x 10-5) SD Section 022501 COLLIER COUNTY LEAKAGE TESTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 10 The testing procedure shall include the continued application of the specified pressure to the test system, for the one-hour period, by way of a pump taking supply from a container suitable for measuring water loss. The amount of loss shall be determined by measuring the volume displaced for the said container. Should the test fail, repair the fault and repeat the tes t until results are within the established limits. Furnish the necessary labor, water, pumps, and gauges at specified location(s) and all other items required to conduct the required testing and perform necessary repairs. General - All sanitary sewers and associated service lines shall be constructed watertight to prevent infiltration and/or exfiltration. 3. Hydrostatic Testing for HDPE Pipelines: Perform hydrostatic testing of all HDPE pipelines as set forth in the following, and conduct said tests in the presence of the County Manager or designee and other authorized agencies, with 48 hours advance notice provided. Provide all labor, equipment and material required for testing the pipeline upon completion of installation, pipe laying and backfilling operations, and placement of any required temporary roadway surfacing. Disinfect all HDPE potable water mains prior to testing in accordance with the requirements of Section 025400 – Disinfection. Test pipelines at 150 psi. Field test all HDPE pipelines for leakage in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations for the size and class of pipeline installed. Unless other procedures recommended by the manufacturer are approved by the County Manager or designee, pressure test the pipeline as follows: a. Fill pipeline slowly with water. Maintain flow velocity less than two (2) feet per second. b. Expel air completely from the line during filling and again before applying test pressure. Expel air by means of taps at points of highest elevation. c. Apply initial test pressure and allow to stand without makeup pressure for two (2) to three (3) hours, to allow for diametric expansion or pipe stretching to stabilize. Section 022501 COLLIER COUNTY LEAKAGE TESTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 10 d. After this equilibrium period, apply the specified test pressure and turn the pump off. The final test pressure shall be held for not less than two (2) hours. e. Upon completion of the test, the pressure shall be bled off from the location other than the point where the pressure is monitored. The pressure drop shall be witnessed by the County Manager or designee at the point where the pressure is being monitored. Allowable amount of makeup water for expansion of the pipeline during the pressure test shall conform to Table III, Test Phase Make-up Amount, contained in the manual “Inspections, Test and Saf ety Considerations” published by the Plastics Pipe Institute, Inc. If any test of pipeline installed exceeds the amount of makeup water as allowed above, locate and repair the cause of leakage and retest the pipeline, without additional cost to the COUNTY. Repair all visible leaks regardless of the amount of leakage. 4. Force Main Pressure Testing: All force mains shall be subject to pressure testing at 150 PSI. the following standards: System Operating Pressure Test pressure Duration 50 PSI or less 100 PSI 2 hours Greater than 50 PSI 150 PSI or 2 2 hours times the operating pressure, whichever is greater. Allowable leakage on force mains shall be computed utilizing the standards for water loss in conformance with AWWA C600, the latest r evision thereof. 5. Infiltration/Exfiltration Testing for Gravity Lines The allowable limits of infiltration or exfiltration for the entire system, or any portion thereof, shall not exceed a rate of 50 gallons per inch of inside pipe diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours. No additional allowance shall be made for house service lines. Any part of or all of the system shall be tested for infiltration or exfiltration, as directed by the ENGINEER or as required by the County Manager or designee. The procedures and limitations for conducting infiltration/exfiltration tests shall be established at the pre- construction conference on a project-by-project basis. Air testing of gravity sewer mains may be required. All testing shall be run continuously for 24 hours, unless the County Inspector can visually verify that this test duration is not required due to the observed infiltration/exfiltration rate. The amounts of infiltration or exfiltration shall be determined by pumping water into or out Section 022501 COLLIER COUNTY LEAKAGE TESTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 10 of calibrated drums, or by other methods approved by the Public Utilities Division, such as in-line V-notch weirs. Where infiltration or exfiltration exceeds the allowable limits specified herein, locate and repair the defective pipe, joints or other faulty construction at no additional cost to the COUNTY. If the defective portions cannot be located, remove and reconstruct as much of the work as is necessary in order to conform to the specified allowable limits. All visible leaks shall be repaired regardless of the amount of leakage. Provide all labor, equipment and materials required and conduct all testing required under the direction of the ENGINEER. a. Infiltration: Prior to testing for infiltration, the system shall be pumped out so that normal infiltration conditions exist at the time of testing. The cumulative results of the entire collection system results shall not be a satisfactory method for gauging infiltration compliance. Each sewer section between manholes must permit infiltration no greater than the maximum allowable, as specified above. b. Exfiltration: The exfiltration test, when required due to groundwater levels, will be conducted by filling the portion of the system being tested with water to a level 2 feet above the uppermost manhole invert in the section being tested. The cumulative results of the entire collection system results shall not be a satisfactory method for gauging exfiltration compliance. Each sewer section between manholes must permit exfiltration no greater than the maximum allowable, as specified above. 6. Low Pressure Air Testing Contractor shall conduct air testing in accordance with ASTM specifications: a. ASTM C-828 – for clay pipes. b. ASTM C-924 – for concrete pipes. c. ASTM F-1417 – for plastic pipes. When low pressure air testing of gravity sewer mains is specifically required, all testing shall be run continuously for 24 hours, unless the County Inspector can visually verify that this test duration is not required due to the observed infiltration/exfiltration rate. When air testing is specifically required, after completing backfill of a section of gravity sewer line, conduct a Line Acceptance Test using low pressure air. The test shall be performed using the below stated equipment, according to state procedures and under the supervision of the ENGINEER and in the presence of the County Manager or designee, with 48 hours advanced notice. Section 022501 COLLIER COUNTY LEAKAGE TESTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 10 d. Equipment: (1) Pneumatic plugs shall have a sealing length equal to or greater than the diameter of the pipe to be inspected. (2) Pneumatic plugs shall resist internal bracing or blocking. (3) All air used shall pass through a single control panel. (4) Three individual hoses shall be used for the following connections: (a) From control panel to pneumatic plugs for inflation. (b) From control panel to sealed line for introducing the low- pressure air. (c) From sealed line to control panel for continually monitoring the air pressure rise in the sealed line. e. Procedure: All pneumatic plugs shall be seal tested before being used in the actual test installation. One length of pipe shall be laid on the ground and sealed at both ends with the pneumatic plugs to be checked. Air shall be introduced into the plugs to 25 psi. The sealed pipe shall be pressurized to 5 psi. The plugs shall hold against this pressure without bracing and without movement of the plugs out of the pipe. After a manhole-to-manhole reach of pipe has been backfilled and cleaned and the pneumatic plugs are checked by the above procedure, the plugs shall be placed in the line at each manhole and inflated to 25 psi. Low-pressure air shall be introduced into this sealed line until the internal air pressure reaches 4 psi greater than the average back pressure of any ground water that may be over the pipe. At least two (2) minutes shall be allowed for the air pressure to stabilize. After the stabilization period (3.5 psi minimum pressure in the pipe), the air hose from the control panel to the air supply shall be disconnected. The portion of the line being tested shall be termed “Acceptable”, if the time required in minutes for the pressure to decrease from 3.5 to 2.5 psi (greater than the average back pressure of any ground water that may be over the pipe) is greater than the time shown for the given diameters in the following table: Section 022501 COLLIER COUNTY LEAKAGE TESTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 8 of 10 Pipe Diameter In Inches Minutes 8 4.0 10 5.0 12 5.5 16 7.5 18 8.5 24 11.5 Time in Minutes = 0.472 D D = Diameter of pipe in inches In areas where ground water is known to exist, install capped pipe adjacent to the top of the sewer lines. This shall be done at the time of the sewer line is installed. Immediately prior to the performance of the Line Acceptance Test, the ground water shall be determined by removing the pipe cap, and a measurement of the height in feet of water over the invert of the pipe shall be taken. The height in feet shall be divided by 2.3 to establish the pounds of pressure that will be added to all readings. (For example, if the height of water is 11-1/2 feet, then the added pressure will be 5 psi. This increases the 3.5 psi to 8.5 psi, and the 2.5 psi to 7.5 psi. The allowable drop of one pound and the timing remain the same). If the installation fails to meet this requirement, determine the source of the leakage and repair or replace all defective materials and/or workmanship, all at no additional cost to the COUNTY. B. DEP approval is required to use reclaimed (IQ) water for flushing and pressure testing of irrigation mains and potable water mains. The requirements for submitting a request to DEP are available from the County PUED. 3.2 LEAKAGE TESTS FOR STRUCTURES A. Structure Leakage Testing: Perform leakage tests of manholes, wet wells, tanks, vaults and similar purpose structures before backfilling, by filling the structure with water to the overflow water level and observing the water surface level for the following 24 hours. 1. Make an inspection for leakage of the exterior surface of the structure, especially in areas around construction joints. 2. If visible leaks appear, repair the structure by removing and replacing the leaking portions of the structure, waterproofing the inside, or by other methods approved. Section 022501 COLLIER COUNTY LEAKAGE TESTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 9 of 10 3. Water for testing will be provided by the COUNTY at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. END OF SECTION Section 022501 COLLIER COUNTY LEAKAGE TESTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 10 of 10 NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE Section 025400 COLLIER COUNTY DISINFECTION TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 4 SECTION 025400 DISINFECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Disinfection of all pipelines, tanks, structures, conduits and equipment that are to store, handle or carry potable water. Furnish all labor, water, chemicals and equipment, including taps, corporation stops, temporary pumps and other items necessary to perform the Work, except as otherwise specified. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Codes and standards referred to in this Section are: 1. AWWA C651 - Disinfecting Water Mains 2. AWWA C652 - Disinfection of Water-Storage Facilities 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Disinfection Standards: Disinfect in accordance with AWWA C651 for water mains and AWWA C652 for water storage facilities and equipment. B. Chlorinated Water Disposal: Dispose of old highly chlorinated water in accordance with applicable regulations. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 FLUSHING A. After coordination with the COUNTY Water Distribution Section, perform all flushes, pigging or swabbing, disinfection and post flushes in the presence of Water department personnel. Fill all water lines with potable water, pig or swab and perform a line flushing. All lines larger than 12 inches in diameter shall be pigged to clear debris prior to flushing. Use a swab-type pig for HDPE pipe. Use a 5- to 7-lb. density poly-jacketed bullet style pig for all other pipe material. Under no circumstances is a pig or swab considered reusable. A section of pipe shall be Section 025400 COLLIER COUNTY DISINFECTION TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 4 inserted in the gap specified in the jumper shown in the Standard Details to connect the new construction to the existing facilities for the purpose of accomplishing the full-bore flush. Immediately after completion of the flush, remove the connection. The facilities shall be capped and returned to the jumper connection shown in the Standard Details until final connection is permitted by County Manager or designee at the completion of construction and after finalization of all test procedures and bacterial clearance for new water facilities. 3.2 WATER MAIN DISINFECTION A. Following acceptable pressure testing, disinfect all sections of the water distribution system and receive approval thereof from the appropriate agencies, prior to placing in service. Provide advance notice of 48 hours to the County Manager or designee before disinfecting procedures start. The disinfection shall be accomplished in accordance with the applicable provisions of AWWA Standard C651, "Disinfecting Water Mains" and all appropriate approval agencies. B. The disinfecting agent shall be free chlorine in aqueous solution with sustained concentration for 48 hours of not less than 50 parts per million. After 48 hours, if chlorine solution contains at least 25 parts per million of chlorine, the line may then be flushed and samples taken at various points. Chlorine may be derived from Chlorine gas, or 70% (high test) calcium hypochlorite (HTH or Perchloron, or equal). Administration may be by any of the several methods described in AWWA Standard C651 as proposed by the CONTRACTOR and approved by the ENGINEER. Proposals as to method must be made prior to commencement of the disinfection process. C. Following contact with chlorine solution, the system shall be thoroughly flushed out. Schedule water sampling in coordination with the COUNTY Water Distribution Section. The COUNTY Water Department will obtain all water samples for analysis. D. If samples do not demonstrate satisfactory results, the line shall be flushed and a resample taken. If the samples fail on the second attempt, redisinfection per AWWA standards must be repeated until two satisfactory samples are obtained. The period between samples must be a minimum of 24 hours. E. After approval of the samples, and before placing the system in service, perform another flushing of the water lines to remove any stagnant water. 3.3 WATER MAIN DISINFECTION (FOR FIRE LINE CONNECTIONS WITH NO TEMPORARY JUMPER) A. In configurations where 20 feet or less of new pipe is installed between the existing COUNTY water main and the permanent above ground fire assembly, the temporary gap configuration assembly may be omitted if the following requirements are met: Section 025400 COLLIER COUNTY DISINFECTION TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 4 1. The full interior of all new pipe between the existing COUNTY water main and the permanent above ground fire assembly shall be swabbed and disinfected using a chlorine solution with a concentration of not less than 200 parts per million. 2. The pipe must be flushed and bacteriological samples must be collected in accordance with this specification. 3. The tapping valve on the COUNTY water main shall remain closed until bacteriological clearance is achieved. 3.33.4 DISINFECTION PROCEDURES FOR TANKS A. Disinfect potable water storage tanks and equipment in accordance with AWWA C652, Method 2 or 3, using sodium hypochlorite. 1. In Method 2, spray method, spray the entire interior surface of the tank with chlorinated water containing 200 mg/l of available chlorine. After spraying, allow the tank to stand at least two hours before filling with fresh water. B. After disinfection, allow the tanks and equipment to overflow until the chlorine residual is approximately 2 mg/l. 3.43.5 BACTERIAL SAMPLE POINTS A. For the purpose of new water main construction, bacterial sampling points shall be positioned at the beginning of each new system, at 1000-foot intervals and all dead ends unless otherwise directed. These sampling points will be utilized by Utilities personnel for water main bacterial clearance procedures. At the completion of the project, when authorization is given by the County Manager or designee, permanent sampling points shall remain every 3000 feet or one at 2/3 of the length from the point of connection to the COUNTY system if the line is less than 3000 feet long. All others shall be removed down to the main and properly capped by the CONTRACTOR. The permanent sampling points shall be constructed as shown in the Utility Detail Drawings. Collier County staff wi ll review the permanent sampling point locations during final plans review. END OF SECTION Section 025400 COLLIER COUNTY DISINFECTION TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 4 NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE Section 034100 COLLIER COUNTY PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 7 SECTION 034100 PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all materials, labor, and equipment and construct manholes, wet wells, valve pits, meter pits, and accessory items, consisting of precast sections as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. The forms, dimensions, concrete, and construction methods shall be approved by the ENGINEER in advance of construction. C. These specifications are intended to give a general description of what is required, but do not purport to cover all of the structural design details which will vary in accordance with the requirements of the equipment as offered. It is, however, intended to cover the furnishing, shop testing, delivery, and complete installation of all precast structures whether specifically mentioned in these specifications or not. D. The supplier of the precast manholes, wet wells, valve pits, meter pits, and accessory items shall coordinate his work with that of the CONTRACTOR to the end that the unit will be delivered and installed in the excavation provided by the CONTRACTOR, in accordance with the CONTRACTOR's construction schedule. E. Coordinate the precast structures fabrication with the equipment supplied to achieve the proper structural top slab openings, spacings, and related dimensions for the selected equipment frames and covers. The top slabs, frames, covers, and subsurface structures shall be capable of supporting a live load of 150 pounds per square foot. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the ENGINEER, as provided in the General Conditions, shop drawings showing details of construction, reinforcing and joints. B. Shop Drawings 1. Content a. Dimensions and finishes b. Estimated camber Section 034100 COLLIER COUNTY PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 7 c. Reinforcing and connection details d. Anchors e. Lifting and erection inserts f. Other items cast into members 2. Show location of unit by same identification mark placed on member. 3. Include design calculations. C. Manufacturer's Literature: Manufacturer's recommended installation instructions. D. Manufacturer's certificates of material conformance with specifications. E. Test Reports: Reports of tests on concrete. F. Testing 1. Manholes and Valve Vaults: Four (4) concrete test cylinders shall be taken for every 50 cubic yards (cu. yds) for each type of precast structure. 2. Pump Stations: Four (4) concrete test cylinders shall be taken for each pump station wet well. Four (4) concrete test cylinders shall be taken for each pump station's top and bottom slabs. 3. Certification: The supplier shall provide the certified results of testing (7 day, 28 day) for the test cylinders stated herein. Random test cylinders may be taken at any time by the ENGINEER at the COUNTY's expense. 1.3 INSPECTION A. The quality of all materials, the process of manufacture, and the finished sections shall be subject to inspection and approval by the ENGINEER, or the County Manager or designee. Such inspection may be made at the place of manufacture, or at the site after delivery, or at both places, and the sections shall be subject to rejection at any time on account of failure to meet any of the Specification requirements; even though sample sections may have been accepted as satisfactory at the place of manufacture. Sections rejected after delivery to the job shall be marked for identification and shall be removed from the job at once. All sections which have been damaged after delivery will be rejected, and if already installed, shall be repaired, if permitted and accepted by ENGINEER, or removed and replaced, entirely at the CONTRACTOR's expense. B. At the time of inspection, the sections will be carefully examined for compliance with ASTM C478 designation and these Specifications, and with the approved Section 034100 COLLIER COUNTY PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 7 manufacturer's drawings. All sections shall be inspected for general appearance, dimension, "scratch-strength", blisters, cracks, roughness, soundness, etc. The surface shall be dense and close-textured. C. Imperfections may be repaired, subject to the approval of the ENGINEER, after demonstration by the manufacturer that strong and permanent repairs result. Repairs shall be carefully inspected before final approval. Cement mortar used for repairs shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi at the end of 7 days and 5,000 psi at the end of 28 days, Epoxy mortar may be utilized for repairs subject to the approval of the ENGINEER. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PRECAST CONCRETE WET WELLS AND VALVE VAULTS A. Precast submersible pump station wet wells shall consist of precast base, precast wet well sections, and top cover slab. Precast valve vaults shall consist of precast base, sidewalls and top slab. Concrete shall be air entrained at the time of delivery and shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi at the end of 28 days. B. Joints between precast concrete sections shall be set by plastic shims and fitted with non-metallic non-shrink grout as shown on the drawings. C. The top slab sections shall be fitted with watertight hatches. The frames and covers will be sized for the openings shown on the drawings. D. The various precast sections should have the inside dimensions and minimum thickness of concrete as indicated on the drawings. All precast and cast-in-place concrete members shall conform to the Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete ACI 318. E. A vent pipe shall be furnished and installed as shown on the drawings. F. Fillets shall be provided and installed in the wet wells as shown on the drawings. G. Precast structures shall be constructed to the dimensions as shown on the drawings and as specified in these Specifications. H. Type II cement shall be used except as otherwise approved. I. The date of manufacture and the name or trademark of the manufacturer shall be clearly marked on the inside of each precast section. J. Sections shall be cured by an approved method and shall not be shipped until the minimum 7-day compressive strength has been attained. Section 034100 COLLIER COUNTY PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 7 K. Each pre-cast section manufactured in accordance with the drawings shall be clearly marked to indicate the intended pump station installation location. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the installation of the correct pre-cast sections in their designated pump station locations. L. Paint all exterior surfaces with two coats of coal tar bitumastic, each coat to be 9 mils each. All interior surfaces of valve vaults shall be coated with two coats of coal tar epoxy (9 mils each). 2.2 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS FOR CIRCULAR W ET WELLS A. Wet wells shall meet the requirements of ASTM C478, Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections, with the exclusion of Section 10(a), except as modified herein. Cement shall meet the requirements of ASTM C150-74, Specification for Portland Cement, Type II. Concrete shall meet the minimum requirement for 4000 psi concrete. Minimum wall thickness shall be 8 inches or 1/8 the inside manhole diameter as shown, whichever is greater. The required minimum strength of concrete shall be confirmed by making and testing three standard cylinders at seven days. Rings shall be custom made with openings to meet indicated pipe alignment conditions and invert elevations. Submit shop drawings, consisting of manufacturers' standard details of various sections for approval prior to placing order for wet wells. Drawings of individual wet wells showing invert elevations, pipe sizes and similar details will not be required. B. Joints Form joint contact surfaces with machined castings. Surfaces s hall be exactly parallel with nominal 1/16 inch clearing and the tongue equipped with a proper recess for the installation of an O-ring rubber gasket. Gaskets shall meet the requirements of Specification for Joint for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets. "RAM-NEK" sealing compound conforming to Federal Specification SSS-00210 (GSA-FSS), Sealing Compound, Preformed Plastic, for Expansion Joints and Pipe Joints may be used in lieu of O-ring rubber gaskets. If joints are sealed with "RAM-NEK" sealing compound the recess in the tongue for an O-ring gasket may be omitted. C. Wet Well Liners and Coatings Coat or line (see internal protection on County Approved Product List, Appendix F) the interior of all wet wells. Furnish, install, test and inspect liners and coating in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, and in accordance with Section 099723 “Concrete Coatings”. Extend coating and liner and seal onto wet well hatch frame, around pipe openings and other protrusions to prevent contact of wet well surface Section 034100 COLLIER COUNTY PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 7 with corrosive sewer gases. Provide factory or field applied bituminous or epoxy sealer exterior coatings. If exterior coating is factory applied, CONTRACTOR shall provide field touch-up as required. D. STEEL REINFORCED POLYMER CONCRETE STRUCTURES As an alternative to the concrete coatings and linings described above, steel reinforced polymer concrete structures may be furnished and installed for pump station wet wells. All steel reinforced polymer concrete structures shall be supplied by a qualified company with a minimum of 5 years’ experience manufacturing polymer concrete. All steel reinforced polymer concrete structures shall be manufactured and installed in accordance with the applicable requirements of ASTM C76, C478, C443, D6783, C33, C267, A82, A165, A496, A497, A615, and A615M. 2.3 PIPE CONNECTIONS AT STRUCTURES A. Where pipes are to extend into or through structures from the exterior, provide flexible connections (mechanical or push-on type joints) at the exterior wall face. B. For pipes passing through structural walls, install wall pipes with water stops where the location is below the surface of the ground or at any point where fluid levels will exceed that elevation. Neoprene sleeves with watertight caulking and 316 Series SS stainless steel clamps will be suitable at other locations. C. All of the following conditions apply to any proposed pipe penetration into an existing sanitary manhole: 1. The opening for the penetration must be core bored and fitted with a neoprene sleeve as specified above. 2. The core boring or penetration shall not affect a structural joint, and the boring edge must be no closer than six inches to an existing structural joint. 3. The proposed piping within the manhole must comply with all other provisions of these Utilities Standards. 4. Connections requiring drop pipes shall be constructed in accordance with these Utilities Standards and shall require two penetrations. 5. The existing manhole flume or invert must be modified as required to accept the discharge from the proposed pipe. 6. The interior lining of the existing structure including flume or invert shall be repaired by an approved applicator for the lining system. Section 034100 COLLIER COUNTY PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 7 7. Any damage to the exterior coating of the existing structure shall be repaired with two coats of coal tar epoxy (9 mils each) in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Control ground water to provide firm, dry subgrade for the structure, and prevent water rising on new poured in place concrete or grouted joint sections within 24 hours after placing. Guard against flotation or other damage resulting from ground water or flooding. B. Place a 12-inch layer (minimum thickness) of crushed stone or shell as specified under Section 312323 as a foundation for the wet well base slabs, valve pits, and meter pits. C. Provide backfill material around the wet well and above the pipe bedding as specified in Section 312323. D. Precast bases, conforming to all requirements of ASTM C478 and above listed requirements for precast sections, may be used. Set the base in place on a thoroughly compacted crushed stone sub-base and adjust grade for the correct structure elevation. E. Do not set the station into the excavation until the installation procedure and excavation have been approved by the County Manager or designee. F. The base may be cast-in-place concrete as specified in Division 3, placed on a thoroughly compacted crushed stone sub-base. Shape the tops of the cast-in-place bases to mate with the precast barrel section, and adjust in grade so that the top slab section is at the approximately correct elevation. G. Set the precast concrete structure sections so as to be vertical and with sections in true alignment with a 3 inch maximum tolerance to be allowed. Fill the outside and inside joint with a non-shrink grout and finish flush with the adjoining surfaces. Allow joints to set for 24 hours before backfilling. Backfill in a careful manner, bringing the fill up evenly on all sides. If leaks appear in the structures, caulk th e inside joints with lead wool to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. Install the precast sections in a manner that will result in a watertight joint. H. Plug holes in the concrete sections required for handling or other purposes with a non-shrinking grout or by grout in combination with concrete plugs. Section 034100 COLLIER COUNTY PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 7 I. Where holes must be cut in the precast sections to accommodate pipes, cutting shall be done by core drilling prior to setting them in place to prevent any subsequent jarring which may loosen the mortar joints. END OF SECTION Section 099723 COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE COATINGS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 7 SECTION 099723 CONCRETE COATINGS PART 1 SEWPERCOAT LINING SYSTEM / IET COATING SYSTEM / RAVEN 405 LINING SYSTEM 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. This section provides details for furnishing and installing the SewperCoat lining system where shown on the drawings for protection of concrete structures against hydrogen sulfide corrosion. Perform installation by workers experienced in the application of the lining system to be used. B. This section provides details for furnishing and installing the Integrated Environmental Technologies (IET) coating system where shown on the drawings for protection of concrete structures against hydrogen sulfide corrosion. Perform installation by workers experienced in the application of the coating to be used. C. This section provides details for furnishing and installing the SprayWallRaven 405 coating system where shown on the drawings for protection of concrete structures against hydrogen sulfide corrosion. Perform installation by workers experienced in the application of the coating system to be used. D. For sanitary sewer wet wells and manholes, steel reinforced polymer concrete structures may be provided in lieu of concrete coatings and linings as described in this section. See Sections 034100 and 333913 for further details and requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SEWPERCOAT LINING SYSTEM A. The SewperCoat (calcium aluminate) lining system shall be as manufactured by Lafarge Calcium Aluminates, Chesapeake, VA. B. Pure-fused Calcium Aluminate Cement Lining: The cement lining material shall be a pure fused calcium aluminate mortar with pure fused calcium aluminate aggregate equal to SewperCoat as manufactured by Lafarge Calcium Aluminates, Inc. The material shall be spray applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications. 1. The material shall be packaged from the manufacturer so as not to require field mixing of mortar and aggregate to obtain recommended composition. 2. The material shall form a mechanical and chemical bond to the wetwell surface with zero shrinkage. The material shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 9000 psi. Section 099723 COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE COATINGS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 7 3. The material shall be suitable for use in a severe hydrogen sulfide (H2S) environment. 4. Provide documentation that the material has a minimum 5-year history in the reconstruction of sanitary sewer structures. 2.2 IET COATING SYSTEM A. The IET Coating System shall be as manufactured by Integrated Environmental Technologies, Santa Barbara, CA. The County knows of no equal product to IET. B. Polymorphic Resin shall be a 100% solids, two-component, highly modified polyester resin system, exhibiting no adhesion-interfering shrinkage upon curing. Resin shall cure rapidly within fifteen minutes to one hour without the use of heat or cooling at surface temperatures ranging from –30 degrees Fahrenheit to over +150 degrees. Excellent resistance to a broad range of corrosive chemicals, including sulfuric acid created by hydrogen sulfide gas as well as other chemicals typically found in sanitary sewers, and impact and abrasion attack shall be provided. 2.3 SPRAYWALLRAVEN 405 COATING SYSTEM A. The SprayWall (polyurethane)RAVEN 405 coating system shall be as manufactured by Sprayroq, Birmingham, ALRaven Lining Systems, Broken Arrow, OK. B. B. Raven 405 coating shall be 100% solids, solvent-free ultra high-build epoxy system exhibiting the following characteristics: 1. Product Type: amine cured epoxy 2. VOC Content (ASTM D2584): 0% 3. Compressive Strength, (ASTM D695): 18,000 psi 4. Tensile Strength, (ASTM D638): 7,600 psi 5. Flexural Modulus, (ASTM D790): 700,000 psi 6. Adhesion to Concrete, (ASTM D4541/7234): >200 psi with substrate (concrete) failure 7. Chemical Resistance (ASTM D543/G20) immersion service for: 8. Municipal sanitary sewer environment 9. Sulfuric Acid, 30% 10. Sodium Hydroxide, 10% 11. Sodium Hypochlorite, 3% 12. Successful Pass: Sanitation District of L.A. County Coating Evaluation Study and SSPWC 210.2.3.3 (Greenbook “Pickle Jar” Chemical Resistance test) Section 099723 COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE COATINGS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 7 2.4 STEEL REINFORCED POLYMER CONCRETE STRUCTURES A. As an alternative to the concrete coatings and linings described above, steel reinforced polymer concrete structures may be furnished and installed. All steel reinforced polymer concrete structures shall be supplied by a qualified company with a minimum of 5 years’ experience manufacturing polymer concrete. B. All steel reinforced polymer concrete structures shall be manufactured and installed in accordance with the applicable requirements of ASTM C76, C478, C443, D6783, C33, C267, A82, A165, A496, A497, A615 , and A615M. C. Approved manufacturers: See County Approved Product List, Appendix F. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SEWPERCOAT LINING A. Plug or bypass all pipes in service before any work is started on the structure. No debris is to be flushed down the line. B. Anyone entering the structure must conform to all OSHA requirements for “Confined Space Entry” equipment and permitting. C. Prepare surface in accordance with the requirements of SewperCoat Data Sheets on Concrete Preparation. Interior surfaces of wetwell shall be sound, porous, dry, and free of dust, dirt, oil, grease and other contaminants prior to application of lining. D. Interior surface of structure must be abrasive-blasted to remove all loose patching, old coatings and any contamination in the concrete. Do not use silica sand. 1. Abrasive-blast “new” structures to remove all oils and patch mud, and to open pinholes and expose aggregate. 2. Abrasive-blast “rehab” structures to remove all loose patching, old coatings, and any contamination that penetrated the concrete. The finished interior of the structure shall be gray. Coat the exposed invert/floor also. Where there is severe deterioration of the mortar, place new concrete to match the original interior dimensions after abrasive blasting and removal of all loose material and by-products of corrosion. Restore invert/floor to the original elevation. 3. Vacuum to remove all abrasives and debris. Section 099723 COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE COATINGS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 7 4. Condition of the wetwell may require the use of a 10% solution of hydrochloric (muriatic) acid over all surfaces or the use of a detergent. If an acid or detergent solution is used, the surface shall be thoroughly rinsed and neutralized prior to the installation of the liner system. E. Repair all leaks by injecting grout using Avanti Multi-grout AV-202 or equivalent. Hydraulic cement shall not be used to stop any water leaks. F. Spray Application: Mix and apply the pure fused calcium aluminate cement liner system in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions using only manufacturers approved equipment. This includes the preparation, installation, curing and finish operation required for the completion of the process. 1. Wet gun: Spray the material directly to the damp wetwell surface in a two-coat application. Trowel the material smooth after each coat, completely covering the interior surface of the wetwell from the frame to the invert with a minimum thickness of 1 inch. Apply a “brushed” finish to the second coat after troweling. 2. Dry Gun: Spray the material directly to the damp wetwell surface in a one-coat application. Trowel the material smooth after the application, completely covering the interior surface of the wetwell from the frame to the invert with a minimum thickness of 1 inch. Apply a “brushed” finish after troweling. G. Curing: The material shall cure in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions. H. Inspect lining system for holidays (i.e., discontinuity), cracks and pinholes. Take particular care to check lining over brick, block, heavy spalled surfaces, and other very rough surfaces and locate holes in the lining caused by voids in bricks, block, concrete and structure joints. Fill voids and holidays in accordance with the lining system manufacturer’s instructions. I. Provide a five (5) year unlimited warranty on all workmanship and products. The work includes the surface preparation and application of the SewperCoat lining system, and shall protect the structure for at least five (5) years from all leaks, and from failure due to corrosion from exposure to corrosive gases such as hydrogen sulfide. 3.2 IET COATING A. Plug or bypass all pipes in service before any work is started on the structure. No debris is to be flushed down the line. B. Anyone entering the structure must conform to all OSHA requirements for “Confined Space Entry” equipment and permitting. Section 099723 COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE COATINGS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 7 C. Prepare surface in accordance with the requirements of IET Systems Data Sheets on Concrete Preparation. Interior surfaces of manhole shall be sound, porous, dry, and free of dust, dirt, oil, grease and other contaminants prior to application of lining. D. Dry abrasive-blast Interior surface of structure to remove all loose patching, old coatings and any contamination in the concrete. Do not use silica sand. 1. Dry abrasive-blast “new” structures to remove all oils and patch mud, and to open pin holes and expose aggregate. 2. Dry abrasive-blast “rehab” structures to remove all loose patching, old coatings, and any contamination that penetrated the concrete. The finished interior of the structure shall be gray. Coat the exposed invert/floor also. Where there is severe deterioration of the mortar, place new concrete to match the original interior dimensions after abrasive blasting and removal of all loose material and by-products of corrosion. Restore invert/floor to the original elevation. 3. Vacuum to remove all abrasives and debris. E. Repair all leaks by injecting grout using Avanti Multi-grout AV-202 or equivalent. Hydraulic cement shall not be used to stop any water leaks. F. Clean and remove dust material with pressure washing for maximum adhesion. Blow dry concrete at 250 cfm with 120 psi. G. Apply IET Systems Coating by the use of the IET Systems Spray Unit and IET Systems Spincaster. Apply IET coating at least three different intervals – prime coat, intermediate coat and finish coat, per IET Systems manufacturer instructions and specifications. The total thickness of the IET coating shall be at least 125 mils. H. Inspect lining system for holidays, cracks and pinholes. Take particular care to check lining over brick, block, heavy spalled surfaces, and other very rough surfaces and locate holes in the lining caused by voids in bricks, block, concrete and structure joints. Fill voids and holidays in accordance with the lining system manufacturer’s instructions. I. Provide a five (5) year unlimited warranty on all workmanship and products. The work includes the surface preparation and application of the IET coating system, and shall protect the structure for at least five (5) years from all leaks, and from failure due to corrosion from exposure to corrosive gases such as hydrogen sulfide. 3.3 RAVEN 405 COATING A. Plug or bypass all pipes in service before any work is started on the structure. No debris is to be flushed down the line. Section 099723 COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE COATINGS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 7 B. Anyone entering the structure must conform to all OSHA requirements for “Confined Space Entry” equipment and permitting. C. Prepare surface in accordance with the requirements of Raven Data Sheets on Concrete Preparation. Interior surfaces of structure shall be sound, porous, dry, and free of dust, dirt, oil, grease and other contaminants prior to application of lining. D. Dry abrasive-blast Interior surface of structure to remove all loose patching, old coatings and any contamination in the concrete. Do not use silica sand. 1. Dry abrasive-blast “new” structures to remove all oils and patch mud, and to open pin holes and expose aggregate. 2. Dry abrasive-blast “rehab” structures to remove all loose patching, old coatings, and any contamination that penetrated the concrete. 3. Vacuum to remove all abrasives and debris. E. New Portland concrete structures shall have a minimum of 28 days cure since manufacture prior to commencing coating installation. F. Offset structural components, lids, covers, frames, etc. shall be repaired, replaced, or reset prior to the commencement of surface preparation. G. Concrete and/or mortar damaged by corrosion, chemical attack or other means of degradation shall be removed so that sound substrate remains. H. In conditions where severe chemical/microbiological attack is present the prepared substrate shall exhibit a pH of 8-12. Additional cleaning and/or contaminated substrate removal may be required to achieve the specified pH level. 1. Prior to the application of the coating product repairs shall be completed to ensure the following: 2. All inflow and infiltration shall be eliminated by use of appropriate repair material(s), such as hydraulic cements and/or chemical grouts as described in Section 2.2. 3. All repairs to joints, pipe seals, steps, mechanical penetrations, benches, inverts, pipes or other appurtenances to be coated shall be completed and repaired surfaces prepared according to this section. 4. Benches or other horizontal surfaces shall have adequate slope (1” rise per lineal foot minimum) to minimize the retention of debris following surcharge. 5. Inverts or flow channels shall be smooth without lips, rough edges or other features which may cause debris to collect; contoured to minimize turbulent flow; and be sloped to promote adequate flow from the inlet(s) to the outlet pipe. Section 099723 COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE COATINGS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 7 6. All joints, pipe seals, steps or other penetrations shall be sealed against inflow, infiltration and exfiltration and be adequately filled, smoothed and contoured to promote monolithic coating application. I. Areas where reinforcing steel has been exposed shall be repaired in accordance with the Project Engineer’s recommendations or at the minimum all exposed steel shall be prepared in accordance with Section 3.2 prior to coating with the coating product specified or other approved primer as specified by the coating product manufacturer. J. Coating shall be applied to a minimum dry film thickness of 80 mils to surface profiles of CSP-4 to CSP-5 or 125 mils minimum DFT to surface profiles of CSP-6 or greater and in rehabilitated structures. K. Subsequent top coating or additional coats of the coating product(s) shall occur within the products recoat window. Additional surface preparation procedures will be required if this recoat window is exceeded. L. Provide a five (5) year unlimited warranty on all workmanship and products. The work includes the surface preparation and application of the Raven 405t lining system, and shall protect the structure for at least five (5) years from all leaks, and from failure due to corrosion from exposure to corrosive gases such as hydrogen sulfide. END OF SECTION Section 221336 COLLIER COUNTY DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 10 SECTION 221336 DIESEL BACKUP PUMP PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. Requirements for providing a permanently installed automatically starting pump station back- up pumpset. 1.2 GENERAL A. The specifications herein state the minimum requirements of Collier County (the Owner). All bids must be regular in every respect. Unauthorized conditions, limitations, or provisions shall be cause for rejection. The Owner may consider as “irregular” or “non-responsive”, any bid not prepared and submitted in accordance with the bid documents and specification, or any bid lacking sufficient technical literature to enable the Owner to make a reasonable determination of compliance to the specification. It shall be the bidder’s responsibility to carefully examine each item of the specification. Failure to offer a completed bid or failure to respond to each section of the technical specification (exception yes or no) will cause the proposal to be rejected, without review, as “non-responsive”. All variances, exceptions, and/or deviations shall be fully described in the appropriate section. Deceit in responding to the specification will be cause for rejection. B. INTERPRETATIONS: In order to be fair to all bidders, no oral interpretations will be given to any bidder as to the meaning of the specifications documents or any part thereof. Every request for each a consideration shall be made in writing to the Owner. Based upon such inquiry, the Owner may choose to issue an Addendum in accordance with local public contract laws. C. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: Units described shall be new, unused, and of the current year’s production. The style of pump being bid must be in production for a minim um of 5 years (include users list). Unit shall be of the latest design and in current production completely serviced, ready for work and shall include all standard and optional equipment as specified herein. All bidders must have demonstrated the unit they are bidding, prior to bid date. D. Bidders must have a fully stocked parts and service facility within 50 miles of the project site. The Owner shall have the right to inspect the office and shall be the sole judge of its adequacy to fulfill this requirement. E. Bidders, on request of the Owner, must be prepared to review their specifications with the Owner and must, if requested, also be prepared to provide a unit for tangible evaluation purposes only. These services, if needed, are considered as part of the bidder’s proposal Section 221336 COLLIER COUNTY DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 10 and will be provided without cost or obligation to the Owner. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The pumpset specified in this section will be used to pump wastewater from a Collier County pumping station (PS). B. Pump shall be fitted with a fully automatic priming system capable of repeated priming from a completely dry pump casing. C. The complete pump set shall be supplied by the pump manufacturer. D. The pump offered shall be the manufacturer’s standard production model. It shall have been in continuous use by municipal and industrial owners for a minimum of five years. A list of five user contacts including contact names and telephone numbers shall be provided with the bid submittal. Failure to supply a verifiable users list will be cause for rejection of the bid. 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 1.4.1 All design requirements listed below must be clearly displayed on performance pump curves. These performance pump curves shall be based on testing standards established by the hydraulic institute. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS OPERATING SPEED (MAXIMUM) (RPM) MAXIMUM SOLIDS HANDLING SIZE (INCHES) IMPELLER DIAMETER (INCHES) SUCTION SIZE (INCHES) DISCHARGE SIZE (INCHES) PRIMARY DUTY POINT (GPM @ TDH) MAXIMUM SUCTION LIFT AT PRIMARY DUTY POINT (FEET) MINUMUM EFFICENCY AT MAX DUTY POINT SECOND DUTY POINT (GPM @ TDH) MAXIMUM SUCTION LIFT AT SECOND DUTY POINT (FEET) MIMIMUM EFICENCY AT SECOND DUTY POINT 1.5 REFERENCES 1. ANSI B16.1 - Standard for Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. PART 2 PRODUCTS Section 221336 COLLIER COUNTY DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 10 2.1 PRE-APPROVED ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1. GODWIN PUMPS OF AMERICA 2. THOMPSON PUMP & MANUFACTURING CO, INC. A. All manufacturers shall be ISO 9001: 2008 certified. Certificates shall be made available to Collier County upon request. Bids will be accepted for consideration on any make and model that meets the requirements of the project specifications, as interpreted by the Owner. If a product proposed does not meet the requirements of this specification, the Contractor shall provide a unit which does, at no additional cost to the Owner. The Owner shall have the final decision on which products do and which products do not meet the project specifications. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. PUMPS: The pumps used in the diesel backup pump system shall be supplied directly by the manufacturer, not by a distributor. The pump itself and the diesel backup pump system as a whole shall come from a single manufacturer. “Packagers” of systems which incorporate pumps from a separate manufacturer to fabricate diesel backup pump systems shall not be allowed. B. CASING, SUCTION COVER, SEPARATION TANK: Pump castings shall be cast iron or ductile iron with a minimum pressure rating of 100 psi. The pump casing shall be constructed so that the suction flow path is in axial alignment with the impeller eye. There shall be no turns, chambers, obstructions or straightening vanes between the suction line and the impeller. The pump casing shall be complete with a removable port for inspecting impeller/cut water area. C. IMPELLERS: The pump impeller shall meet the criteria of one of the following: 1. An open, three-bladed, (or 2-bladed) non-clog type with pump-out vanes on the back shroud and fabricated from hardened cast- chromium steel construction (or other material to meet minimum Brinell Hardness 340 HB). 2. A high efficiency non-clog type, 2-vane, enclosed design with full front and rear shrouds, containing back pumpout vanes, constructed of high grade 65-45-12 ductile iron and capable of passing a 3” spherical solid. D. WEARPLATES/WEAR RINGS: Shall be fully be replaceable, fabricated of cast iron. Wear plate/wear ring clearances shall have no relationship to the ability of the pump to achieve a prime. E. BEARINGS AND SHAFTS: Pump shall be fitted with a bearing bracket to contain the shaft and bearings. Bearings shall be tapered roller bearings of adequate size to withstand imposed loads for sustained pumping at maximum duty points. Minimum ISO L10 bearing life to be 100,000 hours. Impeller shafts shall be fabricated of high strength alloy steel, accurately machined, polished, and of sufficient size to transmit full driver output without excessive flexing or stress. Section 221336 COLLIER COUNTY DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 10 F. SEALS: Pump shall be capable of running dry, with no damage, for periods up to twenty-four hours. The pump seals shall be the requirements of one of the following: 1. Seal shall be high pressure, mechanical self-adjusting type with silicon carbide faces capable of withstanding suction pressures to 87 psi. The mechanical seal shall be cooled and lubricated in an oil bath reservoir, requiring no maintenance or adjustment. All metal parts shall be of stainless steel. Elastomers shall be Viton. 2. Pump seal shall be an inside-mounted, self-cleaning John Crane type 2 component style mechanical seal with tungsten carbide rotating and silicon carbide stationary faces with Viton elastomers and stainless steel spring and hardware. G. PUMP SUCTION AND DISCHARGE FLANGES: Shall be cast iron ANSI (B16.1) Class 150, raised faced. H. PUMP GASKETS: Shall be compressed fiber and/or Teflon. I. PUMP O RINGS: Shall be Buna-N. J. PRIMING SYSTEM: Pump shall be fitted with a fully automatic priming system incorporating a air compressor, venturi (with lifetime warranty), priming chamber, and discharge check valve assembly. The compressor shall be installed on the engine auxiliary drive and shall be gear driven, lubricated and cooled from the engine. Installed system design shall prevent any carryover of the pumping fluid onto the ground. Priming system may require additional drainage pipelines to be constructed to re-circulate pumping fluid back to sump area. The pump must be capable of running totally dry for periods up to 24 hours, then re-priming and returning to normal pumping volumes. Pump and priming system is capable of priming the pump from a completely dry pump casing. The pump shall be capable of static suction lifts to 28 vertical feet, at sea level. It shall also be capable of operation using extended suction lines, and pump shall be capable of priming and re-priming without any user intervention. Equipment acceptance shall be contingent upon the pump’s ability to run continuously at full speed in a completely dry condition. The engineer may require a demonstration. Priming systems that incorporate the use of a positive displacement diaphragms OR oil-cooled vacuum pumps will not be accepted. K. CHECK VALVE: The priming system shall include a discharge check valve to prevent pulling air through the discharge line during priming and prevent in-line return of flow when the pump is shut off. Non-return check valve shall be constructed of cast iron with Nitrile rubber and shall be field replaceable. Check valve shall be vacuum-tested by the factory, and test results shall be provided. L. DRIVE UNIT: The drive unit shall be a diesel water-cooled engine. The engine shall drive the pump by use of direct-connected intermediate drive plate. Starter shall be twelve-volt electric. Low oil pressure safety shutdown, high temperature shutdown, tachometer, and hour-meter shall be integrated into engine control panel. Battery shall have 180-amp hour rating. A certified continuous-duty engine curve shall be supplied to the owner/engineer. Section 221336 COLLIER COUNTY DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 10 M. GOVERNOR: Governor shall be an electronic or mechanical type. Engine speed shall be adjustable to operate the pump between maximum and minimum design operation speeds in manual mode. See section 2.3 for Automatic mode. N. FUEL SOURCE: Integral skid fuel tank capacity shall be sufficient to provide at least fortyseventy-twoeight (7248) hours of continuous operation at full load. The minimum tank size shall be 150 gallons and the maximum tank size shall be 550 gallons. The engine shall be capable of operating satisfactorily on a commercial grade of distilled No. 2 fuel oil. O. EXHAUST: Exhaust system shall include a hospital grade muffler housed in a separate chamber within the enclosure. All exhaust piping and manifolds shall be encased in fitted acoustic blankets. They shall be constructed of high-density fiberglass material with waterproof jacketing. P. SOUND ATTENUATED ENCLOSURE: The entire unit including the pump and engine shall be completely enclosed in a lockable enclosure. The enclosure shall be constructed with a modular galvanized steel frame and galvaneel panels. Acoustical material shall be installed as required to reduce pump and engine noise. Maximum sound ratings for specific pump sizes are shown in the table below. These sounds rating shall be the maximum dBA rating measured at 7 meters @ both duty points specified. Pump Outlet Size Maximum Sound Rating Allowed 4” 68 dBA 6” 70 dBA 8” 72 dBA 10” 72 dBA 12” 72 dBA Q. Units not meeting this requirement shall not be considered. The enclosure shall be removable for easy access to the engine / pump for maintenance and repair. The enclosure doors shall all be equipped with latches that are keyed alike. For maintenance and service needs, the enclosure sides shall have hinged doors for quick access to the engine oil fill, fuel fill port, oil dipstick, and filters. The enclosure shall be coated in epoxy based primer and paint to a total dry film thickness of 5 mils. R. UL LISTED SKID BASE 1. The pump base tank shall be a UL-142 approved double wall design constructed in accordance with Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, NFPA 30; The Standard for Installation and use of Stationary Combustible Engine and Gas Turbines, NFPA 37; and The Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems, NFPA 110. Pumps installed within 25 feet of a building shall be equipped with UL-2085 fire resistant fuel tanks. All fuel tanks shall comply with the requirements set forth by Collier County Pollution Control. 2. The tank design shall be a Closed Top Dike Pump Base Tank. It shall be of double Section 221336 COLLIER COUNTY DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 10 wall construction having a primary tank to contain the diesel fuel, held within another tank or dike, which is intended to collect and contain any accidental leakage from the primary fuel tank. The completed base tank assembly is to incorporate pump mounting locations and must be able to support four times the rated load. 3. The primary tank shall be designed to withstand normal and emergency internal pressures and external loads. It shall be capable of withstanding internal air pressures of 3 to 5 psig without showing signs of excessive or permanent distortion and 25 psig hydrostatic pressures without evidence of rupture or leakage. 4. The primary and secondary tanks or dike shall have venting provisions to prevent the development of vacuum or pressure capable of distorting them as a result of the atmospheric temperature changes or while emptying or filling. The vent shall also permit the relief of internal pressures caused by exposure to fires. The vent size shall be determined by using the calculated wetted surface area in square feet (the top is excluded) in conjunction with venting capacity table 10.1of UL-142. The tank’s vent shall also be equipped with a coupling device and shall be located to facilitate connection to a vent piping system. The dike’s vent may be an opening for venting directly to the atmosphere and protection from the entrance of natural elements or debris shall be provided. 5. The primary and outer tanks are to be constructed of 304 stainless steel, 7 gauge minimum. Internal baffles or reinforcement plates shall be located on a maximum of 24 inch centers in tanks up to 60 inch width and on a maximum of 19.5 inch centers in tanks over 60 inch width. At least one baffle shall separate the fuel suction pipe from the fuel return line. 6. The outer tank is to be constructed in a manner to be able to support four times the wet load of the pump and housing. The entire load is to be carried by the outer tank so no load or vibration stress is placed on the primary tank. If the pump base tank is wider than the pump set to be supported, structural rails are to be incorporated to span the width of the base tank so that the load is transferred to the side rails of the tank. Vertical reinforcements shall be welded to the outer sides of the secondary tank or dike at a maximum of 45 inch centers on tanks up to 30 inches high and on 24 inch centers on tanks greater than 30 inches high. At least one vertical reinforcement shall be positioned adjacent to each mounting hole location. Provide level monitoring and interstitial space leak monitoring. 7. Both primary and secondary tanks shall be fitted with the proper welded pipe fittings to accommodate the requirements for the fill port and normal and emergency venting. 8. The completed assembly is to be cleaned with a heated pressure wash followed by a chromium free post treatment to ensure proper paint adhesion. The tank assembly is to be painted with an epoxy ester primer and high quality polyurethane enamel with a minimum dry film thickness of 3.5 mils. 9. All tanks shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 30 TO INCLUDE ON SITE Section 221336 COLLIER COUNTY DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 10 TIGHTNESS TESTING in accordance with NFPA 30 Section 21.5. This requirement shall not apply to portable trailer mounted diesel pumps. 10. Manufacturing and testing of this system shall be performed within the scope of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. “Standard for Safety UL 142.”, or UL 2085, as applicable. A UL label shall be permanently attached to the tank system showing the following information: i. The registered UL mark and the name: Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. ii. A control number and the word “listed” iii. The product’s name as identified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. iv. The serial number assigned by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. v. Other manufacturer’s information may also be included. S. PORTABLE TRAILER (FOR TRAILER MOUNTED UNITS ONLY): 1. The complete pump set shall be factory mounted on a highway trailer meeting NHTSA, DOT Part 571 standards 108, 119 and 120. 2. Trailers with loads of 5,000 pounds or less with fuel tank filled, shall have a flat bed, single axle, two 15-inch wheels with 6-ply tires. Axle ratings shall be a minimum of 5,000 pounds. i. Trailers with loads from 5,000 to 10,000 pounds with fuel tank filled, shall have a flat bed, 2-axle, four 15-inch or 16-inch wheels with 10-ply tires. Axle rating shall be a minimum of 10,000 pounds. ii. Trailers above shall have following accessories. Ring and pintal hitch including safety chain and fasteners, electric brakes shall be provided on all wheels, and all required ICC lights such as tail, brake, direction signals, license holder and light, etc., shall be provided; jacks and sand shoes for front and rear corners shall be provided so that unit can be completely supported. iii. The diesel backup pump engine shall be balanced mounted on trailer. All necessary service and checkout of diesel backup pump set shall be performed prior to delivery. T. FACTORY PAINTING: Pump, engine, and base shall be shop primed and finish painted at the place of manufacturer. 2. 3 AUTOMATIC STARTING CONTROL SYSTEM A. The engine control panel shall be provided in a NEMA 3R enclosure mounted on rubber isolators to reduce vibration, equipped with a factory installed m icroprocessor-based controller designed to start/stop the engine at a signal supplied by high and low level floats or a 4-20 mA transducer. B. The control system shall be able to start/stop the engine a via a signal supplied by a primary level transducer and back-up high and low level floats for redundant automatic operation. Section 221336 COLLIER COUNTY DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 8 of 10 C. ENGINE / PUMP CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS 1. The engine shall be started, stopped, and controlled by a digital controller. The controller shall be weather proof enclosed, and contain an external weatherproof 12- position keypad accessible without the need to remove or open any protective cover or enclosure. It shall be designed to start/stop the engine based on relay contact closure provided by others. The controller shall provide the following functions without modification, factory recalibration, or change of chips or boards, by simply accessing the keypad: D. The keypad shall be a capacitive touch sensing system. No mechanical switches will be acceptable. The keypad shall operate in extreme temperatures, and maintain complete weather-tight sealing of the controller. E. In automatic mode, the unit shall conserve energy and go to “sleep”. F. The controller shall function interchangeably from remote contact closure, as well as manual start/stop by selection at the keypad. No other equipment or hardware changes are required. G. The start function can be programmed to provide two separate functions each day for seven days (i.e. a start, exercise cycle on two separate days at different times and for a varying length of time all via the keypad). H. Manual-Automatic Button: 1. In Manual Mode, manual “Start” button starts engine and runs until “Stop” or “Off” button is depressed or an emergency shutdown occurs. 2. In Automatic Mode, start/stop sequencing is initiated by a signal from a digital input. I. The controller shall integrate the engine safety shut-off for low and high oil temperature, and provide over-speed protection. J. The controller shall include standard, field-adjustable parameters for engine cycle crank timer, and shutdown time delay. K. The controller shall have only one circuit board with eight built-in relays. Three (3) of the relays shall be programmable to output desired parameter on display and to be used as dry-contacts for communication with Collier County’s SCADA system, all via the keypad without changing relays, chips, printed circuits, or any hardware or software. Relays will monitor the following: 1. Low Battery Charge 2. Low Fuel Level (Less than 25 gallons) 3. Diesel Pump Engine Start L. Standard components shall consist of one of the following set ups: Section 221336 COLLIER COUNTY DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 9 of 10 1. (24) Digital inputs, (7) analog inputs, (1) magnetic pick-up input, (8) 20-amp form “C” relays, (1) RS232 port, (1) RS485 port, (1) RS232/RS485 port, (1) J1939 port, and (1) 64X128 pixel full graphic LCD display with backlight. 2. (8) Digital inputs, (5) analog inputs, (8) digital outputs, (1) RS232 port, (1) RS485 port, (1) J1939 port, (76) selectable features, (32) alarm event history. M. The industrially-hardened Controller shall withstand vibration of 3 g, 3 axis, frequency swept 10-1000 Hz, in an operating temperature range of 4 to 176F (-20 to 80C) and an operating humidity range of 0-95% non-condensing. 2.4 OPTIONS A. FULLY AUTOMATIC TRICKLE CHARGER: The unit shall include a fully automatic trickle charger powered by 6-amps, 115 VAC. B. LIGHT: The unit shall include a single switch operated 12VDC light within the enclosure. C. FLOATS: The unit shall be supplied with one (1) float assembly including two (2) N/O floats which shall integrate with the engine control panel via a single multi-pin plug. D. LEVEL TRANSDUCER: The unit shall be supplied with (1) one Teflon diaphragm sewage compatible level transducer assembly including a single 4-20 mA level transducer with leveling guard (0-15 psig), which shall integrate with the engine control panel via a single multi-pin plug. E. AUTO THROTTLE: The unit/s shall include one (1) automatic throttle controller integrated into (2) relays in the electronic engine control panel. The auto-throttle control panel combination shall allow the pump to ramp up to the target RPM given a start command and ramp down to idle given a stop command via the 4-20 mA level transducer F. DC / AC INVERTOR: The unit/s shall include one (1) 12VDC to 110VAC volt single-phase inverter, 1750 watts, mounted inside enclosure, single 15-amp GFI outlet, and one (1) fusible link. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 MANUFACTURERS SERVICES A. The manufacturer shall furnish the services of a competent factory representative to do the following: 1. The complete pump set shall be factory tested according to ANSI/HI 1.6¬1994 by a certified quality technician. The pump shall be sound tested according to ISO 3744, ANSI/HI9.4 and CPB Sound Level Measurement Standard. 2. Instruct the Owner's operating personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of the Section 221336 COLLIER COUNTY DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 10 of 10 system for a period of not less than one-half day. 3.2 TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS A. The manufacturer shall furnish the following on delivery of the pumping system; 1. A recommended list of spare parts. 2. Two (2) replacement mechanical seals 3. An Operations and Maintenance manual for the pump and engine. 4. A fuel polishing system capable of below 1 micron filtration equipped with a fuel-water separator and 12V DC fuel pump rated at 40 GPH minimum. The system shall be a standard commercial or industrial off the shelf unit intended for portable use of diesel fuel polishing. The fuel polishing system shall include 6 spare filters and an operations and maintenance manuals. 3.3 WARRANTY A. The manufacturer shall furnish the following to the owner: 1. A copy of the engine manufacturer's parts and labor warranty. 2. A 3-year Parts and Labor Warranty issued by the manufacturer on the Diesel Pump System. This warranty must cover all pump parts. 3. The venturi shall have a minimum five (5) year warranty to include parts and labor. Section 263213.13 COLLIER COUNTY STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 17 SECTION 263213.13 STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Extent of diesel generator set work as indicated by Drawings and Schedules, and is hereby defined to include, but not by way of limitation: 1. Diesel engine. 2. Electrical generator. 3. Engine starting system . 4. Batteries. 5. Instrument control panel. 6. Sound Attenuating Enclosure. 7. Sub-Base Fuel Tanks. 8. Exhaust silencer. 9. Wall thimble. 10. Additional accessories. 11. Automatic transfer switch (ATS). B. Types of generator sets required include: 1. Permanent Diesel Engine-driven Generator. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit in accordance with Section 013400, Shop Drawings covering the items included under this Section. Shop Drawing submittals shall include: 1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on diesel engine-driven generator sets and components. a. Generator dimensions. b. Generator weight. c. Generator rating. d. Alternator rating. e. Generator Starting System Data: 1) Battery size and ratings. 2) Charging system capacity. 3) Battery heater data. 4) Battery warranty. f. Generator Control Panel Data: 1) Layout. 2) Wiring diagrams. 3) Control interconnection. 4) Instrumentation. g. Exhaust System Data: 1) Muffler size. 2) Decibel reduction curve. Section 263213.13 COLLIER COUNTY STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 17 3) Fuel system data. h. Cooling System Data: 1) Radiator capacity. 2) Cooling reduction capacity i. Enclosure Data: 1) Materials. 2) Size. 3) Assembly/disassembly instructions. 4) Door locations. 5) Noise reduction. 6) Color. j. Sub-Base Fuel Tank: 1) Capacity. 2) Fuel usage calculations. 3) Coating. k. ATS Data: 1) Enclosure Material. 2) Dimensions. 3) Factory test report. l. Warranty data. m. Accessory and miscellaneous equipment. 2. Wiring Diagrams: Submit wiring diagrams for diesel engine-driven generator units showing connections to electrical power panels, feeders, and ancillary equipment. Differentiate between portions of wiring that are manufacturer installed and portions that are field installed. 3. Agreement to Maintain: Prior to time of final acceptance, Installer shall submit 4 copies of an agreement for continued service and maintenance of diesel engine- driven generator sets for OWNER's possible acceptance. Offer terms and conditions for furnishing parts and providing continued testing and servicing, including replacement of materials and equipment, for 1-year period with option for renewal of Agreement by OWNER. 4. Certifications: Provide diesel engine-driven generator sets certified test record of the following final production testing: a. Single-step load pickup. b. Transient and steady-state governing. c. Safety shutdown device testing. d. Voltage regulation. e. Rated power. f. Maximum power. g. Provide certified test record prior to engine-driven generator set being shipped from factory to Project location. 5. Spare Parts Data: Submit a list of spare parts for the equipment specified. 6. Operating and Maintenance Instruction Manuals: a. Operating instruction manuals outlining step-by-step procedures required for system startup and operation. b. Manufacturer's name, model number, service manual parts list. c. Brief description of equipment and basic operating features. d. Maintenance instruction manuals outlining maintenance procedures. Section 263213.13 COLLIER COUNTY STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 17 e. Troubleshooting guide listing possible breakdown and repairs. f. Point-to-point connection wiring diagram for the system. g. Performance Test Reports: Upon completion of installed system, submit in booklet form all shop and field tests performed to prove compliance with specified performance criteria. h. Provide OWNER with two (2) electronic copies of O&M manuals on CD’s. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: 1. NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NFPA 37, "Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines," NFPA 99, "Standard for Health Care Facilities," and NFPA 101, "Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures." 2. UL Compliance: UL 486A, "Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors," UL 2200, "Standard for Safety for Stationary Engine Generator Assemblies," rated 600 volts or less. UL 1008, "Automatic Transfer Switches," and UL 486A, "Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors." Provide transfer switches and components which are UL listed and labeled. 3. ANSI/NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI/NE MA MG1, "Motors and Generators," and MG2, "Safety and Use of Electric Motors and Generators." NEMA Standards Pub/Nos. ICS 2, "Industrial Control Devices, Controllers and Assemblies," ICS 6 and 250, pertaining to transfer switches. 4. IEEE Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of IEEE Standard 446, "IEEE Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Industrial and Commercial Applications." B. Submittal information shall be generated from a representative located within Collier County who has knowledge of Local and State code requirements. C. Warranty: Submit in accordance with requirements of Section 01740, warranties covering the items included under this Section. Unit shall be provided with a full comprehensive warranty of 5 years or 1500 running hours from date of ENGINEER's acceptance. Response time shall be a maximum of 3 hours. Provide label on inside of generator with description of warranty period and contact information. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Manufactured material shall be adequately packed to prevent damage during shippi ng, handling, storage and erection. Material shipped to site shall have approval of OWNER prior to shipping. All shipped material shall be packed in a container properly marked for identification. Blocks and padding shall be used to prevent movement. B. CONTRACTOR shall inspect the material prior to removing it from carrier. If damage is observed, CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify carrier so that a claim can be made. If no such notice is given, material shall be assumed to be in undamaged condition, any subsequent damage that occurs to the equipment shall be the responsibility of CONTRACTOR. Section 263213.13 COLLIER COUNTY STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 17 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with specified requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in Work include: 1. Standby Diesel Generator Sets: a. Caterpillar. b. Cummins. 2. Automatic Transfer Switches: a. Caterpillar. b. Cummins 2.02 GENERATOR SETS A. Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard diesel engine-driven generator set and auxiliary equipment as indicated by published product information, and as required for a complete installation. Generator set shall be rated to continuously power the total accumulated load and starting load shown on Schedule at 100 degrees F ambient temperature and at altitude where installed. B. Diesel Engine: Provide a 4-cycle, compression ignition type engine for operation on a commercial grade of petroleum fuel oil such as No. 2 fuel oil. Engine operating speed shall not exceed 1,800 rpm and shall be controlled by a governor to maintain alternator frequency within plus or minus 3 Hertz of 60 hertz from no load to full load. Frequency shall recover to steady-state tolerance within 5 seconds after application of 90 percent rated load. C. Starting System: Provide engine-generator unit with 12- or 24-volt, negative ground, starting system including positive engagement solenoid shift-starting motor, batteries, and 35-ampere, or greater, automatic battery charging alternator with solid-state voltage regulator. Mount batteries in a plastic- or epoxy-coated metal platform near the starter but not on the generator and coat battery terminals with an anti-oxidant. Generator sets rated 150 kW or less shall have a battery rated 650 amperes cold cranking at 0 degree F and 170 minutes reserve capacity by SAE Standard J-537. Larger generators shall have a battery rated either 220 ampere-hours or 900 amperes cold cranking, and 430 minutes reserve capacity. Batteries shall have a 12-month full warranty and 60- month prorated warranty. D. Battery Charger: Provide a solid-state, current limiting, float-type SENS model #NRG22- 10-RC battery charger with 10-ampere minimum capacity. Charger shall operate from 120-volt AC single phase, 60 hertz power and shall automatically keep batteries at full charge. Equip charger with ammeter and voltmeter. Battery charger shall be located within the generator enclosure. E. Alternator: Provide a single bearing brushless, self -excited alternator with inherently regulated rotating rectifier exciter system or a revolving field design with a temperature compensated solid-state voltage regulator. Connect the alternator housing directly to the Section 263213.13 COLLIER COUNTY STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 17 engine flywheel housing. Couple the alternator rotor directly to engine flywheel with a semi-flexible steel disk coupling. 1. Provide windings with Class F insulation with epoxy impregnation and fungus - resistant coating. Temperature rise shall be as defined in NEMA Standard MG1- 22.40. 2. The alternator shall be capable of starting load given for site with 35 percent maximum instantaneous voltage dip. Instantaneous voltage dip shall only be 20 percent when there is a VFD. Recovery to stable equation within plus or minus 5 percent of rated voltage shall occur within 3 seconds. F. Engine Cooling Radiator: Provide a complete engine cooling system equipped with a radiator and blower type fan sized to maintain safe operation, 190 degrees F engine outlet water temperature at 100 degrees F maximum ambient temperature. The engine cooling system shall be filled with a solution of 50 percent ethylene glycol. G. Instrument Control Panel: Provide engine-generator unit with engine oil-pressure and water-temperature indicators, reset circuit breaker, static voltage regulator, voltage- adjusting rheostat, voltmeter, ammeter with phase selector switch with an OFF position, and with running time indicator and frequency meters. Select circuitry of plug-in design capable of quick replacement, and capable of accepting a plug-in device which allows maintenance to test control panel performance without operating the engine. 1. Provide a cranking limiter to open starting circuit in 45 to 90 seconds if engine has not started within that time or after a series of 3 or more cranking intervals separated by 2 or more rest periods. 2. Provide engine safety devices to shut unit down on high engine temperature, low oil pressure, overspeed, and overcrank. Provide, for each of these conditions, an alarm light and an unpowered, normally open contact for remote use. Provide an audible alarm with silence switch which is activated by any alarm condition. Provide additional unpowered, normally open contact for remote use that indicates general generator alarm. General alarm contact will be for any alarms associated with the generator and not pre-assigned to a specific alarm. Sacrificing a specific alarm in order to receive the general alarm contact is not acceptable. 3. Provide a relay with 2 normally open and 2 normally closed contacts rated 5A at 120 volts AC and which is energized when unit is running. W ire these contacts to terminal strips for remote use. 4. Provide a RUN-OFF-AUTO switch. In AUTO position unit shall start when a remote contact closes and stop when contact opens. In RUN position unit shall start and run until OFF position is selected. 5. Mount instrument control panel on unit such that it is isolated from generator set vibration. 2.03 PERMANENT ENGINE-GENERATOR SET ACCESSORIES A. Enclosure Design: Generator set shall be provided with a skin tight outdoor enclosure. Enclosure roof and side panels shall be constructed from a minimum of 0.090 Marine Grade Aluminum. Side panels shall be constructed from a minimum of 0.090 Marine Grade Aluminum. The Side Walls shall be complete with necessary access doors and ventilating louvers. There shall be at least 2 access doors on each side of enclosure and Section 263213.13 COLLIER COUNTY STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 17 one at the generator control panel for access to the controls. Doors shall be capable of full-range of motion. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate final location of generator to accommodate door swings. Any changes due to generator clearances shall be at the expense of the CONTRACTOR. Doors shall be hung on full-length piano hinge assembly. All hinge hardware shall be stainless steel. Finish paint shall be powder- coated over epoxy primer. Doors shall be equipped with handles. Louvers shall be stationary type and shall be arranged to provide adequate protection against rainfall at 15 degrees from vertical. Air of intake louvers shall be sized so not to exceed .5 inches of water column while providing the required genset cooling and combustion air flow. Enclosure shall be of bolted formed panel type construction. Exhaust shall be provided within the enclosure unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER. Roof shall have sufficient strength to support an exhaust silencer. Enclosure shall be large enough to fully enclose all components necessary to the system. All doors shall be capable of being locked or have provisions for padlocks. Door hardware shall be stainless steel. 1. All raceway and conduits within the enclosure shall be sealed-tight flexible conduit or rigid aluminum or galvanized steel with malleable iron boxes and compression type fittings as appropriate for the raceways used under NEC. EMT and flex or “Greenfield” conduits are not acceptable. 2. When this outdoor enclosure is specified, the temperature specifications for unit shall be 0 degrees F to 120 degrees F with ambient air at radiator intake being 100 degrees F maximum. 3. Modular enclosures shall comply with DCA, Florida Building Code and have a minimum sustained wind rating of 150 MPH. 4. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for verifying the impact rating requirements under Florida Building Code and shall provide a generator enclosure in compliance to these standards. 5. Consult the ENGINEER prior to bid when generator is located within any “Zone 4 impact area under FBC”. 6. Enclosure shall match footprint of sub base fuel tank. B. Sound Attenuation: Enclosure shall be insulated to attenuate sound and include sound attenuating features that direct radiant cooling air in a route to minimize ambient noise when generator is running. C. Operational noise shall not exceed 75 dBA at 23 feet (in Free Field Conditions). Additional sound attenuation references or limitations may be required. See drawings for additional details. If generator is located within 50 feet of a commercial or residential unit, then operational noise shall not exceed 55 dBA. D. Source dBA and sound attenuation shall be as measured and defined under ANSI S12.34-1998 and SIO 3744 as applicable. Additional local codes and standards may apply for generator operational noise. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for compliance to all local standards without change order or additional payment. E. Fuel System: Provide unit with a UL142 compliant double-wall skid base type integral fuel tank that is “skid” mounted, unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER’s drawings or addenda. Tank capacity shall be a maximumum of 550 gross volume gallons. The Section 263213.13 COLLIER COUNTY STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 17 tank capacity shall be calculated assuming the tank is 90% full and based on the generator running at full load/speed continuously for three (3) days. Sub-base Fuel Tank Size Generator Size Fuel Tank Dimensions 1 40 KW 60 KW 108"L x 54"W x 36"H 80 KW 100 KW 125 KW 120"L x 66”W x 25"H 150 KW 172.9 KW 120"L x 56"W x 31"H 250 KW 168"L x 78"W x 15"H 1 Dimensions shown are max dimensions unless otherwise noted on drawings or addenda. F. The ENGINEER has projected fuel use estimates using equipment listed as the basis of design. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for providing the manufacturer’s fuel usage calculations with submittal documents for ENGINEER’s review. G. The fuel tank shall be furnished with UL142 and FDEP required accessories to include a fuel site gauge, normal and emergency vents and fuel cap having padlocking provisions. All necessary fuel supply and return line shall be furnished pre-assembled to unit. The Fuel Tank shall meet all applicable State and local standards for the volume of fuel the tank will hold. H. Sub base fuel tank size shall be provided and sized as shown on the contract documents and within the specifications. I. Sub base fuel tank shall not allow pooling or ponding of water on top once generator is mounted on top. J. Tank shall be made by a manufacturer with minimum of (10) ten years’ experience in the design and construction of UL Listed, FDEP and NFPA compliant sub base fuel tanks. Manufacturer of the fuel tank must be approved and registered with the State of Florida, and have their required “EQ” file number on the supplied fuel tank. The installing CONTRACTOR is responsible for supplying fuel for the field testing. K. The fuel tank shall be mounted under the generator skid rails, consisting of a dual wall design constructed to UL142 and standards applicable to this application under FS-62- 762, NFPA 30, NFPA 37 and NFPA 110. All fuel tanks shall comply with the requirements set forth by Collier County Pollution Control. Section 263213.13 COLLIER COUNTY STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 8 of 17 L. Sub base fuel tank shall be rectangular in shape and include reinforced steel box channel for generator support. M. Both the inner and outer tanks shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel. N. The outer wall shall be prepared before & after primer. Prime with one coat of epoxy primer to a thickness of 12-15 mils (DFT). Outer wall finish coat shall be a high gloss, black, UV blocking epoxy primer applied to a minimum thickness of 3.5 mils (DFT). All welds and fasteners connecting the generator skid base to the fuel tank shall be similarly primed and finished. Primers shall not be electrostatically or powder applied. Primers shall be hand applied & dried in a drying booth. O. Fuel tank shall be equipped with a magnetic liquid level fuel gauge as manufactured by Rochester Gauges, Inc. Fuel tank level shall be output as a 4-20mA signal from the generator control panel. P. Sub base fuel tank shall have a 4 point lifting system in place when shipped to the site. It shall be the responsibility of the Generator manufacturer to recommend a lifting system along with instructions for the CONTRACTOR on site. Q. Sub base tank testing shall consist of primary and secondary tank containment basin and shall be pressurized at 3-5 psi and leak checked to ensure integrity of sub base weld seams per UL-142 standards. A copy of this report shall accompany close-out documents. Fuel containment basin shall be sized as a minimum of 110% of the tank capacity to prevent escape of fuel into the environment in the event of a tank rupture. Provide a fuel containment basin leak detector switch. R. The sub base tank fittings shall include the following: 1. Appropriately sized NPT fuel supply. 2. Fuel return fitting 3. 2” NPT for normal vent 4. NPT for emergency vent, sized as appropriate 5. 2” NPT for manual fill. 6. NPT for level gauge, sized as appropriate. 7. 3/8” NPT basin drain 8. 2” NPT for level alarm. 9. NPT fitting for leak detection alarm S. Coolant Heater: Provide engine coolant heater that operates from 120-volt AC single phase, 60 hertz power with thermostatic controls to maintain engine coolant at proper temperature to fulfill start-up requirements of NFPA 99. T. Inlet and Exhaust Systems: Silencers and exhaust ducting to silencers shall be self- supporting when assembled. Provide all necessary supporting members for ductwork between silencer and outlet. Provide all required cutting as shown on Drawings and noted herein. The unit shall be complete with raincap. All exhaust duct shall be Schedule 10 steel pipe, minimum. Inlet silencer and filter to be self -supporting. Provide necessary Section 263213.13 COLLIER COUNTY STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 9 of 17 supports for all intake ductwork. All intake ducts shall be Schedule 10 steel pipe, minimum. 1. Provide a silencer which meets sound standards of a critical area. Silencer shall provide attenuation (input to output) of 25 dB or greater at frequencies of 125 hertz to 8 kilohertz. A curve shall be submitted with Shop Drawings showing attenuation (input to output) in dB versus frequency. Curve shall be on manufacturer's standard data sheet or from an independent test lab. A spiral or bellows-type flexible section of pipe shall be installed in the exhaust line between the muffler and engine manifold connection. An insulated thimble section shall be provided where exhaust line passes through roof or wall. Exhaust lines shall be pitched and a condensation trap provided at non-draining low points in line. U. Circuit Breaker: A generator power circuit breaker shall be installed as a manual load circuit interrupter and an automatic overload and short circuit protection device. 1. The circuit breaker shall be a solid-state trip type for all sizes rated 200 amps continuous and larger. Solid-state trip shall include Long-time, Short-time, and Instantaneous. Ground fault trip required on breakers 1,000 amps and above. 2. 100% ratings under UL shall be required as noted on ENGINEER’s drawings. 3. AIC rating for generator power circuit breaker shall meet or exceed that of the upstream service entrance rating. 4. Generator power circuit breaker shall be UL listed as short circuit, service entrance rated device under UL and NEC. 5. Trip settings for all breakers shall be selected for the rating of the generator power circuit as indicated on Drawings. 6. Provide breaker and alternator trip curves in the submittal. Show coordination of curves for equipment provided. V. Provide protective relays to protect the generator system/alternator. W. Alternator protection equipment as basis of design shall be equal to “Amp Sentry” protection by Cummins Power Generation with the following features: Over current and short-circuit shut down - Over current warning -Single and three phase fault regulation - Over and under voltage shut down - Over and under frequency shut down - Overload warning with alarm contact - Reverse power and reverse Var shut down - Excitation fault. Equipment other than basis of design is subject to ENGINEER’s approval. Provide full submittal and comparison data for ENGINEER’s review on equipment as provided. X. Any pump station requiring a generator shall also have a generator receptacle located on the pump control panel for a portable generator, coordinate exact model with OWNER. 2.04 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES A. Automatic Transfer Switch: UL listed and 600 volt-rated with amperage rating shown on Drawings and shall be the mechanically held, electrically operated type rated for continuous duty in an unventilated sheet metal enclosure. Section 263213.13 COLLIER COUNTY STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 10 of 17 B. Switch shall be double throw, with an off position, having electrical operated normal- emergency positions inherently interlocked mechanically, and with main contacts mechanically attached to a common shaft. Main contacts shall be silver alloy wiping- action type. They shall be protected by arcing contacts. C. Heavy duty emergency pushbuttons shall be provided. Emergency pushbuttons shall reset when pulled out. D. Switch and Relay Contacts, Coils, Springs, and Control Elements: Removable from front of transfer switch without removal of the switch panels from enclosur e and without disconnection of drive linkages or power conductors. Sensing and control relays shall be continuous duty industrial control type with 600 volt, 10 amp rated contacts. E. Transfer switch internal wiring shall be composed of pre-manufactured harnesses that are permanently marked for source and destination. Harnesses shall be connected to the control system by means of locking disconnect plug(s), to allow the control system to be easily disconnected and serviced without disconnecting power from the transfer switch mechanism. F. Power transfer switch shall be provided with flame retardant transparent covers to allow viewing of switch contact operation but prevent direct contact with components that could be operating at line voltage levels. G. Transfer switches that are designated on the drawings as 3-pole shall be provided with a neutral bus and lugs. The neutral bus shall be sized to carry 100% of the current designated on the switch rating. H. Field control connections shall be made on a common terminal block that is clearly and permanently labeled. I. Upon drop in normal voltage of 83-85 percent of rated voltage, and after an override delay of 3 seconds nominal, switch shall start generator and transfer the load to emergency source, provided emergency source voltage and frequency are 90 percent of rated or higher. J. Upon return of normal source voltage for 5 seconds nominal, to 92-95 percent of rated, switch shall retransfer load to normal source after a minimum transfer time or if emergency source fails. Provide a 5- to 60-second adjustable time delay to maintain transfer switch in the "Off" position during transfer to either source. K. Sensing relays shall operate without contact chatter or false response when voltage is slowly varied to dropout and pickup levels. L. Four auxiliary contacts shall be provided: Two for transfer switch position indicating use, and two auxiliary contacts, one N.O. and one N.C. to operate after completion of the 3- second override delay for starting generator. All auxiliary contacts shall be 600 volt, 10 amp continuous rating. Section 263213.13 COLLIER COUNTY STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 11 of 17 M. Operator Panel. Each transfer switch shall be provided with a control panel to allow the operator to view the status and control operation of the transfer switch. The operator panel shall be a sealed membrane panel rated NEMA 3R/IP53 or better (regardless of enclosure rating) that is permanently labeled for switch and control functions. The operator panel shall be provided with the following features and capabilities: 1. High intensity LED lamps to indicate the source that the load is connected to (source 1 or source 2); and which source(s) are available. Source available LED indicators shall operate from the control microprocessor to indicate the true condition of the sources as sensed by the control 2. High intensity LED lamps to indicate that the transfer switch is “not in auto” (due to control being disabled or due to bypass switch (when used) enabled or in operation) and “Test/Exercise Active” to indicate that the control system is testing or exercising the generator set. 3. “OVERRIDE” pushbutton to cause the transfer switch to bypass any active time delays for start, transfer, and retransfer and immediately proceed with its next logical operation. 4. “TEST” pushbutton to initiate a preprogrammed test sequence for the generator set and transfer switch. The transfer switch shall be programmable for test with load or test without load. 5. “RESET/LAMP TEST” pushbutton that will clear any faults present in the control, or simultaneously test all lamps on the panel by lighting them. 6. The control system shall continuously log information on the number of hours each source has been connected to the load, the number of times transferred, and the total number of times each source has failed. This information shall be available via a PC-based service tool and an operator display panel. 7. Vacuum fluorescent alphanumeric display panel with push-button navigation switches. The display shall be clearly visible in both bright (sunlight) and no light conditions. It shall be visible over an angle of at least 120 degrees. The Alphanumeric display panel shall be capable of providing the following functions and capabilities: a. Display source condition information, including AC voltage for each phase of normal and emergency source, frequency of each source. Voltage for all three phases shall be displayed on a single screen for easy viewing of voltage balance. Line to neutral voltages shall be displayed for 4-wire systems. b. Display source status, to indicate source is connected or not connecte d. c. Display load data, including 3-phase AC voltage, 3-phase AC current, frequency, KW, KVA, and power factor. Voltage and current data for all phases shall be displayed on a single screen. d. The display panel shall allow the operator to view and make the following adjustments in the control system, after entering an access code: 1) Set nominal voltage and frequency for the transfer switch. 2) Adjust voltage and frequency sensor operation set points. 3) Set up time clock functions. 4) Set up load sequence functions. 5) Enable or disable control functions in the transfer switch, including program transition. 6) Set up exercise and load test operation conditions, as well as normal system time delays for transfer time, time delay start, stop, transfer, and retransfer. Section 263213.13 COLLIER COUNTY STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 12 of 17 e. Display Real time Clock data, including date, and time in hours, minutes, and seconds. The real time clock shall incorporate provisions for automatic daylight savings time and leap year adjustments. The control shall also log total operating hours for the control system. f. Display service history for the transfer switch. Display source connected hours, to indicate the total number of hours connected to each source. Display number of times transferred, and total number of times each source has failed. g. Display fault history on the transfer switch, including condition, and date and time of fault. Faults to include controller checksum error, low controller DC voltage, ATS fail to close on transfer, ATS fail to close on retransfer, battery charger malfunction, network battery voltage low, and network communications error. N. The transfer switch control system shall be configurable in the field for any operating voltage level up to 600VAC. Provide RMS voltage sensing and metering that is accurate to within plus or minus 1% of nominal voltage level. Frequency sensing shall be accurate to within plus or minus 0.2%. Voltage sensing shall be monitored based on the normal voltage at the site. Systems that utilize voltage monitoring based on standard voltage conditions that are not field configurable are not acceptable. O. Transfer switch voltage sensors shall be close differential type, providing source availability information to the control system based on the following functions: 1. Monitoring all phases of the normal service (source 1) for under voltage conditions (adjustable for pickup in a range of 85 to 98% of the normal voltage level and dropout in a range of 75 to 98% of normal voltage level). 2. Monitoring all phases of the emergency service (source 2) for under voltage conditions (adjustable for pickup in a range of 85 to 98% of the normal voltage level and dropout in a range of 75 to 98% of pickup voltage level). 3. Monitoring all phases of the normal service (source 1) and emergency service (source 2) for loss of a single phase. P. The transfer switch shall be configurable to control the operation time from source to source (program transition operation). The control system shall be capable of enabling or disabling this feature, and adjusting the time period to a specific value. The transfer switch shall incorporate adjustable time delays for generator set start (adjustable in a range from 0-15 seconds); transfer (adjustable in a range from 0-120 seconds); retransfer (adjustable in a range from 0-30 minutes); and generator stop (cooldown) (adjustable in a range of 0-30 minutes). Q. The transfer switch shall be configurable to accept a relay contact signal and a network signal from an external device to prevent transfer to the generator service. R. The control system shall be designed and prototype tested for operation in ambient temperatures from -40C to +70C. It shall be designed and tested to comply with the requirements of the noted voltage and RFI/EMI standards. S. The control shall have optically isolated logic inputs, high isolation transformers for AC inputs, and relays on all outputs, to provide optimum protection from line voltage surges, RFI and EMI. Section 263213.13 COLLIER COUNTY STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 13 of 17 T. Enclosures shall be UL listed. The enclosure shall provide wire bend space in compliance to the latest version of NFPA70. The cabinet door shall include permanently mounted key type latches. U. Transfer switch equipment shall be provided in a NEMA 4X enclosure. V. The enclosure shall provide code-required wire bend space at point of entry as shown on the drawings. Manual operating handles and all control switches (other than key-operated switches) shall be accessible to authorized personnel only by opening the key-locking cabinet door. Transfer switches with manual operating handles and/or non key-operated control switches located on outside of cabinet do not meet this specification and are not acceptable. W. Transfer switch normally connects an energized utility power source (source 1) to loads and a generator set (source 2) to the loads when normal source fails. The normal position of the transfer switch is source 1 (connected to the utility), and no start signal is supplied to the genset. X. Generator Set Exercise (Test) With Load Mode. The control system shall be configurable to test the generator set under load. In this mode, the transfer switch shall control the generator set in the following sequence: 1. Transfer switch shall initiate the exercise sequence at a time indicated in the exercise timer program, or when manually initiated by the operator. 2. The transfer switch shall issue a compatible start command to the generator set, and cause the generator set to start and run at idle until it has reached normal operating temperature. 3. When the generator set has reached normal operating temperature or after an adjustable time period (whichever is shorter), the control system shall accelerate the generator set to rated voltage and frequency. 4. When the control systems senses the generator set at rated voltage and frequency, it shall operate to connect the loads to the generator set by opening the normal source contacts, and closing the alternate source contacts a predetermined time period later. The timing sequence for the contact operation shall be programmable in the controller. 5. The generator set shall operate connected to the load for the duration of the exercise period. If the generator set fails during this period, the transfer switch shall automatically reconnect the generator set to the normal service. 6. On completion of the exercise period, the transfer switch shall operate to connect the loads to the normal source by opening the alternate source contacts, and closing the normal source contacts a predetermined time period later. The timing sequence for the contact operation shall be programmable in the controller. 7. The transfer switch shall operate the generator set unloaded for a cooldown period, and then remove the start signal from the generator set. If the normal power fails at any time when the generator set is running, the transfer switch shall immediately connect the system loads to the generator set. Section 263213.13 COLLIER COUNTY STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 14 of 17 Y. Generator Set Exercise (Test) Without Load Mode. The control system shall be configurable to test the generator set without transfer switch load connected. In this mode, the transfer switch shall control the generator set in the following sequence: 1. Transfer switch shall initiate the exercise sequence at a time indicated in the exercise timer program, or when manually initiated by the operator. 2. The transfer switch shall issue a compatible start command to the generator set, and cause the generator set to start and run at idle until it has reached normal operating temperature. 3. When the generator set has reached normal operating temperature or after an adjustable time period (whichever is shorter), the control system shall accelerate the generator set to rated voltage and frequency. 4. When the control systems senses the generator set at rated voltage and frequency, it shall operate the generator set unloaded for the duration of the exercise period. 5. At the completion of the exercise period, the transfer switch shall remove the start signal from the generator set. If the normal power fails at any time when the generator set is running, the transfer switch shall immediately connect the system loads to the generator set. Z. Factory Testing. The transfer switch manufacturer shall perform a complete operational test on the transfer switch prior to shipping from the factory. A certified test report shall be provided to OWNER & ENGINEER upon delivery of generator. Test process shall include calibration of voltage sensors. AA. The manufacturer of the transfer switch and generator set shall maintain service parts inventory at a central location (within 50 miles of the city) which is accessible to the service location 24 hours per day, 365 days. BB. The transfer switch shall be serviced by a local service organization that is trained and factory certified in both generator set and transfer switch service. The supplier shall maintain an inventory of critical replacement parts at the local service organization, and in service vehicles. The service organization shall be on call 24 hours per day, 365 days per year. CC. The manufacturer shall maintain model and serial number records of each transfer switch provided for at least 20 years. DD. Accessory devices shall be provided as follows: 1. Time delay to override harmless power dips and outages. (Inverse time characteristic with voltage.) 2. Test switch. 3. Auxiliary contacts (as specified herein). 4. Selector relay (as specified herein). 5. Lockout relay (sensitive to voltage and frequency). 6. Full phase protection with nominal 75-80 percent dropout and 92-95 percent pickup on phase relay. 7. Adjustable time delay on retransfer to normal source. Minimum retransfer of 2 minutes and maximum of 25 minutes. Built-in circuitry to nullify the retransfer time delay if the emergency source fails and the normal source is available. Section 263213.13 COLLIER COUNTY STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 15 of 17 8. Adjustable (10-20 minutes) time delay for running generator unloaded after transfer for cool down. 9. Adjustable time delay or delays (5 to 60 seconds) for holding transfer switch in the "Off" position when switching from standby source to normal and normal source to standby. 10. Engine starting contact. 11. A selector switch shall permit generator to be exercised with or without load. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF DIESEL ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS A. Install diesel engine-driven generator units as indicated, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's written instructions, and with recognized industry practices, to ensure that engine-generator units fulfill requirem ents. Comply with NFPA and NEMA standards pertaining to installation of engine-generator sets and accessories. B. Coordinate with other work, including raceways, electrical boxes and fittings, fuel tanks, piping, and accessories, as necessary to interface installation of engine generator equipment work with other work. C. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's published torque-tightening values for equipment connectors. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Standards 486A and B, and the National Electrical Code. D. Install units on steel spring type vibration isolators fastened to an inertia base in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E. Connect fuel piping to generator equipment as indicated, and comply with manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.02 GROUNDING A. Provide equipment grounding connections for diesel engine-driven generator unit and automatic transfer switch as indicated. Connect generator equipment ground to ground ring around generator pad. Ground ring shall have a minimum of four (4) 5/8” x 20’ copper-clad ground rods. Connect ground ring to sites counterpoise. Connections to ground ring, counterpoise and ground rods shall be exothermically welded. Add additional ground rings as required to meet five (5) ohm (or less) specified resistance. Tighten connections to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Standard 486A to ensure permanent and effective grounding. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Start-up Testing: Section 263213.13 COLLIER COUNTY STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 16 of 17 1. Engage local equipment manufacturer's representative to perform start -up and building load tests upon completion of installation, with ENGINEER in attendance; provide certified test record. Tests are to include the following: a. Check fuel, lubricating oil, and antifreeze in liquid-cooled models for conformity to manufacturer's recommendations under environmental conditions present. b. Test prior to cranking engine for proper operation, accessories that normally function while the set is in a standby mode. Accessories include: alternator strip heater, engine coolant heater, and battery charger. c. Check, during start-up test mode, for exhaust leaks, cooling air flow, movement during starting and stopping, vibration during running, normal and emergency line-to-line voltage, and phase rotation. d. Test, by means of simulated power outage, automatic start -up by remote- automatic starting, transfer of load, and automatic shutdown. Prior to this test, adjust for proper system coordination, transfer switch timers. After installation inspection and fine adjustments have been completed, the Generator set shall be connected to resistive type load banks, matching the full rated output of this installed generator set. 1) A four (4) hour 100% resistive load bank test, matching the full rated output of this installed generator set, is to be performed after installation i n the presence of the ENGINEER, OWNER, and any required Authority. Coordinate with ENGINEER, OWNER, and any required Authority for appropriate test date and time. During this load bank test, monitor the engine temperature, oil pressure, battery charge level, generator voltage, amperes, and frequency. Voltage dip will be observed with a recording oscilloscope furnished by supplier for this test only. Voltage dip is defined as the peak- to-peak voltage minimum, at starting compared to the average peak-to-peak voltage with the starting load running. The difference shall be less than 25 percent of the running P-P voltage. 2) Provide a test of safeties and transfer under NFPA-110 criteria. 3) Provide all tests in the presence of an OWNER representative. Upon completion of installation and testing, demonstrate capability and compliance of system with requirements. Where possible, correct malfunctioning units at Site, then retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units, and proceed with retesting. Initial testing and retesting to be at no cost to OWNER. 3.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Commissioning and Qualifications shall be performed by Manufacturer's authorized and factory certified trained for installation of units personnel. B. Maintenance Proximity: The commissioning and selling manufacturer office location shall not be more than two hours' normal travel time from the project site. C. Access to Service & Parts: Manufacturer for the Generator shall maintain a full operational facility, with service, parts and distribution center within 50 miles of the Project Site. A ‘sales office’ will not qualify as a service & parts facility. A “dealer” that buys product from a Factory Distributor does not qualify. Section 263213.13 COLLIER COUNTY STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 17 of 17 D. Manufacturer’s Qualifications: The manufacturer shall be in the business of manufacturing power generation systems under ISO-9001 certification process for over 10 years. The manufacturer shall employ service, engineering, and parts staff within a factory-owned or authorized service center, within 50 miles of Project site. E. When an “upfitter” is used for a fuel tank or generator enclosure, the manufacturer shall be located in the same state as the Project Site. F. Upfitters shall provide their UL Listing number on all documentation of compliance. UL as an “assembly” under the generator manufacturer’s main UL Listing is not acceptable. G. cUL (or other) listing or compliance shall not be accepted in lieu of UL listing and label. H. Manufacturer Service Qualifications: The generator manufacturer shall have a service center within a 2-hour driving distance from the project site. This service center shall have engineering, application support, on-site rental, start-up, commissioning, and replacement parts and labor for the maintenance and repair of the same brand of power generation system equipment as supplied on the Project. I. Source Limitations: Obtain all equipment under this section through one source as practical and possible under the limitations of the manufacturer’s ability to provide equipment. J. The equipment under this Section must be sold to the installer or the OWNER by an entity operating from within the project State. K. The equipment under this Section must be installed by a CONTRACTOR operating from offices located within the Project state. L. Equipment under this section shall be provided by a single manufacturer, so as to provide only one source of warranty and responsibility whenever possible. M. Generator engine, alternator, and generator controller shall be provided by a single manufacturer exceptions must be noted in submittal. The ENGINEER reserves the right to reject exceptions based on the equipment used as the basis of design in comparison. 3.05 PERSONNEL TRAINING A. Building Operating Personnel Training: Train OWNER's building personnel in procedures for starting-up, testing, and operating diesel engine-driven generator sets. In addition, train OWNER's personnel in periodic maintenance of batteries. END OF SECTION Section 312316 COLLIER COUNTY EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 10 SECTION 312316 EXCAVATION - EARTH AND ROCK PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Requirements for performing opencut excavations to the widths and depths necessary for constructing structures and pipelines, including excavation of any material necessary for any purpose pertinent to the construction of the Work. B. Related Work Specified In Other Sections Includes: 1. Section 017416 – Site Clearing 2. Section 033100 – Concrete, Masonry, Mortar and Grout 3. Section 312319 – Groundwater Control for Open Cut Excavation 4. Section 312323 – Backfilling 5. Section 314000 – Shoring, Sheeting and Bracing 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Earth: "Earth" includes all materials which, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, do not require blasting, barring, wedging or special impact tools for their removal from their original beds, and removal of which can be completed using standard excavating equipment. Specifically excluded are all ledge and bedrock and boulders or pieces of masonry larger than one cubic yard in volume. B. Rock: "Rock" includes all materials which, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, require blasting, barring, wedging and/or special impact tools such as jack hammers, sledges, chisels, or similar devices specifically designed for use in cutting or breaking rock for removal from their original beds and which have compressive strengths in their natural undisturbed state in excess of 300 psi. Boulders or masonry larger than one cubic yard in volume are classed as rock excavation. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Provide all submittals, including the following, as specified in Division 1. Section 312316 COLLIER COUNTY EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 10 B. Engage the services of a Professional Engineer who is registered in the State of Florida to design all cofferdam and sheeting and bracing systems which the CONTRACTOR feels necessary for the execution of his work. Submit to the ENGINEER a signed statement that he has been employed by the CONTRACTOR to design all sheeting and bracing systems. After the systems have been installed, furnish to the ENGINEER an additional signed statement that the cofferdams and sheeting and bracing systems have been installed in accordance with his design. C. If a detour is required, submit a traffic control plan for approval to County Manager or designee and/or the Florida Department of Transportation as described in Section 015526. 1.4 SITE CONDITIONS A. Geotechnical Investigation: A geotechnical investigation may have been prepared by the COUNTY and ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. 1. The geotechnical investigation report may be examined for what ever value it may be considered to be worth. However, this information is not guaranteed as to its accuracy or completeness. 2. The geotechnical investigation report is not part of the Contract Documents. B. Actual Conditions: Make any geotechnical investigations deemed necessary to determine actual site conditions. C. Underground Utilities and Collier County Damage Prevention Policy: 1. This policy has been put in place to avoid damage to Collier County underground utilities. A minimum distance of five feet (5’) horizontally and eighteen inches (18”) vertically must be maintained away from Collier County utilities. Any and all variations from this order must be the Water or Wastewater Department. 2. Before commencement of any excavation at road crossings or any boring or any drilling, the contractor shall mark the proposed run alignment with white paint or flags. Subsequent to placement of the white markings, the existing underground utilities in the area affected by the work must be marked by Sunshine One Call after proper notification to them by either calling 811 in Florida or toll free at 1-800-432-4770. Visit www.callsunshine.com for more information. Before commencing excavation for the work, potholing of all potential conflicts must be performed. 3. All lines in conflict must be physically located by the contractor and verified by Collier County Locate Department personnel before performing work. Utilities under concrete or pavement may require soft dig vacuum locates which also is the contractor’s responsibility to perform. All utilities will be field marked per Sunshine State One Call’s statutes and guidelines. For line verification or any Section 312316 COLLIER COUNTY EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 10 other information concerning locates, please call the Locate Department at 239- 252-5922 during normal business hours. For line verification or emergency locates after hours, call emergency numeric pager at 239-890-0809. In the event the potholing and/or vacuum soft dig does not locate the marked utility, work must be stopped and the affected utility owner contacted. Failure to comply with this policy and obtain required signature(s) may result in delay or denial of permit. 4. The contractor must comply with all provisions of Florida Statute 556, the Underground Facility Damage Prevention and Safety Act. D. Quality and Quantity: Make any other investigations and determinations necessary to determine the quality and quantities of earth and rock and the methods to be used to excavate these materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Clearing: Clear opencut excavation sites of obstructions preparatory to excavation. Clearing in accordance with Section 017416, includes removal and disposal of vegetation, trees, stumps, roots and bushes, except those specified to be protected during trench excavation. B. Banks: Shore or slope banks to the angle of repose to prevent slides or cave-ins in accordance with Section 314000. C. Safety: Whenever an excavation site or trench is left unattended by the CONTRACTOR or when an area is not within 100 feet of observation by the CONTRACTOR, the excavation site or trench shall be filled and/or, at the County’s Manager or designee discretion, protected by other means to prevent accidental or unauthorized entry. Include barricades and other protection devices requested by the ENGINEER or County Manager or designee, including temporary fencing, snow fencing, or temporary "structure" tape. Such safety items shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of any site safety requirements or liabilities established by Federal, State and local laws and agencies, including OSHA, but is intended as additional safety measures to protect the general public. D. Hazardous Materials: If encountered, take care of hazardous materials not specifically shown or noted in accordance with Section 015000. Section 312316 COLLIER COUNTY EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 10 E. During excavation and any site work, take storm water pollution prevention measures to ensure that water quality criteria are not violated in the receiving water body and all state and local regulatory requirements are met. 3.2 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION A. Excavation Size: Provide excavations of sufficient size and only of sufficient size to permit the Work to be economically and properly constructed in the manner and of the size specified. B. Excavation Shape: Shape and dimension the bottom of the excavation in earth or rock to the shape and dimensions of the underside of the structure or drainage blanket wherever the nature of the excavated material permits. C. Compaction: Before placing foundation slabs, footings or backfill, proof roll the bottom of the excavations to detect soft spots. 1. For accessible areas, proof roll with a ten wheel tandem axle dump truck loaded to at least 15 tons or similarly loaded construction equipment. 2. For small areas, proof roll with a smooth-faced steel roller filled with water or sand, or compact with a mechanical tamper. 3. Make one complete coverage, with overlap, of the area. 4. Overexcavate soft zones and replace with compacted select fill. 3.3 TRENCH EXCAVATION A. Preparation: Properly brace and protect trees, shrubs, poles and other structures which are to be preserved. Unless shown or specified otherwise, preserve all trees and large shrubs. Hold damage to the root structure to a minimum. Small shrubs may be preserved or replaced with equivalent specimens. B. Adequate Space: Keep the width of trenches to a minimum, however provide adequate space for workers to place, joint and backfill the pipe properly. 1. The minimum width of the trench shall be equal to at least 3.5 feet or the outside diameter of the pipe at the joint plus 8-inches for unsheeted trench or 12 inches for sheeted trench, whichever is greater. Conform the trench walls to OSHA Regulations. 2. In sheeted trenches, measure the clear width of the trench at the level of the top of the pipe to the inside of the sheeting. C. Depth: Section 312316 COLLIER COUNTY EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 10 1. Excavate trenches to a minimum depth of 8 inches, but not more than 12 inches, below the bottom of the pipe so that bedding material can be placed in the bottom of the trench and shaped to provide a continuous, firm bearing for pipe barrels and bells. 2. Standard trench grade shall be defined as the bottom surface of the utility to be constructed or placed within the trench. Trench grade for utilities in rock or other non-cushioning material shall be defined as additional undercuts backfilled with crushed stone compacted in 6-inch lifts, below the standard 8-inches minimum trench undercut. Backfill excavation below trench grade not ordered in writing by the ENGINEER with acceptable Class I, II or III embedment material to trench grade and compact to density equal to native soil. D. Unstable or Unsuitable Materials: If unstable or unsuitable material is exposed at the level of the bottom of the trench excavation, excavate the material in accordance with the subsection headed "Authorized Additional Excavation". 1. Remove material for the full width of the trench and to the depth required to reach suitable foundation material. 2. When in the judgment of the ENGINEER the unstable or unsuitable material extends to an excessive depth, the ENGINEER may advise, in writing, the need for stabilization of the trench bottom with additional select fill material, crushed stone, washed shell, gravel mat or the need to provide firm support for the pipe or electrical duct by other suitable methods. 3. Crushed stone, washed shell and gravel shall be as specified in Section 312323. 4. Payment for such trench stabilization will be made under the appropriate Contract Items or where no such items exist, as a change in the Work. E. Length of Excavation: Keep the open excavated trench preceding the pipe laying operation and the unfilled trench, with pipe in place, to a minimum length which causes the least disturbance. Provide ladders for a means of exit from the trench as required by applicable safety and health regulations. F. Excavated Material: Neatly deposit excavated material to be used for backfill at the sides of the trenches where space is available. Where stockpiling of excavated material is required, obtain the sites to be used and maintain operations to provide for natural drainage and not present an unsightly appearance. G. Water: Allow no water to rise in the trench excavation until sufficient backfill has been placed to prevent pipe flotation. Provide trench dewatering in accordance with Section 312319. Section 312316 COLLIER COUNTY EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 10 3.4 EXCAVATION FOR JACKING AND AUGERING A. Jacking and Augering Requirements: Allow adequate length in jacking pits to provide room for the jacking frame, the jacking head, the reaction blocks, the jacks, auger rig, and the jacking pipe. Provide sufficient pit width to allow ample working space on each side of the jacking frame. Allow sufficient pit depth such that the invert of the pipe, when placed on the guide frame, will be at the elevation desired for the completed line. Tightly sheet the pit and keep it dry at all times. 3.5 ROCK EXCAVATION A. Rock Excavation: Excavate rock within the boundary lines and grades as shown, specified or required. 1. Rock removed from the excavation becomes the property of the CONTRACTOR. Transport and dispose of excavated rock at an off site disposal location. Obtain the off site disposal location. 2. Remove all shattered rock and loose pieces. B. Structure Depths: For cast-in-place structures, excavate the rock only to the bottom of the structure, foundation slab, or drainage blanket. C. Trench Width: Maintain a minimum clear width of the trench at the level of the top of the pipe of the outside diameter of the pipe barrel plus 2 feet, unless otherwise approved. D. Trench Depth: For trench excavation, in which pipelines are to be placed, excavate the rock to a minimum depth of 8 inches below the bottom of the pipe or duct encasement. Provide a cushion of sand or suitable crushed rock. Refill the excavated space with pipe bedding material in accordance with Section 312323. Include placing, compacting and shaping pipe bedding material in the appropriate Contract Items. E. Manhole Depths: For manhole excavation, excavate the rock to a minimum depth of 8 inches below the bottom of the manhole base for pipelines 24 inches in diameter and larger and 6 inches below the bottom manhole base for pipelines less than 24 inches in diameter. Refill the excavated space with pipe bedding material in accordance with Section 312323. Include placing, compacting and shaping pipe bedding material for manhole bases in the appropriate Contract Items. F. Over-excavated Space: Refill the excavated space in rock below structures, pipelines, conduits and manholes, which exceeds the specified depths with 2,500 psi concrete, crushed stone, washed shell, or other material as directed. Include refilling of over-excavated space in rock as part of the rock excavation. Section 312316 COLLIER COUNTY EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 10 G. Other Requirements: Follow, where applicable, the requirements of the subsections on "Trench Excavation" and "Structure Excavation". H. Payment: No additional payment will be made for Rrock excavation., including placing, compacting and shaping of the select fill material, will be paid for under the appropriate Contract Items or where no such items exist, as a change in the Work. 3.6 FINISHED EXCAVATION A. Finish: Provide a reasonably smooth finished surface for all excavations, which is uniformly compacted and free from irregular surface changes. B. Finish Methods: Provide a degree of finish that is ordinarily obtainable from blade - grade operations and in accordance with Section 312323. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Traffic and Erosion: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and from erosion. B. Repair: Repair any settlement or washing away that may occur from any cause, prior to acceptance. Re-establish grades to the required elevations and slopes. C. It shall be the CONTRACTOR’s responsibility to acquaint himself with all existing conditions and to locate all structures and utilities along the proposed utility alignment in order to avoid conflicts. Where actual conflicts are unavoidable, coordinate work with the facility owner and perform work so as to cause as little interference as possible with the service rendered by the facility disturbed in accordance with Section 020500. Repair and/or replace facilities or structures damaged in the prosecution of the work immediately, in conformance with current standard practices of the industry, or according to the direction of the owner of such facility, at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. D. Other Requirements: Conduct all Work in accordance with the environmental protection requirements specified in Division 1. 3.8 AUTHORIZED ADDITIONAL EXCAVATION A. Additional Excavation: Carry the excavation to such additional depth and width as authorized in writing, for the following reasons: 1. In case the materials encountered at the elevations shown are not suitable. 2. In case it is found desirable or necessary to go to an additional depth, or to an additional depth and width. Section 312316 COLLIER COUNTY EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 8 of 10 B. Refill Materials: Refill such excavated space with either authorized 2500 psi concrete or compacted select fill material, in compliance with the applicable provisions of Section 312323. C. Compaction: Compact fill materials to avoid future settlement. As a minimum, backfill layers shall not exceed 6-inches in thickness for the full trench width and compaction shall equal 95% of maximum density, or 98% if under paved area of roadway, as determined by using ASTM D 1557. Perform compaction density tests at all such backfill areas with spacing not to exceed 100 feet apart and on each 6-inch compacted layer. D. Payment: Additional earth excavations so authorized and concrete or select fill materials authorized for filling such additional excavation and compaction of select fill materials will be paid for under the appropriate Contract Items or where no such items exist, as a change in the Work. 3.9 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION A. Stability: Refill any excavation carried beyond or below the lines and grades shown, except as specified in the subsection headed "Authorized Additional Excavation", with such material and in such manner as may be approved in order to provide for the stability of the various structures. B. Refill Materials: Refill spaces beneath all manholes, structures, pipelines, or conduits excavated without authority with 2500 psi concrete or compacted select fill material, as approved. C. Payment: Refill for unauthorized excavation will not be measured and no payment will be made therefor. 3.10 SEGREGATION STORAGE AND DISPOSAL OF MATERIAL A. Stockpiling Suitable Materials: Stockpile topsoil suitable for final grading and landscaping and excavated material suitable for backfilling or embankments separately on the site in approved locations. B. Stockpile Locations: Store excavated and other material a sufficient distance away from the edge of any excavation to prevent its falling or sliding back into the excavation and to prevent collapse of the wall of the excavation. Provide not less than 2 feet clear space between the top of any stockpile and other material and the edge of any excavation. C. Excess Materials: Be responsible for transport and disposal of surplus excavated material and excavated material unsuitable for backfilling or embankments at an off site disposal location secured by the CONTRACTOR. Section 312316 COLLIER COUNTY EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 9 of 10 3.11 REMOVAL OF WATER A. Water Removal: At all times during the excavation period and until completion and acceptance of the WORK at final inspection, provide ample means and equipment with which to remove promptly and dispose of properly all water entering any excavation or other parts of the WORK. B. Dry Excavations: Keep the excavation dry, in accordance with Section 312319. C. Water Contact: Allow no water to rise over or come in contact with masonry and concrete until the concrete and mortar have attained a set and, in any event, not sooner than 12 hours after placing the masonry or concrete. D. Discharge of Water: Dispose of water pumped or drained from the Work in a safe and suitable manner without damage to adjacent property or streets or to other work under construction. E. Protection: Provide adequate protection for water discharged onto streets. Protect the street surface at the point of discharge. F. Sanitary Sewers: Discharge no water into sanitary sewers. G. Storm Sewers: Discharge no water containing settleable solids into storm sewers. H. Repair: Promptly repair any and all damage caused by dewatering the Work. END OF SECTION Section 312316 COLLIER COUNTY EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 10 of 10 NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE Section 323113 COLLIER COUNTY CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 8 SECTION 323113 CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Requirements for providing vinyl coated galvanized steel chain link fencing and gates. B. Related Work Specified in Other Sections Includes: 1. Section 033100 – Concrete, Masonry, Mortar and Grout 1.2 REFERENCES A. Codes and standards referred to in this Section are: 1. ASTM 1043 - Strength and Protective Coatings on Metal Industrial Chain Link Fence Framework 2. ASME B36.10M - Welded and seamless wrought steel pipe 3. FS RR-F-191 - Fencing, Wire and Post, Metal 1.3 DESIGN A. General: Provide fencing of the chain-link type and seven six (67) feet high with six (6) feet of diamond mesh woven wire fabric. topped by extension arms with a vertical height of approximately one foot above the top of the fabric. Design the extension arms slanted out at an angle of 45 degrees and provide the arms to carry three double strands of barbed wire when specifically required. Locate the fence as shown. B. Fabric, Supports and Fittings: Provide steel fabric, supports and fittings except as specified. C. Fabric, Supports and Fittings: Provide green or black color coated steel fabric, supports and fittings. Coat the framework, posts and hardware except hinges and latches to match the fabric with thermoplastic or therm oset resins and provide oven- baked materials to a minimum dry coating of seven mils. Color coat all accessories except hinges and latches to match the fence. Provide aluminum hinges and latches. D. Pipe Sizes and Weights: Provide pipe sizes and weights m eeting the requirements of ASME B 36.10, Table 2 and ASTM A 53, Table 1. All pipe sizes listed are nominal, unless otherwise indicated. Section 323113 COLLIER COUNTY CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 8 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers are listed in the County Approved Product List, Appendix F. Other manufacturers of equivalent products may be submitted. 2.2 FABRIC A. Provide fabric that is a one piece woven 2-inch mesh chain link of 6-gauge steel wire with a minimum breakload of 1800 lbs/ft. and which is interwoven to form a continuous fabric with no splices and is coated after weaving. Provide the top selvage knuckled for fabric 60 inches high and under, and the bottom selvage twisted and barbed for fabric over 60 inches high. Clean the fabric of all grease and foreign matter before coating and shipping. Stretch the fabric tightly approximately two three inches above grade level and attach the fabric to the terminal or gateposts using beveled tension bands and tension bars. 1. Provide galvanized fabric that is fusion coated with a minimum seven-mil coating of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) applied over a thermoset plastic bonding agent. Conform the PVC to Federal Specification RR-F-191. 2. Vinyl coat all cut ends. 3. Conform aluminum fabric to Fed. Spec. RR-F-191. 2.3 TENSION WIRE A. For the tension wire for the fence bottom use minimum 6-gauge galvanized coil spring steel fusion color coated as specified for the fabric. 2.4 TOP AND BRACE RAILS A. General: Furnish the top rail in approximately 20-foot lengths with couplings approximately 6 inches long for each joint. Provide one coupling in each 5 with an expansion spring. Provide the rail continuous from end-to-end for each run of fence. Provide brace rails at all terminal posts, locate the rails midway between the top and bottom of the fabric and extend from the terminal p ost to the first adjacent line post. Securely fasten rails at both ends. Provide top and brace rails that are galvanized steel fusion color coated as specified for framework in Subsection 1.03 C. B. Pipe Type: 1-1/4-inch, Schedule 40 pipe or a 1.625- by 1.25-inch roll-formed section with minimum bending strength of 192 pounds on 10-foot span. 2.5 POSTS A. General: Provide all posts that are coated as specified for vinyl-coated framework, posts and hardware in Subsection 1.03 C. Section 323113 COLLIER COUNTY CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 8 B. Pipe Posts: Provide pipe posts as follows: 1. For end, corner and pull posts use 2-1/2-inch, Schedule 40 pipe 2. For line posts use 2-inch, Schedule 40 pipe 3. For gate posts use the following pipes for different leaves: a. For leaves up to 6 feet wide, use 2-1/2-inch Schedule 40 pipe b. For leaves over 6 feet to 12 feet wide, use 3-1/2-inch Schedule 40 pipe c. For leaves over 12 feet to 18 feet wide, use 6-inch Schedule 40 pipe C. Bending Strength: Provide materials with the minimum bending strength based on a 6-foot cantilever for rolled formed or tube posts as follows: Galvanized Steel 1. End, Corner and Pull Posts: 2.875" O.D. roll formed or 444 2-1/2-inch square tube 547 2-1/2-inch square, heavy wall extrusion 2. Line Posts: For fences 8 feet maximum height 1.875- by 1.625-inch C-Section 245 For fences over 8 feet high 2.25- by 1.703-inch C-Section 347 3. Gate Posts: For leaves up to 6 feet wide (2.875-inch O.D. roll formed or 2-1/2-inch square tube 444 645 Section 323113 COLLIER COUNTY CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 8 2.6 GATES A. General: For the perimeter construction of gates with leaves up to 6 f eet wide, use 1-1/2-inch Schedule 40 pipe or 1-1/2-inch square steel tube, and for gates with leaves greater than 6 feet wide, use 2-inch Schedule 40 pipe or 2-inch square steel tube. B. Braces: Provide the gates with sufficient horizontal and vertical members and bracing to ensure structural stability to prevent sagging and to provide for the attachment of fabric, hardware and accessories. Provide gates with diagonal cross bracing consisting of 3/8-inch diameter adjustable length truss rods where necessary to provide frame rigidity without sag or twist. C. Cantilever Sliding Gates: Furnish cantilever overhang as follows: Gate Leaf Size Overhang 6'-0" to 10'-0" 6'-6" 11'-0" to 14'-0" 7'-6" 15'-0" to 22'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" to 30'-0" 12'-0" 1. For gates leaf sizes 23'-0" to 30'-0", add one additional 2-inch square lateral support rail welded adjacent to the top horizontal rail. Make the bottom rail of 2" x 4" tubing weighing 1.71 pounds per foot. 2. Provide all cantilever overhang frames having 3/8-inch (galvanized steel) (aluminum) brace rods. 3. Provide the enclosed track made of a combined track and rail aluminum extrusion having a total weight of 3.72 pounds per foot and designed to withstand a reaction load of 2,000 pounds. 4. Provide each gate leaf with two swivel type zinc die cast trucks having four sealed lubricant ball-bearing wheels, 2-inch in diameter by 9/16-inch in width, with two side rolling wheels to insure alignment of the truck in the track. Hold trucks to post brackets by 7/8-inch diameter ball bolts with 1/2-inch shank. Design truck assemblies to take the same reaction load as the track. 5. Install gates on 48.625-inch OD Schedule 40 (galvanized) (aluminum) posts weighing 9.1 pounds per foot. Use three posts for single slide gate and four posts for double slide gate. 6. Provide guide wheel assemblies for each supporting post. Provide each assembly consisting of two rubber wheels 4 inches in diameter attached to a post so that the bottom horizontal member will roll between the wheels which can be adjusted to maintain gate frames plumb and in proper alignment. Section 323113 COLLIER COUNTY CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 8 D. Gate Accessories: Equip gates with hinges, latches, center stops, hasps, holdbacks, and padlocks. Provide hinges, latches, center stops, hasps, and holdbacks that are aluminum. Provide double gates with a center drop bar and gate holdbacks. E. Latches: Provide gate latches that are positive locking, pivoting type with the padlocking arrangement accessible from either side of the gate. F. Hinges: Hang all gates on offset hinges to permit swinging the gate through a 180-degree arc to lie, when not obstructed, along and parallel to the line of the fence. 2.7 ATTACHMENTS A. General: Provide all attachments fabricated of coated to match the fabric as specified for framework, posts and hardware in Subsection 1.03, except provide aluminum hinges and latches. B. Tension Bars: Provide 3/16-inch by 3/4-inch galvanized carbon steel tension bars attached to the terminal posts by means of beveled edge bands. C. Truss Rods: Provide 3/8-inch diameter galvanized carbon steel truss rods. Securely mount truss rods between the line post end of the brace rail and the base of the terminal post. D. Post Tops: Provide post tops of galvanized pressed steel or malleable iron to form weathertight caps for post or tube posts. Make provisions for installation or passage of the top rail. E. Brace and Tension Bands: Provide galvanized steel brace bands and tension bands, of the "unclimbable" beveled edge type with 3/8-inch diameter square shouldered aluminum carriage bolts, nonremovable from outside of the fence. F. Rail Couplings: Provide rail couplings of the outside sleeve type, not less than six inches long, self-centering, which allows for expansion and contraction. Provide aluminum galvanized steel rail couplings. G. Fabric Ties: Provide 119-gauge galvanized steel fabric ties. H. Hog Rings: Provide 119-gauge wire, aluminum alloy, Type 6061-T6 hog rings. I. Extension Arms: Provide galvanized pressed steel extension arms for supporting the barbed wire where used. Design the arms with an adequate cross section to withstand without failure or permanent deflection a perpendicular force of 250 pounds applied at the end of the arm when the arm is securely attached to the post. Construct extension arms to be slanted out. Section 323113 COLLIER COUNTY CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 8 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install all fencing and accessories according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Do not begin installation and erection before final grading is completed, unless otherwise approved. B. Excavation: Drill or hand excavate (using post hole digger) holes for posts to the diameter and spacing indicated, in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil. 1. If not indicated, excavate holes for each post to the minimum diameter recommended by the fence manufacturer, but not less than four times t he largest cross-section of the post. 2. Unless otherwise indicated excavate the hole depths approximately 3 inches lower than the post bottom, with the bottom of posts set not less than 36 inches below the finished grade surface. C. Barbed Wire: When specifically required, firmly install the barbed wire in slots in the extension arms, anchored to the terminal extension arms after removal of all sag from the wire. D.C. Tension Wire: Attach the tension wire to the bottom of the fabric by hog rings spaced at 24-inch intervals and to terminal posts by brace bands. E.D. Posts: Set posts plumb in concrete encasement at not more than 10-foot centers in the line of the fence with the tops properly aligned. Extend concrete encasement for line posts a minimum of three feet below finish grade with a minimum diameter of ten inches. Extend concrete encasement for terminal, corner and gate posts 40 inches below finished grade, except gate posts for leaves greater than 6 feet, for which extend the encasement 54 inches below grade. Provide the minimum diameter of encasement for terminal, corner and gateposts to be sufficient to provide not less than four inches between any part of the post and the face of the concrete and in no case provide the diameter to be less than 12 inches. Set line posts 32 inches into the concrete and set all other posts 36 inches, except gate posts for leaves greater than 6 feet wide, which are to be set 48 inches into the concrete. Slope the top exposed surface of the concrete to shed water and provide a neat appearance. 1. Place concrete around posts and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Check each post for vertical and top alignment and hold posts in position during placement and finishing operations. a. Unless otherwise indicated, extend the concrete footing 2 inches above grade and trowel to a crown to shed water. 2. Where aluminum is in contact with concrete, coat the aluminum. Section 323113 COLLIER COUNTY CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 8 F.E. Fabric Ties: Space fabric ties approximately 14 12 inches apart on the line posts and 24 12 inches apart on the rails. (For clips used with C-section posts, use galvanized 11-gauge steel wire.) G.F. Fabric: Leave approximately 2 3 inches between finished grade and the bottom selvage, unless otherwise indicated. Pull the fabric taut and tie to posts, rails, and tension wires. Install the fabric on the security side of the fence, and anchor the fabric to the framework so that the fabric remains in tension after the pulling force is released. H.G. Fasteners: Install nuts for tensions bands and hardware bolts on the side of the fence opposite the fabric side. Peen ends of bolts or score threads to prevent nut removal. END OF SECTION Section 323113 COLLIER COUNTY CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 8 of 8 NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE Section 330502 COLLIER COUNTY HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS Page 1 of 9 SECTION 330502 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to install High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) pressure pipe, fittings, and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and specified in the Contract Documents. B. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) – Collier County Utilities has the option of approving the use of HDPE for pipeline crossings of roadways, ditches, canals, and environmentally sensitive lands. HDPE mains shall have the same equivalent internal diameter and equivalent pressure class rating as the corresponding PVC pipe, unless otherwise approved by the County Manager or designee. For all roadway crossings requiring casing pipe, a steel or DR 11 HDPE casing pipe must be provided. The Department of Transportation having jurisdiction of said road and right-of-way must grant specific approval. 1.2 REFERENCED STANDARDS A. All standard specifications, i.e., Federal, ANSI, ASTM, etc., made a portion of these Specifications by reference, shall be the latest edition and revision thereof. 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS A. Furnish all HDPE pipe, fittings, and appurtenances by a single manufacturer who is fully experienced, reputable and qualified in the manufacture of the items to be furnished. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the ENGINEER, a list of materials to be furnished, the names of the suppliers, and the appropriate shop drawings for all HDPE pipe and fittings. B. Submit the pipe manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable sections of the Specifications. C. Submit shop drawings showing installation method and the proposed method and specialized equipment to be used. Section 330502 COLLIER COUNTY HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS Page 2 of 9 1.5 INSPECTIONS AND TESTS A. All work shall be inspected by the County Manager or designee who shall have the authority to halt construction if, in his opinion, these specifications or standard construction practices are not being followed. Whenever any portion of these specifications is violated, the County Manager or designee, may order further construction to cease until all deficiencies are corrected. 1.6 WARRANTY AND ACCEPTANCE A. Warrant all work to be free from defects in workmanship and materials for a period of one year from the date of completion of all construction. If work meets these specifications, a letter of acceptance, subject to the one year warranty period, shall be given at the time of completion. A final acceptance letter shall be given upon final inspection at the end of the one year warranty period, provided the work still complies with these specifications. In the event deficiencies are discovered during the warranty period, the CONTRACTOR shall correct them without additional charge to the COUNTY before final acceptance. During the warranty period, the ENGINEER will determine if warranty repairs or replacement work shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR. The decision of the ENGINEER shall be binding upon the CONTRACTOR. B. Installer Certification for The CONTRACTOR installing thermal butt fused HDPE pipe. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 POLYETHYLENE PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Provide polyethylene pressure pipe manufactured from PE3408 polyethylene meeting AWWA C906 standards. When specified by the ENGINEER on the construction drawings, as an alternate to PVC, HDPE (ductile iron pipe sized) piping can be used for buried applications. Iron pipe sized (IPS) HDPE piping can be used for below-ground applications as determined by the ENGINEER. B. The diameter of DR 11 HDPE casing pipe provided for roadway crossings or other purposes shall conform to the following. For HDPE pressure carrier pipes, casing spacers are not required when HDPE DR11 (or DR17 for 42” to 54” or DR21 for 63”) casing is used. The casing inside diameter shall be a minimum of two inches larger than the carrier pipe’s outside diameter. C. HDPE to HDPE pipe connections shall be by thermal butt fusion. Thermal fusion shall be accomplished in accordance with the pipe manufacturer and fusion equipment supplier specifications. The CONTRACTOR installing thermal butt Section 330502 COLLIER COUNTY HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS Page 3 of 9 fused HDPE pipe shall be certified in this type of work and have a minimum of five years experience performing this type of work. The CONTRACTOR shall provide certification to the Engineer of Record, who will provide the Engineering Review Services Department with the certification. D. Qualification of Manufacturer: The Manufacturer shall have manufacturing and quality control facilities capable of producing and assuring the quality of the pipe and fittings required by these specifications. The Manufacturer’s production facilities shall be open for inspection by the County Manager or designee. Qualified manufacturers shall be approved by the County Manager or designee. E. See the County Approved Product List, Appendix F, for manufacturers that are qualified. Products from other manufacturers proposed for the work must receive approval from the County Manager or designee prior to ordering. F. Materials: Materials used for the manufacture of polyethylene pipe and fittings shall be PE3408 high density polyethylene meeting cell classification 345434C or 345434E per ASTM D3350; and meeting Type III, Class B or Class C, Category 5, Grade P34 per ASTM D1248; and shall be listed in the name of the pipe and fitting manufacturer in PPI (Plastics Pipe Institute) TR-4, Recommended Hydrostatic Strengths and Design Stresses for Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings Compounds, with a standard grade rating of 1600 psi at 73°F. The Manufacturer shall certify that the materials used to manufacture pipe and fittings meet these requirements. G. Polyethylene Pipe: Polyethylene pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM F714, Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Based on Outside Diameter or ASTM D3035, Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter and shall be so marked. Each production lot of pipe shall be tested for (from material or pipe) melt index, density, % carbon, (from pipe) dimensions and either quick burst or ring tensile strength (equipment permitting). H. Color Identification: HDPE must have at least three equally spaced horizontal colored marking stripes. Permanent identification of piping service shall be provided by adhering to the following colors. Blue – potable water (Underground HDPE pipe shall be one of the following: a. Solid-wall blue pipe; b. Co-extruded blue external skin; or c. White or black pipe with blue stripes incorporated into, or applied to, the pipe wall. White – raw water Green – wastewater, sewage Pantone Purple – non-potable irrigation, reclaimed or reuse water Section 330502 COLLIER COUNTY HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS Page 4 of 9 I. Polyethylene Fittings and Custom Fabrications: Polyethylene fittings and custom fabrications shall be molded or fabricated by the pipe manufacturer. Butt fusion outlets shall be made to the same outside diameter, wall thickness, and tolerances as the mating pipe. All fittings and custom fabrications shall be fully rated for the same internal pressure as the mating pipe. Pressure de-rated fabricated fittings are prohibited. J. Molded Fittings: Molded fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D3261, Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing, and shall be so marked. Each production lot of molded fittings shall be subjected to the tests required under ASTM D3261. K. X-Ray Inspection: The Manufacturer shall submit samples from each molded fittings production lot to x-ray inspection for voids, and shall certify that voids were not found. L. Fabricated Fittings: Fabricated fittings shall be made by heat fusion joining specially machined shapes cut from pipe, polyethylene sheet stock, or molded fittings. Fabricated fittings shall be rated for internal pressure service equivalent to the full service pressure rating of the mating pipe. Directional fittings 16” IPS and larger such as elbows, tees, crosses, etc., shall have a plain end inlet for butt fusion and flanged directional outlets. Part drawings shall be submitted for the approval of the ENGINEER. M. Polyethylene Flange Adapters: Flange adapters shall be made with sufficient through-bore length to be clamped in a butt fusion joining machine without the use of a stub-end holder. The sealing surface of the flange adapter shall be machined with a series of small v-shaped grooves to provide gasketless sealing, or to restrain the gasket against blow-out. N. Back-up Rings and Flange Bolts: Flange adapters shall be fitted with lap joint flanges pressure rated equal to or greater than the mating pipe. The lap joint flange bore shall be chamfered or radiused to provide clearance to the flange adapter radius. Flange bolts and nuts shall be Grade 2 or higher. 2.2 MANUFACTURER’S QUALITY CONTROL A. The pipe and fitting manufacturer shall have an established quality control program responsible for inspecting incoming and outgoing materials. Incoming polyethylene materials shall be inspected for density, melt flow rate, and contamination. The cell classification properties of the material shall be certified by the supplier, and verified by Manufacturer’s Quality Control. Incoming materials shall be approved by Quality Control before processing into finished goods. Outgoing materials shall be checked for: Section 330502 COLLIER COUNTY HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS Page 5 of 9 1. Outside diameter, wall thickness, and eccentricity as per ASTM D2122 at a frequency of at least once/hour or once/coil, whichever is less frequent. 2. Out of Roundness at frequency of at least once/hour or once/coil, whichever is less frequent. 3. Straightness, inside and outside surface finish, markings and end cuts shall be visually inspected as per ASTM F714 on every length of pipe. B. Quality Control shall verify production checks and test for: 1. Density as per ASTM D1505 at a frequency of at least once per extrusion lot. 2. Melt Index as per ASTM D1238 at a frequency of at least once per extrusion lot. 3. Carbon content as per ASTM D1603 at a frequency of at least once per day per extrusion line. 4. Quick burst pressure (sizes thru 4-inch) as per ASTM D1599 at a frequency of at least once per day per line. 5. Ring Tensile Strength (sizes above 4-inch equipment permitting) as per ASTM D2290 at a frequency of at least once per day per line. 6. ESCR (size permitting) as per ASTM F1248 at a frequency of at least once per extrusion lot. C. X-ray inspection shall be used to inspect molded fittings for voids, and knit line strength shall be tested. All fabricated fittings shall be inspected for joint quality and alignment. 2.3 COMPLIANCE TESTS A. In case of conflict with Manufacturer's certifications, the CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, or County Manager or designee may request re-testing by the manufacturer or have re-tests performed by an outside testing service. All re- testing shall be at the requestor's expense, and shall be performed in accordance with the Specifications. B. Installation shall be in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations and this specification. All necessary precautions shall be taken to ensure a safe working environment in accordance with the applicable codes and standards. Section 330502 COLLIER COUNTY HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS Page 6 of 9 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE PRESSURE PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Install all high density polyethylene (HDPE) pressure pipe by direct bury, directional bore, or a method approved by the COUNTY or ENGINEER prior to construction. If directional bore is used, or if directed by the County Manager or designee or ENGINEER, surround the entire area of construction by silt barriers. Install all high density polyethylene pressure pipe and fittings in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations, and this specification. Take all necessary precautions to ensure a safe working environment in accordance with the applicable codes and standards. 3.2 HEAT FUSION JOINING A. Make joints between plain end pipes and fittings by butt fusion, and joints between the main and saddle branch fittings by using saddle fusion using only procedures that are recommended by the pipe and fitting Manufacturer. Ensure that persons making heat fusion joints have received training and certification for heat fusion in the Manufacturer's recommended procedure. Maintain records of trained personnel, and shall certify that training was received not more than 12 months before commencing construction. External and internal beads shall not be removed. 3.3 MECHANICAL JOINING A. Polyethylene HDPE pipe and fittings shall be fused together by heat welding when possible. HDPE pipe and fittings may be joined together or to other materials by means of flanged connections with back-up rings, by mechanical joint adapter with glands, (flange adapters and back-up rings) or mechanical couplings designed for joining polyethylene HDPE pipe or for joining polyethylene HDPE pipe to another material. A stainless steel sleeve insert shall be used with a mechanical coupling. Mechanical couplings shall be fully pressure rated and fully thrust restrained such that when installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, a longitudinal load applied to the mechanical cooling coupling will cause the pipe to yield before the mechanical coupling disjoins. Do not use external joint restraints in lieu of fully restrained mechanical couplings. 3.4 BRANCH CONNECTIONS A. Make branch connections to the main with saddle fittings or tees. Saddle fuse polyethylene saddle fittings to the main pipe. Section 330502 COLLIER COUNTY HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS Page 7 of 9 3.5 EXCAVATION A. Excavate trenches in conformance to this specification, the plans and drawings, or as authorized in writing by the County Manager or designee, and in accordance with all applicable codes. Remove excess groundwater. Where necessary, shor e or reinforce trench walls. 3.6 LARGE DIAMETER FABRICATED FITTINGS A. Butt fuse fabricated directional fittings 16" IPS and larger to the end of a pipe. Make up the flanged directional outlet connections in the trench. 3.7 MECHANCIAL JOINT AND FLANGE INSTALLATION A. Install mechanical joints and flange connections in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommended procedure. Center and align flange faces to each other before assembling and tightening bolts. Do not use the flange bolts to draw the flanges into alignment. Lubricate bolt threads, and fit flat washers under the flange nuts. Tighten bolts evenly according to the tightening pattern and torque step recommendations of the Manufacturer. At least one hour after initial assembly, re-tighten flange connections following the tightening pattern and torque step recommendations of the Manufacturer. The final tightening torque shall be 100 ft-lbs or less as recommended by the Manufacturer. 3.8 FOUNDATION AND BEDDING A. Lay pipe on grade and on a stable foundation. Rem ove unstable or mucky trench bottom soils, and install a 6-inch foundation or bedding of compacted Class I material to pipe bottom grade. Remove excess groundwater from the trench before laying the foundation or bedding and the pipe. A trench cut in rock or stony soil shall be excavated to 6 inches below pipe bottom grade, and brought back to grade with compacted Class I bedding. Remove all ledge rock, boulders, and large stones. 3.9 PIPE HANDLING A. When lifting with slings, use only wide fabric choker slings to lift, move, or lower pipe and fittings. Do not use wire rope or chain. Slings shall be of sufficient capacity for the load, and shall be inspected before use. Do not use worn or defective equipment. 3.10 TESTING A. Hydrostatic Pressure Testing: Pressure test and flush HDPE pipes after swabbing in accordance with Section 022501 and 025400. Section 330502 COLLIER COUNTY HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS Page 8 of 9 END OF SECTION Section 330502 COLLIER COUNTY HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS Page 9 of 9 NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE Section 330503 COLLIER COUNTY POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 6 SECTION 330503 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Requirements for providing buried PVC pipe, fittings and appurtenances. 1. Provide PVC pipe and fittings complete with all necessary jointing facilities and materials, specials, adapters and other appurtenances required for installation in and completion of the pipelines to be constructed. 2. Provide plain end or rubber gaskets (push-on or mechanical joint) of the types, sizes and classes shown or specified. B. Related Work Specified In Other Sections Includes: 1. Section 022501 – Leakage Tests 2. Section 025400 – Disinfection 3. Section 330504 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 4. Section 330518 – Laying and Jointing Buried Pipelines 1.2 REFERENCES A. Codes and standards referred to in this Section are: 1. ASTM D3034 - Type PSM Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings 2. ASTM F679 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Large Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings 3. AWWA C900 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 In. through 12 60 In., for Water Distribution 4. AWWA C905 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Transmission Pipe, Nominal Diameters 14 In. through 36 In. 5.4. AWWA C907 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Fittings for Water - 4 In. through 8 In. Section 330503 COLLIER COUNTY POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 6 6.5. ASTM D2321 - Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe 7.6. ASTM F477 - Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) For Joining Plastic Pipe 8.7. ANSI A21.10 - Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings 3 inches through 48 inches, for Water and Other Liquids 9.8. ANSI A21.11 - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron and Gray Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings 10.9. Uni-Bell B-11 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Gravity Sewer Pipe - PVC pipe shall be of the integral wall bell and spigot joint type, which meets or exceeds all requirements set forth in ASTM D3034, latest revision. Minimum wall thickness shall conform to ASTM SDR 26. PVC pipes used for gravity sewers shall be green in color. Fittings shall be made of PVC plastic as defined by ASTM SDR 26 1784, latest revision. Flexible gasketed joints shall be compression type conforming to ASTM D3201, latest revision. Elastomeric joint gaskets shall conform to ASTM F477, latest revision. At all conflict crossings using 4”-12” substitute C900 PVC, Class 200305, DR 14 and for PVC pipe 14” and larger use C9005 PVC, Class 235, DR 18. B. Force Main Pipe – PVC pipe meeting the latest revision of AWWA C900 or AWWA C905 shall be provided. For installation of 4” – 12” pipe, the pressure class shall be 150 235 with a DR of 18. For installation of 14” – 24” pipe, use pressure class 165, DR 25, meeting or exceeding the requirements of Uni-Bell B-11. PVC pipes used for force mains shall be green in color. Outside diameters shall be equivalent to ductile iron pipe of the same nominal size. Joints between successive lengths of straight PVC pipe shall be compression type using a single elastomeric gasket, per ASTM C-3139 and F477. Fittings for C900 pipe shall be C900 rated PVC. Joint restraint devices shall be provided for horizontal or vertical alignment changes using uni-flange type collars, epoxy coated, with high strength, and low alloy hardware (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F). PVC pipe direct buried beneath roadways, parking lots or parking lot entrances shall meet AWWA Specification C900 or C905, latest revision. All 4” to 12” pipe in such locations shall be a minimum of Class 200305, DR 14, and all 14” to 24” pipe shall be a minimum of Class 235, DR 18. Pressure Class 250 ductile iron pipe may be used instead of PVC in these locations if approved by the County Manager or designee. C. Potable, Raw and Non-Potable Irrigation Water Main Pipe - PVC shall conform to AWWA Specification C900 or C905, latest revision. All 46” to 12” pipe shall be a minimum of Class 150235, DR 18 and all 14” to 24” pipe shall be a minimum of Class 165, DR 25 and shall meet or exceed Uni-Bell B-11. All potable water pipe shall bear the seal of the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) for potable water pipe. All pipe shall be marked with the manufacturer's name, nominal size, type of Section 330503 COLLIER COUNTY POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 6 plastic and pressure rating. All PVC pipe used for potable water lines shall be predominately blue in color. Underground PVC pipes used for potable water lines shall be solid-wall blue pipe, will have a co-extruded blue external skin, or will be white or black pipe with blue stripes incorporated into, or applied to, the pipe wall. PVC pipes used for raw water shall be white in color. PVC pipes used for non - potable irrigation, reclaimed or reuse water shall be purple in color. Pipe O.D. shall be equivalent to cast iron pipe of the same nominal size. PVC pipe direct buried beneath roadways, parking lots or parking lot entrances shall meet AWWA Specification C900 or C905, latest revision. All 4” to 12” pipe in such locations shall be a minimum of Class 200305, DR 14, and all 14” to 24” pipe shall be a minimum of Class 235, DR 18. Pressure Class 250 ductile iron pipe may be used instead of PVC in these locations if approved by the County Manager or designee. D. Provide pipe of the various sizes and classes as specified in the schedule or shown. Restrain all pressure pipe joints. E. Construct concrete encasements only with written permission from the Water Director. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Provide all submittals, including the following, as specified in Division 1. B. Submit the following shop drawings: 1. Pipe joints, fittings, sleeves and cleanouts. Where special designs or fittings are required, show the work in large detail and completely describe and dimension all items. 2. Fully dimensioned drawings of piping layouts, including fittings, couplings, sleeves, cleanouts, valves, supports and anchors. Label pipe size, materials, type, and class on drawings and include the limits of each reach of restrained joints. Provide cross sections showing elevations of cleanouts, pipes, fittings, sleeves, and valves. 3. Catalog data for pipe, joints, fittings, sleeves, harnessing and cleanouts. C. Quality Control: Submit certificate of compliance for pipe, fittings, gaskets, coatings, specials, sleeves and cleanouts in accordance with this Section. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle all pipe, fittings and appurtenances as specified in Division 1 and Section 330518. Section 330503 COLLIER COUNTY POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 6 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. PVC Pipes and Fabricated Fittings: PVC pipe and fabricated fittings shall be made from virgin PVC resin that has been compounded to provide physical and chemical properties that equal or exceed cell class 12454-B as defined in ASTM D1784, and shall qualify for a hydrostatic design basis of 4,000 psi (27.58 MPa) at 73.4F (23C) per the requirements of PPI TR-3. B. Fittings for Pressure Pipe: Provide all fittings meeting the requirements of Sections 330504. C. Joints and Fittings for Gravity Sewer Pipe: Provide all fittings meeting the requirements of ASTM D 3034 and ASTM F 679. Provide joints that are a molded integral part of the pipe section. Do not use joints or couplings furnished loose. Provide joints with elastomeric gasket joints. D. Joints for Pressure Pipe: Provide pipe with bell ends in accordance with AWWA C900 and AWWA C905. Provide joints with elastomeric gasket joints. E. Elastomeric Gasket Joints: Provide elastomeric gasket joints in accordance with ASTM F 477. F. Rubber Gasket Joints: Provide mechanical joints meeting the requirements of ANSI A21.11. G. Color: Provide pipe made of 100 percent of the color specified. Provide green sewer or force main pipe. Provide blue potable water pipe. Provide white raw water pipe. Provide purple non-potable irrigation, reclaimed or reuse water pipe. H. Pipe Marking: Provide mark on each pipe at internals of 5 feet or less to designate compliance with applicable ASTM or AWWA specification. I. Temporary Bulkheads: Provide temporary bulkheads at the ends of sections where adjoining pipelines have not been completed and are not ready to connect. 1. Remove all temporary bulkheads when they are no longer needed. J. Date of Manufacturer: Provide pipe and fitting manufactured no earlier than 12 month period proceeding the date of the Agreement. K. Wall Thickness for Pressure Pipe: 1. 4 through 12 inches diameter – provide AWWA-C900 DR 14, Class 200 305 for pressure pipe installed under pavement. Section 330503 COLLIER COUNTY POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 6 2. 14 through 24 inches diameter – provide AWWA-C905 DR 2518, PR Class 165 for235 for pressure pipe installed under pavement. L. Restraining Devices: Joint restraining devices (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F) shall be placed at all bends, tees, plugs, reducers, and other fittings to provide lateral support, and shall conform to the Collier County Standard Details. Concrete thrust blocks shall only be utilized if approved by Collier County Utilities. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install all buried PVC pipe and fittings in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, approved shop drawings, as specified in Division 1, and Section 330518. For horizontal directional drilling of Fusible PVC, see Section 330502 for casing and execution requirements. 3.2 LEAKAGE TESTING A. Cleaning: Flush clean and test all pipes after installation. B. Testing: Test pipes for leaks and repair or tighten as required. C. Procedures: Conduct tests in accordance with Section 022501. 3.3 DISINFECTION A. General: Disinfect all pipelines that are to carry potable water before they are placed in service as specified in Section 025400. 3.4 SCHEDULES A. Refer to the Schedules contained in Section 330518 Laying and Jointing Buried Pipelines for information on the piping that is to be constructed using the pipe materials and methods specified herein. END OF SECTION Section 330503 COLLIER COUNTY POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 6 NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE Section 330504 COLLIER COUNTY DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) AND FITTINGS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 10 SECTION 330504 DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) AND FITTINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required, and install ductile iron pipe, fittings and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 330518 - Laying and Jointing Buried Pipe 1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. Commercial Standards: (Latest Revision) 1. ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. 2. ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5 Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Piping for Water and Other Liquids. 3. ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 Ductile-Iron Fittings, 3 in. Through 48 Inches, for Water and Other Liquids. (C110 2-48 inches). 4. ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11 Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 5. ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15 Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges. 6. ANSI/AWWA C150/A21.50 Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe. 7. ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast for Water or Other Liquids. 8. ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53 Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings, 3 inches through 16 inches, for Water and Other Liquids. 9. AWWA C600 Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances. 10. Collier County Utilities Standards and Procedures Ordinance Section 330504 COLLIER COUNTY DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) AND FITTINGS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 10 1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of pipe and fittings in accordance with the requirements in the General Conditions, the requirements of the referenced standards and the following supplemental requirements as applicable: 1. Certified dimensional drawings of all valves, fittings, and appurtenances. 2. In all cases, a line layout to indicate the limits of each reach of restrained joints or of concrete encasement shall be supplied. (NOTE: Obtain COUNTY Water Director’s approval of all proposed concrete encasement of ductile iron pipe.) B. Certifications: Furnish a certified affidavit of compliance for all pipe and other products or materials furnished under this Section of the Specifications, which indicates that all tests have been made and that all results comply with the requirements of AWWA C151, including but not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Acceptance Tests. 2. Hydrostatic Tests. 3. Low Temperature Impact Tests. C. Additional Documentation: Upon request, furnish foundry records in the form of written transcripts. D. All expenses incurred for certification, testing, and data submittal shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR or the Supplier. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Inspection: All pipe shall be available for inspection at the place of manufacture prior to shipping in accordance with the provisions of the referenced standards. Notify the ENGINEER in writing not less than 10 calendar days prior to the shipping of the pipe. B. The ENGINEER shall be given access to all areas where manufacturing and testing is performed and shall be permitted to make all inspections necessary to confirm manufacturer compliance with these Specifications. C. Tests: Except as modified herein, all materials used in the manufacture of the pipe shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of the referenced standards as applicable. D. Provide data on material tests at no additional cost to the COUNTY. Section 330504 COLLIER COUNTY DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) AND FITTINGS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 10 E. In addition to those tests specifically required, the ENGINEER may request additional samples of any material including lining and coating samples for testing by the COUNTY. Furnish the additional samples at no additional cost to the COUNTY. 1.6 CORROSION PROTECTION A. If specifically approved by Collier County Utilities for use, provide exterior protection for underground ductile iron pipe and fittings within areas of severe corrosive conditions. This shall be accomplished by the installation of polyethylene encasement through the area of concern. The soil test evaluation to determine the necessity for extra protection in suspect areas shall be those set forth in ANSI Standard A21.5. Additionally, where other existing utilities are known to be cathodically protected, ductile iron pipe crossing said utility shall be protected for a distance of 20 feet to each side. If ductile iron pipe is to be installed parallel to and within 10 feet of cathodically protected pipe, then protection shall be provided for the entire length. Do not install steel pipe in severe corrosion areas. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Protective Lining for Water Mains: Cement mortar lined ductile iron pipe shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C151 and C104, subject to the following supplemental requirements. The pipe shall be of the diameter and class shown, shall be furnished complete with rubber gaskets as indicated in the Contract Documents, and all specials and fittings shall be provided as required under the Contract Documents. B. Protective Lining for Force Mains and Sewers: Where lining is shown, specified or required, for the protection of pipelines carrying sewage from corrosive gases, line the pipe using protective ceramic epoxy coating or polyethylene lining (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F) in accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions. For ceramic epoxy lining, abrasive blast clean pipe and fittings to a near white surface to SSPC SP-10 and provide 40 mils minimum of dry film thickness of ceramic epoxy lining. C. Handling and Storage: Handle the pipe by using wide slings, padded cradles, or other devices designed and constructed to prevent damage to the pipe and its lining. The use of equipment or handling, which might injure the pipe and its lining, will not be permitted. Stockpiled pipe shall be suitably supported and shall be secured to prevent accidental rolling. Assure that all other pipe handling equipment and methods is acceptable to the ENGINEER. D. Laying lengths: Maximum pipe laying lengths shall be 20 feet. Section 330504 COLLIER COUNTY DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) AND FITTINGS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 10 E. Finish: The pipe shall have smooth dense interior surfaces and shall be free from fractures, excessive interior surface crazing and roughness, in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104. F. Closures and Correction Pieces: Provide closures and correction pieces as required so that closures may be made due to different headings in the pipe laying operation and so that correction may be made to adjust the pipe laying to conform to pipe stationing shown on the Drawings or line layouts where applicable. 2.2 PIPE DESIGN CRITERIA A. General: Ductile Iron pipe shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C150 as applicable and as modified in this Section. B. Pipe Wall Thickness for Internal Pressure: The pipe shall be designed with a net thickness to withstand the design internal pressure in accordance with the hoop stress formula. In addition to the requirements of the Section, the minimum wall thickness shall be in accordance with the minimum thickness wall depicted in table 50.5 of ANSI/AWWA C150. C. Potable, Raw and Non-Potable Irrigation Water Mains: 1. Ductile Iron Pipe shall be a minimum pressure Class 250 and will be accepted in any diameter for use within the water distribution system. 2. All aboveground potable water main pipe shall be painted Federal Safety Blue. All aboveground raw water main pipe shall be painted white. All aboveground non-potable irrigation, reclaim ed or reuse water main pipe shall be painted Pantone Purple 522C. The pipe wall thickness shall not be less than that required by a working pressure of 250 psi in laying condition Type 4 “B” with 5-foot cover in conformance with ANSI Standard A21.50. D. Force Mains and Gravity Sewers: 1. Ductile Iron Pipe shall be a minimum pressure Class150 and will be accepted in any diameter for use within the wastewater collection system. 2. Ductile iron pipe for Gravity Sewer applications in not permitted unless the ENGINEER can demonstrate that C900 PVC pipe, Class 150 or 200, cannot be utilized from a structural standpoint. 3. All aboveground force main pipe shall be painted Safety Green. The pipe wall thickness shall not be less than that required by a working pressure of 150 psi. Section 330504 COLLIER COUNTY DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) AND FITTINGS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 10 2.3 MATERIALS A. Ductile Iron Pipe: Pipe materials shall conform to the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C151. B. Adapters to connect ductile iron pipe or fittings to pipe or fittings of dissimilar materials shall be supplied by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with ASTM specifications and the pipe manufacturer recommendations, and as approved by the ENGINEER. C. Water Mains: 1. All water mains shall contain cement for mortar lining conforming to the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C104. Cement for mortar lining shall be Type II or V. A fly ash or pozzolan shall not be used. 2. All Ductile Iron buried water main pipelines shall have blue stripes applied to the pipe wall. Stripe width shall comply with AWWA standards. The stripes shall be applied by one of the methods described below: 3. 4. Pipes striped during manufacturing of the pipe shall have continuous stripes that run parallel to the axis of the pipe located at no greater than 90 degree intervals around the pipe and that will remain intact during and after installation of the pipe. 5. 6.2. Pipes striped during installation and shall incorporate blue tape or blue paint. The tape or paint shall be applied in a continuous line that runs parallel to the axis of the pipe and that isbe located along the top of the pipe. 7.3. All pipe with an internal diameter of 24” or greater, tape or paint shall be applied in continuous lines along each side of the pipe as well as along the top of the pipe. D. Force Mains and Gravity Sewer: 1. All Ductile iron pipe used within the wastewater system shall be lined with a ceramic epoxy, (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F)polyethylene in accordance with ASTM D1248. Pipe and fittings shall be lined as specified herein. Each piece of pipe shall bear a marking denoting the class to which it belongs. 2.4 SPECIALS AND FITTINGS A. Fittings for Potable, Raw, Non-Potable Irrigation, Reclaimed and Reuse Water Systems: 1. Fittings for ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53 or ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 for diameters 3 Section 330504 COLLIER COUNTY DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) AND FITTINGS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 10 inches through 48 inches and shall have a minimum pressure rating of 350 psi for pipe sizes 6 inches through 24 inches and 250 psi for sizes larger than 24 inches. Ductile iron fittings shall be double cement lined, seal coated and outside coated with an asphaltic material in accordance with AWWA C104 as specified. B. Fittings for Wastewater System: 1. All pipe and fFittings in direct contact with wastewater 8 inches in diameter and smaller, shall be interior coated with a 12 40 mil thickness of ceramic coal tar epoxy coating (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F). Pipe and fittings, for force mains 10 inches in diameter and larger, shall be interior coated with either a 20 mil to 40 mil thickness polyethylene as specified above or a 12 mil thickness of coal tar epoxy coating in conformance with ASTM 1248. Pipe and fittings shall have an outside asphaltic coating as specified in AWWA Standard C151. Each piece of pipe shall bear a marking denoting the class to which it belongs. 2.5 DESIGN OF PIPE A. General: The pipe furnished shall be ductile iron pipe, lined as specified, with rubber gasketed joints. B. The pipe shall be designed, manufactured, tested, inspected, and marked according to applicable requirements previously stated and except as hereinafter modified, shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C150 and ANSI/AWWA C151. C. Pipe Dimensions: The pipe shall be of the diameter and class shown. The minimum wall thickness for each pipe size shall be as specified herein or shown on the Drawings. D. Fitting Dimensions: The fittings shall be of the diameter shown and class specified. E. Joint Design: Ductile Iron pipe and fittings shall be furnished with mechanical joints, push-on joints and flanged joints as follows: 1. For buried pipe applications, unless otherwise indicated, mechanical and push-on joints shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11, with the minimum pressure rating of 350 psi. 2. For above-ground or buried vault applications, unless otherwise indicated, flanged joints shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15, with the minimum pressure rating of 250 psi. All above-ground fittings shall be painted blue. 3. Use manufactured, labeled gasket lubricant for push on joints with trade name and pipe manufacturer name, other lubricants are prohibited. Section 330504 COLLIER COUNTY DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) AND FITTINGS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 10 4. Nuts and bolts for flanged joints shall be 304 stainless, as specified by the COUNTY, and conform to ANSI/AWWA C111. F. Restraining Devices: Joint restraining devices (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F) shall be placed at all bends, tees, plugs, reducers, and other fittings to provide lateral support, and shall conform to the Collier County Standard Details. Concrete thrust blocks shall only be utilized if approved by Collier County Utilities. G. For bell-and-spigot ends with rubber gaskets, the clearance between the bells and spigots shall be such that when combined with the gasket groove configuration and the gasket itself will provide watertight joints under all operating conditions when properly installed. Require the pipe manufacturer to submit details complete with significant dimensions and tolerances and also to submit performance data indicating that the proposed joint has performed satisfactorily under similar conditions. In the absence of a history of field performance, the results of a test program shall be submitted. H. Gaskets shall be a Buna N, Neoprene, or a Nitryl-based rubber product. Gaskets shall have clean tips unless otherwise specified. Elastomeric gaskets conforming to ASTM F-477 shall also be acceptable. I. Shop-applied interior linings and exterior coatings shall be applied evenly to the nominal thickness specified. Holiday free cement is not possible to manufacture. Exterior coatings: asphalt coating for buried pipe or primed pipe cannot be furnished holiday free. 2.6 CEMENT-MORTAR LINING A. Cement-Mortar Lining For Shop Application: Except as otherwise provided herein, interior surfaces of all ductile iron pipe shall be cleaned and lined in the shop with cement-mortar lining applied centrifugally in conformity with ANSI/AWWA C104. Ductile-Iron pipefittings need not have the cement-mortar lining applied centrifugally. The lining machines shall be of a type that has been used successfully for similar work. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent damage to the lining. If lining is damaged or found faulty at delivery site, the damaged or unsatisfactory portions shall be repaired in the filed in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104. B. The nominal wet lining thickness shall be as follows: Nominal Factory Nominal Replacement Nominal Pipe Diameter (in.) Applied Lining Thickness (in.) Lining Thickness (in.) 3-12 1/8 1/8 14-24 3/16 3/16 30-64 1/4 1/4 Section 330504 COLLIER COUNTY DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) AND FITTINGS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 8 of 10 C. Protection of Pipe Lining/Interior: All shop-applied cement mortar lining shall be given a seal coat of asphaltic material in conformance with ANSI/AWWA C104. 2.7 EXTERIOR COATING OF PIPE A. Exterior Coating of Buried Piping: The exterior coating shall be an asphaltic coating approximately 1 mil thick, conforming to ANSI/AWWA C151. 2.8 CORROSION PROTECTION A. If specifically approved by Collier County Utilities for use, exterior protection shall be provided for underground ductile iron pipe and fittings within areas of severe corrosive conditions. This shall be accomplished by the installation of polyethylene encasement through the area of concern. The soil test evaluation to determine the necessity for extra protection in suspect areas shall be those set forth in ANSI Standard A21.5. Additionally, where other existing utilities are known to be cathodically protected, ductile iron pipe crossing said utility shall be protected for a distance of 20 feet to each side. If ductile iron pipe is to be installed parallel to and within 10 feet of cathodically protected pipe, then protection shall be provided for the entire length. Steel pipe shall not be installed in severe corrosion areas. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF PIPE A. Handling and Storage: Carefully handle and protect all pipe, fittings, etc., against damage, impact shocks, and free fall and in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C600. Do not place pipe directly on rough rocky ground, but in such instances support the pipe in a manner that will protect the pipe against injury whenever stored at such trench site or elsewhere. Do not install any pipe where the lining or coating show defects that may be harmful as determined by the ENGINEER. Repair such damaged lining or coating, or furnish and install a new undamaged pipe. B. Repair or replace all pipe damaged prior to Substantial Completion or during warrantee period. C. Inspect each pipe and fitting prior to installation to insure that no damaged portions of pipe are installed. D. Before placement of pipe in the trench, thoroughly clean each pipe or fitting of any foreign substance that may have collected therein, and keep the pipe clean at all times thereafter. For this purpose, close the openings of all pipes and fittings in the trench during any interruption to the work. E. Pipe Laying: Install the pipe in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C600. Section 330504 COLLIER COUNTY DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) AND FITTINGS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 9 of 10 F. Lay pipe directly on the bedding material. Refer to the Utilities Standards and Procedures Ordinance Section 9.1.2 for laying and backfilling requirements. No blocking will be permitted, and the bedding shall be such that it forms a continuous, solid bearing for the full length of the pipe. Make excavations as needed to facilitate removal of handling devices after the pipe is l aid. Form bell holes at the ends of the pipe to prevent point loading at the bells or couplings. Make excavations as needed outside the normal trench section at field joints to permit adequate access to the joints for field connection operations and for application of coating on field joints. G. Where necessary to raise or lower the pipe due to unforeseen obstructions or other causes, the ENGINEER may change the alignment and/or the grades. Such change may be made by the deflection of joints, by the use of bevel adapters, or by the use of additional fittings. However, in no case shall the deflection in the joint exceed 70 percent of the maximum deflection recommended by the pipe manufacturer. No joint shall be misaligned any amount which will be detriment al to the strength and water tightness of the finished joint. H. Pipe and Specials Protection: Protect the openings of all pipe and specials with suitable bulkheads to prevent unauthorized access by persons, animals, water, or any undesirable substance. At all times, provide means to prevent the pipe from floating. I. Pipe Cleanup: As pipe laying progresses, keep the pipe interior free of all debris. Completely clean the interior of the pipe of all sand, dirt, mortar splatter and any other debris following completion of pipe laying, pointing of joints, and any necessary interior repairs per ANSI/AWWA C600 and C602 prior to testing and disinfecting the completed pipeline. For pipe larger than 12" diameter, utilize a polyurethane foam plug "Poly Pig" to remove all debris from main. 3.2 RUBBER GASKETED JOINTS A. Rubber Gasketed Joints: Immediately before jointing pipe, thoroughly clean the bell end of the pipe, and place a clean rubber gasket in the bell groove. Carefully clean the bell and spigot end of push-on joint pipe, and lubricate with a vegetable-based lubricant or per manufacturer's recommendation. Insert the spigot end of the pipe section into the bell of the previously laid joint and telescope into the proper position. Do not tilt the pipe to insert the spigot into the bell. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF PIPE APPURTENANCES A. Installation of Valves: Handle all valves in a manner to prevent any injury or damage to any part of the valve. Thoroughly clean and prepare all joints prior to installation. Adjust all stem packing and operate each valve prior to installation to insure proper operation. B. Install all valves so that the valve stems are plumb and in the location shown on the Drawings. Section 330504 COLLIER COUNTY DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) AND FITTINGS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 10 of 10 C. Mechanical joints consisting of bell, socket, gland, gasket, bolts, and nuts sha ll conform to ANSI Standard A21.11. Bolts and nuts shall be high strength, low alloy, Cor-Ten, T-Head Type having hexagonal nuts. Bolts and nuts shall be machined through and nuts shall be tapped at right angles to a smooth bearing surface. Single sealed gasket push-on type joints (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F) shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A21.11. D. Mechanical joint retainer glands may be used to restrain mechanical joint pipe and fittings to the plain end of ductile iron pipe and fittings when used in conjunction with thrust blocks of reduced size. The Utilities ENGINEER must approve thrust block size. Maintain joint flexibility. 3.4 TESTING AND DISINFECTION A. Test completed water or force main pipeline in accordance with Section 022501. Disinfect completed water pipeline in accordance with Section 025400. END OF SECTION Section 330518 COLLIER COUNTY LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 12 SECTION 330518 LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPELINES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Installation of all underground pipelines. Provide pipeline materials, coatings and linings as specified and pipe of the types, sizes and classes shown or specified. 1. Use proper and suitable tools and appliances for the safe and convenient cutting, handling, and laying of the pipe and fittings. 2. Use suitable fittings where shown and at connections or where grade or alignment changes require offsets greater than those recommended and approved. 3. Lay all underground pipelines not supported on piles or concrete cradle in select fill bedding material. 4. Close off all lines with bulkheads when pipe laying is not in progress. B. Related Work Specified in Other Sections Includes: 1. Section 022501 – Leakage Tests 2. Section 025400 – Disinfection 3. Section 312316 – Excavation - Earth and Rock 4. Section 312319 – Groundwater Control for Open Excavation 5. Section 312323 – Backfilling 6. Section 330502 – High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Fittings 7. Section 330503 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings 8. Section 330504 - Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP) and Fittings 1.2 REFERENCES A. Codes and standards referred to in this Section are: Section 330518 COLLIER COUNTY LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 12 1. ASTM D 2774 - Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pressure Piping 2. AWWA C600 - Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances 3. ASTM A 307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60000 psi Tensile 4. ASME B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, C25, 125, 250, 800 5. ASME B16.21 - Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges 6. AWWA C111/A21.11 - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings 7. AWWA C115/A21.15 - Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe With Threaded Flanges 8. Uni-Bell - Handbook of PVC Pipe 9. Collier County - Utilities Standards and Procedures Ordinance 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General: Deliver, store and handle all products and materials as specified in Division 1 and as follows: B. Transportation and Delivery: Take every precaution to prevent injury to the pipe during transportation and delivery to the site. C. Loading and Unloading: Take extreme care in loading and unloading the pipe and fittings. 1. Work slowly with skids or suitable power equipment, and keep pipe under perfect control at all times. 2. Under no condition is the pipe to be dropped, bumped, dragged, pushed, or moved in any way that will cause damage to the pipe or coating. D. Sling: When handling the pipe with a crane, use a suitable sling around the pipe. 1. Under no condition pass the sling through the pipe. Interior of pipe is to be kept free of dirt and foreign matter at all times. 2. Use a nylon canvas type sling or other material designed to prevent damage to the pipe and coating. Section 330518 COLLIER COUNTY LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 12 3. When handling reinforced concrete pipe or uncoated steel or ductile iron pipe, steel cables, chain or like slings are acceptable. E. Damaged Piping: If in the process of transportation, handling, or laying, any pipe or fitting is damaged, replace or repair such pipe or pipes. F. Blocking and Stakes: Provide suitable blocking and stakes installed to prevent pipe from rolling. 1. Obtain approval for the type of blocking and stakes, and the method of installation. G. Storage for Gaskets: Store gaskets for pipe joints in a cool place and protect gaskets from light, sunlight, heat, oil, or grease until installed. Store gaskets in a sealed container (such as a vented drum). When long-term storage with exposure to direct sunlight is unavoidable, PVC pipe should be covered with an opaque material while permitting adequate air circulation above and around the pipe as required to prevent excessive heat accumulation (Uni-Bell PVC Handbook). 1. Do not use any gaskets showing signs of cracking, weathering or other deterioration. 2. Do not use gasket material stored in excess of six months without approval. 1.4 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Repair of Sanitary Sewers and Services: Rebed, in compacted select fill material, sanitary sewers which cross over the new pipe or which cross under the new pipe with less than 12 inches clear vertical separation. Compact the bedding to densities required for new pipeline construction and extend bedding below the sewer to undisturbed earth. Reconstruct sewers damaged by pipeline construction. 1. Furnish and install all materials and do all work necessary for the reconstruction or repairs of sanitary sewers and services. 2. Provide pipe for reconstruction of sanitary sewers and services meeting the appropriate specification requirements. 3. Provide pipe of the same size as the existing sewer or when the same size is not available, use the next larger size of pipe. Obtain approval of joints made between new pipe and existing pipe. PART 2 PRODUCTS A. The materials allowed for buried sewer pipes are PVC, HDPE or Ductile Iron Pipe. Section 330518 COLLIER COUNTY LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 12 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Dry Trench Bottoms: Lay pipe only in dry trenches having a stable bottom. 1. Where groundwater is encountered, make every effort to obtain a dry trench bottom in accordance with Section 312319. 2. Perform trench excavation and backfill in accordance with Sections 312316 and 312323. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install all piping in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and approved shop drawings and as specified in Division 1. Where pipe joint deflections are used, do not exceed 80 percent of the maximum deflection limits shown in AWWA C600. Gravity systems shall contain no joint deflection. 1. Arrange miscellaneous pipelines, which are shown in diagram form on the Plans, clear of other pipelines and equipment. 2. Gravity systems shall not contain vertical dips greater than one and a half inches (1.5”). B. Code Requirements: Provide pipeline installations complying with AWWA C600 for iron pipe, AWWA Manual M11 for steel pipe, ASTM D 2774 for thermoplastic pressure piping, and as modified or supplemented by the Specifications. C. Pipe Laying - General: 1. Thoroughly inspect all pipe for damage and cleanliness. If found to be defective, tag, remove and replace pipe with satisfactory pipe or fittings at no additional charge to COUNTY. 2. Generally, lay all pipe with bells pointing ahead. 3. Carefully place all pipe, pipe fittings, valves and hydrants into trench by means of a derrick, ropes or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage and check for alignment and grade. 4. Make adjustments to bring pipe to line and grade by scraping away or filling in select fill material under the body of the pipe. 5. Wedging or blocking up the pipe barrel is not permitted. Section 330518 COLLIER COUNTY LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 12 6. Bring the faces of the spigot ends and the bells of pipes into fair contact and firmly and completely shove the pipe home. 7. As the work progresses, clean the interior of pipelines of all dirt and superfluous materials of every description. 8. Keep all lines absolutely clean during construction. 9. Lay pipelines accurately to line and grade. 10. During suspension of work for any reason at any time, a suitable stopper shall be placed in the end of the pipe last laid to prevent mud or other material from entering the pipe. D. Pipe Laying - Trenches: 1. Carefully lay all pipelines in trench excavations piece by piece using suitable tools or equipment on select fill bedding (refer to Utilities Standards and Procedures Ordinance, Section 9.1.2), concrete cradle or other foundations as shown, specified or ordered in writing. Prevent damage to materials, protective coatings and linings. 2. Do not dump or drop pipe or pipe materials into trench. 3. Properly secure the pipe against movement and make the pipe joints in the excavation as required. 4. Carefully grade and compact pipe bedding. 5. Bell Holes: a. Cut out bell holes for each joint as required to permit the joint to be properly made and allow the barrel of the pipe to have full bearing throughout its length. b. Thoroughly tamp bell holes full of select fill material following the making of each joint to provide adequate support to the pipe throughout its entire length. E. Other Foundations: Install pipelines laid on other types of foundations as specified for such other foundations or as ordered in writing. F. Field Cuts of Pipelines: For shorter than standard pipe lengths, make field cuts in a manner producing a cut square and perpendicular to the pipe axis. Remove any sharp, rough edges which otherwise might injure the gasket. G. Procedure for sealing cut ends and repairing field damaged areas of polyethylene lined pipe and fittings is as follows: Section 330518 COLLIER COUNTY LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 12 1. Remove burrs caused by field cutting of ends or handling damage and smooth out edge of polyethylene lining if made rough by field cutting or handling damage. 2. Remove oil or lubricant used during field cutting operations. 3. Areas of loose lining associated with field cutting operation must be removed and exposed metal cleaned by sanding or scraping. For larger areas, remove loose lining and dirt, then roughen bare pipe surface by scratching or gouging with a small chisel to provide an anchor pattern for the epoxy. It is recommended that the polyethylene lining be stripped back by chiseling, cutting, or scraping about 1 inch to 2 inches into well adhered lined area before patching. This ensures that all areas of undercutting have been removed. Be sure to roughen an overlap of 1 inch to 2 inches of polyethylene lining in area to be epoxy coated. This roughening should be done with a rough grade emery paper (40 grit), rasp, or small chisel. Avoid honing, buffing, or wire brushing since these tend to make surface to be repaired too smooth for good adhesion. 4. With area to be sealed or repaired clean and suitably roughened, apply a thick coat of a two-part coal tar epoxy (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F). The heavy coat of epoxy must be worked into the scratched surface by brushing. Mixing and application procedure for the epoxy must follow the epoxy manufacturer's instructions. 5. It is important that the entire freshly cut, exposed metal surface of the cut pipe be coated. To ensure proper sealing, overlap at least 1 inch of the roughened polyethylene lining with this two-part epoxy system. H. Ductile Iron Pipe Mechanical Joints: 1. Assembly: In making up mechanical joints, center the spigot in the bell. a. With a wire brush just prior to assembly of the joint thoroughly brush 8 inches outside of spigot and inside of bell with which the rubber gasket comes in contact. Remove all oil, grit, tar (other than standard coating) and other foreign matter from joint. b. Brush lubricant over the gasket just prior to installation. (Note: There is only one rubber gasket size for each diameter of pipe.) c. Press the gasket into place within the bell and move the gland into position, bolts inserted, and the nuts tightened finger tight. d. Tighten the nuts with a torque wrench so that the gland is brought up toward the pipe evenly. Torque wrenches shall be set as specified in AWWA C111. Spanner type wrenches not longer than specified in Section 330518 COLLIER COUNTY LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 12 AWWA C111 may be used with the permission of County Manager or designee. e. Prime all bolts by dipping with a bituminous coating, except the threads. Coat threads immediately prior to installation of nuts. f.e. Tighten all nuts 180 degrees apart alternately in order to produce equal pressure on all parts of the gland. 2. Torques: Apply the following range of bolt torques: Size Inches Range of Torque - ft. lbs 5/8 3/4 1 1-1/4 40 - 60 60 - 90 70 - 100 90 - 120 3. Remaking of Joints: If effective sealing is not obtained at the maximum torque listed above, disassemble and reassemble the joint after thorough cleaning. I. Ductile Iron Pipe Rubber Gasket Joints: 1. Assembly: In making up the rubber gasket joint, brush the gasket seat in the socket thoroughly with a wire brush and wipe the gasket with a cloth. a. Place the gasket in the socket with the large round end entering first so that the groove fits over the bead in the seat. b. Apply a thin film of lubricant (AWWA C600) to the inside surface of the gasket that will come in contact with the entering pipe. c. Brush the plain end of the pipe to be entered thoroughly with a wire brush and place it in alignment with the bell of the pipe to which it is to be joined. d. Exert sufficient force on the entering pipe so that its plain end is moved past the gasket until it makes contact with the base of the socket to make the joint. 2. Positioning: Before proceeding with backfilling, feel completely around the joint using a feeler gauge to confirm that the gasket is in its proper position. a. If the gasket can be felt out of position, withdraw the pipe and examine the gasket for cuts or breaks. Section 330518 COLLIER COUNTY LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 8 of 12 b. If the gasket has been damaged, replace it with a new one before re- installing the pipe. 3. Optional Mechanical Joints: Use mechanical joint fittings that meet the requirements of Section 330504 with the rubber gasket joint pipe when specified or when rubber gasket fittings are not available. J. Temporary Bulkheads: Provide temporary bulkheads at the ends of sections where adjoining pipelines have not been completed, and in connections built into pipelines where adjoining pipelines or structures have not been completed and are not ready to be connected. 1. Remove bulkheads encountered in connecting sewers or structures included in this Contract, or in pipelines or structures previously built, when they are no longer needed or when ordered. K. Temporary Blow-Off Assembly: Dead-end water lines shall be temporarily ended with a blow-off as shown in Collier County Standard Details. After full bore flush replace with a fire hydrant meeting the requirements of Section 331619. L. Sleeve Type Couplings: For sleeve type couplings, equally tighten diametrically opposite bolts on the connection so that the gaskets will be brought up evenly all around the pipe. 1. Torque Wrenches: Do the final tightening with torque wrenches set for the torque recommended by the coupling manufacturer. M. Concrete Encasement: Concrete encasement shall be constructed in accordance with Collier County Standard Details when: 1. A potable water main crosses at a depth that provides less than 18 inches clear distance from sewer lines in which case a Deviation Form request should be completed. Encase the sewer main unless specifically approved by Collier County Utilities. Encasement shall extend a minimum 10 feet on each side of the point of crossing. Pressure test bot h pipelines to 150 psi after the concrete has properly cured. 2. A water main running parallel to a sewer line provides less than 10 feet separation from sewer lines, in which case a Deviation Form Request needs to be completed. Encase the sewer main unless specifically approved by Collier County Utilities. 3. The ENGINEER has ordered the line encased. NO POTABLE WATER MAIN SHALL BE ENCASED IN CONCRETE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THE COUNTY MANAGER OR DESIGNEE. Section 330518 COLLIER COUNTY LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 9 of 12 The points of beginning and ending of pipe encasement shall be not more than 6 inches from a pipe joint to protect the pipe from cracking due to uneven settlement of its foundation or the effects of superimposed live loads. N. Valve Box Setting: Install valve boxes vertical and concentric with the valve stem. 1. Adjust valve-box to final grade at the time designated by the County Manager or designee. 2. Build a collar, as shown in the standard details, 18 inches by 18 inches by 6 inches or 24 inch diameter round by 6 inches flush to grade of top of box. Similar collar shall be poured flush with grade and top of unpaved areas. 3. Satisfactorily reset any valve box that is moved from its original position, preventing the operation of the valve. 4. Replace any valve box that has been damaged. O. Identification: 1. Metallized Warning Tape: For DIP and PVC pipe (other than gravity sewer pipe and laterals) to be installed, 3-inch detectable marking tape, of appropriate color and appropriate warning statement, shall be placed along the entire pipe length. In all cases, marking tape shall be installed two feet (2’) below grade or one-half the pipe’s bury, whichever is less, during backfill operations (refer to Utilities Standards Manual Section 1 – 1.1 and 2.2.1). All PVC pipe, PVC fittings, and identification tape shall be color-coded per Collier County Standards. HDPE pipe installed by horizontal directional drilling will not be required to be marked with metalized warning tape. 2. Electronic Markers (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F): Install electronic markers twenty-four inches (24”) below final grade, above pipe, at all bends or changes in alignment and every two hundred and fifty feet (250’) along the pipe between bends. P. Separation From Other Pipe Systems: 1. Parallel Water and Sewer or Non-Potable Lines: Sanitary sewer lines, storm sewers or force mains shall be separated from water mains by a minimum clear vertical distance of 18 inches and a horizontal distance of 10 feet. Non-potable, reclaimed or reuse water mains shall be separated from water mains, gravity sewers or force mains by a minimum clear vertical distance of 18 inches and a horizontal distance of 5 feet center to center or 3 feet outside to outside. When this standard cannot be maintained, the sewer line shall be concrete encased for a distance of 10 feet each way from the water line and any other conduit, with a minimum vertical clearance of 12 inches being provided at all times. See Section 1 - Design Criteria, Subsection 1.2.3. Section 330518 COLLIER COUNTY LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 10 of 12 2. Crossing Water and Sewer or Non-Potable Lines: Water mains crossing over a sewer or non-potable water line shall be (bottom of water main to top of sewer) separated by at least 18 inches unless local conditions or barriers prevent an 18 inch vertical separation. All crossings with vertical clearance less than 18 inches shall be made using sewer pipe thickness Class 200 AWWA C900 PVC pipe, and water pipe of Class 51 Ductile iron pipe, for a distance of 10 feet on each side of the crossing. The gravity sewer pipe in these locations shall be backfilled with USCS Class I bedding stone to a height of 6 inches above the crown of the pipe. When water mains cross under a sewer, both mains shall be constructed of C900 Class 200 PVC pipe with joints equivalent to water main standards for a distance of 10 feet on each side of the point of crossing with no intermediate joints. Additionally, a section of water main pipe shall be centered at the point of crossing. See Section 1 – Design Criteria, Subsection 1.3. Q. Aerial Crossings: 1. Pipes spanning elevated pier crossings shall be flanged ductile iron Pressure Class 350 pipe conforming to AWWA C115, C150 & C151. Pipe spanning on piers spaced further apart than normal pipe length of 18 or 20 ft. shall be multiple length pipe with interior flanged joints with a rubber gasket pipe (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F). The pipe wall thickness and flanged joints shall be designed to safely span the elevated piers under working pressure without exceeding the allowable stresses and conform to AWWA C150. Limit pipe deflection at center of span with pipe full of water to 1/720 of span length. Provide expansion joints for between above ground and below ground wastewater lines. 2. Flanges shall conform to AWWA C150 and C115. All bolts and nuts used in aerial crossings shall be 304 stainless steel. Gaskets shall be full faced or recessed "O-Ring" type to prevent leaks in pipe under stress in the aerial crossing. 3. Outside surface of all pipe, flanges or spool pieces shall be shop coated with zinc primer, High Build Epoxy protective coat and a finish coat of polyurethane high gloss. Color shall be Federal Safety Blue for potable water mains and Pantone Purple 522 C for non-potable irrigation water mains. 4. Install operating valves or other flow regulating devices on each shoreline or at a safe distance from each shoreline to prevent discharge in the event the line is damaged. 5. Install supports for all joints in pipes utilized for aerial crossings and to prevent overturning and settlement. Expansion jointing is specified between above ground and below ground sewers and force mains. Section 330518 COLLIER COUNTY LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 11 of 12 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Test pipelines in accordance with Section 022501. 1. Test valves in place, as far as practicable, and correct any defects in valves or connections. 2. Gravity Sewer Lines: Test in accordance with Section 022501 B. Inspection: Clean, inspect, and examine each piece of pipe and each fitting and special for defects before it is installed. 1. Cut away any lumps or projections on the face of the spigot end or the shoulder. 2. Do not use any cracked, broken, or defective pieces in the work. 3. If any defective piece should be discovered after having been installed, remove and replace this piece with a sound piece in a satisfactory manner at no increase in Contract Amount. 3.4 CLEANING A. General: Thoroughly clean all pipe before it is laid and keep it clean until it is accepted in the completed work. B. Removal of Materials: Exercise special care to avoid leaving bits of wood, dirt, and other foreign particles in the pipe. If any particles are discovered before the final acceptance of the work, remove and clean the pipe. 3.5 DISINFECTION A. General: Disinfect all pipelines that are to carry potable water in accordance with Section 025400. END OF SECTION Section 330518 COLLIER COUNTY LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 12 of 12 NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE Section 330523.13 COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 14 SECTION 330523.13 HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of this section are applicable to all horizontal directional drills where the carrier pipe is 3” in nominal diameter and larger. A.B. Provide all necessary tools, materials, labor, supervision and equipment to successfully complete the installation of directionally drilled piping as specified herein and shown on the drawings. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the final constructed product, and for furnishing the qualified labor and superintendence necessary for this method of construction. B.C. Furnish all items necessary to perform the horizontal directional drilling operation and construct the pipe to the lines and grade shown on the drawings. Project work tasks include completion of the drilling, pulling operations, horizontal directional drilling installation pressure testing, and final connection of piping installed as part of the horizontal directional drilling to open-cut piping. Horizontal directional drilling shall include the following work elements: 1. Drilling of the pilot hole and the reaming of the hole sufficient to install the HDPE pipe. 2. Provide, assemble, and install HDPE pipe including: a. Thermal fusion welding the HDPE pipe sections for temporary staging. b. Pulling the HDPE fused pipe stringout, in a continuous pullback operation with one fuse pipe cartridge. 3. Following HDPE pipe pullback, cut the HDPE pipe stubouts and install a temporary thermal fusion welded HDPE cap on both ends of the HDPE pipe stubouts, and perform pressure testing with water to verify pipeline integrity in accordance with the requirements of Section 022501 for HDPE product pipe material. C.D. Use techniques of creating or directing a borehole along a predetermined path to a specified target location. Use mechanical and hydraulic deviation equipment to change the boring course and use instrumentation to monitor the location and orientation of the boring head assembly along a predetermined course. Section 330523.13 COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 14 1. Develop, provide, and operate a Drill Fluid Loss Monitoring Program as follows: a. Drill Fluid Loss Monitoring Program shall insure the following: 1) Site specific storm water control measures meet the requirements of the FDEP Best Management Practices guidelines. Storm water control measures shall include, as a minimum, onsite silt fence and sandbags or other mechanical means located between the construction operations and any adjacent water body. Storm water control measures shall provide positive containment of uncontrolled fluids on the site resulting from spills or overtopping of drill pits from heavy rainfall and prevent the fluids from reaching adjacent water body, or bodies. 2) Positive containment of uncontrolled fluids on the site resulting from spills or overtopping of drill pits from heavy rainfall. 3) Fluids are prevented from reaching the adjacent water bodies, per FDEP ERP permit requirements. b. Drill Fluid Loss Monitoring Program shall include the following: 1) Observations along the drill path during drilling and reaming operations; 2) Equipment for spill control remediation including, but not necessarily limited to, vac trucks, sand bags, and pumps; emergency spill and leakage control materials and equipment including diapers, absorbent material and other fuel and oil spill containment and cleanup materials; 3) Drill fluid loss monitoring and containment including downhole verification of annular drill fluid pressure with continual and immediate reading capability of the pressure monitor; 4) Drill rig instrumentation, including remote-monitoring electronic data recording features, to monitor drill fluid pressures and volumes and rates at pits, tanks, pumps, and drill rig operations; 5) Drill fluid properties measuring equipment; and 6) Trained field engineer personnel to monitor and maintain the instrumentation. c. Provide drill fluid Loss Circulation Materials (LCM’s) on site ready for use if needed. 2. Equipment shall be in functional order during all drilling operations. Section 330523.13 COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 14 3. Data shall be provided to the OWNER’s representative daily or on request and a complete package of the recorded data will be provided to the OWNER following completion of the drill. D.E. Accomplish drilling with fluid-assist mechanical cutting. Use a mixture of bentonite and water or polymers and additives. Use bentonite sealants and water to lubricate and seal the mini-tunnel. Use minimum pressures and flow rates during drilling operation as not to fracture the sub-grade material around and or above the bore. E.F. Utilize small diameter fluid jets to fracture and mechanical cutters to cut and excavate the soil as the head advances forward. F.G. Install an offset section of drill stem that causes the cutter head to turn eccentrically about its centerline when it is rotating for steering. When steering adjustments are required, rotate the cutter head of fset section toward the desired direction of travel and advance the drill stem forward without rotation. Control of tunnel line and grade shall meet the requirements of this section. G.H. The mobile drilling system shall be capable of being launched from the surface at an inclined angle and drilling a pilot hole with a diameter appropriate to the size, length, and configuration of the directional drill. The pilot hole shall then be enlarged with reamers as required. Pilot holes are not required on drills 4” and smaller. H.I. Develop and provide certified as-built plans, signed and sealed by a Professional Land Surveyor licensed in the State of Florida, in accordance with this Section 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. See Section 330502 for casing and carrier pipe diameter requirements. B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). C. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). D. ASTM Standards: 1. ASTM D 3261 Standard Specification for Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE)Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing 2. ASTM F 1962 Standard Guide for Use of Maxi-Horizontal Directional Drilling for Placement of Polyethylene Pipe or Conduit Under Obstacles, Including River Crossings Section 330523.13 COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 14 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CONTRACTOR’s Construction Drawings shall be defined as drawings by which the CONTRACTOR proposes to construct, operate, build, etc., the referenced item. Submit Construction Drawings for the sole purpose of providing the sufficient details to verify that the CONTRACTOR’s work in progress is in accordance with the intent of the design. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. The ENGINEER will base the review of submitted details and data on the requirements of the completed work, safety of the work in regards to the public, potential for damage to public or private util ities and other existing structures and facilities, and the potential for unnecessary delay in the execution of the Work. Such review shall not be construed to relieve the CONTRACTOR in any way of his responsibilities under the contract. Do not commence work on any items requiring CONTRACTOR’s Construction Drawings or other submittals until the drawings and submittals are reviewed and accepted by the ENGINEER. B. The CONTRACTOR shall: 1. Submit for review complete construction drawings in plan and profile view identifying details of the proposed method of construction and the sequence of operations to be performed during construction only if deviations from the contract plans are proposed. The drawings shall be sufficiently detailed to demonstrate to the ENGINEER whether the proposed materials and procedures will meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Submit manufacturer’s data for the HDPE pipeline, as outlined in Section 330502 for HDPE product pipe material. 3. Submit the directional boring locating equipment proposed for use, method of locating to be used, and the proposed sequence and method of construction, for approval by the ENGINEER in accordance with the plans and specifications. Include information on how the bore is to be steered, the information recorded, and the pipe location verified for record drawings. Include proposed pilot bore tunnel size, proposed drilling fluid composition and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), proposed viscosities, proposed pre-ream procedures, and final tunnel size. Submit proposed Temporary Traffic Control (MOT) plans for FDOT right-of -way work and for Collier County DOT right-of -way work. 4. Submit a work sequence and schedule. Provide a list of key personnel for the project including superintendent, driller, and tracking specialists. 5. Prior to approval for directional boring, the CONTRACTOR shall submit the names of supervisory field personnel and historical information of directional boring experience. Section 330523.13 COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 14 6. Drill Method Submittal: Submit a minimum of 45 20 days before starting drilling for review and approval. This submittal shall include the following information: a. Drawings. Submit scaled plan showing the following: the work zone equipment configuration at each end of the drill; staging and storage areas; and the location of drill fluid, HDPE pipe, water supply for drilling, cuttings, pit spoil handling areas; and storm water containment measures, devices and locations. b. Drilling Procedure. It is recognized and accepted that the CONTRACTOR may need to adjust drilling procedures and equipment as new information is developed during the drill. The intent of this requirement is to provide the CONTRACTOR’s initial approach to the project specific subsurface and permit conditions. c. Maximum Pipe Pull-back Forces: Submit anticipated maximum pipe pull- back forces based on proposed drill path plan and profile. d. Drill Fluid Loss Monitoring/Frac-Out Plan. Submit materials list including bentonite and bentonite additives for the project along with respective MSDS for all materials used on the site. 7. Tracking Coordination Submittal: Provide this submittal a minimum of 45 20 days prior to drilling. The intent of this submittal is to coordinate the contractor activities with the tracking specialist. Include manufacturer’s data sheets and calibration on the tracking equipment and sample data recording log sheets. 8. Cuttings, Bentonite Slurry, and Pit Spoil Disposal Submittal: Provide within 30 days of completion of the drills a list of volumes of all cuttings, bentonite slurry, pit spoil disposed of off-site and the location of the disposal area and the actual original delivery tickets from the disposal operation. 9.8. The CONTRACTOR shall bring to the attention of the ENGINEER any known design issues based on CONTRACTOR’s proposed drilling methods and/or procedures. This shall be stated in writing to the ENGINEER no later than the preconstruction meeting. 10.9. CONTRACTOR’s construction drawings shall be submitted on the following items only if deviations from the Contract plans are proposed. Section 330523.13 COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 14 a. Proposed contingency plans for critical phases and areas of directional drilling. b. Any proposed deviations from the Contract construction plans. c. Any proposed deviations from the Contract construction specifications. 11.10. Quality Control Methods. CONTRACTOR shall submit a description of his quality control methods he proposes to use in his operations to the ENGINEER. The submittal shall describe: a. Procedures for controlling and checking line and grade. b. Equipment specifications for checking line and grade. c. Field forms for establishing and checking line and grade. d. Actual product pipe pullback forces. 1.5 QUALITY CONTROL A. Low Pressure Air Test. Before the OWNER accepts the installation of each HDD, the CONTRACTOR shall perform a low-pressure air test of each of the HDPE fused pipe string-out cartridges prior to pipe pullback. Low pressure testing of the above ground pipes to be 10 psig for 60 minutes duration, soap all joints to test for leaks, and test pressure to remain within 5%2 PSI of original applied pressure for acceptance. B. Annular Pressure Monitoring. Annular pressure shall be monitored and recorded using equipment constructed for that purpose, and shall include a fully- instrumented remote-monitoring data recording package, such as PASON or equal. Annular pressures shall be monitored and recorded in the Annular Pressure Report. Annular pressure shall be recorded during active drilling of the pilot hole and during the first ream pass. The minimum and maximum annular pressure experienced during the joint shall also be recorded; the minimum and maximum pressures are not necessarily the pressures recorded at the start, middle and end of each joint, but shall be maximum values as measured throughout the whole joint. The time of each recorded measurement shall be recorded. The annular pressure measurements shall be indexed to the rod being drilled. The trends of the circulating pressure information will be assessed and corrective action shall be taken when appropriate. Drilling shall be stopped when required to prevent excess annular pressure. Drilling may resume once the cause of the excess down-hole pressure has been identified and corrected. C. Pipe Pull-back Forces. Force applied to pipe during pull-back shall not exceed the values shown on the Drawings. D. ENGINEER Authority for Directional Drilling. Directional drilling shall be performed in accordance with approved submittals. ENGINEER will have the Section 330523.13 COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 14 authority to interpret and make decisions with respect to drilling activities should specification interpretation be required or unanticipated conditions occur. 1.6 JOB CONDITIONS A. Safety Requirements 1. Perform work in a manner to maximize safety and reduce exposure of men and equipment to hazardous and potentially hazardous conditions, in accordance with applicable safety standards. 2. Whenever there is an emergency or stoppage of work which is likely to endanger the excavation or adjacent structures, operate a full work force for 24 hours a day, including weekends and holidays, without intermission until the emergency or hazardous conditions no longer jeopardize the stability and safety of the work. B. Air Quality. 1. Conduct directional drilling operations by methods and with equipment, which will positively control dust, fumes, vapors, gases or other atmospheric impurities in accordance with applicable safety requirements. C. Geotechnical Investigation 1. Make any geotechnical investigations deemed necessary to determine actual site conditions. D. Unanticipated Conditions 1. Notify ENGINEER of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue work in affected area until notified by ENGINEER to resume work. 2. Take emergency measures as required to protect persons and improvements. 1.7 UTILITY PROTECTION A. Utility lines and structures indicated on the drawings, which are to remain in service, shall be protected by the CONTRACTOR from any damage as a result of their operations. Where utility lines or structures not shown on the drawings are encountered, the CONTRACTOR shall report them to the ENGINEER before proceeding with the work. The CONTRACTOR shall bear the cost of repair or replacement of any utility lines or structures, which are broken or damaged by their operations. B. All utilities that may be impacted by the HDD shall be exposed through a “pot-hole” or other opening, in accordance with state utility locate laws and Section 330523.13 COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 8 of 14 regulations, to ensure, through visual inspection, that the drill, reamer, or product pipe will not cause damage to the utility. 1.8 PERMITS A. Obtain any and all other permits required for prosecution of the work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Refer to Section 330502 for HDPE pipe material. B. Use a high quality bentonite drilling fluid or equivalent to ensure hole stabilization, cuttings transport, bit and electronics cooling, and hole lubrication to reduce drag on the drill pipe and the product pipe. Oil based drilling fluids or fluids containing additives that can contaminate the soil or groundwater will not be considered acceptable substitutes. Composition of the fluid shall comply with all federal and local environmental regulations. 1. Disposal of drilling fluids shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR and shall be conducted in compliance with all relative environmental regulations, right-of-way and workspace agreements and permit requirements. 2. Drilling fluid returns can be collected in the entrance pit, exit pit, or spoils recovery pit. The CONTRACTOR shall immediately clean up any drilling fluid spills or overflows from these pits. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for his means and methods of directional drilling construction and shall ensure the safety of the work, the CONTRACTOR’s employees, the public, and adjacent property, whether public or private. B. Obtain locations of all existing utilities within the horizontal directional drilling project area, whether shown on the plans or not, in coordination with the owners of such utilities. Be responsible for protection of such utilities from damage, and repair of any utilities damaged during or as a result of construction. C. Anticipate that portions of the drilled excavation will be below the groundwater table. Section 330523.13 COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 9 of 14 D. Comply with all local, state and federal laws, rules and regulations at all times to prevent pollution of the air, ground and water. E. A pilot hole shall be drilled such that the required vertical clearances from ditch, river, or wetland bottoms and utilities and horizontal clearances from jurisdictional or buffer lines and utilities are maintained. If the pilot hole exits in jurisdictional or buffer areas they shall be responsible to grout hole to satisfaction of the environmental regulators and the ENGINEER. F. The boring hole shall then be reamed to be 120% to 150% oversized than the HDPE product pipe OD. Drilling mud, usually fluidized bentonite clay, shall be used to stabilize the hole and remove soil cuttings. The CONTRACTOR shall monitor and record the reamed hole location and depth at the same intervals as the bore hole. G. During the entire drilling and reaming operations, monitoring of the drilling processes will be critical. Pit Volumes for all mud tanks, SPM sensors for pumps, drilling fluid flow and pressures, rotary torque, hook load sensor, depth and azimuth tracking and monitoring sensors, shall be monitored and recorded. H.G. The pull-back operations shall include pulling the entire pipe stringout, in one segment back through the reamed hole and drilling mud. The pull-back operations shall include filling the product pipe with water to reduce the buoyancy and to reduce the pull-back forces required to pull-back the product pipe in the borehole. Proper pipe handling, cradling, bending minimization, surface inspection, and fusion welding procedures (for HDPE) shall be followed in accordance with this specification and Section 330502. Note that anticipated pullback speed is typically 1 to 2 feet per minute. Pull-back operation shall be continuous with no stoppage. If conditions exist where the pull-back cannot be continuous, the Contractor shall submit an alternative plan to the Engineer for review and approval prior to commencing the drill. I. CONTRACTOR shall provide a breakaway device or “weak-link” at the leading end of the PE pipe during pullback operations to protect the pipe from damage if the pulling load gets too high. The breakaway strength for the weak - link device shall be set so that the allowable tensile load of the product pipe cannot be exceeded. Alternative methods for ensuring that the pull loads will not exceed the product pipe allowable tensile load may be considered. J.H. Any soil borings required for the CONTRACTOR’s detailed designs shall be included in the bid. The CONTRACTOR is fully responsible to obtain this information. K.I. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for design and construction of the drill entrance and exit pits. Supports may be required to maintain safe working conditions, ensure stability of the pit, minimize loosening, and minimize soil deterioration and disturbance of the surrounding ground. Section 330523.13 COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 10 of 14 L.J. CONTRACTOR shall be required to locate all utilities prior to start of excavation or drilling. All utilities crossed or approached within 48 inches in a lateral direction shall be exposed to verify location. In addition, visual verification shall be required that the drill, reamer, or product pipe has missed the utility as it passes. Damage to utilities shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. M.K. Immediately upon completion of work, all rubbish and debris shall be removed from the job site. All construction equipment and implements of service shall be removed and the entire area involved shall be left in a neat, clean, and acceptable condition. N.L. “Frac-outs” or “Blow holes” of drilling fluid to the surface shall be immediately reported to the ENGINEER and the OWNER’s representative, and shall be cleaned up immediately and the surface area washed and returned to original condition. All drilling fluids, spoils, and separated material shall be disposed of in compliance with federal and local environmental regulations. O.M. If, during boring, an obstruction is encountered which prevents completion of the bore in accordance with the design location and specification, and the product pipe is abandoned in place and taken out of service, the failed bore shall be filled with cement grout. The record drawings shall show the failed bore path along with the final bore path on the as-built plans. Should the HDD crossing be lost or damaged while the CONTRACTOR is engaged in the performance of the work, all such lost or damage to the hole shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. Failure to complete the crossing or partially completed crossing by directional drilling or as approved by ENGINEER and OWNER will result in forfeiture of all payment. 3.2 EQUIPMENT A. Diesel, electrical, or air-powered equipment will be acceptable, subject to applicable federal and state regulations. B. Any method or equipment that the CONTRACTOR can demonstrate will produce the specified results will be considered. C. Employ equipment that will be capable of handling the various anticipated ground conditions. In addition, the equipment shall: 1. Be capable of minimizing loss of ground ahead of and around the machine and providing satisfactory support of the excavated face at all times. 2. Provide a system to indicate whether the amount of earth material removed is equivalent to that displaced by the advance of the machine such that the advance rate may be controlled accordingly. Section 330523.13 COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 11 of 14 D. Provide adequate secondary containment for any and all portable storage tanks. E. Provide down-hole annular pressure monitoring equipment, including remote monitored electronic data recording package, such as PASON, or equal. 3.3 DIRECTIONAL DRILLING DATA A. Submit daily logs of construction location, progress and events, including observations on the following: 1. Drill thrust pressure. 2. Drill pullback pressure. 3. Annular pressure. 3.4 CONTROL OF THE TUNNEL LINE AND GRADE A. Construction Control. 1. Establish and be fully responsible for the accuracy of control for the construction of the pipeline to be installed, including structures, tunnel line and grade. 2. Establish control points sufficiently far from the tunnel operation so as not to be affected by construction operations. 3. Maintain daily records of alignment and grade and submit three copies of these records to the ENGINEER. However, the CONTRACTOR remains fully responsible for the accuracy of his work and the correction of it, as required. 4. Check, monitor, and record control for the bore alignment against an above ground undisturbed reference at least once each hour and at least once for each drill rod length interval. CONTRACTOR shall immediately report bore alignment location to ENGINEER after each control check. The location shall be reported based on the approved bore alignment, i.e. horizontal distance and direction from approved bore alignment and vertical distance and direction from approved bore alignment length from the entry or exit point along the bore path, and horizontal distance from the entry of exit point. 5. The pilot hole shall be drilled on bore path with no deviations greater than 2 10 percent of depth of the bore path as shown on the Drawings or approved CONTRACTOR submittal drawings. In the event that pilot hole deviates from bore path more than 2 10 percent of depth, CONTRACTOR shall notify Section 330523.13 COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 12 of 14 ENGINEER and ENGINEER may require CONTRACTOR to pull-back and re-drill from the location along bore path before the deviation. The depth of the bore path is the vertical distance from the drill head to the surface of the earth, i.e. ground, pavement, water surface. An example would be if the bore is to be 70 feet in depth at a particular location then the drill head should be between 71.4 and 68.6 feet in depth. Any deviations greater than 2 10 percent shall be reviewed by the ENGINEER. Excessive deviation may be grounds for rejection of the bore. All minimum vertical separations and clearances must be maintained regardless of the allowable drill path deviations. 6. Pilot hole shall be drilled on bore path with no deviations greater than 0.5 percent of horizontal location shown on the plans or approved CONTRACTOR submittal drawings over the length of the pipe from the entry or exit point. In the event that pilot hole does deviate from bore path more than 0.5 percent of horizontal location shown on the plans or CONTRACTOR submittal drawings over the length of the pipe from the entry or exit point, CONTRACTOR shall notify ENGINEER and ENGINEER may require CONTRACTOR to pull-back and re-drill from the location along bore path before the deviation. For example, a bore 2,000 feet in length should have a maximum horizontal deviation of 5.0 feet in the center and a maximum of 2.5 feet horizontal deviation 500 feet from either the entry or exit point, whichever is closer. Any deviations greater than 0.5 percent shall be reviewed by the ENGINEER.10 feet horizontally along the path of the drill. Excessive deviation may be grounds for rejection of the bore. Regardless of the tolerance achieved, right-of-way and easement restrictions shall take precedence over the listed tolerances. Listing of tolerances does not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for safe operations or damage to adjacent utilities and structures. 7. Record survey of the pilot hole shall be submitted within 24 hours of completion of pilot hole, in State Plane Coordinate system using NAVD 1988 datum. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF TRACKING/LOCATING WIRE A. Install all facilities such that their location can be readily determined by electronic designation after installation. For non -conductive installations, attach a minimum of two (2) separate and continuous conductive tracking (tone wire) materials, either externally, internally or integral with the prod uct. The ends of the tone wire shall be stubbed up through a one -inch (1”) diameter SCH 80 PVC pipe which shall be installed in the concrete valve pad adjacent to the valve box on both sides of the directional drill. Use either a continuous green-sheathed solid conductor copper wire line (minimum #12 AWG for external placement or minimum #14 AWG for internal placement in the conduit/casing) or a coated conductive tape. Conductors must be located on opposite sides when installed externally. Connect any br eak in the conductor Section 330523.13 COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 13 of 14 line before construction with an electrical clamp, or solder, and coat the connection with a rubber or plastic insulator to maintain the integrity of the connection from corrosion. Clamp connections must be made of brass or copper and of the butt end type with wires secured by compression. Soldered connections must be made by tight spiral winding of each wire around the other with a finished length minimum of three (3) inches overlap. Test conductors for continuity. Each conductor that passes must be identified as such by removing the last six (6) inches of the sheath. No deductions are allowed for failed tracking conductors. Conductor ends must be stubbed out through the PVC conduit at the isolation valve box at the terminus of the drill. wound into a small coil and left for future attachment to isolation valve boxes. 3.6 DEWATERING A. Where such effort is necessary, cost for groundwater control during the course of the directional drilling work shall be included in the unit contract pric e for the work. B. Dewatering required during the course of the project to lower water table, to remove standing water, surface drainage seepage, or to protect ongoing work against rising waters or floods shall be considered incidental to the work being performed. 3.7 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL A. Dispose of excess material, including, but not necessarily limited to, drill fluid, casing water, cuttings and pit spoil, off of the project site. B. Non-hazardous waste meeting the requirements of a Class III Waste shall be disposed of in a FDEP permitted Class III Landfill. C. Non-hazardous waste meeting the requirements of a Class I or II waste shall be disposed of in a FDEP permitted Class I or Class II landfill. 3.8 DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS OF RECORD DRAWINGS A. Provide the ENGINEER a complete set of As-Built Plans showing all bores (successful and failed) within 30 calendar days of completing the work. Ensure that the plans are dimensionally correct copies of the Contract plans and include utility and/or topography plan and profile, cross-section, boring location and subsurface conditions as directed by the ENGINEER. As -Built Plans shall show appropriate elevations and be referenced to two permanent benchmarks as shown on the drawings, and in a State Plane grid system and NAVD 88 datum, as designated on the Contract plans. As -Built Plans shall be same scale in black ink on white paper, of the same size and weight as the Contract Drawings. Submittal of electronic plans data in addition to hard copy Section 330523.13 COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 14 of 14 plans is required and shall be compatible with the industry standard CAD software. As-Built Plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Land Surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. Specific plans content requirements include but may not be limited to the following: 1. The Contract plan view showing the center line location of each facility installed, or installed and placed out of service, to an accuracy of 0.1 feet at the ends and other points physically observed in accordance with the bore path report. 2. As directed by the ENGINEER, provide a plan and profile for each bore path. Show the ground or pavement surface and center line elevation of each facility installed, or installed and placed out of service, to an accuracy of within 0.1 feet at the ends and other exposed locations. Each bore path shall be depicted on the Contract plans using the same datum as the Contract plans. 3. Show the top elevation, diameter and material type of all utilities encountered and physically observed during the subsoil investigation. For all other obstructions encountered during a subsoil investigation or the installation, show the type of material, horizontal and vertical location, top and lowest elevation observed, and note if the obstruction continues below the lowest point observed. 4. Include bore notes on each plan stating the final bore path diameter, product pipe diameter and type, drill entry and exit angles, and installed bore path radius for each pipeline installed by HDD. 3.9 CLEANING A. General. Directional drilling operation site cleaning shall meet the requirements of Section 017423 Cleaning. B. Spillage. Clean spillage, on adjacent streets, from construction operations on a daily basis, if spillage occurs. END OF SECTION Section 331200 COLLIER COUNTY WATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 10 SECTION 331200 WATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required and install complete and ready for operation all valves and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Codes, specifications, and standards referred to by number or title form a part of this Section to the extent required by the references to codes, specifications, and standards. Latest revisions, as of the date of bid opening, apply, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or specified in this Section. B. Standards Designation Title ANSI/AWWA Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron and C111/A21.11 Gray-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings ANSI/AWWA Gate Valves C500 ANSI/AWWA Resilient-Seated Gate Valves 3 through 12 NPS, C509 for Water and Sewage Systems ANSI/AWWA Air Release, Air/Vacuum, and Combination Air Valves for C512 Waterworks Service ANSI/B16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 125 ANSI/B16.3 Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings, Class 150 and 300 ANSI/B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Steel Nickel Alloy and Other Special Alloys ASTM A276 Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes ASTM A231 Specification for Steel Casting, Austenitic, for High-Temperature Service Section 331200 COLLIER COUNTY WATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 10 ASTM A743 Specification for Castings, Iron-Chromium, Iron-Chromium-Nickel, and Nickel-Base Corrosion-Resistant for General Application MSS SP-60 Connecting Flange Joint Between Tapping Sleeves and Tapping Valves 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. References to valve sizes on the Drawings and in the Specifications are intended to be nominal size, and shall be interpreted as nominal size. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: as specified in: 1. General Conditions; 2. Supplementary General Conditions; 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing: Test valves as specified in this Section. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL: A. All valves and appurtenances shall be of the size shown on the Drawings and as far asif possible all equipment of the same type shall be from one manufacturer. B. All valves and appurtenances shall have the name of the maker and the working pressure for which they are designed cast in raised letters upon some appropriate part ofon the body. C. All stainless steel components and hardware shall be a minimum of Type 304, unless otherwise specified. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS (SEE COUNTY APPROVED PRODUCT LIST, APPENDIX F). 2.3 DESIGN A. Resilient, Wedge or Gate Valves and Boxes 1. Valves for pipe less than 2 inches in diameter shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C509 or C515 (latest revisions) and shall be cast iron, single wedge, non-rising stem, screwed bonnet, 125 pounds S.P., 200 Section 331200 COLLIER COUNTY WATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 10 pounds W.O.G with stuffing box repackable under pressure and all parts renewable. Ends shall be as shown or indicated on the drawings. For approved air release line valves, bacterial sampling station line valves, curb stops, corporation stops, and ball valves see County Approved Product List, Appendix F. 2. Resilient, wedge or gate valves 2 inches in diameter and larger shall be cast or ductile iron body, non-rising stem, bronze mounted gate valves, mechanical joint conforming to requirements of the AWWA Standard C509 or C515 and shall be provided with a 2 inch square operating nut with the word “open” and an arrow cast in the metal to indicate direction. Valves shall be vertical resilient, wedge, or gate type and shall turn to the left (counter clockwise) to open. The wedge or gate shall be cast iron or ductile iron per ASTM A536, minimum 65,000-psi strength and, completely encapsulated with urethane rubber, permanently bonded to the wedge or gate to meet ASTM test for rubber metal bond, ASTM D429. The valve stems for non-rising stem assemblies shall be cast bronze with integral collars in full compliance with AWWA. OS & Y stems shall be on bronze bar stock. The NRS stem stuffing box shall be the O-ring seal type with two rings located above thrust collar; the two rings shall be replaceable with valve fully open and subjected to full rated working pressure. The minimum safe working pressure shall be 200 psi. All gate valves or plug valves thirty inches (30”) or larger shall have a concrete slab placed under the valve to help distribute the total weight of the valve and reduce line sagging. The concrete slab shall have 6”x6” 10/10 welded wire mesh, have lifting eyes, constructed using 3,000 psi concrete, be six inches (6”) thick, and sized according to the following table: Valve Size Length Width 30” 42” 30” 36” 48” 36” 42” 54” 42” 48” – 54” 60” 48” 60” – 66” 78” 60” 3. There shall be two low torque thrust bearings located above and below the stem collar. The stem nut shall be independent of wedge and shall be made of solid bronze. There shall be a smooth unobstructed waterway free of all pockets, cavities and depressions in the seat area. The body and bonnet shall be coated with fusion-bonded epoxy both interior and exterior. Each valve shall have the manufacturers name, pressure rating and year manufactured cast on body. The valve shall be designed and tested to be opened and closed under a differential pressure of at least twice the working pressure. B. Valves for Buried Service Section 331200 COLLIER COUNTY WATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 10 1. Valves for buried service shall meet all the requirements as specified herein for interior except that buried valves but shall have mechanical joint ends and stainless steel cover bolts. 2. All buried valves shall have cast-iron two two-piece valve boxes (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F). Valve boxes shall be provided with suitable heavy bonnets to extend to such elevation at the finished grade surface as directed by the ENGINEER. The barrel shall be two-piece, screw type. The upper section shall have a flange at the bottom having sufficient bearing area to prevent settling, shall be designed so as to prevent the transmission of surface loads directly to the valve or piping, and shall be complete with cast iron covers. Covers shall have "WATER" cast into the top. The covers shall be so constructed as to prevent tipping or rattling. All valve boxes located in paved roadways or sidewalks shall have locking covers. 3. Where valves are located out of pavement, the boxes shall be adjusted to finished grade with a concrete collar as shown in the Details. 4. Valve boxes shall be of the heavy duty, traffic bearing cast iron, adjustable screw type with a drop cover. The valve box assembly shall consist of a bottom section, top section and cover which is cast from gray iron, formulated to ASTM specification A-48 latest revision, minimum tensile of 21,000 psi and shall be free from blowholes, shrinkage or other imperfections not true to pattern. The shaft size shall be 5 1/4" and the adjustable length shall be from 18" to 36". The wall thickness shall be 1/4". The weight of the assembly shall be 61 pounds + 2 pounds, with the cover weight being a minimum of 13 pounds. 5. The name of the manufacturer and foundry of origin shall be cast into each of the components of the assembly in legible form. The assembly shall be suitable for highway traffic wheel loads of 16,000 pounds and shall withstand a proof load test of 25,000 pounds without failure or permanent deflection. C. Check Valves 1. All check valve bodies shall be cast iron per ASTM A126 Class B, having integral (not wafer) flanges. 2. The seat shall be centrifugally cast bronze with an O-ring seal and be locked in place with stainless steel lock screws and be field replaceable, without the use of special tools. 3. Swing check valves shall have a shaft of single and continuous stainless steel, extending both sides of the body with a lever and weight. The air cushion cylinder, when specifically required, shall be constructed of corrosion resistant material and the piston shall be totally enclosed within the cylinder and not open at one end. The air cushion cylinder assembly Section 331200 COLLIER COUNTY WATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 10 shall be externally attached to either or both sides of the valve body and shall permit adjustability to cushion the closure of the valve. Cushioning shall be by air trapped in the cushion cylinder, which shall be fitted with a one-way adjustable control check valve to cushion disc contact to the seat at the shut-off point. The bottom cylinder head shall be swivel mounted and not rigid to follow the change of force angles as the lever raises or lowers to open or close the check valve. Valve shall prevent backflow on normal pump shut off or power failure, at zero velocity and be watertight. The disc shall be cast iron utilizing a double clevice hinge connected to a ductile iron disc arm. The disc arm assembly shall be suspended from a stainless steel shaft, which passes through a seal retainer on both sides of the valve body. 4. Rubber flapper swing valves shall have a heavily constructed cast iron body and cover. The body shall be long pattern design (not wafer) with integrally cast-on end flanges. The flapper shall be Buna-N having an O-ring seating edge and be internally reinforced with steel. Flapper shall be captured between the body and the body cover in a manner to permit the flapper to flex from closed to full open position. Flapper shall be easily removed without the need to remove the valve from line. The check valves shall have full pipe size flow area. Seating surface to be on a 45° angle requiring the flapper to travel only 35° from closed to full open position for minimum head loss. Valve has non-slam closure characteristics. Flapper shall create an elastic spring effect to assist the flapper to close against a slight head to prevent or minimize slamming. Valve shall be designed for 175 psi working pressure for water. The valve shall be suitable for buried service, in which case, stainless cover bolts shall be furnished. 5. Valve exterior to be painted with Red Oxide Phenolic Primer Paint as accepted by the FDA for use in contact with Potable Water. Materials shall be certified to the following ASTM specifications: a. Body, cover & disc - Cast Iron - ASTM A126, Class B b. Disc Arm - Ductile Iron - ASTM A536 c. Seat - Aluminum Bronze or Stainless Steel - ASTM B148, ASTM A276 d. Disc Seat - Buna-N or metal e. Cushion cylinder - Corrosion-resistant Commercial material D. Backflow Prevention Devices 1. Backflow prevention devices shall be reduced pressure principle assemblies and shall be USC approved, and shall meet all requirements of the Collier County Cross-Connection Control/Backflow Prevention Ordinance, as then amended. Refer to Section 3, Utility Detail Drawings. Section 331200 COLLIER COUNTY WATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 10 E. Combination Air Release Valves for Potable Water and Non-Potable Irrigation Systems 1. Air release valves shall exhaust large quantities of air during the filling of a pipeline or vessel. The valve shall be capable of venting air up to sonic velocity without blowing shut; closing only after all the air has been vented. The valve shall continue to release small quantities of air under pressure as often as needed to keep the system free of accumulated air. The valve shall automatically open to allow air to re-enter during draining or whenever a negative pressure occurs. 2. Combination air valves shall be of the size shown on the plans and conform to the requirements of AWWA C512 and be of the “Kinetic” design capable of exhausting air at up to sonic velocity without blowing shut. 3. Body and cover shall be ASTM A126 Class B cast iron with stainless steel floats and replaceable seats of Buna-N or other suitable material. Internal linkage mechanism shall be 18-8 stainless steel. Plastic or bronze components are not acceptable. Air release orifice shall be suitable for 300 PSI maximum working pressure. Screens shall be installed on the opening of all air release valves. 4. Valves 3-inch size and smaller shall have a threaded inlet connection, and larger valves shall have a flanged inlet faced and drilled per ANSI B16.1 Class 250. 5. Valves shall have a threaded outlet on valves to 4-inch size and a protective cowl on larger sizes. 6. 1 inch NPT inlet and outlet shall be provided, unless otherwise specified on the drawings. 7. Connections from corporation stops to air release valves shall be brass for rigidity. F. Tapping Valves and Sleeves 1. All tapping sleeve and valve assemblies shall meet the requirements of AWWA Standard C500, latest revision. Cast iron tapping sleeves or stainless steel wrap-around sleeves, and cast iron valves shall be used to make live taps into the existing water mains where shown on the drawings. Flanges must conform to AWWA C207 Class D ANSI 150# drilling. Mechanical Joint (MJ) tapping sleeves are also acceptable. All bolts and nuts shall be as specifiedstainless steel. 2. CONTRACTOR shall verify type of existing main prior to ordering. The tapping valve shall have an inlet flange to match the sleeve and a mechanical joint outlet for connection to water main pipe. Tapping valve Section 331200 COLLIER COUNTY WATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 10 shall meet the requirements for gate valves specified herein. The sleeve shall have provisions for a tap and shall be pressure tested at 150 psi for a minimum of 30 minutes prior to tapping. G. Service Connection Materials 1. Service Saddles (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F) a. Service saddles or fittings shall be used with taps to all types of pipe. Gasket shall be cemented in place and confined in a retaining groove. Saddles shall be cast iron saddles with double brass straps. b. Tapping sleeves and valves shall be used for all taps. 2. Water Meters a. Potable Water Meters: Potable water meters provided for service connections to the COUNTY water distribution system shall be designed to accept an encoder compatible with the COUNTY Automatic Meter Reading (AMR) system. The COUNTY will install the meter and the AMR encoder unit on 2” and smaller meters. AMRs 3” and larger shall be turned over to the technician doing the full bore flush. All potable water meters larger than 2” shall be installed above ground. These meters shall be equipped with a backflow preventer and installed by the CONTRACTOR at his expense, including the AMR encoder unit. The type of backflow device utilized for potable lines shall be on the Water Department approved list of backflow preventers, Appendix G. All potable water meters 3” or greater shall be purchased by the owner and installed by the CONTRACTOR. The master meter assemblies shall be built in accordance with the design details in Section 3 – Utilities Detail Drawings. The location of all meters shall be clearly shown on the construction plans. b. Non-Potable Irrigation Water Meters: Non-potable water meters provided for service connections to the COUNTY non-potable reclaimed distribution system shall be designed to accept an encoder compatible with the COUNTY Automatic Meter Reading (AMR) system. The COUNTY will install the meter and the AMR encoder unit on 2” and smaller meters. All non-potable water meters 3” or greater shall be purchased by the owner and installed by the CONTRACTOR. The master meter assemblies shall be built in accordance with the design details in Section 3 – Utilities Detail Drawings. The location of all meters shall be clearly shown on the construction plans. 3. Corporation Stops for Service Connections Section 331200 COLLIER COUNTY WATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 8 of 10 a. Corporation stops (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F) shall meet the requirements of AWWA C800; ends AWWA thread x compression, CTS. 4. Water Service Tubing a. Water service connection tubing shall be blue polyethylene municipal service tubing as shown on Utility Detail Drawing W -12. b. Polyethylene tubing shall meet the requirements of AWWA Standard C901. Polyethylene tubing shall be 3406 polyethylene. 5. Polyethylene Service Tube Stiffeners a. A solid ring, stainless steel insert shall be installed with each and every compression connection made with polyethylene tubing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install all valves and appurtenances in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and in the locations shown, true to alignment and rigidly supported. Repair any damage to the above items to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER before they are installed. B. After installation, test all valves and appurtenances for at least one hour at the working pressure corresponding to the class of pipe, unless a different test pressure is specified. If any joint proves to be defective, repair it to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. C. Install all floor boxes, brackets, extension rods, guides, the various types of operators and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings that are in masonry floors or walls, and install concrete inserts for hangers and supports as soon as forms are erected and before concrete is poured. Before setting these items, check all plans and figures, which have a direct bearing on their location and assure the proper location of these valves and appurtenances during the construction of the structures. D. Flanged joints shall be made with Series 300, stainless steel bolts. All exposed bolts shall be made with Series 300 stainless steel bolts. E. Buried mechanical joints shall be made with COR-TEN bolts. F. Prior to assembly of split couplings, thoroughly clean the grooves as well as other parts. The ends of the pipes and outside of the gaskets shall be moderately coated with petroleum jelly, cup grease, soft soap or graphite paste, and the gasket shall be slipped over one pipe end. After the other pipe has been brought to the correct position, center the gasket properly over the pipe ends with the lips Section 331200 COLLIER COUNTY WATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 9 of 10 against the pipes. The housing sections then shall be placed. After the bolts have been inserted, tighten the nuts until the housing sections are firmly in contact, metal-to-metal, without excessive bolt tension. G. Prior to the installation of sleeve-type couplings, thoroughly clean the pipe ends for a distance of 8". Soapy water may be used as a gasket lubricant. A follower and gasket, in that order, shall be slipped over each pipe to a distance of about 6" from the end, and the middle ring shall be placed on the already laid pipe end until it is properly centered over the joint. Insert the other pipe end into the middle ring and bring to proper position in relation to the pipe already laid. The gaskets and followers shall then be pressed evenly and firmly into the middle ring flaires. After the bolts have been inserted and all nuts have been made up finger-tight, uniformly tighten diametrically opposite nuts progressively all around the joint, preferably by use of a torque wrench of the appropriate size and torque for the bolts. H. Carefully inspect each valve, open it wide and then tightly close it and test the various nuts and bolts for tightness. Special care shall be taken to prevent any foreign matter from becoming lodged in the valve seat. Gate valves, unless shown otherwise, shall be set with their stems vertically above the centerline of the pipe. Remove and replace any valve that does not operate correctly. I. Carefully center valve boxes over the operating nuts of the valves so as to permit a valve wrench or key to be fitted easily to the operating nut. Valve boxes shall be set to conform to the level of the finished surface and held in position by a ring of concrete placed under the support flange as shown in Section 3, Utility Detail Drawings. The valve box shall not transmit surface loads to the pipe or valve. Exercise care to prevent earth and other material from entering the valve box. Any valve box which is out of alignment or whose top does not conform to the finished ground surface shall be dug and reset. Before final acceptance of the work, adjust all valve boxes to finish grade. Valve extension stems or risers shall not be used. 3.2 AIR RELEASE VALVE INSTALLATION A. Prior to pressure testing a pipeline, all air release valve assemblies on that pipeline shall be installed. 3.3 SHOP PAINTING A. Ferrous surfaces of valves and appurtenances shall receive a coating of epoxy in accordance with AWWA Standard C550 and meets or exceeds all test requirements including the Food and Drug Administration Document Title 21 of the Federal Regulations on Food Additives, Section 175.000 entitled "Resinous and Polymeric Coating"; Impact Test Requirement in accordance with the ASTM D2794. END OF SECTION Section 331200 COLLIER COUNTY WATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 10 of 10 NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE Section 331619 COLLIER COUNTY HYDRANTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 4 SECTION 331619 HYDRANTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS A. Furnish and install fire hydrants where shown on the Drawings or directed by the ENGINEER. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 033100 – Concrete for Non-Plant Work B. Section 331200 – Water Valves and Appurtenances 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Install hydrants to meet current requirements of Collier County Utilities. B. Provide manufacturer's certificate those products meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's certificates on conformance. B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's drawings and data sheets for material to be supplied under this Section. Indicate sizes and types to be installed. 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. During loading, transportation and unloading, exercise care to prevent damage to materials. B. Handling: Fire hydrants should be unloaded carefully. The hydrant should be carefully lowered from the truck to the ground, not dropped. Only hoists and slings with adequate load capacity to handle the weight of the hydrant shall be used. C. Storage: Hydrants should be stored in the fully closed position to prevent entry of foreign material that could cause damage to the seating surfaces. Whenever practical, hydrants should be stored indoors. If outside storage is required, means should be provided to protect the operating mechanism. In outside storage, parts and flanges should be protected from the weather and foreign materials. Section 331619 COLLIER COUNTY HYDRANTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 4 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRE HYDRANTS A. Fire hydrants shall be of the dry barrel, compression type conforming to AWWA C502 “Standard for Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants” and additional requirements as set forth herein. B. Hydrant shall have break away upper sections capable of ready replacement without loss in the event of traffic damage. Each hydrant shall have a 6" bottom inlet connection and valve opening at least 5-1/4 inches in diameter. Hydrants shall have a national standard pentagon 1.5 inch, point to flat operating nut and turn to the left (counter clockwise) to open. Each hydrant shall be fitted with one 4- 1/2-inch pumper connection and two 2-1/2 inch hose connections, both having threads that conform to the Fire Division Standard for the area. Hose caps shall be chained (unless specified without by appropriate fire control district) to the hydrant barrel and fitted with nuts similar to the hydrant operating nuts. Each hydrant shall have a barrel of sufficient length to bring the bottom of the 6" pipe connection 3 feet below the surface of the finished ground. Each hydrant shall have breakaway flanges and be made in at least two sections bolted together. All interior working parts of the hydrant shall be removable from the top of the hydrant to allow repairs without removing the hydrant barrel after it has been installed. Hydrants shall have renewable O-ring stem seals. Hydrant barrels shall be painted AWWA Safety Yellow (lead free) or as specified by appropriate fire control district. They shall be designed for a working pressure of 150 psi. C. Hydrant shall have no drain ports. If ports exist, they shall be plugged with a threaded plug. D. Operating stem shall be equipped with anti-friction thrust bearing to reduce operating torque and assure easy opening. Stops shall be provided to limit stem travel. Stem threads shall be enclosed in a permanently sealed lubricant reservoir with O-ring seals. E. Hydrants shall be designated for 150 psi working pressure and shop tested to 300 psi pressure with main valve both opened and closed. Under test the valve shall not leak, the automatic drain shall function and there shall be no leakage into the bonnet. F. Hydrants shall be of the years manufacture when construction commenced. G. Acceptable models, see Appendix F, County Approved Product List. Section 331619 COLLIER COUNTY HYDRANTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 4 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Set hydrants plumb and in true alignment with mains. Utilize restrained joints as shown in the Collier County Standard Details. Carefully backfill around hydrants so as not to disturb the hydrant and thoroughly compact backfill so as to support the hydrant securely. The hydrants shall have 18-inch clearance measured from finish grade to the center of pumper connection. B. Hydrants shall be located a minimum of 4 feet from the curb in urban areas, and a minimum of 14 feet from the edge of pavement in rural areas, and in accordance with local Fire Department requirements. A gate valve shall be provided at the connection to the main as shown in the Standard Details. C. Hydrants requiring a lead to cross a roadway shall have a valve on both sides of the road. The valve nearest the hydrant must be within five20 feet of the hydrant. This requirement is not applicable to privately owned and operated water distribution systems. END OF SECTION Section 331619 COLLIER COUNTY HYDRANTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 4 NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE Section 333200 COLLIER COUNTY PUMP STATIONS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 6 SECTION 333200 PUMP STATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. This section includes the following items: wet wells, access covers, pumps, wet well equipment, valves, emergency bypasses, pump control panels, pump controller/RTU, antenna subsystem, disconnects, electric meters, electric service, pump wiring, lightning arrestors, and odor control systems. B. Conform all pump stations to the specifications, Utilities Detail Drawings, and latest National Electrical Code (NEC) requirements. C. When a pump station has a peak design flow coming into the station greater than 500 gpm, contact Public Utilities Planning and Project Management Department for specifications. D. For systems eligible to be taken over by the COUNTY, provide enough room to operate and maintain all water and wastewater systems in a simple and non- awkward manner. If a pump station pump needs to be replaced, provide enough room for the COUNTY to readily remove the pump, and to do so without interfering with traffic. In order toTo be eligible for conveyance to the COUNTY, the pump station easement area must be designed to 30’X30’, or twice the depth of the wet well by twice the depth of the wet well, whichever is larger, as defined in the Collier County Standards and Procedures Ordinance, Subsection 7.7(c), as amended or supercededsuperseded. E. Schedule required COUNTY inspections of (1) pump station installation prior to cover-up and (2) pump station start-up. F. Install all fencing around the pump station in accordance with Section 323113. PART 2 EQUIPMENT 2.1 MATERIALS A. All stainless steel components and hardware shall be a minimum of Type 304, unless otherwise specified. A.B. Wet Well: The concrete structure shall consist of precast, reinforced sections conforming to ASTM C76 and/or ASTM C478. 8-foot diameter wet wells shall have a minimum wall thickness of 8 inches. Wall thickness for larger wet wells shall conform to ASTM standards for wall thickness, but shall not be less than 8 Section 333200 COLLIER COUNTY PUMP STATIONS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 6 inches in any case. The minimum inside diameter for all wet wells eligible to be owned and maintained by Collier County shall be 8 feet. As a deviation, a 6-foot diameter wet well can be utilized if the ENGINEER can demonstrate that the wet well is sufficient hydraulically and the developer can demonstrate that the pump station shall be used for the perpetual and exclusive use of that particular development. For pump stations that will not be owned and maintained by Collier County, the ENGINEER shall set the design specifications for the wet well, provided such design does not in any way endanger the health, safety and/or welfare of the public. Base riser section shall be monolithically cast with the base slab. All concrete shall utilize Type 2 cement and have a minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi at twenty eight (28) days. On new construction, if more than one hole is abandoned and required to be cemented in, provide a new wet well barrel section. Reinforcing steel for all wet well structures should be sized by the unit manufacturer and verified by the ENGINEER. All connections to the wet well for gravity sewer piping shall be equal to those for manholes as described in Section 333913. Factory double coat all exterior surfaces with an acceptable bituminous or epoxy sealer a minimum of 18 mils thick. Seal all riser joints utilizing plastic joint sealing compound (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F). Reinforcement and top slab thickness shall be specified by the design ENGINEER for H-20 loadings in all cases. Minimum reinforced slab thickness shall be 8 inches. Typical standards for wet wells are available in the Collier County Standard Details. The ENGINEER shall be responsible for designing all wet well structures to overcome buoyancy forces exerted on the installed structure. Coat all wet well interiors with an acceptable field applied internal protection (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F) in accordance with Section 099723. B.C. Above-Ground Valves and Piping: Above-ground valves and piping must be positioned so that it does not lie above any gravity sewer line entering the wet well, unless field conditions dictate otherwise and the COUNTY has granted prior approval. Typical above-ground valves and piping standards are located shown in the Collier County Standard Details. All valve and flange bolting shall be Type 316 stainless steel. C.D. Pumps: Sewage pumps (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F) shall be of the submersible type suitable for operation in sewage of temperature not exceeding 115 degrees Fahrenheit. Pump head curves and design specifications for each application proposed shall be submitted for review and approval within the ENGINEER’s hydraulic design report. All pumps shall be three-phase unless approved by a Utility Deviation Form. At least one (1) pump in each wet well shall be equipped with an opening in the volute with a bolted cover for a mix-flush system (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F). D.E. Access Covers: Access covers for pump station wet wells shall be above the 100- year flood elevation unless the structure is located within a documented velocity and tidal flood zone, and elevation differentials prohibit such installation. In such cases, watertight access covers shall be utilized. The ENGINEER shall provide shop drawings of such access covers for review and approval by THE County Manager or designee prior to use. Access covers shall be constructed of diamond Section 333200 COLLIER COUNTY PUMP STATIONS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 6 plate aluminum sheets and aluminum structural members. All access covers shall be attached to aluminum angle frames with stainless steel hinges and fasteners. Angle frames shall be firmly anchored into the top concrete slab of the structure. All access covers shall be equipped with a ratchet-type restraint mechanism to prevent accidental closing of the cover and torsion bar or spring assist type openers. Assist openers shall be manufactured of stainless steel. Access covers shall be designed for H-20 loadings. E.F. Wet Well Equipment: All pump discharge piping shall be HDPE pipe and shall be in conformance with pipe utilized for wastewater force mains. All fittings shall be HDPE fused, flange/flange, or Uni-Flange connections. All nuts, bolts, fasteners, brackets, pump guide rails and other hardware located inside the wet well shall be 316 stainless steel. A pump out with a screened vent shall be provided on all installations, with the pipe extended through the wet well lid (see details). Electrical systems and components (e.g. motors, lights, cables, conduits, switch boxes, control circuits, etc.) in raw wastewater wetwells, or in enclosed or partially enclosed spaces where hazardous concentrations of flammable gases or vapors may be present shall comply with the National Electrical Code (NEC) requirements for Class I Group D, Division 1 locations. Electrical equipment located in wet wells shall be suitable for use under corrosive conditions. F.G. Valves: Discharge piping for each pump shall be equipped with a weighted check valve and plug valve. A tee with an isolation plug valve, equipped with a quick coupling (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F), shall be provided for a means of emergency bypass access to the wastewater force main. Valves shall be supported by stainless steel pipe supports. G.H. Emergency Bypass: A 4-inch emergency bypass connection shall be provided down-stream from the in-line discharge piping valves. The connection shall be readily accessible and be equipped with a plug-type isolation valve and 4-inch male Kamlock camlock type quick coupling and cap. H.I. Pump Control Panel (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F): Panel enclosure construction shall be equal to a NEMA 4X stainless steel with 3-point latch where required and utilize stainless steel. W hen possible, panel door shall open away from wetwell and not towards wetwell hatch to ensure safety during maintenance of wetwell and panel. To ensure proper installation of Control control Panelpanel, contact the Wastewater Department Division prior to rough-in or installation of Control control Panelpanel, for a pre-construction meeting with respective Wastewater Collections Personnelpersonnel. Control panels shall be mounted on two 6 6-inch by 6 6-inch precast concrete posts. All mounting bars, nuts, bolts, etc. shall be stainless steel. A 110/120 120-volt (110V) receptacle shall be provided inside the control panel for pump stations that have outdoor control panels. Ground fault interruption (GFI) protection shall be provided for all outdoor outlets. I.J. Pump Controller / RTU: Provide a pump control panel (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F) including a TAC Packtelemetry control unit (TCU (RTU) Section 333200 COLLIER COUNTY PUMP STATIONS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 6 for pump controlling purposes. At a minimum, the TAC Pack TCU shall include an integrated 2-Watt digital radio, an 18 18-amp amp-hour back-up battery, a manufacturer’s prefabricated wire harness, all manufacturer recommended surge protection, and suitable devices for measuring wastewater flow. The TAC Pack TCU shall incorporate three on-board fail-safe HOA switches and Triplex/Duplex/Simplex configurable operation mode. An on-board 240 or 460 VAC or 460 three three-phase monitor shall be provided. The Alarm light and bell shall be activated by the TAC Pack TCU and the external push-button alarm silence switch shall be wired into the TAC Pack TCU. The TAC Pack TCU shall incorporate an on-board 4- by 20 20-character LCD display for elapsed runtime of each pump. During the automatic sequence, the pumps shall be controlled in an alternate mode. J.K. Antenna Subsystem: Provide a high gain antenna (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F) for use to transmit and receive TAC Pack TCU data to and from the COUNTY’s existing TAC II SCADA server. Antenna shall utilize all welded- aluminum elements. Element connections utilizing nuts and bolts are not acceptable. Antenna shall have a single radiator element connected to a type N female connector. Antenna shall be supported on a mast/pole and have DC grounding for lightning protection. Antenna mounting hardware shall be made of stainless steel. Antenna shall meet or exceed the quality, reliability and performance of the RTA series as provided by Data Flow Systems, Inc. Antenna mast/pole shall be a 21foot by 1.25 inch SCH80 galvanized pole. Mounting of the antenna mast/pole shall be in accordance with all applicable local and state building codes as they pertain to structural strength and wind velocity requirements. Tower shall meet or exceed the quality and reliability of the AG20 25G manufactured by Rohn. Coaxial cable shall be RTC 400 as supplied by Data Flow Systems, Inc. Type N connectors shall be utilized at both ends of the coax. Type N connectors shall be sealed with 3 3-inch sections of Alpha FIT321-1-0 sealant shrink tubing. Coaxial cable shall be secured to the mast/pole with E.V.A.- coated 316 stainless steel cable ties. Cable ties shall meet or exceed the quality, reliability and performance of AE112 cable ties manufactured by Band-It. For pump stations to be conveyed to the County, a startup and successful testing of Data Flow telemetry equipment by Data Flow representatives and County Wastewater Collections instrumentation and telemetry representatives is required prior to County acceptance. After initial startup, for pump stations to be conveyed to the County, the latitude and longitude of pump stations shall be provided. K.L. Disconnect: A circuit breaker disconnect shall be provided to isolate the pump control panel. Disconnect shall be installed on the service line between the electric meter and control panel and shall be lockable in the “ON” or “OFF” position. Disconnects shall be housed in a NEMA 4X, stainless steel enclosure or better. L.M. Electric Meter: The electric meter servicing the pump station shall be located adjacent to the pump control panel, and shall be located and wired so as to service only the pump station facility. Section 333200 COLLIER COUNTY PUMP STATIONS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 6 M.N. Electric Service: All underground electric services shall be fully conduited in 2-inch diameter Schedule 80 PVC pipe from the power company source point to the pump control panel. The maximum length of the electric service from the power company transformer to the pump control panel shall be 200 feet. One spare conduit shall be provided and terminated in the meter. Only copper service wire shall be utilized. Sizing of the service wire shall be verified with the power company and the extent and location of the service shall be indicated on the record drawings. The CONTRACTOR shall certify that the voltage drop across the service does not exceed five percent (5%) of the power company’s line voltage at full load start-up of the pump station pumps. All pump stations shall have minimum 100-amp service. All electrical components shall be located within the COUNTY right-of-way or County Utility Easement (CUE). N.O. Pump Wiring: Power wiring for each pump, from the control panel to the wet well shall be conduited in separate 2 2-inch diameter Schedule 80 PVC pipe and an appropriately sized water-tight fitting with separate strain relief shall be installed on each line. A spare parallel 2-inch PVC pipe conduit from the panel to the wet well shall be provided. All wire shall be stranded THHN or MTW copper wire. The pump motor cords shall be flexible and serviceable under conditions of extreme usage. Total of angle bends shall be 180 degrees or less. All conduits between wetwell and control panel shall not exceed a total of 180 degrees of bends per run. All service conduits shall be 2" Schedule 80 PVC except where noted. The pump motor cords shall be flexible and have an appropriate amount of slack. O.P. Lightning Arrestors: All pump stations shall be equipped with lightning arrestor(s) (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F). The lightning arrestor shall be installed externally on the load side of the disconnect, between the disconnect and the main breaker. The penetration through the disconnect must be made below the working mechanism of the disconnect. P.Q. Odor Control Systems for Community Pump Stations: Furnish and install an 8’X11’ concrete slab for potential future odor control system. A Pre-Engineered Biofiltration Odor Control System shall be furnished if required by the engineer of record. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION Section 333200 COLLIER COUNTY PUMP STATIONS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 6 NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE Section 333313 COLLIER COUNTY WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 12 SECTION 333313 WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install complete and ready for operation all valves and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. The equipment shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Eccentric Plug Valves 2. Check Valves 3. Vacuum Breakers 4. Air Release Valves 5. Flange Adapter Couplings 6. Flexible Couplings 7. Diaphragm Seals 8. Unions 9. Mechanical Type Seals 10. Hose End Faucets 11. Pressure Gauges 12. Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventer 13. Flow Meters 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS A. All of the equipment and materials specified herein are intended to be standard for use in controlling the flow of wastewater and reclaimed water. Section 333313 COLLIER COUNTY WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 12 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS A. All of the types of valves and appurtenances shall be products of well-established reputable firms who are fully experienced, reputable and qualified in the manufacture of the particular equipment to be furnished. The equipment shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best practices and methods and shall comply with these specifications as applicable. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit within 30 days after execution of the contract a list of materials to be furnished, the names of the suppliers and the date of delivery of materials to the site. B. Complete shop drawings of all valves and appurtenances shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for approval in accordance with the General Conditions. 1.5 TOOLS A. Special tools, if required for normal operation and maintenance shall be supplied with the equipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All valves and appurtenances shall be of the size shown on the Drawings and as far as possible all equipment of the same type shall be from one manufacturer. B. All valves and appurtenances shall have the name of the maker and the working pressure for which they are designed cast in raised letters upon some appropriate part of the body. C. All stainless steel components and hardware shall be a minimum of Type 304, unless otherwise specified. 2.2 DESIGN A. Eccentric Plug Valves 1. All valves (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F) shall be eccentric plug valves unless otherwise specified. 2. Plug valves shall be tested in accordance with AWWA C504 Section 5. Each valve shall be performance tested in accordance with AWWA C504 Section 5.2 and shall be given a leakage test and hydrostatic test as described in AWWA C504 Paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4. The leakage test shall be applied to the face of the plug tending to unseat the valve. The Manufacturer shall furnish certified Section 333313 COLLIER COUNTY WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 12 copies of reports covering proof of design testing as described in AWWA C504 Section 5.5. 3. Plug valves shall be of the tight closing, resilient faced, non-lubricating variety and shall be of eccentric design such that the valve's pressure member (plug) rises off the body seat contact area immediately upon shaft rotation during the opening movement. Valve pressure ratings shall be as follows and shall be established by hydrostatic tests as specified by ANSI B16.1-1967. Valves shall be drip-tight in both directions (bi-directional) at rated pressure of 175 psi through 12-inch diameter, and 150 psi for 14-inch diameter and above. The valve shall be provided with a 2-inch square operating nut. 4. The valve body shall be constructed of cast iron ASTM A126, Class B. Body ends shall be mechanical joint to meet the requirements of AWWA C111/ANSI A21.11 or single gasket push-on type. 5. The valve plug shall be constructed of cast iron or ductile iron and shall have a conical seating surface that is eccentrically offset from the center of the plug shafts. The plug and shafts shall be integral. The entire plug face shall be totally encapsulated with Buna N (Nitrile) rubber in all valve sizes. The rubber to metal bond must withstand 75 lbs. pull under test procedure ASTM D-429-73, Method B. When the plug is in full open position, plug geometry and body waterway contours must provide a passageway that allows flow capacity equal to 100% of the adjacent pipe area. 6. Valve seat mating surface shall be constructed of a welded-in overlay of not less than 90% nickel or be a one-piece 304 stainless steel ring. Seat ring contour must be precision machined. 7. A mechanical "brake" shall be supplied on all valves and shall be capable of "locking" the valve in any intermediate position between full-open and full-closed. 8. Valves shall have multiple V-type packing and packing glands and shall be capable of being field adjusted or repacked without the bonnet or plug being removed from the valve with the valve under the full rated pressure. Valves shall have a port position indicator. 9. For corrosion protection, the interior ferrous surfaces of all plug valves shall have a 2-part epoxy internal coating to a minimum of 20 mils thickness. 10. Valve shaft seals shall be adjustable and comply with AWWA C507 Section 10 and with AWWA C507 Section 11. 11. Manual valves shall have lever or gear actuators and tee wrenches, extension stems, floorstands, etc. as indicated on the plans. All valves 6" and larger shall be equipped with gear actuators. All gearing shall be enclosed in a semi-steel housing and be suitable for running in a lubricant with seals provided on all Section 333313 COLLIER COUNTY WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 12 shafts to prevent entry of dirt and water into the actuator. All actuator shafts shall be supported on permanently lubricated bronze bearings. Actuators shall clearly indicate valve position and an adjustable stop shall be provided to set closing torque. All adjustable stop shall be provided to set closing torque. All exposed nuts, bolts, and washers shall be zinc or cadmium plated stainless steel. Valve packing adjustment shall be accessible without disassembly of the actuator. 12. Valves and gear actuators for submerged service shall have seals on all shafts and gaskets on the valve and actuator covers to prevent entry of water. Actuator mounting brackets for buried or submerged service shall be totally enclosed and shall have gasket seals. All exposed nuts, bolts, springs and washers shall be stainless steel. 13. Three-way plug valves shall be non-lubricated gear oriented. Valve bodies shall be ASTM A-126 Class, and be semi-steel with 125 lb. ANSI standard flanges. Plugs shall be resilient faced. Three-way valves shall be 3-way, 3-port 270- degree turn. 14. Plug valves installed such that actuators are 6 feet or more above the floor shall have chain wheels. 15. Where shown on the Drawings, plug valves shall be installed with extended shafts and actuators. Actuators for extended shafts shall be mounted on floor stands where indicated on the drawings or shall be removable handwheels where floor stands are not called for. Six-inch sleeves shall be provided for extended shafts in all floors; where necessary covers shall be provided. Shafts shall be of adequate strength to operate the valve and shall be 304 stainless steel where submerged and carbon steel elsewhere. Floor stands and covers, where called for shall be cast iron. Floor stands shall be equipped with valve position indicators. Where shown on the drawings, plug valves shall be furnished with extended bonnets, equal to DeZurik Figure 640. 16. All buried plug valves shall have a remote position indicator in the valve box showing position of the valve. A stainless steel centering and I.D. plate shall be provided showing direction of opening and number of turns to open for each valve. B. Valves for Buried Service 1. Valves for buried service shall meet all the requirements as specified herein for interior except that buried valves shall have mechanical joint ends. 2. All buried valves shall have cast-iron two two-piece valve boxes (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F), valve boxes shall be provided with suitable Section 333313 COLLIER COUNTY WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 12 heavy bonnets to extend to such elevation at the finished grade surface as directed by the ENGINEER. The barrel shall be two-piece, screw type. The upper section shall have a flange at the bottom having sufficient bearing area to prevent settling, shall be designed so as to prevent the transmission of surface loads directly to the valve or piping, and shall be complete with cast iron covers. Covers shall have "SEWER" cast into the top. The covers shall be so constructed as to prevent tipping or rattling. All valve boxes located in paved roadways or sidewalks shall have locking covers. 3. Where valves are located out of pavement, the boxes shall be adjusted to finished grade and a concrete slab two feet square and six inches thick shall be poured around the box, as shown in the Details. 4. Valve boxes shall be of the heavy duty, traffic bearing cast iron, adjustable screw type with a drop cover. The valve box assembly shall consist of a bottom section, top section and cover which is cast from gray iron, formulated to ASTM specification A-48 latest revision, minimum tensile of 21,000 psi and shall be free from blowholes, shrinkage or other imperfections not true to pattern. The shaft size shall be 5 1/4" and the adjustable length shall be from 18" to 36". The wall thickness shall be 1/4”. The weight of the assembly shall be 61 pounds + 2 pounds, with the cover weight being a minimum of 13 pounds. 5. The name of the manufacturer and foundry of origin shall be cast into each of the components of the assembly in legible form. The assembly shall be suitable for highway traffic wheel loads of 16,000 pounds and shall withstand a proof load test of 25,000 pounds without failure or permanent deflection. The valve box shall be cast, machined, assembled, and packaged within the United States and shall fully comply with the Buy American provisions of Public Law 102-240, enacted 12/18/91. C. Check Valves 1. All check valve bodies shall be cast iron per ASTM A126 Class B, having integral (not Wafer) flanges. 2. The seat shall be centrifugally cast bronze with an O-ring seal and be locked in place with stainless steel lock screws and be field replaceable, without the use of special tools. 3. The shaft shall be single and continuous stainless steel, extending on one side of the body with a lever and weight. 4. The air cushion cylinder, when specifically required, shall be constructed of corrosion-resistant material and the piston shall be totally enclosed within the cylinder and not open at one end. The air cushion cylinder assembly shall be externally attached to either or both sides of the valve body and will permit adjustability to cushion the closure of the valve. Cushioning shall be by air trapped in the cushion cylinder, which shall be fitted with a one-way adjustable Section 333313 COLLIER COUNTY WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 12 control check valve to cushion disc contact to the seat at the shut-off point. The bottom cylinder head shall be swivel mounted and not rigid to follow the change of force angles as the lever raises or lowers to open or close the check valve. Valve shall prevent backflow on normal pump shut-off or power failure, at zero velocity, and be watertight. 5. The disc shall be cast iron utilizing a double clevice hinge connected to a ductile iron disc arm. The disc arm assembly shall be suspended from a stainless steel shaft, which passes through a seal retainer on both sides of the valve body. 6. Valve exterior to be painted with Red Oxide Phenolic Primer Paint as accepted by the FDA for use in contact with Potable Water. Materials shall be certified to the following ASTM specifications: a. Body, cover & disc - Cast Iron - ASTM A126, Class B b. Disc Arm - Ductile Iron - ASTM A536 c. Seat - Aluminum Bronze or Stainless Steel - ASTM B148, ASTM A276 d. Disc Seat - Buna-N or metal e. Cushion cylinder - Corrosion-resistant Commercial material e.f. Exposed Nuts and Bolts – 316 Stainless Steel 7. For corrosion protection, the interior ferrous surfaces of all check valves used in sewage applications shall be coated with a factory applied, two-part epoxy coating to a minimum of 20 mils thick. D. Automatic Air Release Valves for Wastewater Systems All force mains shall have automatic air release valves installed as they are indicated on the plans. These Automatic Air Release Valves (ARV’s) shall conform to the following: 1. The ARV shall be a “Combination” ARV modified with a check valve on the discharge of the air piping to allow air release only operation. 2. The body of these valves shall be conical shaped to maintain maximum air gap to ensure no contact between the sewage and the seal. 3. The ARV shall seal at zero (0) psi and have an overall operating range of 0 – 250 psi, (0 – 17.2 bar). 4. The ARV shall close watertight when liquid enters the valve, even when the fluid is rising without pressure, (no minimum operating pressure required). Section 333313 COLLIER COUNTY WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 12 5. The working pressure shall be 250 psi (17.2 bar) tested to 360 psi (25 bar). 6. The ARV shall include both a Polypropylene Debris Shield funnel and an Orifice Strainer to prevent solids from entering sealing area. 7. The ARV shall have a rolling cup seal diaphragm for infinitely variable operation, providing water hammer inhibition. 8. The ARV body shall be constructed of 316 stainless steel. The float shall be Delrin (Polyoximethylene, POM) and the Float Spindle shall be of 316 stainless steel. The valve seat and all internal working parts shall be of corrosion- resistant materials. ARV flange hardware (nuts, bolts, washers) shall be of 316 stainless steel construction. 9. The threaded or flanged outlet size of the ARVs shall be sized by the design engineer. A minimum diameter of two inches (2”) shall be provided. 10. All parts required for ARV maintenance shall be the same for all connection sizes (i.e: . the internal parts for the 2” ARV are identical to the internal parts for the 4” ARV). 11. All ARV manufacturers and models shall comply with the County Approved Product List (Appendix F). All ARVs shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and shall have an isolation valve connection for control. 12. All ARVs installed for wastewater transmission systems (except at pump stations or wastewater treatment facilities) shall be installed in above ground polyethylene enclosures as shown on the County’s standard details. Color of enclosures shall be dark green. E. Flange Adapter Couplings 1. Flange adapter couplings shall be of the size and pressure rating required for each installation and shall be suitable for use on either cast iron or ductile iron pipe. They shall be similar or equal to Dresser Company, Style 128. All couplings shall have a sufficient number ofenough factory installed anchor studs to meet or exceed the test pressure rating for this project, 100-psi minimum. F. Flexible Couplings: 1. Flexible couplings shall be either the split type or the sleeve type as shown on the Drawings. a. Split type coupling shall be either the split type or the sleeve type as shown on the Drawings. The couplings shall be mechanical type for radius groove piping. The couplings shall mechanically engage and lock Section 333313 COLLIER COUNTY WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 8 of 12 grooved pipe ends in a positive coupling and allow for angular deflection and contraction and expansion. b. Couplings shall consist of malleable iron, ASTM Specification A47, Grade 32510 housing clamps in two or more parts, a single chlorinated butyl composition sealing gasket with a "C" shaped cross-section and internal sealing lips projecting diagonally inward, and two or more oval track head type bolts with hexagonal heavy nuts conforming to ASTM Specification A183 and A194 to assemble the housing clamps. Bolts and nuts shall be Series 300 stainless steel. c. Victaulic type couplings and fittings may be used in lieu of flanged joints. Pipes shall be radius grooved as specified for use with the Victaulic couplings. Flanged adapter connections (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F) at fittings, valves, and equipment. d. Sleeve type couplings (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F) shall be used with all buried piping. The couplings shall be of steel. The coupling shall be provided with stainless steel bolts and nuts unless indicated otherwise. e. All couplings shall be furnished with the pipe stop removed. f. Couplings shall be provided with gaskets of a composition suitable for exposure to the liquid within the pipe. g. If the CONTRACTOR decides to use victaulic couplings in lieu of flanged joints, he shall be responsible for supplying supports for the joints. G. Diaphragm Seals (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F): 1. Diaphragm seals shall be installed on pressure gauge connection to all lines where shown on the Drawings, to protect pressure switches used to monitor excessive pressures on pipe lines. The diaphragm shall be "thread attached" to both piping and pressure switches. Diaphragm seals shall be constructed of cadmium plated carbon steel, except for the lower housing which shall be specifically chosen according to the fluid pressure being monitored. 2. Diaphragm seals shall have a flushing connection. H. Unions 1. Unions on ferrous pipe 2" in diameter and smaller shall be 150 pounds malleable iron, zinc-coated. Unions on water piping 22" in diameter and larger shall be flange pattern, 125 125-pound class, zinc-coated. Gaskets for flanged unions shall be of the best quality fiber, plastic, or leather. Unions shall not be concealed in walls, ceilings, or partitions. Section 333313 COLLIER COUNTY WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 9 of 12 I. Mechanical Type Seals 1. Mechanical type seals (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F) shall consist of an adjustable modular bolted, synthetic rubber and plastic sealing element. J. Hose End Faucets 1. Hose end faucets (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F) for potable water supply at submersible stations shall be furnished with removable key and shall be lockable. K. Pressure Gauges 1. Each pressure gauge shall be direct mounted, cast aluminum case, with a four inch (4”) 42" diameter dial and furnished with a clear glass crystal window, 3/8" shut-off valve, and a bronze pressure snubber. Provide diaphragm seals between shut-off valve and pressure gauge on all sludge and lines with nonclear matter in suspension of solution. All gauges shall be weatherproofed. The face dial shall be white finished aluminum with jet black graduations and figures. The face dial shall indicate the units of pressure being measured (e.g., feet, inches, etc.) or be dual scale. 2. If shown on the drawings, each pump discharge lineGauges shall be furnished with gauges sized 0-100 psisized with an appropriate range of pressure readings shown in pounds per square inch (PSI). L. Reduce Pressure Backflow Preventer 1. If shown on the drawings, backflow preventers shall be supplied at each pump station, and installed in accordance with the Collier County Standard Details. M. Flow Meters for Master Pumping Stations 1. Meters shall be of the magnetic type (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F). with Teflon lining, stainless steel electrodes and ultrasonic cleaning, or the universal venturi type with flanged cast or ductile iron body and bronze throat. Flow meters shall be designed to record both the peak pumping station capacity and anticipated minimum flows with equally high accuracy. The meters shall be direct reading in gallons per minute, totalizing in million gallons per day and recording on 12-inch diameter, 24-hour linear charts in gallons per minute. All meters shall also be tied to the Radio Telemetry SCADA System. The flow metering system shall be installed within the pumping station structure, if space is available, or in an exterior protected and drained pit. In all cases, meter by-pass valves and piping shall be provided. Section 333313 COLLIER COUNTY WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 10 of 12 2. Flow meters shall be supplied for “Master Lift Pumping Stations” only. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install all valves and appurtenances in the locations shown, true to alignment and rigidly supported. Repair any damage to the above items to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER before they are installed. B. Carefully inspect each valve, open it wide and then tightly close it, and test the various nuts and bolts for tightness. Take special care to prevent any foreign matter from becoming lodged in the valve seat. Valves, unless shown otherwise shall be set with their operator shaft vertically. Repair and replace any valve that does not operate correctly. C. Carefully center valve boxes over the operating nuts of the valves so as to permit a valve wrench or key to be fitted easily to the operating nut. Valve boxes shall be set to conform to the level of the finished surface and held in position by a ring of concrete placed under the support flange as shown on the Collier County Standard Details. The valve box shall not transmit surface loads to the pipe or valve. Care shall be taken to prevent earth and other material from entering the valve box. Any valve box which is out of alignment or whose top does not conform to the finished ground surface shall be dug out and reset. Before final acceptance of the work, adjust all valve boxes to finish grade. Valve operating risers shall be installed with any valves required to ensure that the operating nut is 30-inches or less from the ground surface. D. After installation, test all valves and appurtenances for at least 1 hour at the working pressure corresponding to the class of pipe, unless a different test pressure is specified. If any joint proves to be defective, repair it to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. E. Install all floor boxes, brackets, extension rods, guides, the various types of operators and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings that are in masonry floors or walls, and install concrete inserts for hangers and supports as soon as forms are erected and before concrete is poured. Before setting these items, check all plans and figures that have a direct bearing on their location and he shall be responsible for the proper location of these valves and appurtenances during the construction of the structures. F. Pipe for use with flexible couplings shall have plain ends as specified in the respective pipe sections. G. Buried flanged or mechanical joints shall be made with Series 300, stainless STEELCOR-TEN bolts. All exposed bolts shall be made with Series 300 stainless steel bolts. Section 333313 COLLIER COUNTY WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 11 of 12 H. Prior to assembly of split couplings, thoroughly clean the grooves as well as other parts. The ends of the pipes and outside of the gaskets shall be moderately coated with petroleum jelly, cup grease, soft soap or graphite paste, and the gasket shall be slipped over one pipe end. After the other pipe has been brought to the correct position, center the gasket properly over the pipe ends with the lips against the pipes. The housing sections then shall be placed. After the bolts have been inserted, tighten the nuts until the housing sections are firmly in contact, metal-to-metal, without excessive bolt tension. I. Prior to the installation of sleeve-type couplings, thoroughly clean the pipe ends for a distance of 8". inches. Soapy water may be used as a gasket lubricant. A follower and gasket, in that order, shall be slipped over each pipe to a distance of about 6" from the end, and the middle ring shall be placed on the already laid pipe end until it is properly centered over the joint. Insert the other pipe end into the middle ring and bring to proper position in relation to the pipe already laid. The gaskets and followers shall then be pressed evenly and firmly into the middle ring flaires. After the bolts have been inserted and all nuts have been made up finger-tight, uniformly tighten diametrically opposite nuts progressively all around the joint, preferably by use of a torque wrench of the appropriate size and torque for the bolts. 3.2 AIR RELEASE VALVE INSTALLATION A. Each air release valve shall be installed at a high point in the pipeline. B. Prior to pressure testing a pipeline, all air release valve assemblies on that pipeline shall be installed. 3.3 SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS A. Materials, Construction: 1. All sewer service connections shall be of SDR 35 PVC as specified herein with elastomeric gaskets on pipe and fittings. 2. Service lines shall be connected to the sewer mains by means of a PVC wye fitting. The service branch of the wye fitting will be elevated depending on the depth of the sewer and the elevation of the property to be served. 45 45-degree bends or other fittings shall be used to connect the service line at the wye branch. Service lines shall be installed at such grades as will adequately serve the properties, minimum 1% slope. 3. Service lines shall extend from the sewer to the property line and be plugged. Plugs shall be plastic with sealer. Service lines shall be 6 inches for single residential properties and 6 inches pipe and larger for commercial, industrial, and multiple residential services. Service lines will have a minimum of 3 feet and a maximum of 5 feet of cover at the property line. Service will be provided to each lot. All laterals shall have a vertical clean out installed at the property line. Clean outs shall extend 24 inches above grade and should be capped. Section 333313 COLLIER COUNTY WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 12 of 12 After final connection of the lateral to a structure the clean out shall be cut off at grade and capped. 3.4 SHOP PAINTING A. Coat ferrous surfaces of valves and appurtenances with rust-inhibitive primer. Cap all pipe connection openings to prevent the entry of foreign matter prior to installation. 3.5 FIELD PAINTING A. Paint all metal valves and appurtenances specified herein and installed in valve and meter pits as specified. 3.6 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Subject completed pipe to hydrostatic pressure test at full working pressure. Repair all leaks and retest the line as approved by the ENGINEER. Prior to testing, support the gravity pipelines in an approved manner to prevent movement during tests. END OF SECTION Section 333913 COLLIER COUNTY SEWER MANHOLES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 7 SECTION 333913 SEWER MANHOLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Requirements for providing sewer manholes and all other appurtenances for a complete installation. Provide precast reinforced concrete manholes conforming to ASTM C478 in accordance with the Collier County Standard Details. B. Related Work Specified in Other Sections Include: 1. Section 055600 – Metal Castings 2. Section 099723 – Concrete Coatings 1.2 REFERENCE A. Codes and standards referred to in this Section are: 1. ASTM C 76 - Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain and Sewer Pipe. 2. ASTM C 478 - Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections 3. ASTM C 32 - Specification for Sewer and Manhole Brick (Made for Clay or Shale) 4. ASTM C 443 - Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets [Metric] 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of sewer manholes as specified in Division 1. B. Quality Control: Submit shop and field test reports of concrete samples tested in an approved laboratory. Section 333913 COLLIER COUNTY SEWER MANHOLES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 7 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General: Take every precaution to prevent injury to the manhole sections during transportation and unloading. Unload manhole sections using skids, pipe hooks, rope slings, or suitable power equipment, if necessary, and keep the sections under control at all times. Do not allow the manhole sections to be dropped, dumped or dragged under any conditions. Follow applicable requirements specified in Division 1. B. Damaged Section: If any manhole section is damaged in the process of transportation or handling (see Section 2.3.C below), contact the Public Utilities Wastewater Department for visual inspection. If the Wastewater Department deems it necessary to reject the manhole section, reject and immediately remove such sections from the site, and replace the damaged manhole sections at no increase in Contract Amount. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. See County Approved Product List, Appendix F, for a cceptable manufacturers of plastic joint sealing compound and sewer manhole frames and covers. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Concrete, Steel Reinforcement and Aggregates: Provide reinforced concrete, cementitious materials, aggregates and steel reinforcement conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 478, with 4000 psi concrete, Grade 40 reinforcement bars, Type II cement, and a minimum wall thickness of 8 inches. B. Steel reinforced polymer concrete manholes may be furnished and installed instead of the Type II cement manholes described above. If provided, steel reinforced polymer concrete manholes shall not require interior and exterior protection as described in part 3.1 F and 3.1 G. All steel reinforced polymer concrete structures shall be supplied by a qualified company with a minimum of 5 years’ experience manufacturing polymer concrete. All steel reinforced polymer concrete structures shall be manufactured and installed in accordance with the applicable requirements of ASTM C76, C478, C443, D6783, C33, C267, A82, A165, A496, A497, A615, and A615M. C. Manhole Frames and Covers: Provide manhole frames and covers as shown on the Collier County Standard details. Castings for manhole frames, covers and other items shall conform to the ASTM Designation A48, Class 30. Castings shall be true to pattern in form and dimensions and free of pouring faults and other defects in positions which would impair their strength, or otherwise make them unfit for the service intended. The scating surfaces between frames and covers shall be machined to fit true so the frames and covers do not shift under traffic Section 333913 COLLIER COUNTY SEWER MANHOLES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 7 conditions or permit entry of storm water from flooding. Lifting or “pick” holes shall be provided, but shall not penetrate the cover. The words SANITARY SEWER, as well as COLLIER COUNTY shall be cast in all manhole covers except those owned by a private party. All manhole frames and covers shall be traffic bearing unless otherwise specified. Frames and covers shall be fully bedded in mortar to the correct finished grade elevation with materials shown in the COUNTY’s Standard Detail Drawings. D. Preformed Joint Sealing Compound: Provide preformed joint sealing compound for joining manhole sections. E. Concrete Protective Liner: Provide concrete protective liner conforming to Section 02608. F. Pipeline Connections: Provide neoprene boots with type 316 stainless steel clamps of a design approved by the County Manager or designee for joining sewers to manhole riser sections. Fill the unfilled portion of the connection with mortar or concrete to guarantee a watertight seal. G. Doghouse Manholes: Doghouse manholes over existing sanitary sewer pipes are permitted, and in a number of instances, preferred. Provide a concrete base a minimum of 8 inches thick, with proper reinforcing rods to prevent cracking. Pour concrete base upon a 12-inch base of gravel. Precast manhole rings may be set in the concrete over the existing pipe. Concrete should then be used to form both the bench and to seal the pipe entrances, both inside and especially outside. Once dry, remove the top of the pipe in the manhole. H. Standard Manholes: The standard manhole shall be 4 feet or more in depth measured from the base of the cover frame to the top of the concrete footing and shall be of the concentric cone type, as shown in the Standard Details. If the manhole is 4 feet or less in depth, it shall be classified as a "Shallow Manhole" as specified below. I. Shallow Manholes: The shallow manhole shall be 4 feet or less in depth measured from the base of the cover frame to the top of the concrete footing and shall be of flat top construction, as shown in the Standard Details. J. Manhole Inverts: Form manhole inverts from concrete having a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 2500 psi, and as shown in the Standard Details. Inverts for "straight-through" manholes may be formed by laying the pipe straight through the manhole, pouring the concrete invert, and then cutting out the top half of the pipe. Construct curved inverts of concrete, as shown in the Standard Details, and form a smooth, even, half pipe section. Precast inverts may be used, however, no large "bowls" shall be permitted in the center of the manhole. To alleviate this problem, grout the invert to form a smooth, uniform invert as shown in the Standard Details. Maintain a 0.1 foot drop across the manhole. Section 333913 COLLIER COUNTY SEWER MANHOLES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 7 K. Inflow Protectors: In all manholes, install an inflow protector manufactured from a high-quality 304 stainless steel with a consistent thickness of not less than 18 gage (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F). The inflow shall have a deep-dish bowl design with no less than 8 inches in depth to allow easy and unobstructed removal of the manhole cover. The manhole inflow protector is to be manufactured with a one-piece rubber gasket installed at the factory for a tight, consistent fit. The rubber gasket is to be designed to secu rely wrap around the entire leading edge of the inflow protector at the point where it comes in contact with the manhole frame and cover. The wrap around rubber gasket is to be manufactured to a width of no less than 3/8 inches, consistent on top and bottom of the leading edge of the inflow protector. The gasket shall be no more than 3/32 inches thick. The insert removal handle shall be manufactured of a high-quality stainless steel for strength and durability. The handle is installed in such a way that it does not interfere with the installation or removal of the manhole lid. The insert handle will be manufactured to withstand a minimum pull force of 500 pounds before it fails or separates from the insert. The inscription “PROPERTY OF COLLIER COUNTY U TILITIES” shall be etched, at the base of the handle frame, to provide a long -lasting identification marker for the COUNTY. L. Chimney Seals: Install a minimum of two (2) precast concrete or HDPE riser rings with a chimney seal (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F) between manhole and cast iron frame. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. If requested by the County Manager or designee, at least three cylinders shall be taken each day that manhole sections are cast, with batch samples to be designated by the laboratory representative. At least one set of cylinders will be taken from each 9 cubic yards of concrete used in manhole section construction. These samples will be tested for strength. If the samples fail to meet specified minimum concrete strength requirements, all manhole sections manufactured from the concrete from which the cylinders were made will be rejected. B. The County Manager or designee reserves the right to core manholes either at the job site or point of delivery to validate strength of concret e and placement of steel. If cores fail to demonstrate the required strength or indicate incorrect placement of reinforcing steel, all sections not previously tested will be considered rejected until sufficient additional cores are tested, at no increase in Contract Amount, to substantiate conformance to these requirements. C. Components of the manhole shall be free of fractures, cracks, and undue roughness. Concrete shall be free of defects, which indicate improper mixing or placing, and surface defects such as honeycomb or spalling. Cracks or broken ends due to improper handling will not be acceptable. No lift holes will be allowed except in rise and corbel sections. These holes shall not penetrate the wall and shall be filled with non-shrink grout after installation. Section 333913 COLLIER COUNTY SEWER MANHOLES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 7 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Lifting Holes: Grout lifting holes through the structure with non-shrink grout. B. Precast Base: Provide a precast base of not less than 8 inches in thickness with a minimum dimension across the precast base of 72 inches poured monolithically with the bottom section of the manhole walls, reinforced, with a minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 3000 psi. C. Joining Manhole Sections: Join precast sections using plastic joint sealing compound (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F) and trimmed prior to grouting. The first construction joint shall be not less than 2 feet above the base slab. Use tongue and groove joints suitable for the flexible gasket. Use non - shrink grout inside and outside for sealing between manhole precast sections. Grout shall be of a type acceptable to the County Manager or designee and designed for use in water. Seal all openings and joints watertight. D. Top Termination: Terminate manhole tops at such elevations as will permit laying up grade rings under the manhole frame to make allowances for future street grade adjustments. E. Drop Connections: Manufacture drop connections, where required on precast manholes, with the manhole elements at the casting yard. Drop manholes shall be constructed per the Collier County Standard Details. F. Internal Protection: Provide internal protection for all manholes by either of the following (not required for steel reinforced polymer concrete manholes as described in 2.2 B. above): 1. Sewpercoat, or 2. IET Coating system, or 3. Raven Lining Systems Install the coating systems per manufacturer’s recommendation and completely protect the structure from corrosion. The liner or coating systems must extend and seal onto manhole ring, seal onto and around pipe openings, and any other protrusions, completely cover the bench and flow invert. Provide a five (5)-year unlimited warranty on all workmanship and products. The work includes the surface preparation and application of the coating or liner system, and shall protect the structure for at least five (5) years from all leaks and from failure due to corrosion from exposure to corrosive gases such as hydrogen sulfide. Repair internal coating of existing manholes cored during tie-in of new sewers by applying approved coating material as listed above in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. If existing manhole has an internal coating Section 333913 COLLIER COUNTY SEWER MANHOLES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 7 other than that listed above, sandblast the interior of the existing manhole and apply an approved coating in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. G. Coal Tar Epoxy: Coat all manhole, wet well, and valve vault exteriors with two (2) coats of coal tar epoxy to a minimum thickness of 8 dry mils (not required for steel reinforced polymer concrete manholes as described in 2.2 B. above). END OF SECTION Section 333913 COLLIER COUNTY SEWER MANHOLES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 7 NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE SECTION 3 UTILITIES DETAIL DRAWINGS Go to the Collier County website below for the latest revision of the Utilities Detail Drawings: http://www.colliergov.net/https://www.colliercountyfl.gov/your- government/divisions-f-r/public-utilities-planning-and-project- management/utilities-standards-manual COLLIER COUNTY TABLE OF CONTENTS UTILITIES DETAIL DRAWINGS Page 1 of 3 COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL SECTION 3 UTILITIES DETAIL DRAWINGS Table of Contents Detail Drawing Designations: G General NP Non-Potable W Water WW Wastewater Drawing Revision No. Title Date General Details G-1 Unpaved Area Trench Backfill Detail 04/2006 G-2 Paved Area Trench Restoration Detail for Private Roads 04/200607/2018 G-2A State Road, Major County Road, and Numbered County Road Flowable Fill Road/Trench Restoration 07/201804/2006 G-2B Road and Trench Restoration for Local Roads 04/200607/2018 G-3 Pipe Separation Detail 07/201804/2006 G-4 Pipe Conflict Detail 04/2006 G-5 Jack and Bore Detail 08/2008 G-6 Thrust Block Detail for Existing A / C Pipe 04/2006 G-7 Typical Valve Setting Detail 07/201801/2014 G-8 Typical Horizontal Directional Drill (HDD) Under a Roadway 07/201808/2008 G-9 Typical Subaqueous Horizontal Directional Drill (HDD) 07/201804/2006 G-9A Subaqueous Water Main Valve Vault Detail 07/201808/2008 G-10 Pipe Restraint Schedule 04/2006 G-11 Vehicular Guard Post Detail 07/201808/2008 Non-Potable Irrigation Water Details NP-1 Standard Non-Potable Irrigation Meter Assembly Service Connection 07/201808/2008 NP-2 Typical Irrigation Service Meter Setting Detail for Connection To Irrigation Main 08/200805/2009 NP-3 Not Used NP-4 Reclaimed, Raw, and Supplemental Water Air Release Valve Detail 0905/2009 NP-E1 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close Valve Singe Control Panel Site General Note and Keynotes 04/2006 NP-E2 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close Valve Single Control Panel Site Open/Closed Not-Potable Irrigation Water Meter Assembly 3” and Larger - Telemetry 07/201808/2008 NP-E3 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close Drawing Revision No. Title Date SECTION 3 COLLIER COUNTY TABLE OF CONTENTS UTILITIES DETAIL DRAWINGS Page 2 of 3 Valve Single Control Panel Site Layout & Elementary 08/2008 NP-E4 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close Valve Single Control Panel Site Open/Closed MOV Control Diagram 04/2006 NP-E5 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close Valve Single Control Panel Site Electrical Equipment Elevations 08/2008 NP-E6 Reuse System Standard Service connections Connections Open/Close Valve Single Control Panel Site Level Transducer Mounting Details 08/2008 NP-E7 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close Valve Single Control Panel Site Electrical Details 08/2008 NP-E8 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close Valve Single Control Panel Site Electrical Details 04/2006 NP-E9 Reuse System Standard Service connections Connections Open/Close Valve Single Control Panel Site Typical RTU Antenna Tower Details 08/2008 Water Details W-1 Temporary Blowoff Assembly with Bacterial Sample Point Detail 01/2014 W-2 Automatic Water Main Flushing Device Detail 01/2014 W-3 Fire Hydrant Detail 09/200607/2018 W-4 Connection to Existing Water Main Detail (Gap Configuration) 08/200807/2018 W-5 Potable Water Air Release Valve Detail 08/2008 W-6 Permanent Bacterial Sample Point Detail 08/2008 W-7 Not Used W-8 32-1/2” and Smaller Fire System Detector Check Assembly Detail07/201807/2011 W-9 Temporary Backflow Preventer and Fire Protection Meter Tie-In Assembly 07/2011 W-9A Alternate Temporary Backflow Preventer and Fire Protection Meter Tie-in Assembly 07/2011 W-10 Not Used W-10A Not Used W-11 43” and Larger Fire System Detector Check Assembly Detail 07/201807/2011 W-11A 4” Through 10” Only Compact Fire System Assembly Detail with Master Meter Upstream 07/2011 W-12 Typical Short and Long Side Water Service Meter Setting Detail for Connection to Water Main 08/200807/2018 W-12A Service Connection Sizing Chart and Notes 07/2018 W-13 3” and Over Potable Water Meter Assembly Detail 08/200807/2018 W-14 4” and Over Potable Water Fire and Domestic Meter Assembly Detail 09/200907/2018 W-14A Maintenance Driveway for Water Meters 3” and Larger 07/201809/2006 W-15 Not Used W-16 Fire Service Dual Detector Check Assembly Over 10” Fire Main Detail (Dual 8” Assemblies) 07/2011 Wastewater Details WW-1 Force Main Connection to Gravity Sanitary Sewer Detail 04/2006 WW-2 Private Force Main Connection to County Force Main Detail 07/201801/2014 Drawing Revision No. Title Date SECTION 3 COLLIER COUNTY TABLE OF CONTENTS UTILITIES DETAIL DRAWINGS Page 3 of 3 WW-3 Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Detail 07/201808/2008 WW-4 Shallow Manhole Detail 08/2008 WW-5 Drop Manhole Detail 08/2008 WW-6 Manhole Ring and Cover Detail 08/2008 WW-7 Pump Station Detail – Profile 07/201801/2015 WW-7A Pump Station and Wastewater Details 01/2015 WW-7B Pump Station Concrete Details 01/2015 WW-7C Pump Station and Wastewater Details 07/201801/2015 WW-8 Pump Station Detail – Plan 07/201801/2015 WW-8A Community Pump Station with Generator Detail – Plan 07/201801/2015 WW-8B Community Pump Station with Diesel Pump Detail – Plan 07/201801/2015 WW-9 Pump Station Control Panel Detail 07/201801/2015 WW-9A Community Pump Station Control Panel Detail – VFD Station with Generator 01/2015 WW-9B Community Pump Station Control Panel Detail – Non-VFD Station with Generator 01/2015 WW-9C Pump Station Lightning Protection Details 01/2015 WW-9D Community Pump Station – Riser Diagram with Generator Backup 01/2015 WW-9E Community Pump Station – Riser Diagram with Diesel Backup Pump 01/2015 WW-10 Sewer Connection Details – Property, ROW or Easement Line 08/200805/2009 WW-11 Sewer Clean-out Detail - Paved Areas 07/201804/2006 WW-12 Sewer Clean-out Detail - Non Paved Areas 01/2014 WW-13 Force Main Air Release Valve Detail 01/2015 WW-14 Not Used WW-15 Typical Flow Line Channels Detail 04/2006 WW-16 Double Sewer Clean-out Detail 08/200805/2009 WW-17 Telemetry Antenna Mount Detail 08/2008 WW-18 Grease Interceptor 08/2008 WW-18A Grease Interceptor Tables 04/2006 Vl z 0 iii z w � 15 L.J ::i 0 CONC. EQUIPMENT SLAB FIELD LOCATE W/ WASTEWATER COLLECTIONS STAFF, 239-252-2600 COMPACTED EARTH BERM TO DIVERT WATER TOWARD ROAD. TOP OF BERM TO BE HIGHER THAN BACK OF DIMENSION TABLE WEIWEU. INSIDE DIAMETER WEIWEU. HATCH OPENNG WEIWEU. HATCH OPENNG SEPARATION OF DISCHARGE RISER PFING GRASS COVERED POROUS PAVEMENT (SEE COUNTY APPROVED PRODUCT UST, APPENDIX F), CONCRETE, OR ASPHALT. RODS EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS MARK xx--xx--xx1 0 ® ® © NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED 12' ACCESS DRIVE b in I � i i i i i ALL PIPING IN THE WET WEU. AND liBCNF. GRADE SHAU. BE HOPE. ALLHOPE FITTINGS SHALL BE MOLDED. CONNECTIONS TO FLANGED PIPING, VALVES, ANO FITTINGS SHALL BE MADE WITH HOPE FLANGE ADAPTERS WJTl-1 STAINLESS STEEL BOLTING RINGS AND BOLTS. SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 330502. ® :;P�SJ���� =OEBU�£N�� ������:r ® NIPPLES TO CONNECT TO AFN. COMBINATION SUCTION PIPE ANO WETWELL VENT WITH 4• STAINLESS STEEL QUICK-CONNECT COUPLING UNIT WITH 2-HANOLE STAINLESS STEEL LOCl<ING C>P. SEE SHEET WW-7A FOR DETAIL 0 NOT USED ® CHECK VM.VE, (K1 (SEE COUNTY APPROVED PRODUCT UST, APPENDIX F) ® �u:��EEWR��':i" APPROVED PRODUCT UST, APPENDIX F), I@ NOT USED [i)J 4• QUICK-COUPLING UNIT COMPLETE WITH 2-HANOLE STAINLESS STEEL LOCKING CM' ON DUCTILE IRON RISER. PLACE INSIDE METER BOX FLUSH WlTI-1 FINISHED GRADE. @ NOT USED @ 2" AIR RELEASE VM.VE EQUIPPED WITH ONE WAY CHECK VM.VE (SEE COUNTY APPROVED PRODUCTS UST, APPENDIX F) MOUNIID ON 2° STAINLESS STEEL PIPING. � PUMP CONTROL PANEL: SEE TECHNICAL SPECIF1CA110NS SECTION 333200, 2.1.H. ANO DETAIL WW-9 Q§l � p�s\,���[E �SFORMERS SHM.L BE INSTM.LEO Ol/TSIOE [@ :�HHA��R� �,iE� =��p SJrT���iw. ljJl POWER METER @ SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECT WITH PAOLOCKABLE HINGE ©J NOT USED @ @ SEE GROUND TEST WELL DETAIL ON SHEET WW-9C FOR ADDmONAL REQUIREMENTS (lYP.) TELEMETRY ANTENNA. SEE WW-17. PROVIDE NEW ANTENNA LIGHTNING ROD, CONDUIT, ANO DOWN CONDUCTOR PER DETAIL ON WW-17. ROUTE LIGHTNING ROD OOWN CONDUCTOR TO GROUND ROD AT BOTTOM OF TOWER. BONO GROUND ROD TO STAllON GROUND MAT. #4/0 BARE COPPER. SEE GROUND MAT DETAIL ON SHEET WW-9C FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS (TYP.) 3/4" X 20' COPPER-CLAD GROUND ROD (TYP.) EXOlHERMICALLY WELOEO CONNECTION (lYP.) f2 SOLID TINNED COPPER JUMPER (TYP.) NOT USED @ NOT USED ® GROUND SURFACE WITHIN PUMP STATION FENCE SHALL CONSIST OF <1• DIA STONE. 4• THICK, WITH GEOTEXTILE FILTER FABRIC ® NOT USED PUMP STATION REVISION DATE: SHEET NO. MAY 2018 � DETAIL PLAN CoI6era»mcy WW-8 ------------- 1----------1 � PullieUllibesCliviocn NTS DIMENSION TABLE WETWELL INSIDE DIAMETER WETWELL 1-M.TCH OPENING WETWELL 1-M.TCH OPENING SEPARATION OF DISCHARGE RISER PIPING SAME AS C.U.E DIMENSIONS NOTE: CONTROL PANEL SIZE AND LOCATION MAY VAFff, DEPENDING UPON STATION REQUIREMENTS. SEE SHEETS WW-9A ANO WW-9B ®___/Li / BELOW GROUND L, VENT PIPE TO BE 2• SCH 80 PVC CONDUIT TO ELECTRICAL RACK SLOPED BACK TOWARDS WETWELL NOTE: ANTENNA SHALL BE ADJACENT TO CONTROL PANEL AND 3' MINIMUM FROM FENCE COMPACTED EARTH BERM TO DIVERT WATER TOWARD ROAD. TOP OF BERM TO BE HIGHER THAN BACK OF CURB (WITH CURB) OR EDGE OF PAVEMENT (WITHOUT CURB). SEE DETAIL 7A. RASS COVERED POROUS PAVEMENT (SEE COUNTY APPROVED PRODUCT LIST, APPENDIX F), CONCRETE, OR ASPHALT. MARK CD @ @ © NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS ALL PIPING IN THE WET WELL HID liBCNE. GRADE StW..L BE HOPE. ALL HOPE FITTINGS SHALL BE MOLDED. CONNECTIONS TO FLANGED PIPING, VALVES, ANO FITTINGS SHALL BE MADE WITH HOPE FLANGE ADAPTERS WITH STAINLESS STEEL BOLTING RINGS ANO BOLTS. SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 330502. TAPPED STAINLESS STEEL BLIND FLANGE OR COMPANION FLANGE FOR MN CONNECTION. PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL Ml. V/IL.VE. AND PIPE NIPPLES TO CONNECT TO NN. COMBINATION SUCTION PIPE AND WETWEU. \IENT wnH 4• STAINL£SS STEEL QUICK-CONNECT COUPLING UNIT WITH 2-HANOLE STAINL£SS STEEL LOCKING C>f>. SEE SHEET WW-7A FOR DETAIL NOT USED CHECK VALVE, (K") (SEE COUNTY APPROVED PRODUCT UST. APPENDIX F) PLUG VALVE (SEE COUNTY APPROVED PRODUCT UST, APPENDIX F), COMPLETE WITH WRENCH NOT USED 4• QUICK-COUPLING UNIT COMPLETE wnH 2-HANDLE STAINL£SS STEEL LOCKING CM' ON DUCTILE IRON RISER. PLACE INSIDE MEIER .r-......"Jll'--f:l�I-Jlil� ,J;lllll�HED-y"""·/""'- PUMP CONTROL PANEL: SEE TECHNICAL SPECIF1CA110NS SECTION 333200, 2.1.H. ANO DETAILS YNl-9A AND WW-9B, IS APPLICABLE. ALL ELECTRICAL SERVICE TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE INSTALLED OUTSIDE OF PUMP STA110N FENCE LINE 6" HIGH CHAIN LINK FENCE AS PER COUNTY STANDARDS. FENCE SHAU. HAVE GREEN SLATS TO SCREEN PUMP STATION FROM VIEW. POWER METER SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECT WITH PADLOCKABLE HINGE AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH PANEi.BOARD / MINI POWER ZONE AS REQUIRED CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECT WITH PAOLOCKABLE HINGE SEE GROUND TEST WELl. DETAIL ON SHEET WW-9C FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS (TYP.) TELEMEIRY ANTENNA, SEE WW-17. PROVIDE NEW ANTENNA LIGHTNING ROD, CONDUIT, AND DOWN CONDUCTOR PER DETAIL ON WW-17. ROUTE LIGHTNING ROD DOWN CONDUCTOR TO GROUND ROD AT BOTTOM OF TOWER. BONO GROUND ROD TO STATION GROUND MAT. f4/0 BARE COPPER. SEE GROUND MAT DETAIL ON SHEET WW-9C FOR AOOITIONAL REQUIREMENTS (TYP.) 3/4" X 20" COPPER-CLAD GROUND ROD (TYP.) EXOTHERMICAU.Y WELDED CONNECTION (TYP.) f2 SOLID TINNED COPPER JUMPER (TYP.) BOND FENCE POST. SEE FENCE POST/GATE BONDING DETAIL ON SHEET WW-9C FOR AODmONAL REQUIREMENTS (TYP.) 8' X 11' X 6" CONCRETE PAO FOR FUTURE ODOR CONTROL GROUND SURFACE WITHIN PUMP STATION FENCE SHALL CONSIST OF <1" DIA STONE, 4• THICK, WITH GEOTEX11LE FlLTER FABRIC STANOY-BY DIESEL GENERATOR. SUB BASE FUEL TANK. ANO CONCRETE PAO. SEE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SEC110N 263213 COMMUNITY PUMP STATION WITH REVISION DATE: MAY 2018 SHEET NO. GENERATOR DETAIL PLAN NTS eo�Com,cy WW-SA 1-----------1 � PullelNibeSOv,ocn u, z z w � 0 w ::j u u, <( w � <( u, SAME AS C.U.E DIMENSIONS @ (2)-2• CONDUIT TO TRANSFORMER NOTE: CONTROL PANEL SIZE AND LOCATION MAY VARY, DEPENDING UPON STATION REQUIREMENTS. SEE SHEETS WW-9A AND WW-98 � I � I I � I � !I!III � I © PUMP-OUT QJ) CONNECTION COMPACTED EARTH BERM TO DIVERT WATER TOWARD ROAD. TOP OF BERM TO BE HIGHER THAN BACK OF CURB (WITH CURB) OR EDGE OF PAVEMENT (WITHOUT CURB). SEE DETAIL 7A. DIMENSION TABLE WElWELL INSIDE DIAMETER WElWELL HATCH OPENING WElWELL HATCH OPENING SEPARATION OF DISCHARGE RISER PIPING 4" PVC PIPE, CAPPED ABOVE 2" SCH 80 PVC CONDUIT SLAB TO ELECTRICAL RACK CONC. SLAB FOR PIPE SUPPORT I STAINLESS STEEL GUIDE BARS �,..,...----11 ,-l NOTE: ORIENTATION AND LOCATION OF PUMP STATION COMPONENTS MAY VARY, FIELD ADJUSTMENT MAY BE REQUIRED. 1 2' ACCESS DRIVE COMMUNITY PUMP WITH DIESEL PUMP PLAN NTS o io GRASS COVERED POROUS PAVEMENT (SEE COUNTY APPROVED PRODUCT LIST, APPENDIX F), CONCRETE, OR ASPHALT. MARK CD @ 0 © ® ® CV ® ® ® QJI NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS ALL PIPING IN THE WET WELL ANO ABOVE GRADE SHALL BE HOPE. ALL HOPE FITTINGS SHALL BE MOLDED. CONNECTIONS TO FLANGED PIPING, VALVES, ANO FITTINGS SHALL BE MADE WITH HOPE FLANGE ADAPTERS WITH STAINLESS STEEL BOLTING RINGS AND BOLTS. SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 330502. TAPPED STAINLESS STEEL BLIND FLANGE OR COMPANION FLANGE FOR ARV CONNECTION. PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVE AND PIPE NIPPLES TO CONNECT TO AFN, COMBINATION SUCTION PIPE AND WETWELL VENT WITH 4 • STAINLESS STEEL QUICK-CONNECT COUPLING UNIT WITH 2-HANDLE STAINLESS STEEL LOCKING CAP. SEE SHEET WW-7A FOR 0OAIL. NOT USED CHECK VALVE, (K'") (SEE COUNTY APPROVED PRODUCT UST, APPENDIX F} PLUG VALVE (SEE COUNTY APPROVED PRODUCT UST, APPENDIX F), COMPLETE WITH WRENCH STAINLESS STEEL WALL PENETRATION ASSEMBLY, BLACK, SEE WW-7A. ALL PENETRATIONS SHALL BE CORED IN THE FIELD. 4" QUICK-COUPLING UNIT COMPLETE WITH 2-HANDLE STAINLESS STEEL LOCKING OP ON DUCTILE IRON RISER. PLACE INSIDE METER BO US 1TH SHED E. PUMP CONTROL PANEL: SEE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 333200, 2.1.H. AND DETAIL WW-9 ALL ELECTRICAL SERVICE TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE INSTALLED OUTSIDE OF PUMP STATION FENCE LINE 6' HIGH CHAIN LINK FENCE AS PER COUNTY STANDARDS. FENCE SHALL HAVE GREEN SLATS TO SCREEN PUMP STATION FROM VIEW. POWER METER SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECT WITH PADLOCKABLE HINGE NOT USED 120V PANELBOARD / MINI POWER ZONE AS REQUIRED NOT USED SEE GROUND TEST WELL DETAIL ON SHEET WW-9C FOR ADDmONAL REQUIREMENTS (TYP.) TELEMETRY ANTENNA, SEE WW-17. PROVIDE NEW ANTENNA LIGHTNING ROD. CONDUIT, ANO DOWN CONDUCTOR PER DETAIL ON WW-17. ROUTE LIGHTNING ROD DOWN CONDUCTOR TO GROUND ROD AT BOTTOM OF TOWER. BONO GROUND ROD TO STATION GROUND MAT. #4/0 BARE COPPER. SEE GROUND MAT DETAIL ON SHEET WW-9C FOR ADDmONAL REQUIREMENTS (TYP.) 3/4" X 20' COPPER-CLAD GROUND ROD (TYP.) EXOTHERMICALLY WELDED CONNECTION (TYP.) #2 SOLID TINNED COPPER JUMPER (TYP.) BOND FENCE POST. SEE FENCE POST/GATE BONDING DETAIL ON SHEET WW-9C FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS (lYP.) 8' X 11' X 6" CONCRETE PAD FOR FUTURE ODOR CONTROL GROUND SURFACE WITHIN PUMP STATION FENCE SHALL CONSIST OF <1" DIA STONE, 4 • THICK, WITH GEOTEXTILE FILTER FABRIC STAND-BY DIESEL PUMP WITH INTEGRATED FUEL TANK AND CONCRETE PAD. SEE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 221336. STATION REVISION DATE: SHEET NO. DETAIL MAY 2018 eo� Cow1cy WW -8 Bt------------< � Nlle�Ov,oon SECTION 4 APPENDICES The following publications are incorporated into this Manual and are made a part of this manual as is set out verbatim in this Manual. Violations of any provision of every such publication, as updated from time-to-time by Resolution(s) of the Board of County Commissioners, shall be a violation of the Collier County Utilities Standards and Procedures Ordinance, as then amended. Go to the Collier County website below for the latest revisions to the appendices: http://www.colliergov.net/https://www.colliercountyfl.gov/your- government/divisions-f-r/public-utilities-planning-and-project- management/utilities-standards-manual COLLIER COUNTY SECTION 4 APPENDICES TABLE OF CONTENTS APPENDICES Page 1 of 1 COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL SECTION 4 APPENDICES Table of Contents Appendix A Utilities Utility Deviation Forms Appendix B Water Meter Sizing Form Appendix C Final Waiver of Liens – Conveyance of Utilities Facilities to County Appendix D Utilities Conveyance Checklist Appendix E Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form Appendix F County Approved Product List Appendix G Approved Backflow Devices Utility Deviation Form Revision Date: December 2017 Any request for a deviation from the Collier County Water -Sewer District Utilities Standards and Procedures must be submitted on the Utility Deviation Form and should include all required information for a faster and more efficient process. Please email your request to UtilityPlanning@colliercountyfl.gov. Please maintain on deviation per form and select the appropriate type(s) of deviation (Wastewater, Water, IQ Water, or Grease Trap). Provide the associated land use application number assigned by the Growth Management Department. Ensure to select whether the deviation is on a privately owner or county owner system. Include a drawing that has the area(s) of interest highlighted for quick referencing. Please include any and all equipment specification information, pressures and velocities of flows, or other pertinent documentation and a cover letter to give additional information that may not be addressed on the form. For Grease Trap Deviations, please include a cover letter giving any relevant information regarding the kitchen and its use, a copy of the menu of what is to be cooked a nd served, and a floor plan of the kitchen and seating area. Typically, Utility Deviation requests are processed within 5-10 business days. You will be notified by email of the outcome of your deviation request. If the deviation is rejected, a meeting may be requested with the appropriate Director and staff to discuss. If you have any questions regarding this process, please call (239) 252-8836 or email your questions to UtilityPlanning@colliercountyfl.gov. COLLIER COUNTY PUBLIC UTILITIES DEPARTMENT ENGINEERING AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT DIVISION 3339 East Tamiami Trail Suite 303 Naples, FL 34112 Phone: (239) 252-8836 Utility Deviation Form Revision Date: December 2017 Date:___________ Wastewater Water IQ Water Grease Trap Land Use Application #____________________ Privately Owned County Owned Project Name: ________________________________________________________________ Folio Number(s): ________________________________________ Petitioner’s Name & Business Name: _______________________ _______________________________________________________ Business Address: ______________________________________ _______________________________________________________ Phone #: ______________________________________________ Email: _______________________________________________ Reason for Request: __________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ How does this Request Differ from Ordinance: ____________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Impact of this Request of Affected Area:__________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Impact of this Request on the Maintenance of the System: __________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Explain Benefits Request Will Have to the Operation/Maintenance of the Collier County Utility System: ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Additional Comments: ________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ UTILITY DEVIATION FORM Petitioners Request REQUIRED INFORMATION Cover Letter w/Pertinent Information Site Drawings Detail Specifications (include MFR Maint. Procedures for Grease Trap Deviations) Menu & Seating (Only for Grease Trap Deviations) Meter Size Required: Meter Size Requested: Existing Meter Size: Demand in accordance with the attached Fixture Flow Value Worksheet(s) and the Table for Estimating Demand: ________GPM If the meter size requested is larger than the meter size required per the table below, please indicate the reason for the request by checking the appropriate box:  Fire Flow Type or Print Name of Engineer/Architect of Record for Project Signature of Engineer/Architect of Record for Project and Date [Affix Engineering/Architect Stamp Here] Demand Range (GPM) Meter Size 0 to 30 ¾” 30.1 to 50 1” 50.1 to 100 1 ½” 100.1 to 160 2” 160.1 to 450 3” 450.1 to 1,000 4” 1,000.1 to 2,000 6” 2,000.1 to 3,500 8” Preparer's Information: Project Information: Date ====> Name ============> Permit or AR Number Title =============>____________________________________________ Name of Project ===> Company=========>____________________________________________ Project Address ===> Address ==========> Phone ============> Email Address =====> Please Note: 1. All commercial facilities must be metered separately from residential facilities with the exception of those commercial facilities that are within a master metered residential development and designed for the exclusive use of the residents within such development. 2. The Design Engineer/Architect must submit signed and sealed documentation supporting meter sizing. Sizing shall be based upon fixture flow values, as shown on the following page and the table on page 3, unless approved otherwise by Utility Deviation. If an increase in meter size is requested to accommodate for fire flow, the Engineer/Architect should check appropriate box below. A Utility Deviation will not be required for increasing meter size for fire flow requirements. For all meter sizes, the Engineer/Architect must consider all relevant factors before selecting the final meter size. 3. For remodeling projects, this form must be submitted only if there is a net increase in fixture flow value. This Section to be filled out by Engineer/Architect of Record: Effective: May 2018  Other (Please attach Utility Deviation Approval) Water Meter Sizing Form One Form Per Meter Page 1 of 43 Rev. 10/2006 Utilities Conveyance Checklist POTABLE WATER, NON-POTABLE IRRIGATION WATER AND WASTEWATER FACILITIES ACCEPTANCE Today’s Date: Project Name: Original Project No. (AR/PL): Utility PLAR#: N/A Submittal Requirements 1. Final Utility Acceptance Application 2. Addressing Checklist (ID number or Folio number of Property) Legal Documents N/A In review Item accepted Item Needed Notes 1. Attorney’s Affidavit 2. Owner’s Affidavit 3. Warranty Deed/Bill of Sale with Exhibit B per Utilities Standards and Procedures Ordinance Section 10.2.6 4. Utilities Facilities Securities Subordination (required when any security interest in the utility facilities/systems is involved). UCC-1(s) can be subordinated by a Subordination or by use of UCC-3(s) if not released by Subordination. 5. Deed of Utility Easement - Copy of last Deed that conveyed title of the Associated Real Property and Copy of all Utility Easements then being conveyed to the County, including legal description with Surveyor’s Sketch of Easement. (Utility easements are not required provided all utility facilities then being conveyed are in public right-of way, are in then existing utility easements, or are in CUEs) 6. Utilities Performance Security (UPS) 10% of Total Cost plus Final Obligations cash bond of not less than $4,000 (AR-5939 & above) 7. Final Release of Lien from Utility Contractor for the system(s) or portion(s) thereof constructed 8. Facilities Lease (when applicable) 9. Facilities Lease (including Sub-Developer) use Form 10.1 CHECKLIST WATER & SEWER FACILITIES ACCEPTANCE COUNTY ORDINANCE 97-17, AS AMENDED Page 2 Page 2 of 43 Rev. 10/2006 Tests, Certifications and Supplemental Documents N/A In review Item accepted Item Needed Notes 1. Sewer Video tape of constructed gravity sewer (Sewer Report & Master Utility Sheet) 2. Certification of pressure testing of wastewater force mains by Engineer of Record 3. Certification of the infiltration/exfiltration tests for the sewer lines by Engineer of Record 4. Coating certification from the manufacturer or a professional testing laboratory for all manholes, wet wells and valve vault. 5. Lift station(s) start up report(s) 6. Electrical Contractor’s certification of Lift Station electric service wire sizing and voltage drop pursuant to National Electrical Code Specifications 7. Start-up and successful testing of Data Flow telemetry equipment (AR-7936 & above) 8. Certification of pressure testing of water and non-potable irrigation mains by Engineer of Record 9. Letter by Engineer certifying that: • all water, non-potable irrigation and/or sewer facilities are located within the public right-of-way or dedicated easements • All the utilities system(s), or portion(s) thereof, has been constructed in accordance with County Ordinances and Regulations, including the required color for piping 10. One year (1) Warranty on work performed and system(s) or portion(s) thereof installed by Utilities Contractor 11. Engineer’s Final Payment Confirmation 12. 13. DEP Certification and copy of General Permit for WATER facilities (including interim facilities, if applicable); DEP WATER Certification approval In-Service Letter to be forwarded when received CHECKLIST WATER & SEWER FACILITIES ACCEPTANCE COUNTY ORDINANCE 97-17, AS AMENDED Page 3 Page 3 of 43 Rev. 10/2006 14 3. 15. DEP Certification and copy of General Permit for SEWER facilities (including interim facilities, if applicable); DEP SEWER Certification approval In-Service Letter to be forwarded when received 16 4. DEP Certification and copy of General Permit for (RECLAIMED) NON- POTABLE IRRIGATION WATER facilities (including interim facilities, if applicable); In-service Letter to be forwarded when received 17 5. Lab results on bacteriological tests for potable water mains 18 6. Satisfactory Test Reports and Certification of backflow device by Certified Laboratory. 19 7. Verification of Final Cost (Include materials and labor, misc.) Cost breakdown – Contributory Assets for County/Private Materials (materials only) (i.e. detailed quantities, sizes, unit cost, total cost, etc) 18. Letter from Engineering Inspections certifying that the Preliminary Inspection reveals that the utilities system(s), or portion(s) thereof, has been constructed in accordance with County Ordinances and Regulations including the required color for piping. 20 19. Letter from the Fire District regarding ownership and maintenance of fire hydrants Only applicable within East Naples Fire District 21 0. Signed copy of field fire flow testing by the applicable Fire Control District Engineering Documents N/A In review Item accepted Item Needed Notes 1. One Three (13) complete sets of Record Drawings to include all utilities and all related underground work signed and sealed by the Engineer of Record for potable water, non-potable irrigation water and / or OR wastewater system(s) or portion(s) thereof 2. Five (5) complete sets to include all utilities and all related underground work signed and sealed by the Engineer of Record for potable water AND wastewater and/or non-potable irrigation water system(s) or portion(s) thereof 23. One (1) computer-generated disk of Record Drawings in CAD and PDF format files in accordance with Section 10.4: Record Drawings of the Utilities Standards and Procedures Ordinance CHECKLIST WATER & SEWER FACILITIES ACCEPTANCE COUNTY ORDINANCE 97-17, AS AMENDED Page 4 Page 4 of 43 Rev. 10/2006 34. Longitude and latitude shall appear on detail sheet. (AR-7936 & above) Office Use Only below this line W W/S S IRR APPENDIX E VENDOR AND MANUFACTURER APPROVAL APPLICATION FORMS VENDOR AND MANUFACTURER APPROVAL APPLICATION FORMS Please prepare the completed Approval Application Form along with all requested information, and email all documents to the Public Utilities Engineering and Project Management DepartmentDivision as noted below. All documents must be in either PDF or WORD or EXCEL format. Other file formats will not be accepted. Faxes will not be accepted. UtilityPlanning@colliercountyfl.gov Mr. Nathan Beals NathanBeals@colliergov.net Phone: (239) 252-2583 Page 1 of 4 Rev 08/08 Date: A. Application Contact Name & Business: Address Phone # Fax # Email address B. Manufacturer of Product Address Phone # Fax # Email address C. Specific Location(s) of Product Manufacture and Assembly Address Phone # Fax # Email address D. Identify specific County Detail(s) or Specification(s) on which approval is sought. VENDOR AND MANUFACTURER APPROVAL APPLICATION FORM Page 2 of 4 Rev 08/08 E. Is the applicant the product manufacturer? If not, describe the relationship of the applicant to the manufacturer. Yes No F. Is the product available through more than one vendor? Describe who will provide sales and service to the County for the submitted product . Yes No G. Is the product is manufactured in whole or in part outside of the United States? Yes No H. If the answer to Item G is Yes, attach copy of ISO 9001 Quality Control current certification certificates for the manufacturer and the point of manufacture. I. How long has the specific product or service being proposed been on the market for public purchase? No. of Years J. In the case of applicators or installers, for how long has work been commenced and completed using the specific product or service being proposed? No. of Years K. Provide a product or service customer reference list that identifies the organization, location, contact person, email address, phone number, date of first installation, date of completion, number of products used, and the specific application of the product with each reference. Applicators and installers must have at least three references using the specific product or service being proposed. L. Provide a list identifying the public utility departments or organizations that have approved your product. Preference should be given to utility departments within the state of Florida. The list must include a contact name, email address and phone number at each public utility. Page 3 of 4 Rev 08/08 M. Attach legible copies of pertinent product data sheets, shop drawings and performance data to assist with the County’s review. All information must be submitted with the Application form. Clearly identify what product and product sizes are being proposed. Complete submittals are required with initial application, and supplemental submittals will not be accepted. N. As applicable, provide copies of certifications that specific product being proposed meets the following standards: UL Approval attached Yes No FM Approval attached Yes No NSF 61 Approval attached Yes No (NSF 61 approval is mandatory for all products that may be in contact with potable water.) O. Summarize the advantages of the submitted product or service. Provide no more than one page of text. P. Provide estimated unit cost for the submitted product or service. Q. Provide separate estimated unit costs for the operation and the maintenance of the submitted product or service. R. Based on the references identified above, identify the anticipated life of the submitted product or service before either replacement or major repair is needed. S. Explain benefits this application will have to the operation and maintenance of the Collier County Utility system: Page 4 of 4 Rev 08/08 The applicant hereby affirms the information provided with this Application Form is complete, accurate and current. Submitted by Signature Firm name Date ItemManufacturerModel(s)Location in Standards ManualCasing Spacer End Seals PowersSealPENDSEALEndSealSection 330523.16, Page 4, 3.1 B.1Casing Spacer End Seals Cascade Waterworks MFG Co. CCES Section 330523.16, Page 4, 3.1 B.1Casing Spacers Stainless Steel PowersSealModel 4810 Section 330523.16, Page 4, 3.1 B.1/ G-5Casing Spacers Stainless Steel Cascade Waterworks MFG Co. CCS Section 330523.16, Page 4, 3.1 B.1/ G-5Electronic Markers 3M Electronic Ball Marker 1423 &, 1424 & 1428Section 1;: 12.6.1, 23.1.4, 23.2.1/WW-10/WW-12/WW-16Electronic Markers OMNI MARKEROmni Marker Model 161 or, 162 & 168Section 330518, Page 9, 3.2 O.2FencesChain Link Fence Co. of PennsylvaniaSection 323113, Page 2, 2.1.AFencesU.S. Steel-CycloneSection 323113, Page 2, 2.1.AJoint Restraint Devices EBAA Iron Sales Section 1: 12.3/Section 330503, Page 5, 2.1 L./Section 330504, Page 7, 2.5 F.Joint Restraint Devices Romac IndustriesSection 1: 12.3/Section 330503, Page 5, 2.1 L./Section 330504, Page 7, 2.5 F.Joint Restraint Devices Sigma Section 1: 2.3/Section 330503, Page 5, L.1./Section 330504, Page 7, 2.5 F.Joint Restraint Devices Star Restraint Pipe Products Section 1: 12.3/Section 330503, Page 5, 2.1 L./Section 330504, Page 7, 2.5 F.Joint Restraint DevicesUniflange Ford Meter Box CompanySection 1: 2.3/Section 330503, Page 5, L.1./Section 330504, Page 7, 2.5 F.Joint Restraint Devices, Push-On joints for push joint pipeAmerican Cast Iron Pipe CompanyFlex-Ring & Lok-RingSection 330504, Page 7, F.3.NOTES:2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards. All Systems1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and reviewed to be considered an equal.Collier County Public Utilities DivisionDepartmentCounty Approved Product ListAppendix FPage 1 of 15Rev. 07/2018 ItemManufacturerModel(s)Location in Standards ManualNOTES:2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards. All Systems1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and reviewed to be considered an equal.Collier County Public Utilities DivisionDepartmentCounty Approved Product ListJoint Restraint Devices, Push-On joints for push joint pipeFlex-RingSection 330504, Page 7, F.3.Joint Restraint Devices, Push-On joints for push joint pipeLok-RingSection 330504, Page 7, F.3.Joint Restraint Devices, Push-On joints for push joint pipeMcWane Inc.Super-Lock & TR FlexSection 330504, Page 7, F.3.Joint Restraint Devices, Push-On joints for push joint pipeSuper-LockSection 330504, Page 7, F.3.Joint Restraint Devices, Push-On joints for push joint pipeTR FlexSection 330504, Page 7, F.3.Joint Restraint Devices, Push-On joints for push joint pipeU.S. Pipe & FoundrySection 330504, Page 7, F.3.Metalized TapeReef Industries, Inc. Houston, TX Terra Tape DSection 330518, Page 9, O.1Metalized Tape Proline Safety Products Detectable Tape Section 330518, Page 9, O.1Rubber Gasket pipeClowMcWane Inc. "Long-Span Pipe"Long-Span PipeSection 330518, Page 10, Q.1.Rubber Gasket pipeFlanged American Cast Iron Pipe CompanyFlangedSection 330518, Page 10, Q.1.Rubber Gasket pipeFlangedU.S. PipeFlangedSection 330518, Page 10, Q.1.Single Sealed Gasket Push-on type jointAlltiteSection 330504, Page 10, 3.3.CSingle Sealed Gasket Push-on type jointFastiteAmerican Cast Iron Pipe CompanyFastiteSection 330504, Page 10, 3.3.CSingle Sealed Gasket Push-on type jointSuperbelltiteU.S. PipeTytonSection 330504, Page 10, 3.3.CAppendix FPage 2 of 15Rev. 07/2018 ItemManufacturerModel(s)Location in Standards ManualNOTES:2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards. All Systems1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and reviewed to be considered an equal.Collier County Public Utilities DivisionDepartmentCounty Approved Product ListSingle Sealed Gasket Push-on type jointTytonMcWane Inc.TytonSection 330504, Page 10, 3.3.CTwo-part Coal tar Epoxy Madewell Products Corp. Madewell 1104 Section 330518, Page 6, 3.2 G.4Appendix FPage 3 of 15Rev. 07/2018 ItemManufacturerModel(s)Location in Standards ManualAutomatic Flushing Device, Ground MountedMueller/Hydro-GuardHG1BS0200030NF00HG-1W-2Automatic Flushing Device, Ground MountedKupferle Foundry CompanyEclipse #9400-WC EclipseW-2Automatic Flushing Device, Hydrant MountedMueller/Hydro-GuardHG-6W-2Automatic Flushing Device, Hydrant MountedKupferle Foundry CompanyEclipse #9700W-2Backflow Preventer AssemblySee Approved Backflow Devices List, Appendix GBushing Ford C18-33NLW-6Corporation Stops Ford F1100NL SERIES W-6Corporation Stops Ford FB1100NL SERIES W-6Corporation StopsFordFB 1100-6NLW-12Corporation Stops A.Y. McDonald 4104NL W-5Corporation Stops A.Y. McDonald 4101 BF NLG-9A/W-5Corporation Stops Mueller H10045N, H15008NSection 331200, Page 32, First Paragraph2.3 A.1Corporation Stops MuellerH-10046N/H-10046G-9A/W-5Coupling FordFC44NL SERIESModel numbers vary by applicationW-6CouplingA.Y. McDonaldModel numbers vary by applicationW-6CouplingMuellerModel numbers vary by applicationW-61) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and reviewed to be considered an equal.Collier County Public Utilities DivisionDepartmentCounty Approved Product ListWater SystemsNOTES:2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards. Appendix FPage 4 of 15Rev. 07/2018 ItemManufacturerModel(s)Location in Standards Manual1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and reviewed to be considered an equal.Collier County Public Utilities DivisionDepartmentCounty Approved Product ListWater SystemsNOTES:2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards. Curb Stop FordFB43-342xxxW-NL comp x meterW-12Curb StopA.Y. McDonald76102-22W-12Curb Stop Mueller Mark II Oriseal H-15172NSection 331200, Page 32, First Paragraph2.3 A.1HDPE Stab Fitting Elster HydrosertHydrant American Darling 6-inch B-84-B Section 331619, Page 2, 2.1 GHydrant Clow Medallion Section 331619, Page 2, 2.1 GHydrant Mueller Centurion A-423 Section 331619, Page 2, 2.1 GMeter Box, Light DutyAMRDFWLight Duty12" D1200 AMR SeriesW-12Meter Box, AMRAlliance12" 16AMR SeriesW-12Meter Box, Light DutyCarsonLight DutyW-12Meter Box,Heavy Duty (Staff Use)DFWHeavy DutyW-12Meter Box,Heavy Duty (Staff Use)CarsonHeavy DutyW-12Meter Box,Heavy Duty (Staff Use)HubbelHeavy DutyW-12Meter, Fire Protection (3", 4", 6", 8") Elster AMCO evoQ4 Electromagnetic Meter W-9/W-10/W-14/W-15Meter, Fire Protection (3", 4", 6", 8", 10")Neptune HP Fire Service Turbine Meter W-9/W-10/W-14/W-15Meter, Fire Protection (3/4", 1", 1-1/2", 2")Mueller Systems - Hersey-MetersResidential Fire MeterW-8W-9/W-10/W-14/W-15Meter, Fire Protection (4", 6", 8")Master MeterFSCW-9/W-10/W-14/W-15Appendix FPage 5 of 15Rev. 07/2018 ItemManufacturerModel(s)Location in Standards Manual1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and reviewed to be considered an equal.Collier County Public Utilities DivisionDepartmentCounty Approved Product ListWater SystemsNOTES:2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards. Meter, Fire Protection (4", 6", 8", 10")NeptuneHP Protectus III Fire Service MeterW-9/W-10/W-14/W-15Meter, Potable WaterMaster MeterDual Body Compound (DBC)W-13Meter, Potable Water Neptune Tru/Flo W-13Pedestal Housing ChannelCCWD Signature Series P/N SPH14206C1B1L0112122C10000W (Dark Green Color)W-5Pedestal HousingWater Plus Corp131632NP-4Pedestal HousingPenCell PlasticsAV142034HDHS001009NP-4Sampling Station Kupferle Foundry Company Eclipse No. #88WCW-6Sampling StationWater Plus Corp301WW-6Sampling StationGIL Industries3/4"W-6Service Saddles (Ductile Iron)FordF202 SERIESSection 331200, Page 7, c.Service Saddles (Ductile Iron)PowersealP3413 SERIESSection 331200, Page 7, c.Service Saddles (Ductile Iron)JCMJ402 SERIESSection 331200, Page 7, c.Service Saddles (Brass)FordF202BSection 331200, Page 7, 2.3 G.1Service Saddles (Brass)MuellerDR2 BSection 331200, Page 7, 2.3 G.1Service Saddles (PVC) Perm Bact Sample PointPowerseal P3401 SERIES Section 331200, Page 7, c.2.3 G.1/W-6Service Saddles (PVC) Perm Bact Sample PointFordFS 90 SERIES Section 331200, Page 7, c.2.3 G.1/W-6Service Wye FordFY44264-xxx-NL W-12Strainer, FlangedAmes7001W-13Strainer, Flanged (Staff Use)MarsZ-plateStrainer, Flanged (Staff Use)NeptuneRilsan nylon-coated ductile ironTapping Saddle/ Hot taps Powerseal P3490MJ Series W-12Appendix FPage 6 of 15Rev. 07/2018 ItemManufacturerModel(s)Location in Standards Manual1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and reviewed to be considered an equal.Collier County Public Utilities DivisionDepartmentCounty Approved Product ListWater SystemsNOTES:2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards. Valve Box Tyler/Union 461Section 331200, Page 4, First Paragraph2.3 B.2Valve Box, Locking Cover AMPro USA LL562 Section 331200, Page 34, 2.3 B.2.Valve Setter Wilkins WMJS W-9A/W-10A/W-11AValve, Air Val-Matic Model V22G801ASW-11/W-14/W-16Valve, Air Release A.R.I.D-040 (nylon), D-040 ST ST (SS)W-5/W-10Valve, Air Release GA IndustriesFigure 945Section 1 1.7/W-5/W-10Valve, Air Release MuellerMark II OrisealSection 331200, Page 3, First ParagraphValve, Bacterial Sampling Station LineMueller Mark II OrisealSection 331200, Page 3, First Paragraph2.3 A.1Valve, Ball FordSection 331200, Page 3, First Paragraph2.3 A.1Valves and Appurtenances American DarlingSection 331200, Page 2, 2.2.A 2.3 AValves and Appurtenances A.Y. McDonaldSection 331200, Page 2, 2.2.A 2.3 AValves and Appurtenances ClowSection 331200, Page 2, 2.2.A 2.3 AValves and Appurtenances FordSection 331200, Page 2, 2.2.A 2.3 AValves and Appurtenances KennedySection 331200, Page 2, 2.2.A 2.3 AValves and Appurtenances MuellerSection 331200, Page 2, 2.2.A 2.3 AValves and Appurtenances U.S. Pipe Section 331200, Page 2, 2.2.A 2.3 AAppendix FPage 7 of 15Rev. 07/2018 ItemManufacturerModel(s)Location in Standards Manual120VAC Surge Suppressor Edco HSP121 NP-E312VDC Power Supply Allen Bradley 1606-XLSSeriesNP-E312VDC Power SupplySola HDSDN-PNP-E312VDC Power SupplyPULSDimension - QSNP-E324VDC Power Supply Allen Bradley 1606-XLESeriesNP-E324VDC Power SupplySola HDSDN-PNP-E324VDC Power SupplyPULSDimension - QSNP-E3Access Hatch, AluminumBilcoJ-AL H20 (5-1/2" depth)NP-3Access Hatch, AluminumHallidayH1W (3-1/2" depth)NP-3Access Hatch, AluminumU.S. FoundryAHS (5" depth)NP-3Antenna Subsystem Data Flow Systems, Inc. RTA209 Yagi Antenna NP-E9Back Pressure Sustaining Valve Ames No. 920 NP-1/NP-E2Basket Plate Strainer, Top AccessHaywardMars No. 72NP-1/NP-E2Coax Surge SupressorPolyphaserISB56LN, Bulkhead Mount SeriesNP-E3Corporation Stops FordFB 1100-6NL/FB 1100-6NP-2Corporation Stops A.Y. McDonald 74704B-22NP-2Corporation Stops A.Y. McDonald74104NL/74104NP-3/NP-4Corporation Stops A.Y. McDonald74101 BF NL/74101 BFG-9A/NP-4Corporation Stops MuellerH-10046N/H-10046G-9A/NP-3/NP-4Irrigation Quality (IQ) SystemsNOTES:2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards. 1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and reviewed to be considered an equal.Collier County Public Utilities DivisionDepartmentCounty Approved Product ListAppendix FPage 8 of 15Rev. 07/2018 ItemManufacturerModel(s)Location in Standards ManualIrrigation Quality (IQ) SystemsNOTES:2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards. 1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and reviewed to be considered an equal.Collier County Public Utilities DivisionDepartmentCounty Approved Product ListCurb Stop FordB43-444W-NL, Compression x Meter SwivelFB43342WNL comp x meter/ FB43342WNP-2Data Radio Integra TR NP-E3Data Signal Line Surge Processor Edco PC642 Series NP-E3GeomembraneGSE Lining Technology, Inc.EnvironmentalSection 334713, Page 4, 1.6 A.1.aLevel Transducer WikaNP-E6Meter Box, AMRDFW12" D1200 AMR Series, Light DutyNP-2Meter BoxCarsonLight DutyNP-2Meter Box, AMRAlliance12" 16AMR SeriesNP-2Meter, Non-Potable ElectromagneticABBMagmasterNP-1/NP-E2Flow Meter, MagneticMeter, Non-Potable ElectromagneticEndress+HauserW400Promag 53NP-1/NP-E2Meter, Non-Potable PropellerMcCrometerWater SpecialtiesWater Specialties No. ML-04-X with 4-20 MA Output Transmitter, TR-16NP-1/NP-E2Pedestal Housing ChannelCCWD Signature Series P/N SPH14206C1B1L0112122C10000W (Dark Green Color)NP-4Pedestal HousingWater Plus Corp131632NP-4Pedestal HousingPenCell PlasticsAV142034HDHS001009NP-4Rain Gauge ISCO 674 NP-E5Service Wye FordFY44-264-NL/FY44264NP-2Appendix FPage 9 of 15Rev. 07/2018 ItemManufacturerModel(s)Location in Standards ManualIrrigation Quality (IQ) SystemsNOTES:2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards. 1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and reviewed to be considered an equal.Collier County Public Utilities DivisionDepartmentCounty Approved Product ListService WyeA.Y. McDonald708YS22NP-2Service WyeMuellerP-15343NNP-2Surge Suppression Edco SS65 SeriesNP-E6/NP-E7Surge SuppressionCITELTSP15MNP-E6/NP-E7Surge Suppression, Main Service Lea USP-M Series NP-E5Tapping Saddle/ Hot taps Powerseal P3490MJ Series NP-2Valve, Air Release A.R.I. D-040 NP-4Valve, Air Release A.R.I.D-040 SSNP-4Valve, Air Release GA Industries942SSNP-4Valve, Air Release GA IndustriesFigure 945CombinationSection 1 12.7/NP-1/NP-3/NP-4/NP-E2Valve, Rising Stem Gate/ OS&Y American Flow Control AFC-2500 SERIES NP-1/NP-E2Valve, V-Port Ball DeZurikVPB - flanged, type 317 stainless, and Teflon seat and bearingsNP-1Valve, V-Port Ball - Motor (Actuator)Rotork IQTM NP-E2Appendix FPage 10 of 15Rev. 07/2018 ItemManufacturerModel(s)Location in Standards ManualAccess Frame (Pump Station) U.S. Foundry AHD WW-7/WW-8Access Hatch, Aluminum Bilco J-AL H20 (5-1/2" depth) WW-13Access Hatch, Aluminum Halliday H1W (3-1/2" depth) WW-13Access Hatch, Aluminum U.S. Foundry AHS (5" depth) WW-13Access Hatch, Cast IronU.S. Foundry7644-KAWW-14Antenna Subsystem Data Flow Systems, Inc. RTA209 Yagi Antenna Section 333200, Page 4, 2.1 J./WW-17Biofiltration Odor Control SystemEvoquaZabocs (pre-engineered)Zabocs (pre-engineered)Section 333200, Page 65, 2.1 P.Ceramic Epoxy Lining Vulcan Painters Protecto 401 Coating Section 330504, Page 3, 2.1.BChimney Seal CretexSection 333913, Page 4, 2.2 K/WW-3/WW-4/WW-5Chimney SealNPCTrelleborgSection 333913, Page 4, 2.2 K/WW-3/WW-4/WW-5Coaxial Cable Data Flow Systems, Inc. RTC 400Section 333200, Page 54, First Paragraph2.1 J/WW-17Corporation StopsA.Y. McDonald4104NL/4104WW-13/WW-14Corporation StopsA.Y. McDonald4101 BF NL/4101 BFG-9ACorporation StopsMuellerH-10046N/H-10046G-9A/WW-13/WW-14Diaphragm Seals AshcroftSection 333313, Page 8, 2.2 G.2.Diaphragm Seals Mansfield and Green Type SB Section 333313, Page 8, 2.2 G.2.Diaphragm Seals TrericeNo. 877Section 333313, Page 8, 2.2 G.2.Flanged Adapter ConnectionsGustin-Bacon Group, Division of Certain-Teed Products, Kansas City, KansasSection 333313, Page 7, F.1.c.1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and reviewed to be considered an equal.Collier County Public Utilities DivisionDepartmentCounty Approved Product ListWastewater SystemsNOTES:2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards. Appendix FPage 11 of 15Rev. 07/2018 ItemManufacturerModel(s)Location in Standards Manual1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and reviewed to be considered an equal.Collier County Public Utilities DivisionDepartmentCounty Approved Product ListWastewater SystemsNOTES:2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards. Flanged Adapter Connections EBAA Iron Sales E2100 SERIES Section 333313, Page 78, 2.2 F.1.c.Flanged Adapter Connections Victaulic Vic Flange Style 741 Section 333313, Page 78, 2.2 F.1.c.Flow MeterEndress-Hauser Promag W400Section 333313, Page 9, 2.2 M.1Generator Receptacle and Angle AdapterRussell and Stoll200 Ampere JRS-2044WW-7/WW-9Generator Receptacle and Angle AdapterCrouse-HindsAR2042 with S22 option, and an AJA1 angle adaptorWW-7/WW-9Grass Covered Porous PavementInvisible StructuresGrasspave2WW-8/WW-8A/WW-8BInflow Protector, Stainless Steel Sewer Shield, Inc. Maitland, FL Section 333913, Page 4, J.2.2 KInternal Protection Integrated Environmental Technologies - Santa Barbara, CAIET SytemsIET Coating SystemSection 333913, Page 5, 3.1. F/Section 099723/WW-3/WW-4/WW-5/WW-7/WW-8Internal Protection Raven Lining Systems - Broken Arrow, OKRaven 405Section 333913, Page 5, 3.1. F/Section 099723/WW-3/WW-4/WW-5/WW-7/WW-8Internal Protection Lafarge Calcium AluminatesKerneos - Chesapeake, VASewpercoat Lining SystemSection 333913, Page 5, 3.1. F/Section 099723/WW-3/WW-4/WW-5/WW-7/WW-9Junction Box Hoffman A12106NFSS WW-9Lightning Arrestor Square D SDSA-1175 for 1-phase Section 333200, Page 65, 2.1 O./WW-9Lightning Arrestor Square D SDSA-3650 for 3-phase Section 333200, Page 65, 2.1 O./WW-9Liquid Level Regulators (Float Switch)Roto-FloatS 40 N 0WW-7/WW-8Liquid Level Regulator (Float Switch)Dura-Float2900 Series B4WW-7/WW-8Appendix FPage 12 of 15Rev. 07/2018 ItemManufacturerModel(s)Location in Standards Manual1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and reviewed to be considered an equal.Collier County Public Utilities DivisionDepartmentCounty Approved Product ListWastewater SystemsNOTES:2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards. Mix-Flush system (Flush valve)Flygt4901 Flush ValveSection 333200, Page 3, First ParagraphPipe Interior LiningPermox CTFCeramic Epoxy LiningSection 330504, Page 3, 2.1 BPlastic Joint Sealing CompoundHamilton Kent, Toronto/Ontario, CanadaKent-SealSection 333913, Pages 3 & 52, 2.1 A/WW-3/WW-4/WW-5/WW-6/WW-7/WW-18Plastic Joint Sealing CompoundK.T. Snyder Company, Inc. Houston, TXHenryRam-NekSection 333913, Pages 3 & 52, 2.1 A/NP-3/WW-3/WW-4/WW-5/WW-6/WW-7/WW-13/WW-14/WW-18Polyethylene LiningAmerican Cast Iron PipePolybond Plus (60 mils minimum thickness)Section 330504, Page 3, 2.1.BPolymer Concrete ManholesUS Composite Pipe, Inc.Section 034100, Page 5, 2.2 DPolymer Concrete ManholesArmorockSection 034100, Page 5, 2.2 DPump Control PanelQuality Control, Inc.ECS1825 for 1-phaseSection 333200, Page 43, H.2.1 I/WW-7/WW-9Pump Control PanelQuality Control, Inc.Suncoast Hydraulic3825 for 3-phaseSection 333200, Page 43, H.2.1 I/WW-7/WW-9Pump Controller/RTUData Flow Systems, Inc.TAC Pack TCU Section 333200, Page 4, I.3, 2.1 JRiser Ring, HDPE/EPPLadtech/Cretex(EPP)Riser RingSection 333913, Page 4, 2.2 LSealing ElementThunderline Corp. Inkster MichiganGPTLink-Seal LS-300-CSection 333313, Page 89, 2.2 I.1./WW-18Sewage Pump FlygtN-SeriesSection 333200, Page 2, C2.1 DSewer Clean-Out Rim and Cover U.S. Foundry 7621 WW-11Sewer Manhole Frame and Covers PamrexWW-5Sewer Manhole Frame and Covers U.S. Foundry 105M WW-2Appendix FPage 13 of 15Rev. 07/2018 ItemManufacturerModel(s)Location in Standards Manual1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and reviewed to be considered an equal.Collier County Public Utilities DivisionDepartmentCounty Approved Product ListWastewater SystemsNOTES:2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards. Sewer Manhole Frame and Covers U.S. Foundry 420-C-ORSSection 333913, Page 2, 2.1. A.2/G-9A/WW-3/WW-4/WW-5/WW-6/WW-18Sleeve Type Couplings Powerseal STYLE 3501 Section 333313, Page 8, 2.2 F.1.d.Sleeve Type CouplingsBaker AllsteelSection 333313, Page 8, d.Sleeve Type Couplings Dresser Style 38 Section 333313, Page 8, 2.2 F.1.d.Sleeve Type Couplings Smith Blair Style 413 Section 333313, Page 8, 2.2 F.1.d.Tower SectionAssemblyRohn20GWW-17Valve Box BrooksWW-9Valve, 3-Way Plug (Staff Use)Milliken Valve Co. Modle M604 WW-7/WW-8Valve, 3-Way Plug (Staff Use)Dezurik Model D202 WW-7/WW-8Valve, Air Release HTECH 2" SS MODEL # 8889860041WW-13/WW-14/Section 333313, Page 7, 6.2.2 D.11Valve, Air ReleaseA.R.I.D-025WW-13/WW-14/Section 333313, Page 7, 2.2 D.11Valve, CheckKennedy Valve Manufacturing Co.MODEL 1106LW/106LWWW-7/WW-8/Section 333313, Page 5, 2.2 CValve, CheckRed Valve Co., Inc. Longwood, FL"Tideflex"Section 333200, Page 2, BValve, CheckVal-MaticSwing Flex MODEL V500 SERIESWW-2Valve, CheckMuellerA-2600, A2602WW-7/WW-8, Section 333313, Page 5, 2.2 CValve, CheckMilliken Valve Co.8001WW-7/WW-8, Section 333313, Page 5, 2.2 CValve, CheckGA Industries340-WWW-7/WW-8, Section 333313, Page 5, 2.2 CAppendix FPage 14 of 15Rev. 07/2018 ItemManufacturerModel(s)Location in Standards Manual1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and reviewed to be considered an equal.Collier County Public Utilities DivisionDepartmentCounty Approved Product ListWastewater SystemsNOTES:2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards. Valve, Duckbill (Staff Use)Red Valve Co., Inc. Longwood, FL"Tideflex" WW-7Valve, PlugHomestead Valve Co.Series 120WW-7/WW-8(A)(B), Section 333313 2.2 A.Valves, Plug (Plug Valves)DeZurikModel PEC & PEF (MJ & Flange)Section 333200, Page 4, F.WW-7/WW-8(A)(B)/Section 333313, Page 2, 2.2 A.1Valves, Plug (Plug Valves)Milliken Valve Co.Model M600 & M601 (MJ & Flange)Section 333200, Page 4, F.WW-7/WW-8(A)(B)/Section 333313, Page 2, 2.2 A.1Appendix FPage 15 of 15Rev. 07/2018 ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Page 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS – WATER & IQ WATER PRODUCTS Pages 1. AUTOMATIC FLUSHING DEVICE 1 - 3 2. BACKFLOW VALVE SETTER 1 - 2 3. COUPLING 1 - 2 4. CURB STOP 1 - 2 5. FLANGED STRAINER 1 - 2 6. IQ WATER: FLOW METER, MAGNETIC 1 - 3 7. IQ WATER: MOTORIZED VALVE ACTUATOR 1 - 4 8. METER BOX 1 - 3 9. PEDESTAL HOUSING 1 - 2 10. SAMPLING STATION 1 - 3 11. SERVICE SADDLE 1 - 2 12. SERVICE WYE 1 - 2 13. VALVE, AIR RELEASE VALVE - WATER 1 - 3 14. WATER METER 1 - 4 ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Automatic Flushing Device - Page 1 PRODUCT: AUTOMATIC FLUSHING DEVICE USM REF: WATER SYSTEM Utility Standards Manual, Detail W-2 MANUFACTURERS A desktop evaluation was conducted on automatic flushing devices used by Collier County Public Utilities as identified in Collier County standard Detail W -2. Automatic flushing devices help to maintain water quality in potable water distribution systems. Proper line flushing helps to maintain proper chlorine residual and disinfection byproducts levels by eliminating water line stagnation in the potable water distribution system. Automatic flushing devices are typically installed at pipe distribution dead ends, either directly mounted to a fire hydrant or installed on the ground adjacent to the given water main. This evaluation compares two applications of automatic flushing devices described above. This evaluation will compare the fire hydrant mounted Kupferle Foundry Model Eclipse 9700, and the fire hydrant mounted Mueller (Hydro-Guard) Model HG-6 automatic flushing devices. The evaluation will also compare the ground mounted Mueller Model HG-1(listed on County’s approved product list), and the Kupferle Foundry Model Eclipse 9400-WC (listed on County’s approved product list) automatic flushing devices. The table below identifies the manufacturers used by Collier County and four other southwest Florida utilities. Kupferle Foundry Mueller (Hydro-Guard) Collier County Collier County City of Naples Bonita Springs Cape Coral Charlotte County Charlotte County EVALUATED CRITIERA The two automatic flushing device manufacturers were evaluated based upon the following criteria: (1) materials of construction, (2) standard features and (3) price. MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION / STANDARD FEATURES Hydrant Installation: The Kupferle Foundry Model 9700 Eclipse automatic flushing device comes with a standard powder-coated aluminum locking enclosure. The 9700 Eclipse is a portable ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Automatic Flushing Device - Page 2 unit that is typically installed on fire hydrants or on a flushing blow-off outlet. Line flushing is discharged directly to the ground through a bottom plate diffuser. Flushing is controlled by a solenoid, powered by a nine volt alkaline battery. Each model is equipped with a compartment that can hold two batteries. The 9700 Eclipse comes furnished with a standalone valve controller located at the top of the unit. All programming for the device can be accomplished through the built in controller. The device allows up to twelve flushing cycles per day, with up to six hours of flush time per flushing cycle. County staff indicated that they typically use the 9700 Eclipse for temporary purposes where new construction projects are taking place. The unit allows them to maintain consistent water quality in areas of new construction. It should be noted that County personnel has indicated that the 9700 Eclipse hydrant mounted flushing device is routinely used throughout the County, however it is not listed on the County’s approved product list. The Mueller Model HG-6 automatic flushing device is also a portable unit that is installed on fire hydrants. The unit comes fabricated out of a heavy gauge powdered coated aluminum enclosure. The unit comes with a built in multi-event programmer powered by a nine volt alkaline battery. The unit discharges directly to the ground with a splash plate limiting erosion underneath the flushing device. Similarly, to the 9700 Eclipse, the unit is used for temporary purposes where new construction projects are taking place. Through use of a hand held programmer (purchased separately) the unit is able to be programmed for up to 24 different flushing events. Ground Installation: The Mueller Model HG-1 automatic flushing device performs line flushing discharged directly to the atmosphere onto the unit’s splash plate. The HG-1 is housed in a UV protected polyethylene enclosure and is fed from the water main through a 2- inch male iron pipe. Flushing occurs through the use of a two inch built in solenoid valve located in the unit’s base below the splash plate that is operated by a nine volt lithium battery. The flushing cycles are set up through a built in controller located at the top of the unit. The controller is programmed through a hand held programmer which is purchased separately. The programmer is capable of controlling the HG-1 model and can be used with multiple Hydro-Guard flushing units that may be installed. The controller is capable of being fitted with Bluetooth programming allowing the user to manage the unit up to 25 feet away without ever having to exit their vehicle. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Automatic Flushing Device - Page 3 The device allows multiple flush times per day, ranging from one minute to four hours per programmed flush. The unit comes with an option of a built-in OEM dechlorination system. The HG-1 has a two inch quick disconnect located below the unit’s splash plate providing easy disconnect for maintenance. Backflow is controlled through a sixteen inch air gap between the corrosion plate and sampling port. The Kupferle Foundry Model 9400-WC Eclipse automatic flushing device comes with a standard ultraviolet light (UV) resistant lockable enclosure fabricated out of Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) plastic. The 9400-WC is fed from the mainline through a 2- inch male iron pipe inlet. Line flushing is discharged directly to the atmosphere through a two inch flushing port onto a UV resistant ground plate. Flushing is controlled by a solenoid, powered by a nine volt alkaline battery. The 9400-WC comes furnished with a standalone valve controller located at the top of the unit. All programming for the device can be accomplished through the built in controller. The device allows up to twelve flushing cycles per day, with up to six hours of flush time per flushing cycle. PRICE List prices were obtained from the manufacturers’ sales representatives and are shown in the table below. Kupferle Foundry (9400-WC) Kupferle Foundry (9700) Mueller (HG-1) Mueller (HG-6) $3,104 $2,285 $4,850 $2,300 SUMMARY There is no other known competition for automatic flushing devices for the Kupferle Foundry and Mueller models described above. These models of automatic flushing devices are used in two different applications to meet Collier County’s needs. The ground installed Mueller Model HG-1, and the ground installed Kupferle Foundry Model Eclipse 9400-WC automatic flushing devices should remain as acceptable suppliers of ground installed automatic flushing devices for use in Collier County. The fire hydrant mounted Kupferle Foundry Model 9700 should be added to the County’s approved product list due to the fact that it is currently being used throughout the County. If the County wishes to add another manufacturer of fire hydrant mounted automatic flushing devices then the Mueller Model HG-6 could be considered equal. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Backflow Valve Setter - Page 1 PRODUCT: BACKFLOW VALVE SETTER USM REF: WATER SYSTEM Utility Standards Manual, Detail W- 9A, W -11A MANUFACTURERS A desktop evaluation was conducted on valve setters used by Collier County as identified on Collier County Standard details W-9A and W -11A for use in double check detector backflow preventer assemblies. As shown on the Collier County details, the valve setters are a combination of two 90 degree elbows and a center joint which has been either fabricated together as one piece or joined together with a bolted center joint. The valve setter fitting acts as a below-grade vertical support for double check detector backflow preventer assemblies. The valve setters shown on Collier County standard Details W-9A and W -11A depict a setter with mechanical joint by flange connections. The type called out on the County’s Approved Product list is a mechanical joint by mechanical joint connections. For the purpose of this evaluation a mechanical joint by mechanical joint type was compared between the manufacturers of Zurn (Wilkins), W atts, and Ames (owned by Watts). All three manufacturers are listed in the USM as acceptable suppliers of double check detection backflow preventers. It is important to note each size of the double check backflow preventer assembly from each manufacturer has a different centerline pipe dimension. Therefore the manufacturer of the valve setter must be the same manufacturer of the backflow preventer assembly in order for the setter to connect to the assembly. Information on valve setter manufacturers typically used by other Southwest Florida utilities was not readily available. EVALUATED CRITIERA The valve setter manufacturers were evaluated based upon the following criteria: (1) materials of construction, (2) product features & vertical piping separation, and (3) price. MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION All three manufacturer’s materials of construction for their valve setters material body is ductile iron and meets ASTM A563 ductile iron requirements. Watts and Ames valve setter is fabricated with a center joint that comes with stainless steel nuts and bolts. The Zurn (Wilkins) valve setter does not come with any additional hardware due to the fact that the two elbows and center joint come prefabricated all together in one piece. All three manufacturers products come with a fusion epoxy internal and external finish. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Backflow Valve Setter - Page 2 PRODUCT FEATURES & VERTICAL PIPING SEPERATION Zurn (Wilkins), Watts, and Ames all offer three different combinations of valve setter connections: flange by flange, mechanical joint by flange, and mechanical joint by mechanical joint. All three manufacturers offer valve setters that uniquely fit their double check detector backflow preventer assembly sizes ranging from 3-10 inches, with Zurn (Wilkins) offering an addition 2 ½ inch size. As previously noted, double check valve assembly manufacturers fabricate valve setters with unique dimensions to fit their assemblies. This vertical centerline to centerline pipe fitting separation for Zurn (Wilkins), Watts, and Ames is as follows: Zurn (Wilkins) – 18- 11/16 inches, Watts – 33-3/4 inches and Ames – 33-3/4 inches. The vertical separation provided by the three manufacturers reflects the vertical pipe separation PRICE List prices were obtained from the manufacturers’ sales representatives and are shown in the table below. The prices reflect a typical 6 inch mechanical joint by mechanical joint valve setter sizes. Zurn (Wilkins) Watts Ames $1,160.00 Model MJS $973.53 MJ X MJ $973.53 MJ X MJ SUMMARY The Utilities Standard Manual (USM) should be revised to state that the valve setter shall be manufactured by the same company making the double check detector backflow preventer assembly. The USM identifies three different acceptable manufacturers of these backflow preventer assemblies. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Coupling - Page 1 PRODUCT: COUPLING USM REF: WATER SYSTEM Utility Standards Manual, Detail W- 6 MANUFACTURERS A desktop evaluation was conducted on couplings used by Collier County Public Utilities and as identified in Collier County Utility Standards Manual (USM) Detail W -6. The coupling application identified on Detail W-6 is used during the installation of permanent bacterial sample point polyethylene water service tubing, from the water main to the bacterial sample point piping. The coupling is used in conjunction with a bushing to connect ¾ inch polyethylene water service tubing from the water main to the internal ¼ inch brass sampling station piping. It is important to note that the coupling model identified on the Collier County approved product list is the Ford C44-NL series. This model is a packed joint with copper tube size (CTS) on the inlet and outlet ends. The coupling required in Detail W-6 is the L84- NL series which has a packed joint CTS inlet and a male iron pipe (MIP) outlet. A reducing bushing is able to be connected to the MIP outlet with ¼ inch sampling station piping threaded into the bushing as shown on Detail W -6. This evaluation will compare the Ford model L84-NL coupling series whose application is shown on Detail W -6 and similar couplings offered by the A.Y. McDonald, and Mueller manufacturers. The list below identifies the service couplings used by Collier County and three other Southwest Florida Utilities. Ford A.Y. McDonald Mueller Collier County Lee County Lee County Cape Coral Cape Coral Cape Coral Bonita Springs Bonita Springs Bonita Springs EVALUATED CRITIERA The three coupling manufacturers were evaluated based upon the following criteria: (1) materials of construction / features and (3) price. MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION / FEATURES The Ford model L84-NL Series coupling is a pack joint coupling manufactured out of brass and comes with an Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer (EPDM) rubber gasket providing a hydraulic seal. The coupling also is available to be ordered with stainless ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Coupling - Page 2 steel inserts for use with polyethylene tubing. Ford service couplings conform to AWWA Standard C800. The A.Y. McDonald Company model 74779M-22 comes fabricated with a brass body and EPDM gasket. Stainless steel inserts are available for polyethylene tube connections. A.Y. McDonald service couplings conform to AWWA Standard C800. The Mueller Company couplings are fabricated with a cast bronze body and EPDM gasket. Stainless steel inserts are available for polyethylene tube connections. Mueller service couplings conform to AWWA Standard C800. PRICE List prices were obtained from the manufacturers’ sales representatives and are shown in the table below. The price below reflects a male iron pipe thread to packed joint elbow coupling for ¾ inch polyethylene tubing. Ford A.Y. McDonald Mueller $26.35 $26.82 $20.86 SUMMARY All three service coupling manufacturers offer similar products. Ford should remain identified as an acceptable manufacturer for brass service couplings for use in Collier County. The A.Y. McDonald and Mueller couplings are considered equal and could be added to the list of acceptable service coupling manufacturers for Collier County. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Curb Stop - Page 1 PRODUCT: CURB STOP USM REF: WATER SYSTEM Utility Standards Manual, Detail W- 12 MANUFACTURERS A desktop evaluation was conducted on curb stops used by Collier County Public Utilities and as identified in Collier County Utility Standards Manual (USM) Detail W- 12. The curb stop is used during the installation of multiple water meter service connections. Curb stops serve as an inline valve located in the meter box that, when turned, stop flow from the water main to the residential water meter. Detail W -12 identifies curb stops to be the ball valve type, made of red brass with a compression joint inlet and with a swivel nut outlet connection. This evaluation will compare the Ford and Mueller manufacturers currently found on the USM approved product list for curb stops, as well as curb stops manufactured by A.Y. McDonald. The list below identifies the manufacturers of curb stops used by Collier County and four other Southwest Florida utilities. Ford A.Y. McDonald Mueller Collier County Collier County City of Naples City of Naples Lee County Lee County Cape Coral Cape Coral Cape Coral Bonita Springs EVALUATED CRITIERA The three curb stops manufacturers were evaluated based upon the following criteria: (1) materials of construction / features and (3) price. MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION / FEATURES The Ford Company offers a variety of sizes and connection fittings for curb stops, and Collier County approves Ford Model B43-342W -NL. This model is a ball valve type curb stop with a grip joint copper tube size (CTS) inlet for polyethylene tubing and a swivel nut outlet, allowing the curb stop to be easily connected to the water meter. The curb stop is equipped with two Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer (EPDM) gaskets, one securing the inlet and one securing the outlet and is rated for a 300 PSI working pressure. The lay length of the curb stop is 4.54 inches. They are fabricated out of brass components and conform to AWWA Standard C800. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Curb Stop - Page 2 The Mueller Company also offers a variety of sizes and connection fittings for curb stops. Collier County approves of the Mueller Mark II Oriseal curb valve for use in their residential water meter assemblies. Specifically the Mueller Mark II Oriseal model H- 15172N is the curb stop model that is applicable to the installation instructions on USM Detail W -12. Mueller Model H-15172N is a conductive compression connection for CTS sized polyethylene tubing on the inlet side of the valve and a female iron pipe (FIP) fitting on the outlet. As identified on detail W-12 a swivel nut can be connected to the FIP outlet of the curb stop, then connect the swivel nut to the water meter. The Mueller Mark II Oriseal series is fabricated out of a brass body and has a working pressure of 175 psi. The lay length of the curb stop is 4.36 inches. All brass components including the body conform to AWWA Standard C800. The A. Y. McDonald Company also offers a variety of curb stop’s fitting connections including polyethylene pipe fittings as required by Collier County per detail W-12. A.Y. McDonald curb stop model 76102-22 comes fabricated with a copper tube size (CTS) inlet for polyethylene tubing and a FIP connection on the outlet. A swivel nut is able to be threaded into the FIP outlet and then connected to the water meter. Model 76102-22 is a ball valve type with two EPDM port seals and is rated for a 300 PSI working pressure. The lay length of the curb stop is 3.76 inches. A.Y. McDonald curb stops are manufactured out of brass and conform to AWWA Standard C800. PRICE List prices were obtained from the manufacturers’ sales representatives and are shown in the table below. The price reflects the associated list price of one 1- inch curb stop. Ford Mueller A.Y. McDonald $119.63 $88.57 $145.94 SUMMARY All three curb stop manufacturers offer similar products. Each manufacturer provides a curb stop fitting consistent with the requirements for service wyes as described in USM Detail W -12. The Ford and Mueller Companies should remain identified as acceptable manufacturers for curb stops for use in Collier County. The A. Y. McDonald curb stop can be considered equal and added to the list of acceptable curb stop manufacturers. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Flanged Strainer - Page 1 PRODUCT: FLANGED STRAINER USM REF: WATER SYSTEM Utility Standards Manual, Detail W- 13 MANUFACTURERS A desktop evaluation was conducted on flanged strainers used by Collier County Public Utilities as identified in Collier County standard Detail W -13. Detail W -13 identifies flanged strainers used in 3 inch and larger, above ground potable water meter assemblies. Flanged strainers provide protection to potable water meters by removing harmful debris from the water pipeline before it enters the potable water meter. It is important to note that the Ames Model 7001 strainer is identified as the only acceptable manufacturer model strainer on the County’s approved product list for 3 inch and larger potable water meters. It appears that the Ames strainer of USM Detail W -13 is in error, since the Ames model strainer identified on the County’s approved product list is a fire service strainer used in non-potable water applications. Ames also describes its model 7001 strainer as being illegal to use “in any plumbing system providing water for human consumption”. The following evaluation will compare flanged strainers commonly used in 3-inch and over potable water meter installations manufactured by Mars and Neptune companies. EVALUATED CRITIERA The three flanged strainer manufacturers were evaluated based upon materials of construction/features and price. MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION / FEATURES The Mars Model Z-Plate strainers are offered with the option of fabricated steel epoxy coated main case or no-lead bronze. Both options offer stainless steel bolts and screens. A typical 6-inch flanged strainer offered by Mars has a 9 inch lay length. The Z- plate model identifies a 150 PSI maximum working pressure. The fabricated steel option is offered in strainer sizes of 6, 8, 10, and 12 inches, while the no-lead bronze is offered in sizes of 1 1/2, 2, 3, 4, and 6 inches. The Neptune flange strainer comes with the option of a lead free, high copper alloy or Rilsan nylon-coated ductile iron body for typical sizes. The strainer screens and bolts are stainless steel. A typical 6-inch flanged strainer offered by Neptune has a 9 inch lay length. The strainer has a 150 PSI maximum working pressure. Size ranges of 1 ½, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 8 inches are offered with either the lead free, high copper alloy or Rilsan nylon-coated steel. Sizes of 10, 12, 16, and 20 inches are offered in epoxy coated steel. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Flanged Strainer - Page 2 PRICE List prices were obtained from the manufacturers’ sales representatives and are shown in the table below. The list price reflects a 6 inch flanged strainer. Mars Neptune $1,263.48 $1,200.00 SUMMARY The Ames Model 7001 strainer should be removed from Collier County’s list of standard suppliers for flanged strainers on 3-inch and larger above ground water meter assemblies for the reason described above. The County should consider adding the Mars epoxy coated steel strainer and the Neptune nylon coated ductile iron strainer as approved flanged strainers for use in their 3-inch and larger above ground potable water meter assemblies as depicted on USM Detail W-13. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 I.Q. Water – Flow Meter - Page 1 PRODUCT: FLOW METER - MAGNETIC USM REF: IQ (RECLAIMED) WATER SYSTEM & WASTEWATER SYSTEM Utility Standards Manual, Details NP-1/NP-E2 Manufacturers The County Utilities Standards Manual (USM) identifies Endress+Hauser as the only standard product for magnetic flow meters. The technical standards manuals from six other public utilities in SW Florida were checked, and none of these utilities specifically identify manufacturers for magnetic flow meters for reclaimed water or for any other application. Collier County’s need to specify magnetic flow meters may be due to the large size of its reclaimed water system and its very progressive use of reclaimed water. These flow meters are also used by Collier County in wastewater applications. Self-Calibration, Accuracy and Materials of Construction There are several manufacturers of magnetic flow meters with the very important feature of self-calibration, which is self-verification of accurate flow measurement during the life of the meter. These manufacturers include Endress+Hauser, Rosemount, ABB, Yokogawa, Siemens and Krone. This feature allows the flow meter to self produce a report acceptable for Florida DEP and eliminates the County having to pay vendors to routinely visit each meter and produce a DEP required calibration report. All of these manufacturers produce a flow meter with published accuracy of 0.5% over the design flow range. Some of these manufacturers provide flow meters with the desired materials of construction, which are stainless steel body with polyurethane liner and Hastelloy-C electrodes and the entire unit certified for total immersion protection per International Standard IP68. General Comments – Remote Monitoring The magnetic flow meters are installed in the reclaimed water piping system at various locations for each major user (customer) of County reclaimed water. These locations are remote from the County water reclamation facilities that produce reclaimed water. The flow through each meter is remotely monitored to allow the County staff to remotely control the flow of reclaimed water to each customer and across all County customers. This remote monitoring of flow is essential to ensure accurate revenue for the County and to properly provide each customer with their allowed allotment of reclaimed water. Special Features The Endress+Hauser (E-H) flow meter Model W400 has a very important feature not offered by any other manufacturer, namely the use of a direct Ethernet connection using special integration add-on profiles. This feature significantly reduces the programming ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 I.Q. Water – Flow Meter - Page 2 and start-up effort by the County staff for each flow meter from several hours to minutes. The direct Ethernet connection eliminates the need to program software addresses for the flow meter outputs, thus allowing the County faster and more cost- effective integration and, most importantly, easy access to process variables, device and diagnostic data, and process optimization. The reduction in network components offered by the E-H flow meters creates a more reliable and faster communications system reducing maintenance and improving the ability to remotely monitor and trouble- shoot the flow meters. The E+H Ethernet connection allows direct remote reading of flow totals (without re- phrasing or re-calculating). Therefore the totalized flow signal from each meter as received through the County SCADA system can be directly fed into the County billing system. This accuracy ensures the County’s customer will receive a bill based on the exact same reading as their IQ Water flow meter. The E-H flow meters also allow the County to use standard off-the-shelf tools and cables to install and to maintain the E-H flow meters rather than proprietary cables and software required for the other manufacturers which use a different communications protocol. E-H also provides free software for County use in commissioning and maintaining the flow meters. Another important feature offered by E-H is a standard three year warranty, which is longer than other manufacturers’ standard one year warranty. Extended warranties from other manufacturers are available at an additional cost. Field Experience County staff verified the significant savings in materials cost, start-up time and maintenance costs associated with the E-H flow meters compared to other meters that require the use a different communications protocol. County staff rated the E-H field services as very high and confirmed a successful history of more than seven years using the E-H flow meters. Parts Replacement & Service Support Because the magnetic flow meter has no moving parts or intrusion in to the flow stream, there is only infrequent replacement of parts, specifically the power and the control circuit boards. The County currently maintains a stock of approximately $15,000 in these spare parts. The County has expressed satisfaction with parts availability and service support. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 I.Q. Water – Flow Meter - Page 3 Availability E-H normally ships flow meters and spare parts within 10 days from Indiana. Expedited shipping of 48 hours is available for most flow meters and spare parts. Cost Prior to standardizing on E-H flow meter, the County previously bid two projects where the bidders could select either E-H flow meters or alternate suppliers. In both projects, the low bidder used E-H flow meters in his bid and installed the meters in the projects. A recent proposal from Rosemount for a 6-inch flow meter was 27% higher than an equally equipped E-H flow meter. Thus E-H has demonstrated their competitive pricing. Summary The Endress+Hauser magnetic flow meter provides the County with significant advantages in labor, time, communications reliability and speed as well as an extended warranty. All of these advantages are obtained at no identified additional cost. These flow meters will be used on IQ Water and wastewater applications. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 I.Q. Water – Motorized Valve Actuator - Page 1 PRODUCT: MOTORIZED VALVE ACTUATOR – Ball Valve USM REF: IQ WATER SYSTEM Utility Standards Manual, Detail NP-E2 Manufacturers The County Utilities Standards Manual identifies Rotork Model IQ as the only standard product for motorized valve actuators. The standards manuals for six other public utilities in SW Florida do not specifically identify any acceptable manufacturers for electric motorized valve actuators (irrespective of the type of valve). As noted in the assessment of another IQ Water system product, magnetic flow meters, Collier County’s need to specify a motorized actuator meters may be due to the large size of its reclaimed water system and its very progressive use of reclaimed water. There appear to be only three other manufacturers with a product having features similar to the Collier County standard manufacturer, Rotork. Those three manufacturers are Limitorque Model XQ (division of Flowserve, made in Texas), EIM Model TEC2 (division of Emerson Electric, made in Texas), and Auma Model SQ-AC (Auma Co. of Germany, made in Texas and Pennsylvania). Rotork is a British firm and its products are made in New York and Pennsylvania. Basic Performance and Accuracy The basic functionality of the motorized valve actuators from these four manufacturers, without consideration of special features or reliability, can be considered equal. Thus, an actuator from any of these manufacturers will accurately open, close and modulate a valve. This statement is based upon project experience with all four manufacturers. General Comments Over the previous decade Auma motorized valve actuators were installed in various County Utility locations. We understand the lack of reliability and support for these actuators has resulted in the County recently removing many Auma actuators prior to the end of their expected life. Therefore, for purposes of this report Auma has been removed from further evaluation. EIM manufacturing was purchased by Emerson Electric in 2009. Emerson Electric is a well respected company generally considered to provide high quality products offering the latest technology. Since 2009 Emerson appears to have made a major investment in modernizing the EIM valve actuators. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 I.Q. Water – Motorized Valve Actuator - Page 2 Special Features and Considerations Each of the identified Rotork, EIM and Limitorque models provides a digital screen on the actuator that displays status and history such as the torque used to open and close the valve, valve position, etc. The Limitorque screen is noticeably smaller than the other two manufacturers. The actuators made by all three manufacturers provide remote (SCADA based) monitoring and recording of numerous basic parameters such as torque, over torque, valve position, motor overheating, emergency shut-down, jammed valve, communications lost, etc. Some of the more important basic actuator features are shown in the table below. Rotork EIM Limitorque Torque measurement Y Y Y Valve position measurement Y Y Y Valve modulating features Y Y Y Motor overheating protection Y Y Y Vibration monitoring Y Y N Double sealed separate compartments Y Y Y Water immersion rating - IP 68 Y 23 ft for 72 hrs Y 50 ft for 168 hrs Y 66 ft for 96 hrs Non-intrusive controls (reduces corrosion) Y Y Y Small hand held device for startup Y Y N Indicates valve position on power loss Y Y Y Independent hand wheel operation Y Y Y Emergency shutdown features Y Y Y Available integral circuit breaker N Y N Space heater in controls compartment N 1 Y N 1 Heater available in motor compartment N Y N 1Manufacturer claims space heater is not needed as compartment is factory sealed. . Each manufacturer makes their actuator with a multitude of additional features that monitor and control the actuator as well as the operation of its connected valve. Some of these numerous additional features may be considered as essential by one manufacturer while another manufacturer may consider the same feature as unneeded. Comparison of these numerous other features is not considered necessary for the purposes of this assessment. However it could be expected that each manufacturer is likely to claim its product’s unique features justify its price and exclusive use. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 I.Q. Water – Motorized Valve Actuator - Page 3 Valve position is the most important reporting parameter for a motorized valve actuator. Rotork, EIM and Limitorque offer either patented or proprietary devices for accurate valve position indication that, with back-up batteries, allows local monitoring of the valve position even when normal power is lost. Torque measurement when opening and closing a valve is another critical parameter as it indicates the effort required to open and close the connected valve. Rotork uses a digital transducer to measure thrust on a motor driven shaft while EIM uses gears to directly measure thrust. Limitorque’s torque measurement is based on motor amperage, which is generally regarded as a less accurate technique. The commissioning and startup of all three actuators can be accomplished without having to remove panels to set limit switches, thus saving time and avoiding exposing the factory sealed internal components to a field environment. Rotork and EIM offer a small handheld Bluetooth or infrared device (similar to a TV remote) to perform the startup functions for all of their actuators. Limitorque does not offer this feature and requires a laptop with proprietary software to accomplish these tasks. Rotork’s device also provides the ability to download historical data. The required effort to integrate and program a new actuator into the County SCADA system is approximately the same for all three valve manufacturers. Typical motorized actuators from Rotork and EIM use standard AC motors while Limitorque actuators use DC motors. EIM appears to be the only manufacturer that uses Type 316 stainless steel fasteners throughout their product. Parts Availability and Inventory At the present time the County does not maintain any parts inventory for the Rotork valve actuators. Parts availability has been considered as acceptable. Parts Interchangeability The published information on parts interchangeability for Rotork and Limitorque was very limited and not specific. EIM provided the following information about parts interchangeability: The motor shaft on the 0.25 horsepower motor is the same size as up to the 3.2 hp motor, and actuator motors from 4 hp motor up have the same shaft size. Thus all the motor gears from 0.25 hp to 3.2 hp are interchangeable and 4 hp and up are interchangeable. The declutch mechanism that shifts to and from manual handwheel operation is interchangeable across all models. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 I.Q. Water – Motorized Valve Actuator - Page 4 Field and Technical Support The County staff has indicated very positive satisfaction with Rotork field support. They have indicated a significant concern regarding the responsiveness of Rotork to technical support and needed field service. The EIM factory has indicated a willingness to loan a 120 volt valve actuator to Collier County for trial purposes. The Florida EIM sales and support team, Southeast Industrial Sales, is located in Lakeland, and they have many EIM actuators installed in public utilities in Florida. Price The pricing for any actuator depends on the specific installation and project requirements such as the number of actuators, type of valve using the actuator, size of the valve, required valve torque, open-close or modulating operation, available voltage and phase, and the number of field trips needed for startup and commissioning. Because of these and other factors, it is impractical to determine an accurate market- based pricing comparison between the three manufacturers. Summary Because Rotork has been a Collier County standard product for around a decade, the County has a large installed base of Rotork actuators. The satisfactory performance of the Rotork actuators supports their continued use by Collier County. The EIM actuators have many positive features noted in the table above. Based upon the County’s future positive evaluation of the EIM actuator on loan, it is recommended that EIM be added to the list of acceptable valve actuators. At this time Limitorque is not recommended as an additional vendor for several reasons, including the required laptop for startup, the significantly smaller display screen, the lack of vibration monitoring, and the method used to measure torque. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Meter Box - Page 1 PRODUCT: METER BOX USM REF: WATER SYSTEM Utility Standards Manual, Detail W-12 MANUFACTURERS A desktop evaluation was conducted on water meter boxes used by Collier County Public Utilities as identified in Collier County Standard Detail W-12. Meter boxes provide a protective below ground enclosure for residential water meter assemblies. They typically enclose a water meter, curb stop, a customer gate valve and an automatic meter reader (AMR) device. It should be noted that two manufacturers are listed as a County’s approved product for meter boxes. The two manufacturers listed are DFW and Alliance. DFW now owns Alliance. The County’s approved product list identifies the 12 inch D1200 AMR Series light duty meter box manufactured by DFW and the 12 inch 16 AMR Series light duty box manufactured by Alliance (now DFW). Although, there are no heavy duty meter boxes currently listed on the County’s approved product list, heavy duty boxes are routinely installed in the County where traffic or other heavy loads may occur. The evaluation compares three light duty meter boxes manufactured by DFW, Carson, and Hubbel. The table below identifies the manufacturers used by Collier County and four other southwest Florida utilities. DFW Carson Hubbel Collier County City of Marco Island City of Naples City of Cape Coral Lee County EVALUATED CRITIERA The three meter box manufacturers were evaluated based upon materials of construction and price. MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION DFW offers a light duty plastic meter box as well as a heavy duty polymer meter box. The light duty Series A - 12 inch D1200 AMR meter box body and lid are constructed out of polypropylene. The light duty meter box comes with lid options of polypropylene and cast iron. The DFW Series A - 12 inch 16 AMR Series light duty meter box is the ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Meter Box - Page 2 other meter box listed on the County’s approved product list. The 16 AMR Series is a larger box than the 12 AMR Series, but utilizes the same lid. DFW’s heavy duty Series C polymer meter box’s body is fabricated out of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE). The heavy duty line offers a HDPE polymer designed to replace concrete, cast iron, metal and composite lids. Both DFW Series A light duty and Series C heavy duty models can be fitted with an AMR reader door. Carson offers a lightweight HDPE model and a heavy duty wall model. The lightweight Carson Model meter boxes and lids are constructed out of HDPE. The Carson heavy wall line bodies are also constructed out of polyethylene. The heavy duty line offers lid options fabricated out of a plastic composite material, high density polyethylene, polymer concrete, and ductile iron. Both the lightweight and heavy duty model lids can be fitted with an AMR reader door. The Hubbel also offers light duty and heavy meter boxes. The light duty PE style enclosures are constructed out of HDPE with lid options of HDPE and polymer concrete. Hubbel does not offer a cast iron reader door for the light duty series. The heavy duty style (DT style) is made of structurally ribbed HDPE with covers fabricated out of polymer concrete or HDPE. When speaking to County staff, they have indicated that they have installed Hubbel heavy duty boxes for applications in the past and are satisfied with the product. PRICE List prices were obtained from the manufacturers’ sales representatives and are shown in the table below. The prices reflect light duty meter boxes with similar inside dimensions to 13.5L X 18.25W X 12H inches and with a box and lid fabricated out of polyethylene. The DFW and Carlson price reflects a lid with a cast iron AMR reader door. The Hubbel prices reflect a box and lid without AMR reader door. DFW Carlson Hubbel $48.75 $63.77 $55.90 SUMMARY The three water meter box manufacturers DFW, Carlson, and Hubbel offer very similar light duty products. The fact that Hubbel does not offer a cast iron reader door for their light duty boxes makes them not equal to DFW and Carlson. However, Hubbel heavy duty boxes are commonly used within the County. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Meter Box - Page 3 Due to the fact that both light duty and heavy duty boxes are commonly installed in various utility installations, the County should consider adding heavy duty models of boxes to the approved product list as well. DFW should remain on Collier County’s approved product list as an acceptable manufacturer of light duty meter boxes. In addition, the DFW heavy duty series should also be added to the approved product list. The County should consider adding Carson as an approved manufacturer for both light duty and heavy duty boxes. Hubbel should be considered as an acceptable manufacturer for heavy duty meter boxes only. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Pedestal Housing - Page 1 PRODUCT: PEDESTAL HOUSING USM REF: WATER SYSTEM Utility Standards Manual, Detail W- 5 MANUFACTURERS A desktop evaluation was conducted on pedestal housings used by Collier County Public Utilities. These housings are primarily used to enclose and protect air release valves that are installed above ground. The Channel Company is identified on Collier County’s approved product list as the standard manufacturer for Water and IQ Water (reuse) pedestal housing. The following table identifies five other major utilities in southwest Florida that specify manufacturers for pedestal housings. The Utility Standards Manual also identifies a different manufacturer as a standard product for an enclosure for wastewater air release valves. Channel Water Plus PenCell Plastics Collier County (Water & Reuse) Collier County (Wastewater) Lee County Lee County Lee County City of Naples (Water) City of Naples (WW & Reuse) Charlotte County Charlotte County Bonita Springs Bonita Springs City of Marco Island EVALUATED CRITIERA The three pedestal housing manufacturers were evaluated based upon the following criteria: (1) materials of construction, (2) product special features including security, and (3) price. MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION Water Plus, Pencell, and Channel enclosures are all manufactured out of polyethylene with UV protection. All three pedestal manufacturers offer bracketing hardware options for their enclosures. For purposes of this assessment, the bracketing hardware includes the stakes and frame used to hold the housing in place. Water Plus Corporation provides the option of either stainless steel or aluminum hardware. PenCell offers aluminum hardware only, and Channel offers steel hardware with a thermoplastic coating. The County has indicated that they do not have a preference regarding the type of bracketing material used in their pedestal housings and that aluminum is an acceptable bracketing material. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Pedestal Housing - Page 2 SPECIAL FEATURES All three manufacturers can produce pedestal housings in the DEP designated color for the pipeline and air release valve being served. All manufacturers provide air vents for their pedestal housings. Channel appeared to be the only manufacturer with an option for insect screen covering over the vents. All manufacturers identify various locking options. Channel lists eight locking options, Water Plus lists six locking options, and PenCell lists four locking options. As expected, the various levels of security relate directly to how long it would take a County field representative to open pedestal housing. County staff has indicated that there are various existing locking combinations currently installed in the field. This situation creates a problem with managing and keeping track of the amount of keys required for pedestal entry. For this reason the County should standardize a given locking combination to reduce the number of keys required for entry by field personnel. PRICE List prices were obtained from the manufacturers’ sales representatives and are shown in the table below. The prices reflect similar sized enclosures with standard features. Channel Water Plus Corporation PenCell Plastics $260.00 Model SPH 1420 $481.00 Model H-30 $439.00 Model HASP-1420 SUMMARY All three pedestal housing manufacturers offer very similar products. The Channel Company appears to offer the most options as well as the lowest price for a standard product and they should be retained as a standard supplier. Because aluminum hardware is acceptable to the County, PenCell and Water Plus should also be considered acceptable manufacturers for pedestal housings. The County may wish to evaluate using these three manufacturers to house the air release valves in the wastewater system. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Sampling Station - Page 1 PRODUCT: SAMPLING STATION USM REF: WATER SYSTEM Utility Standards Manual, Detail W- 6 MANUFACTURERS A desktop evaluation was conducted on water sampling stations used by Collier County Public Utilities as identified in Collier County Standard Detail W-6. Collier County Public Utilities approved product list identifies the Kupferle Foundry Eclipse Model No. 88 as the only acceptable model and manufacturer for water sampling stations. Water sampling stations allow the County to retrieve a required water sample requirement at a fixed, secure location directly above a potable water main. The table below identifies acceptable manufacturers of water sampling stations used by Collier County and three other southwest Florida utilities. Kupferle Foundry Water Plus GIL Industries Collier County City of Marco Island Lee County City of Naples Bonita Springs EVALUATED CRITIERA Three sampling station manufacturers were evaluated based upon the following criteria: (1) materials of construction, (2) product features, and (3) price. MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION The three manufacturers of sampling stations have differences in their materials of construction. The Kupferle Foundry sampling station outside casing is a non-removable cast aluminum enclosure and cast aluminum base with the sampling port accessible through an access door. The Kupferle Foundry sampling station does not require a support frame or mounting stake. It should be noted that County Detail W-6 identifies a 4” x 4” reinforced concrete post, two ½-inch stainless steel anchors and an 18”x18”x6” concrete base for the installation of the Kupferle Foundry Eclipse #88 sampling station. These Collier County requirements add additional support but are not required by the manufacturer. It should also be noted that Collier County staff has indicated that they no longer add a concrete base when installing their sampling stations. For this reason, the County should consider editing Detail W -6 to reflect their current installation procedures. Additional ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Sampling Station - Page 2 materials listed with the Kupferle Foundry Eclipse #88 sampling station are a ¾-inch unthreaded sampling port nozzle, an all brass waterway and protective caps on all outlets. The GIL Industries sampling station consists of a removable thermoplastic enclosure and polyethylene base with the brass sampling port accessible by removing the cover. It also comes with a standard powder coated steel support stake. The GIL Industries sampling station is free standing, self supporting and does not require additional materials for installation. The Water Plus sampling station is also housed in a removable polyethylene enclosure and polyethylene base with the sampling port accessible by removing the polyethylene cover. The Water Plus sampling station comes with a mounting stake to support its internal piping. Water samples are retrieved from the Water Plus sampling station through a stainless steel spigot and ball valve. The station does not require additional materials for installation. The materials required to connect the Kupferle Foundry, Water Plus and GIL Industries sampling stations to the underground potable water mains to be tested are sold separately. In comparison with the Kupferle Foundry sampling stations, the Water Plus and GIL Industries sampling stations are smaller units. FEATURES Some features unique to the Kupferle Foundry sampling station include an optional cast door logo, optional pedestal, and an optional plastic enclosure. All three sampling stations come with security features. The Kupferle Foundry sampling station’s cast aluminum enclosure is lockable, the GIL Industries sampling station comes fitted with a lockable enclosure and the Water Plus sampling station enclosure is locked using a pin allen bolt or has the option of coming with a locking hasp. The Kupferle Foundry sampling station listed on the Collier County Approved Product list is the Eclipse No. 88 model. This model comes with a copper vent tube with ¼ inch pet cock that allows the user to apply a hand pump and excavate standing water remaining in the sampling line after the sampling port has been opened. A representative with Kupferle Foundry indicated that this option is commonly used in cold weather climates to eliminate the possibility of line freezing. This option was observed on at least one Kupferle Foundry sampling station in Collier County’s system and is not necessary in warm weather climates such as Collier County. An alternative to the Eclipse No. 88 model used in cold weather climates is the Eclipse No. 88WC model which eliminates the ¼ inch pet cock evacuation line. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Sampling Station - Page 3 PRICE List prices were obtained from the manufacturers’ sales representatives and are shown in the table below. Kupferle Foundry Eclipse No.88WC Water Plus Corporation Gil Industries $822.00 $561.00 $317.33 SUMMARY Kupferle Foundry offers a reliable sampling station, with quality materials of construction including an aluminum enclosure and has a successful history of use with the County. Kupferle Foundry should remain as an approved manufacturer for sampling stations used by Collier County Public Utilities. After speaking with Collier County about the possibility of eliminating the cold weather Eclipse No.88 model with ¼-inch pet cock evacuation line, in favor of the No. 88WC (warm climate) model, they indicated that the ¼-inch pet cock evacuation line is not necessary for them to collect their water samples and is not needed. For this reason, as well as a cost savings over the cold weather model, the County should begin to utilize the Eclipse No. 88WC model for their water sampling needs. If the County wishes to add additional manufacturers of water sampling stations to their list of standard suppliers, then USM Detail W-6 will need to be modified to reflect the additional manufacturer products. If the County chooses this option, then the Water Plus and GIL Industries sampling stations could be added to the list of acceptable manufacturers for use in Collier County. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Service Saddle - Page 1 PRODUCT: SERVICE SADDLE USM REF: WATER SYSTEM Utility Standards Manual, Detail W-12 MANUFACTURERS A desktop evaluation was conducted on service saddles used by Collier County Public Utilities and as identified in Collier County Utility Standards Manual (USM) Detail W-12. The service saddle application identified on Detail W-12 is used during the installation of short or long side potable water service meter settings for connections to a water transmission main. There are three service saddle manufacturers identified on Collier County’s approved product list: the Ford Model F202 series, the Powerseal P3413 Series, and the JCM J402 Series. STANDARD DETAIL & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CONFLICT Upon review of Collier County Detail W -12 and the technical specifications for service saddles listed in the Utilities Standards Manual, a conflict was identified. Standard Detail W-12 states a “ductile iron tapping saddle with galvanized straps” in the drawing plan view. In addition, on this same Detail Section 4A of the detail notes lists “tapping saddles shall be ductile double strap or brass double strap”. As an additional conflict, Collier County Technical Specifications Section 331200 part G.1.a., states “Saddles shall be cast iron saddles with double brass straps.” RECOMMENDATION FOR STANDARDIZATION Due to the multiple conflicts identified above, the County should reformat detail W -12 and the service saddle technical specification in the Utility Standards Manuel to reflect consistency in their desired manufactured materials used in service saddle installations. Hole Montes recommends the use of service saddles consisting of a ductile iron body with double stainless steel straps accompanied with stainless steel nuts and bolts. The Ford Model F202 series identified on the County’s approved product list meets this recommendation. However when speaking with County personnel, they have indicated their desire to use service saddles fabricated with brass bodies and brass straps. County personnel have indicated that corrosion has been observed in their installed service saddles. Preliminary evidence found in the field points to the corrosion being associated with electrolysis (chemical changes associated with electric current). To remedy this issue, Hole Montes suggests that the County use a dielectric union between the brass valve (curb stop) and the ductile or cast saddle. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Service Saddle - Page 2 The Ford Model F202B meets the County’s desire for use of all brass, as it is made with a fabricated brass body and double brass straps. Another manufacturer that makes a service saddle with a brass body and with brass straps is the Mueller BR 2 B Series. The other two manufacturer models listed on the County’s approved product list are not in accordance with the County’s desire to use all brass bodies and straps for their service saddles. The Powerseal Model P3413 series listed on the County’s approved product list consist of a ductile iron body with zinc plated carbon steel straps, nuts, and bolts. The JCM Model J402 is manufactured with a ductile iron body with galvanized steel straps. The JCM J402 series and the Powerseal P3413 series materials of construction do not meet the County’s desire to use a product fabricated with all brass bodies and brass straps for their service saddles. SUMMARY Service saddles are a common product frequently used in water meter service installations as well as other utility applications. To produce a more standardized product for their use, the County should reformat Collier County USM Detail W -12 and the USM Technical Specification for service saddles to reflect the same materials of construction requirements. The Ford Model F202B and Mueller Model DR2 B should be listed as acceptable manufacturers of service saddles on the County’s approved product list because that model is fabricated with a brass body and double brass straps, which meets the County’s materials of construction desires for service saddles. Powerseal and JCM do not produce an all brass service saddle; hence they should be removed from County’s list of approved service saddle manufacturers. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Service Wye - Page 1 PRODUCT: SERVICE WYE USM REF: WATER SYSTEM Utility Standards Manual, Detail W- 12 MANUFACTURERS A desktop evaluation was conducted on service wyes used by Collier County Public Utilities and as identified in Collier County Utility Standards Manual (USM) Detail W- 12. The service wye application identified on Detail W -12 is used during the installation of multiple water meter service connections. Detail W -12 calls for a service wye with 1-1/2” polyethylene tubing connection leading up to the wye and 1-inch polyethylene tubing exiting the wye for long and short side services. The Ford Model Y44-264-G-NL packed joint wye is identified as the only approved service wye on Collier County’s approved product list. This evaluation will compare the Ford service wye and service wyes offered by A.Y. McDonald, and Mueller. The list below identifies the manufacturers of service wyes used by Collier County and three other Southwest Florida utilities. Ford A.Y. McDonald Mueller Collier County Lee County Lee County Cape Coral Cape Coral Cape Coral Bonita Springs Bonita Springs Bonita Springs EVALUATED CRITIERA The three service wye manufacturers were evaluated based upon the following criteria: (1) materials of construction / features and (3) price. MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION / FEATURES The Ford Manufacturer offers a variety of sizes and connection fittings for service wyes. As identified on the Collier County Approved Product list, the Ford model Y44-264-NL is packed joint (tightened “packed joint nut” compresses gasket around pipe or tubing) type ‘Y’ branch with one 1.5-inch single branch with two 1-inch multi branch ends. This model is used with copper or plastic tubing with copper tube sizes (CTS). This model satisfies the application described in Collier County Detail W -12. The Ford wyes come with an Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer (EPDM) rubber gasket providing a hydraulic seal. Ford service wyes are fabricated out of brass. They are identified as “no lead” and all brass components conform to AWWA Standard C800. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Service Wye - Page 2 The A. Y. McDonald Company also offers a variety of service wye fitting connections including polyethylene pipe fittings, required by Collier County per detail W-12. A.Y. McDonald service wye model 708YS22 comes fabricated with a brass body and EPDM gasket with an 11/2 inch single branch with two 1 inch multi-branches satisfying Collier County Detail W-12 service wye requirements. The A.Y. McDonald service wyes conform to AWWA Standard C800. The Mueller Company also offers a variety of service wye fittings. Mueller service wye model P-15343N is a pack joint type connection offered with one 1-1/2 inch single branch with two 1 inch multi branch ends. It comes fabricated with a cast bronze body and EPDM gasket. Model P-15343N satisfies the service wye model requirements described in Detail W-12. Mueller service wye fittings conform to AWWA Standard C800. All three manufacturers offer stainless steel insert stiffeners which are often required for use with polyethylene tubing connections and also stated on USM Detail W -12. PRICE List prices were obtained from the manufacturers’ sales representatives and are shown in the table below. The price reflects the associated list price of one 1.5-inch (run) by 1- inch (branches) service wye. Ford A.Y. McDonald Mueller $100.63 $149.33 $112.00 SUMMARY All three service wye manufacturers offer similar products. Each manufacturer provides a service wye fitting consistent with the requirements for service wyes as described in USM Detail W-12. Ford should remain identified as an acceptable manufacturer for service wyes for use in Collier County. The A.Y. McDonald and Mueller wyes may be considered equal and can be added to the list of acceptable service wye manufacturers. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2108 Valve, Air Release – Water - Page 1 PRODUCT: VALVE, AIR RELEASE USM REF: WATER SYSTEM Utility Standards Manual, Detail W- 5, W-11, W- 14, & W- 16 MANUFACTURERS A desktop evaluation was conducted on air release valves used by Collier County identified on Collier County Standard Details W -5, W-11, W -14, and W-16. ARI, Val- Matic and GA Industries are all listed as acceptable manufacturers of air valves on the County’s approved product list. Manufacturers model numbers identified on the approved product list are for combination air release and air vacuum valves. Air release/vacuum valves function by expelling accumulated air pockets in the water main. The vacuum function of an air valve works to allow air back into the line when a possible line shutdown or system failure occurs. Model numbers listed on the Collier County approved product list and specifications identify combination air release/vacuum valves to be fabricated out of cast iron. However, when speaking with County personnel, they have indicated their desire to use valve bodies fabricated out of stainless steel to increase the useful life of the valve and to avoid the cast iron valves which experience significant corrosion. Collier County’s approved product list identifies Val-Matic Model V22G as an approved model combination air release/vacuum valve. Model V22G was unable to be identified. For the purpose of this evaluation the Val-Matic combination air valve Model VM-801AS (stainless steel) will be evaluated. Also listed on the approved product list is the GA Industries Fig. 945, which is a combination air release/vacuum valve fabricated out of cast iron. For the purpose of this evaluation the GA Industries Model 942SS (stainless steel) combination air release/vacuum valve will be included. Also included in this evaluation is the APCO model ASU combination air release/vacuum valve fabricated out of stainless steel. It should be noted that Val-Matic and GA Industries do not make a stainless steel combination air release/vacuum valve specifically for use on water mains. The Val- Matic VM-801AS and the GA Industries 942SS combination air release/vacuum valves are marketed for wastewater applications and the smallest size made by both manufacturers is 2-inch. However, the factory representatives have indicated these valves can also be installed on water mains. The APCO ASU combination air release/vacuum valves are also marketed for wastewater and water applications. Unlike GA Industries and Val-Matic, the APCO ASU valve is available in a 1-inch size. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2108 Valve, Air Release – Water - Page 2 This evaluation will compare the ARI Model D-040, Val-Matic Model VM-801AS, and GA Industries Model 942SS and APCO model ASU. The County requested evaluation of the ARI valve along with the Val-matic and GA Industries valves. The list below identifies the manufacturers of air valves used by Collier County and four other Southwest Florida utilities. ARI Val-Matic GA Industries APCO Collier County Collier County Collier County Lee County Bonita Springs City of Naples Charlotte County Charlotte County EVALUATED CRITIERA The air valve manufacturers were evaluated based upon the following criteria: (1) materials of construction / product features and (2) price. MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION / PRODUCT FEATURES The ARI Model D-040 is made with a reinforced nylon body, polypropylene discharge outlet, and a reinforced nylon base. The valve is also available in a stainless steel body. The valve has a 232 psi working pressure. Collier County specifications call for a 300 psi working pressure. The valve comes standard with an EPDM seat. A Buna-N seat is available with the stainless steel model and a 1-inch NPT inlet. The height of this valve is approximately 6 inches. The GA Industries model 942SS is a combination air release/vacuum valve fabricated with single body stainless steel housing. The valve has one internal stainless steel float ball with a Buna-N seat. The valve has a 150 psi working pressure and a 2- inch NPT inlet. It should be noted that USM specifications on combination air valves identify a standard 1-inch inlet to be used, unless otherwise noted by the Engineer. The Val-Matic model 801AS is a combination air release/vacuum valve. The Val-Matic valve comes fabricated with a stainless steel body, a stainless steel float and a Buna-N seat. The valve has a 150 psi maximum working pressure and a 2-inch NPT inlet. The 801AS model does not come fabricated with a conic shaped body but instead has a cylindrical shaped outer shell. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2108 Valve, Air Release – Water - Page 3 The APCO Model ASU is a combination air release/vacuum valve that is apparently a new product. The valve is fabricated with a stainless steel body and a stainless steel float and is available in two different pressure ranges: 2 to 150 psi and 2 to 300 psi. The valve is available in an 1-inch inlet size. The valve’s disc is fabricated out of stainless steel and the seat is Buna-N. The valve is approximately 20 inches in height, which is similar to the GA Industries and Val-Matic valve lengths. PRICE List prices were obtained from the manufacturers’ sales representatives and are shown in the table below. All prices reflect combination air release/vacuum valves fabricated out of stainless steel. ARI – 1-inch APCO – 1-inch Val-Matic – 2-inch GA Industries – 2-inch $500 $3,130 $1,764 $2,415 SUMMARY ARI, Val-Matic and GA Industries are all currently approved manufacturers for combination air release/vacuum valves for use within Collier County. With the exception of ARI, the current listing of combination air release/vacuum valves on the Collier County approved product list are fabricated out of cast iron. Cast Iron combination air release/vacuum valves off significant cost savings over their stainless steel counterparts. However, the County wishes to use only stainless steel combination air release/vacuum valves to avoid corrosion experienced with cast iron valves. As a result, the Val-Matic and GA Industries valve models listed in the USM should be revised to include only stainless steel valves. The County should keep the ARI Model D-040 valve on their approved product list. Although the cost from Val-Matic and GA Industries is significantly higher than the ARI valve, the County could consider adding Val-Matic Model VM-801AS and GA Industries Model 942SS as acceptable combination air release/vacuum valves. The cost for the APCO valve as provided by the local distributor is prohibitive and excludes use of this valve. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Water Meter - Page 1 PRODUCT: 3” AND LARGER POTABLE WATER METERS (COMPOUND) USM REF: WATER SYSTEM Utilities Standards Manual, Detail W-13 MANUFACTURERS A desktop evaluation was conducted on 3-inch and larger compound water meters specified as a standard product by Collier County Public Utilities. The evaluation compared Collier County’s two identified water meter manufacturers, Neptune Technology Group and Master Meter, with the two other compound water meter manufacturers used by six other southwest Florida utilities, which are Badger Meter, Inc., and Sensus-Omni water meters. Refer to the table below for the meter manufacturer(s) used by each utility. Note that Collier County is the only utility to identify two acceptable manufacturers for compound water meters. Master Meter Neptune Badger Meter Sensus-Omni Collier County Collier County Lee County City of Cape Coral Bonita Springs City of Naples City of Marco Island Charlotte County EVALUATED CRITIERA The four water meter manufacturers were evaluated based upon the following criteria: (1) the materials of construction for the water meter reader component and the water meter main case, (2) method of flow measurement and accuracy, (3) basic and special features, (4) field service and calibration, (5) registers and remote reading technologies, (6) parts inventory, and (7) price. MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION The materials utilized in the main case and register housings of the compound water meters are shown in the table below. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Water Meter - Page 2 Materials of Construction Master Meter Neptune Badger Meter Sensus-Omni Main Cases Copper Alloy Copper Alloy Bronze Alloy Ductile Iron Register Lid & Shroud Copper Alloy Thermo Plastic Bronze Alloy Thermo Plastic Three of the four meter manufacturers use slightly different copper alloys for construction for the meter main cases. The materials of construction for the lids and shrouds are more varied. Neptune and Sensus-Omni fabricate their lids and shrouds out of thermoplastic while copper alloy lids and shrouds are used by Master Meter and Sensus-Omni. FLOW MEASUREMENT AND ACCURACY Compound water meters typically measure low and high flows with different flow measuring technologies as seen in the table below. An exception is the Sensus-Omni meter, which measures low and high flows using the same device. Although the four manufacturers offer different flow measuring technologies, each manufacturer claims compliance with AWWA C702 accuracy requirements. These meters are expected to provide extremely accurate flow measurement over a very large range. For example, a 3-inch meter should provide accurate measurement at 0.5 gpm and at 450 gpm. Flow Measurement Master Meter Neptune Technology Group Badger Meter Sensus-Omni Low Flow Multi-Jet Disc Positive Displacement Floating Turbine High Flow Turbine Turbine Turbine Floating Turbine BASIC & SPECIAL FEATURES Compound water meters made by Neptune, Badger and Sensus-Omni use a single body configuration, resulting in a more compact meter and eliminating the ‘by-pass’ piping and valves used for low flow conditions in the Master Meter. Master Meter does not appear to offer a single-body compound meter. All four manufacturers provide a compound meter that is NSF 61 approved for use on potable water. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Water Meter - Page 3 All of the manufacturers offer a theft deterrent or tamper resistant feature utilizing a register with tamper proof screws or a sealed register. The County has indicated problems with compound meter tampering and water theft are very rare. An internal removable strainer, which also provides adjustment of the velocity profile entering the meter, is a standard feature for Neptune, Master Meter and Sensus-Omni meters. Badger does not appear to offer a built-in strainer. FIELD SERVICE & CALIBRATION The register components of all four water meter manufacturers can be changed out without removal of the installed meter, which means no shutdown of water service during such maintenance. Collier County staff indicated that field testing is an important feature of these water meters. All four manufacturers make compound meters with ports that can be used for field testing. The Neptune meters are the only ones that also have a calibration vane which can be field accessed and adjusted (turning a screw) allowing for a decrease or increase in registration. REGISTER TYPES (REMOTE READING TECHNOLOGIES) Currently Collier County uses AMR (Automatic Meter Reading) meter reading technology. AMR technology allows County staff the ability to gather flow data from each meter by simply driving by installed water meters while using instrumentation able to read a signal emitted directly from an antenna mounted on the meter or from an antenna built into the register itself. In the future, the County plans on implementing AMI (Advanced Metering Infrastructure) technologies to their meter reading capabilities. When AMI technology is implemented, water meter data will be remotely uploaded to a ‘cloud’ storage space, and County personnel can retrieve the data by accessing the ‘cloud’ from their office workspace. All four manufacturers provide meters capable of being equipped with AMR/AMI technologies. PARTS INVENTORY and TRAINING Collier County keeps a running inventory of parts for their water meters onsite located at 4425 Progress Ave in Naples. The annual budget for Neptune spare parts is approximately $50,000. Although there are various water meter manufacturers parts onsite, almost all of the current parts inventory are for Neptune water meters. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Water Meter - Page 4 The County has recently sent four field personnel to Neptune headquarters in Atlanta, Georgia for maintenance training classes on Neptune water meters. Neptune provided this training at no cost. PRICE In 2016 Collier County took bids from water meter manufacturers for their 3-inch and larger compound water meters. Neptune was lowest bidder and awarded the water meter contract. Collier County buys their 3-inch and larger water meters direct from the manufacturer, which eliminates the costs associated with a distributor. County personnel indicated a typical 4-inch Neptune compound water meter has a cost of approximately $3,000. SUMMARY The County already has a large base of installed Neptune meters, and the County’s existing parts inventory and training investment in the Neptune meters is significant. Furthermore the previous competitive bid for this product confirmed Neptune’s cost to be the lowest. It is also noteworthy that all other southwest Florida major utilities have selected one standard supplier for compound water meters. In conclusion, Neptune should be identified as the standard supplier for 3-inch and larger compound water meters on the County’s approved product list. Sensus-Omni is not suggested as an additional manufacturer due to its use of only one flow measurement technique. Since Master Meter does not manufacturer a single body compound meter, it should be removed from the County’s list of standard suppliers. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Page 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS – WASTEWATER PRODUCTS Pages 1. CHECK VALVE 1 - 3 2. FLOW METER, MAGNETIC 1 - 3 3. LIQUID LEVEL REGULATORS 1 - 3 4. MIXING FLUSH VALVE 1 - 3 5. ODOR CONTROL UNITS 1 - 6 6. SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS 1 - 19 7. VALVE, AIR RELEASE 1 - 3 ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Check Valve - Page 1 PRODUCT: CHECK VALVE USM REF: WASTEWATER SYSTEM Utilities Standards Manual, Details WW-7 & WW-8 MANUFACTURERS A desktop assessment was completed on the wastewater check valves used by Collier County Public Utilities in their duplex pump stations. The table below identifies three manufacturers and two different valve configurations for check valves specified by Collier County and six other southwest Florida utilities. Kennedy Swing Check Mueller Swing Check Val-Matic Swing Check GA Industries Milliken Val-Matic ‘Swing- Flex’ Check Collier County Charlotte County Charlotte County City Marco Island City Marco Island Bonita Springs Lee County City of Naples City of Cape Coral COMMENTS ON CONFIGURATION OF CHECK VALVES As noted in the table above, southwest Florida utilities use two different configurations of check valves in duplex sewage pump stations. These configurations are: (1) the traditional swing check configuration with a rigid metal internal flapper and outside lever and weight or (2) the ‘swing-flex’ configuration with a flexible internal flapper and no external lever. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Check Valve - Page 2 The traditional swing check valve offers a feature not found on the ‘swing-flex’ valve. This valve can be quickly opened by simply lifting the lever arm, which allows the prompt release of pressure on a force main needing an emergency repair, a tie-in or a shut-down. Collier County wastewater collections personnel have indicated a strong preference for the traditional check valves with an outside lever and weight. Manually opening an installed ‘swing-flex’ check valve is accomplished by screwing in a rod pushing on the valve disc. The rod, known as a backflow actuator, is an extra cost option when purchasing the valve and requires additional clearance under the valve. When the rod is screwed all the way in, the valve is in the open position. If the backflow actuator option is not part of the valve when installed, there will likely be leakage when field installing a backflow actuator. The position of the traditional swing check valve’s flapper (open or closed or moving) is determined by visually observing the position of the outside lever. The position of the ‘swing-flex’ check valve is determined by observing the disc position indicator, which is an extra cost option. In comparing the cost of the two configurations of check valves, the traditional swing check valve with outside lever and weight is approximately the same cost as the ‘swing- flex’ valve when equipped with the options of a backflow actuator and a disc position indicator. There is some evidence that the ability of a ‘swing-flex’ check valve to provide a tight seal over the valve’s life is better than the traditional swing check valve. The manufacturers of the ‘swing-flex’ check valve also claim their configuration provides improved flow through the valve. However, the County Wastewater Collections Division has used the traditional check valves with many years and they have not indicated any issues with check valve performance or life. Considering all of these factors and especially the County staff’s excellent service history with traditional swing check valves, the ‘swing-flex’ check valve will not be considered further in this assessment. Based on the County’s stated needs, any ‘swing-flex’ check valves that may be installed or to be installed at a duplex pump station should be fitted with the optional backflow actuator and the disc position indicator. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Check Valve - Page 3 TRADITIONAL CHECK VALVE FEATURES The Collier County standard swing check valve is specified to have a cast iron body with integral flanges and an epoxy lining and equipped with a stainless steel shaft and fitted with bronze or stainless steel seat and a disc seat of bronze or Buna-N. These features are typical for this application and should remain unchanged. This specific product as made by Kennedy Valve is Model 1106LW, and this model should be noted in the Utilities Standard Manual. PRICE List prices were obtained from the manufacturers’ sales representatives and are shown in the table below. List prices reflect values for 4 inch flanged check valves. Kennedy Swing Check Mueller Swing Check Val-Matic Swing Check Milliken GA Industries $2590.00 $1250.00 $1529.00 $1167.00 $915.00 ADDITIONAL MANUFACTURERS There are several manufacturers of comparable swing check valves, specifically Mueller Model A-2600 or A-2602, and Val-Matic Model 7700LW , and Milliken Model 8001, and GA Industries Model Figure 340-W . These additional standard valve models have similar standard features to the Kennedy valve. They also have the same laying length and are manufactured in the United States. Since spare parts for these check valves are not normally stocked by the County, these three additional manufacturers should be considered as producing an acceptable check valve standard product for use in wastewater duplex pumps stations. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Flow Meter - Page 1 PRODUCT: FLOW METER - MAGNETIC USM REF: IQ (RECLAIMED) WATER SYSTEM & WASTEWATER SYSTEM Utility Standards Manual, Details NP-1/NP-E2 Manufacturers The County Utilities Standards Manual (USM) identifies Endress+Hauser as the only standard product for magnetic flow meters. The technical standards manuals from six other public utilities in SW Florida were checked, and none of these utilities specifically identify manufacturers for magnetic flow meters for reclaimed water or for any other application. Collier County’s need to specify magnetic flow meters may be due to the large size of its reclaimed water system and its very progressive use of reclaimed water. These flow meters are also used by Collier County in wastewater applications. Self-Calibration, Accuracy and Materials of Construction There are several manufacturers of magnetic flow meters with the very important feature of self-calibration, which is self-verification of accurate flow measurement during the life of the meter. These manufacturers include Endress+Hauser, Rosemount, ABB, Yokogawa, Siemens and Krone. This feature allows the flow meter to self produce a report acceptable for Florida DEP and eliminates the County having to pay vendors to routinely visit each meter and produce a DEP required calibration report. All of these manufacturers produce a flow meter with published accuracy of 0.5% over the design flow range. Some of these manufacturers provide flow meters with the desired materials of construction, which are stainless steel body with polyurethane liner and Hastelloy-C electrodes and the entire unit certified for total immersion protection per International Standard IP68. General Comments – Remote Monitoring The magnetic flow meters are installed in the reclaimed water piping system at various locations for each major user (customer) of County reclaimed water. These locations are remote from the County water reclamation facilities that produce reclaimed water. The flow through each meter is remotely monitored to allow the County staff to remotely control the flow of reclaimed water to each customer and across all County customers. This remote monitoring of flow is essential to ensure accurate revenue for the County and to properly provide each customer with their allowed allotment of reclaimed water. Special Features The Endress+Hauser (E-H) flow meter Model W400 has a very important feature not offered by any other manufacturer, namely the use of a direct Ethernet connection using special integration add-on profiles. This feature significantly reduces the programming ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Flow Meter - Page 2 and start-up effort by the County staff for each flow meter from several hours to minutes. The direct Ethernet connection eliminates the need to program software addresses for the flow meter outputs, thus allowing the County faster and more cost- effective integration and, most importantly, easy access to process variables, device and diagnostic data, and process optimization. The reduction in network components offered by the E-H flow meters creates a more reliable and faster communications system reducing maintenance and improving the ability to remotely monitor and trouble- shoot the flow meters. The E+H Ethernet connection allows direct remote reading of flow totals (without re- phrasing or re-calculating). Therefore the totalized flow signal from each meter as received through the County SCADA system can be directly fed into the County billing system. This accuracy ensures the County’s customer will receive a bill based on the exact same reading as their IQ Water flow meter. The E-H flow meters also allow the County to use standard off-the-shelf tools and cables to install and to maintain the E-H flow meters rather than proprietary cables and software required for the other manufacturers which use a different communications protocol. E-H also provides free software for County use in commissioning and maintaining the flow meters. Another important feature offered by E-H is a standard three year warranty, which is longer than other manufacturers’ standard one year warranty. Extended warranties from other manufacturers are available at an additional cost. Field Experience County staff verified the significant savings in materials cost, start-up time and maintenance costs associated with the E-H flow meters compared to other meters that require the use a different communications protocol. County staff rated the E-H field services as very high and confirmed a successful history of more than seven years using the E-H flow meters. Parts Replacement & Service Support Because the magnetic flow meter has no moving parts or intrusion in to the flow stream, there is only infrequent replacement of parts, specifically the power and the control circuit boards. The County currently maintains a stock of approximately $15,000 in these spare parts. The County has expressed satisfaction with parts availability and service support. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Flow Meter - Page 3 Availability E-H normally ships flow meters and spare parts within 10 days from Indiana. Expedited shipping of 48 hours is available for most flow meters and spare parts. Cost Prior to standardizing on E-H flow meter, the County previously bid two projects where the bidders could select either E-H flow meters or alternate suppliers. In both projects, the low bidder used E-H flow meters in his bid and installed the meters in the projects. A recent proposal from Rosemount for a 6-inch flow meter was 27% higher than an equally equipped E-H flow meter. Thus E-H has demonstrated their competitive pricing. Summary The Endress+Hauser magnetic flow meter provides the County with significant advantages in labor, time, communications reliability and speed as well as an extended warranty. All of these advantages are obtained at no identified additional cost. These flow meters will be used on IQ Water and wastewater applications. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Liquid Level Regulators - Page 1 PRODUCT: LIQUID LEVEL REGULATORS USM REF: WASTE WATER SYSTEM Utility Standards Manual, Detail WW- 7, Detail WW-8 APPLICATION & MANUFACTURERS A desktop evaluation was conducted on liquid level regulators, or more commonly referred to as ‘float switches’ used by Collier County Public Utilities in their wastewater pump stations for wet well level control. Liquid level regulators act as switches for turning waste water pumps on and off. A series of float switches, connected to cables, are set at different elevations in the wet well. Increasing wet well volumes turn the set float switch on its side; which trigger a switch embedded in the float to turn the station pumps on. After the pump has started, the decreasing wet well level volume allows a different low level float switch to terminate power to the pump. The embedded switch inside of the sealed float is either a mercury type switch or non- mercury mechanical type switch. The mercury type switch is activated when the liquid mercury embedded inside a switching tube moves and makes contact with metal electrodes activating the wastewater pump. Similarly, the non-mercury type mechanical switch is activated by a steel ball rolling back and forth within a switching tube embedded inside the float housing. When the float is tilted, the steel ball makes contact with metal electrodes activating the wastewater pump. Information on similar standard products used by other southwest Florida public utilities was limited, however it is noted that the City of Marco Island identifies the same Roto- Float S-40-NO model in their technical specifications as Collier County Utilities identifies on their approved product list. The City of Naples identifies liquid level regulators on their wastewater pump station standard detail as being of the ‘non-mercury’ type. For this evaluation, four different liquid level regulators were evaluated specifically: the Roto-Float model S-40-NO (mercury type) manufactured by Anchor Scientific, Inc., the Dura Float 2900 series B4 (mercury type) manufactured by Conery, the Eco-Float model G (non-mercury type) manufactured by Anchor Scientific, and the Nivelco float model NW -100 (non mercury type). EVALUATED CRITIERA The three pedestal housing manufacturers were evaluated based upon the following criteria: (1) mercury concerns, (2) materials of construction, and (3) price. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Liquid Level Regulators - Page 2 MERCURY CONCERNS Currently nine states, all outside the southeastern U.S., have phased out the sale of mercury added products. As a matter of public policy and environmental conservation Collier County Public Utilities may wish to evaluate alternatives to mercury liquid level regulators in its pump stations. County personal has indicated to Hole Montes that a few non-mercury type floats have been tried in their pump stations with inconsistent and unfavorable results. Regarding the mercury type switches, the County staff also indicated that over the last 20 years there were no reported issues with mercury leaks or even cracks in the float switch enclosures. They did indicate that the mercury type float switches do require specialized disposal due to the mercury inside the sealed float switch. There are two major alternatives to using float switches for primary pump control. These are ultrasonic devices that use acoustical waves to measure depth and submerged transducer devices that use water pressure to measure depth. Each of these alternatives has advantages and disadvantages. Public utilities in southwest Florida (Lee County and the City of Ft. Myers) that use these alternatives still use at least one float switch as a backup device to start the sewage pumps to avoid an overflow of the wet well and a spill. MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION The Roto-Float mercury type liquid level regulator housing is 4.5 by 6.0 inches and made of polypropylene. It comes with a polypropylene cable clamp for pipe mounting applications and a PVC cable. The Dura-Float mercury type float housing is 4.25 by 6.0 inches and made of Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene (ABS). The Dura-Float comes with a chlorinated polyethylene cable. The Eco-Float (non-mercury type) housing is 3.12 by 4.12 inches and made of polypropylene with a polypropylene cable. The Nivelco (non- mercury type) float housing is 4.6 by 8.7 inches and is made of polypropylene. The Nivelco float comes with the option of a PVC or Neoprene cable. All liquid level regular manufacturers offer various lengths of cables that are available depending on the depth of the wet well. PRICE List prices in the table below represent the associated cost of one float with a 20 foot cable. Roto-Float (mercury type) Dura-Float (mercury type) Eco-Float (non- mercury Type) Nivelco (non-mercury Type) (16.5’ cable) $68.95 $63.25 $63.75 $123.70 ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Liquid Level Regulators - Page 3 SUMMARY Due to inconsistent and unfavorable results experienced by the County when testing non-mercury type float switches in their pump stations, they have indicated their desire to continue using mercury type float switches. The Roto-Float (mercury type) float switches have a history of over two decades successful use in Collier County pump stations without any float switch enclosure even breaking or cracking. The Roto-Float (mercury Type) liquid level regulator should remain as a standard supplier. If the County chooses to add an additional mercury type float manufacturer as another supplier, then Dura-Float by Conery could be considered an equal, however field testing should take place to determine if the Dura-Float product satisfies the County’s needs and expectations. In the future the County could consider use of alternative means of pump control, which are described on page 2. However the purchase cost for those alternative systems will probably be higher than the float switches currently used by the County. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Mixing Flush Valve - Page 1 PRODUCT: MIXING FLUSH VALVE FOR SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS USM REF: WASTEWATER SYSTEM Utilities Standards Manual, Specification Section 333200 INTRODUCTION AND MANUFACTURER The mixing flush valve is an optional device when purchasing a submersible pump from Flygt. Flygt is the County’s standard supplier for submersible sewage pumps. This assessment should be reviewed in conjunction with the separate assessment document on submersible sewage pumps. No other sewage pump manufacturer was identified that either uses a similar device or authorizes use of the Flygt device on their pumps. Flygt is the only identified manufacturer that sells a mixing flush valve for submersible sewage pumps. At this time, the Utilities Standards Manual requires one mixing flush valve be installed on one pump (out of the two pumps) in each sewage pump station wetwell. DESCRIPTION – MIXING FLUSH VALVE Flygt offers this valve as an extra cost option when purchasing one of their pumps. Its cost is approximately $3,000 and is only made in one size, which is used on all pumps. The mixing flush valve bolts directly to the pump volute (impeller housing) of a Flygt submersible sewage pump. The mixing flush valve diverts the initial pressurized flow from the pump into the wetwell, thereby mixing the sewage and debris (floating and settled). This mixing will allow the pump to more effectively remove the debris from the wetwell. The length of time for diversion of the flow is adjustable, and the average length of time is approximately 30 seconds. During this short period of mixing the high velocity flow diverted from the pump back into the wetwell continues until the mixing valve closes. After the valve closes the pump begins discharging normally into the force main. The mixing flush valve has only one moving part, a ball that automatically stops the flow into the wetwell. The mixing flush valve is not typically used on wetwells with a diameter over 8 feet as the effectiveness of the mixing and flushing is reduced. EFFECTIVENESS – MIXING FLUSH VALVE The County Wastewater Collections Division indicates these valves are not beneficial or needed for the majority of sewage pump stations. However, the Department staff also indicates that a small number of pump stations receive a positive benefit from the ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Mixing Flush Valve - Page 2 mixing flush valve and the mixing action. These specific pump stations with the mixing flush valve typically receive an unusually large amount of grease and debris, and the mixing helps break up the grease and debris. In these stations the mixing prevents the development of a thick floating mat of grease and debris that will, over time, require a vacuum truck – at a significant cost – to remove. Each sewage pump station receives a varying quantity of grease as well as a unique and varying quantity and type of debris. As a result, the Wastewater Collections Division staff stated that a specific pump station’s need for a mixing flush valve cannot be determined before the station is placed into service. One disadvantage of using a mixing flush valve is the relatively inefficient, lost energy spent mixing the wetwell. Thus, the one pump in a pump station with the mixing flush valve could have run times 30%-40% longer than the second pump in the wetwell. This pump will also probably have more frequent starts over a 24 period than the pump without a mixing flush valve. Another disadvantage is the possible release of sewer gases created by the mixing of the wetwell contents. Approximately 60 County pump stations have an odor control system connected to the wetwell and those pump stations should not have odors created by the mixing action. An analysis could be performed to determine the cost effectiveness of a mixing flush valve. The analysis would evaluate pump run times and the resulting increased power cost against the cost of a vacuum truck hauling off the grease and debris. The analysis should also consider the non-monetary issue of odors, specifically the odors created by operation of the mixing flush valve against odors created by the grease-debris mat and odors created by its removal using a vacuum truck. MIXING VALVE – LIFE AND REBUILD The County Wastewater Collections Division has indicated the life of the mixing flush valve is approximately equal to life of the attached sewage pump. Like the Flygt pumps, the mixing flush valve can be rebuilt and the Division does the rebuilding. SUMMARY The County should revise the Utilities Standards Manual, Specification 333200, to remove the standard requirement to install a mixing flush valve in each pump station. The Specification should require that one pump in each pump station have the required volute opening in the pump volute so the County can install a mixing flush valve if needed. Flygt has indicated there is no additional cost for the volute opening, which comes standard with a bolted cover. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Mixing Flush Valve - Page 3 The potential installation of a mixing flush valve in any pump station should be determined after the pump station is in operation for a sufficient period of time that allows the Wastewater Collections Division to evaluate the mixing flush valve’s potential usefulness. A cost analysis could be performed on the existing sewage pump stations that have been identified as benefiting from the mixing flush valve. This analysis would be helpful in confirming the cost effectiveness of the mixing flush valve. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Odor Control Units - Page 1 PRODUCT: ODOR CONTROL SYSTEM, BIOFILTRATION USM REF: WASTEWATER SYSTEM Utilities Standards Manual, Specifications 333200, 2.1.P Utilities Standards Manual, Details WW-7A, WW-8, 8A & 8B MANUFACTURERS A desktop evaluation was conducted on the biofiltration odor control systems for sewage pump stations, which are identified as a standard product in the Collier County Public Utilities Standards Manual. The County standard manufacturer is Zabocs- Siemens. The name of this company has been changed and it is now called Evoqua. The odor control systems used at sewage pump stations by six other southwest Florida public utilities are listed in the table below. Zabocs-Siemens (Evoqua) BioAir BioCube AMETEK Collier County Bonita Springs Sarasota County Charlotte County Lee County Lee County Lee County (is phasing out BioCube) City of Cape Coral Note that five of the six public utilities identify only one standard manufacturer. It is also noted that only two manufacturers, Evoqua and BioAir, are currently approved for use by these six public utilities. Both manufacturers produce their products in the United States. There are other manufacturers of odor control systems for sewage pump stations. However these manufacturers either provide single stage systems, which are not equal to Evoqua or BioAir, or use chemicals to treat the odors, which is more costly. As a result, only Evoqua and BioAir are considered in this evaluation. Appendix F in the Utilities Standards Manual, which references the Standard Details of the odor control system, should be corrected to reference Details WW-7A and WW -8. DESCRIPTION OF ODOR CONTROL SYSTEM This odor control system is identified in the Utilities Standards Manual for installation at Master Pump Stations and Submaster Pump Stations. These sewage pump stations are larger than the typical pump station and generally receive sewage from multiple ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Odor Control Units - Page 2 smaller pump stations. These pump stations and their odor control systems are either constructed as part of a County capital improvement program or received from a developer as part of a large development project. Odor control systems have also been installed at some smaller pump stations in order to resolve odor issues at those specific pump stations. The odor control systems manufactured by Evoqua and BioAir have two stages. The first stage is a biofilter that receives the odorous air from the pump station wetwell. This filter uses a biomass to remove most of the odors. The biomass consists of microorganisms that have grown on media that is supplied by the odor control system manufacturer. The biomass is sustained by a small amount of nutrients fed into the first stage. The first stage biomass filter removes essentially all of the hydrogen sulfide. After leaving the first stage, the air passes over a second stage activated carbon filter. This stage provides removal of mercaptans and other organic compounds passing from the first stage. Each odor control unit uses a fan to pull air from the sewage pump station wetwell into the unit. There are different size odor control units, and their size is based upon the size of the wetwell. The size of an odor control unit is normally measured in cubic feet of air per minute (cfm) passing through the unit. The Evoqua systems being evaluated are Models ZB-30 (70 cfm) through ZB-7000 (1,000 cfm). The comparable BioAir systems are Models EcoPure Mini (50-400 cfm) and Mini-2 (100-1,000 cfm). For reference Collier County has only one odor control system larger than 1,000 cfm installed at sewage pump stations. EXISTING COLLIER COUNTY ODOR CONTROL SYSTEMS The County Wastewater Collections Division has 31 Evoqua odor control systems currently installed and operating at Master and Submaster Pump Stations. These systems have flow rates from 300 to 1,500 cfm. The oldest unit in service was installed in January 2003 and the newest unit was started up in February 2009. Due to odor control issues identified after initial operation of a pump station, the County has also installed Evoqua odor control systems at approximately 29 smaller sewage pump stations. Those systems have rated air flows of 70 to 140 cfm. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Odor Control Units - Page 3 The Wastewater Collections Division has staff trained and experienced in the successful operation of the 60 existing Evoqua odor control systems. An inventory of spare parts is maintained to facilitate preventive maintenance and to avoid odor complaints. The Division maintenance staff indicated they spend approximately $10,000 per year in parts replacement for the 60 odor control systems (average of about $170 per system per year). EVALUATED CRITIERA The two odor control system manufacturers were evaluated based upon the following criteria: (1) performance and features, and (2) operation and maintenance. PERFORMANCE AND FEATURES Both manufacturers state their odor control systems will remove greater than 99% of the hydrogen sulfide gas in the air stream. This removal rate can be confirmed by actual field testing. Collier County has confirmed this performance with the Evoqua units. Lee County indicates they are satisfied with performance of their BioAir units. Some general features of each manufacturer’s system are listed in the table below. Feature Evoqua BioAir Construction of Reactor Fiberglass w/Nexus Liner HDPE Electrical Control Panel NEMA 4X Fiberglass NEMA 4X Fiberglass Microprocessor Not required A-B Micrologix Construction of Fan Fiberglass fan, Direct drive Aluminum, Direct drive Variable Speed Fan Standard No Available Flow Rates 30 to 5,000 cfm 50 to 1,000 cfm Nutrient Feed System Feed pump and tank Feed pump, tank, motorized ball valve Fasteners Exterior:316 SS Interior:PVC/FG 316 SS The variable speed fan offered by Evoqua on its units of 350 cfm and larger provides operational flexibility and is considered an important feature to assist with startup and to address increasing head loss (pressure drop) across the odor control unit over time. It also offers reduced power consumption. The Evoqua fiberglass fan is slightly more corrosion resistant than the aluminum fan offered by BioAir. Also, because these odor control systems have relatively simple controls Evoqua uses relay logic for the controls rather than a microprocessor as used by BioAir. This feature makes the Evoqua units simpler to operate and maintain. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Odor Control Units - Page 4 The physical size of the units provided by each manufacturer is very important because sewage pump stations are frequently placed within a relatively small utility easement. The larger Evoqua odor control units for Collier County are three different models and three different physical sizes. The comparable BioAir unit is only made in one physical size. For comparison of the physical sizes, the Evoqua ZB-5000 (500 cfm) has a footprint of approximately 6.6 ft by 4.1 ft. The comparable BioAir Eco Pure Mini-2 has an approximate footprint of 11.5 ft by 4 ft. The larger footprint of some BioAir units could require a larger easement for new pump stations. The larger physical size of the BioAir units creates a significant concern if they were to be installed in any of the over 800 existing pump stations with or without odor control. The potential larger BioAir unit could take up too much space to even fit within the existing easement boundary. Even if the unit did fit within the property, the larger BioAir unit could possibly create maintenance and access issues at existing pump stations. For the small sewage pump stations with odor control systems, Evoqua makes a Model ZB-42 (150 cfm) which is round with a diameter of 3.5 feet. The comparable BioAir Eco Pure Mini has a footprint of 10 ft by 4 ft. This large difference in footprint makes the BioAir less attractive since the physical size of the utility easement may have to be increased to accommodate this manufacturer. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE The operational and maintenance costs for the odor control units include the cost of nutrients used to sustain the microorganisms and the maintenance of the nutrient feed pump. The nutrient used by Evoqua is Miracle Grow, an inexpensive and readily available product. The nutrient required by BioAir is a proprietary product purchased from BioAir. Another operational cost is the power cost for the fan. The fan for the larger odor control units is typically 3 to 5 horsepower. The smaller odor control units typically have a 0.5 hp fan. Units with the same air flow from both manufacturers should consume approximately the same electrical power. The electrical power will vary by the amount of head loss across the biofilter. Over time that head loss will change as the amount of biomass on the media changes. An infrequent but major maintenance cost for these odor control units is replacement of the media for the biofilter. Removal of the media requires a vacuum truck to remove and dispose of the media. Installation of the new media is labor intensive. Based on a ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Odor Control Units - Page 5 recent proposal from Evoqua, the total cost for media replacement in a small 140 cfm odor control system was approximately $13,200. So the life of the biofilter media is an important consideration, especially since both manufacturers produce proprietary media for their biofilter. Two previous types of media provided by Evoqua were imported stone and fired clay. Over an extended period those media were susceptible to breakdown in the acid environment inside the biofilter. The County Wastewater Collections Division indicated these media lasted an average of about 10 years before needing replacement. Evoqua’s latest media is made of glass, which should not be affected by the acid environment and should have a longer life. This new media was introduced about four years ago. BioAir uses a plastic media, which was introduced about nine years ago and should also have a long life. Lee County’s oldest BioAir unit is seven years old, and media replacement has not been needed to date. PRICE The pricing market for these odor control units is very competitive. The prices from these two different manufacturers for odor control systems will be dependent on the number and size of the systems and the market conditions at the time of pricing. As a result accurate comparative purchase costs are not available. As a point of reference Hole Montes understands Lee County very recently received bids from Evoqua and BioAir for two small odor control systems and Evoqua was the low bidder. SUMMARY Evoqua should remain as the standard manufacturer for odor control systems for the Collier County sewage pump stations. The Evoqua odor control systems offer several significant advantages, such as smaller physical size, a variety of physical sizes, a variable speed fan, better materials of construction of the fan, a simpler control system and less maintenance costs. This manufacturer also has a successful track record of over 15 years with the Wastewater Collections Department. Competitive pricing may provide an initial purchase benefit the County, however the larger physical size of the BioAir units creates serious indirect cost issues, especially for smaller sewage pump stations. However if the County can overcome the land use issue and wishes to compare costs-of-ownership between the two manufacturers, it can consider allowing BioAir to compete against Evoqua, preferably on a trial basis with one or two odor control systems. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Odor Control Units - Page 6 If the County decides to proceed with comparing the cost-of-ownership for both manufacturers, the pricing from BioAir should be structured to reflect the increased annual cost of their proprietary nutrients and also include training sessions for County staff and supply of spare parts as may be needed during the warranty period. It is suggested that the BioAir proposal include a system with a fan that uses a variable speed drive, allowing a more equitable price comparison. Consideration should also be given to requiring an extended warranty of three to five years, a guaranteed odor removal rate, and independent field performance testing, which is typical for these systems. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL April, 23, 2018 Submersible Sewage Pumps - Page 1 PRODUCT: SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS USM REF: WASTEWATER SYSTEM Utilities Standards Manual, Specification Section 333200 The following listing of Sections is provided for reference. Section Description Page 1 Manufacturers – Sewage Pumps 1 2 Functional Requirements – Sewage Pumps 2 3 Impellers – Sewage Pumps 4 4 Collier County Installed Base of Flygt Sewage Pumps 5 5 Collier County Sewage Pumps – Maintenance, Parts & Rebuilding 6 6 Sewage Pumps – Manufacturers Selected For Evaluation 8 7 Evaluated Sewage Pumps – Features & Construction 8 8 Evaluated Sewage Pumps – Manufacturer’s Warranty 13 9 Evaluated Sewage Pumps – Efficiency & Life Cycle Costs 14 10 Pricing 16 11 Summary 16 12 Recommendations 17 SECTION 1: MANUFACTURERS – SEWAGE PUMPS A desktop evaluation was conducted on submersible sewage pumps, which are listed as a standard product in the Collier County Utilities Standards Manual. These pumps are used in the County’s wastewater pump stations. Because of Collier County’s size and relatively flat topography, the Wastewater Collections Division operates and maintains 846 sewage pump stations with more than 1,700 pumps in operation. Collier County’s standard manufacturer for submersible sewage pumps is Flygt/Xylem. Three other submersible sewage pump manufacturers, Ebara, ABS and Hydromatic, are identified as a standard product by seven other southwest Florida public utilities. Refer to the table on the next page for the manufacturer(s) used by each public utility. Seven of the eight public utilities have Flygt included as a standard product, and four public utilities list Flygt as their only standard product. Only one of eight public utilities lists more than two acceptable pump manufacturers. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL April, 23, 2018 Submersible Sewage Pumps - Page 2 Flygt ABS Hydromatic Ebara Collier County City of Naples Bonita Springs City of Ft Myers Lee County Lee County City of Cape Coral City of Cape Coral Charlotte County Charlotte County Charlotte County City of Marco Island Collier County Public Utilities Department has previously expressed an interest in evaluating pumps made by Homa and Vaughan. Therefore in addition to the four manufacturers in the table above, this assessment will include an initial discussion about Homa and Vaughan as potentially acceptable pump manufacturers. It should be noted that Collier County recently integrated the Orange Tree Utility Company into the Collier County Water-Sewer District. The Orange Tree Utility Company was a relatively small, developer-oriented public utility. As a result the County inherited the Flygt pumps in this system as well as some ABS pumps. SECTION 2: FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS – SEWAGE PUMPS Submersible sewage pumps are a critical part of the County’s infrastructure. Failure of these pumps, as part of the Collier County wastewater collection system, to operate properly creates a potential for wastewater spills and a public health hazard. As a result these sewage pumps must be extremely reliable. The following paragraphs describe the key functional requirements of the County’s submersible sewage pumps. Resistance to Clogging: Each sewage pump is required to pump raw sewage which contains a constantly changing variety of solids, plastics, grease, grit, rags and stringy material. These materials create a constant opportunity to partially or fully clog the pump. When a submersible sewage pump is partially clogged, it pumps less wastewater and its efficiency is significantly reduced. This condition can back up sewage in the pump station wetwell, which can create obnoxious odors as well as a potential overflow. Partially or fully clogged pumps create additional operating costs due to reduced pumping efficiency and increased field maintenance because a field service trip by County staff is required to remove the pump, unclog it and re-install the pump. In summary, the most important feature of a submersible sewage pump is its ability to operate reliably and free of clogging. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL April, 23, 2018 Submersible Sewage Pumps - Page 3 Long Life Prior to Cost-effective Rebuilding of the Pump: Sewage pumps must be manufactured for a long life. At the end of a pump’s initial ‘life’ it should be designed so it can be rebuilt in a cost-effective manner and not simply replaced. The length of time that each pump can provide reliable service before a rebuild is an important parameter to consider in evaluating a submersible sewage pump. Pump Starts/Hour: Every manufacturer of submersible sewage pumps identifies an allowable number of pump starts per hour for each model pump. This very important parameter is identified because each time a pump starts it creates a stress on the motor. Over time these starting stresses, if frequent, will reduce the motor life. This parameter is normally based on equally spaced starts per hour. This parameter is important because some County pump stations have an unusually large number of pump starts per hour. Based on a limited sample of data provided by the County Wastewater Collections Division, some sewage pumps will start from 140 to 280 times in one day (equaling about 6 to 12 times per hour every day). These starts are likely not equally spaced each hour or during the 24 hours in each day. Corrosive Conditions: Sewage pumps are installed in an environment of corrosive sewage gases and corrosive liquids. The pumps must be constructed of materials that minimize the long term effects of corrosion, which shortens a pump’s life. Although the County Wastewater Collections Division has received excellent long life from the Flygt pumps, the staff indicates that long term corrosion is the primary cause of pump replacement (after many rebuilds). Varying Hydraulic Conditions: These sewage pumps discharge into a force main (the pipe line to the treatment plant) at a changing flow rate and discharge pressure. So each pump must be capable of a long life while pumping under a wide variety of hydraulic conditions, including conditions other than at maximum efficiency. Summary: Each submersible sewage pump must have a long life and be extremely reliable in spite of the requirements to: (1) pump wastewater with varying amounts of rags, plastics and other debris that are site specific and that can and will clog the pump, (2) have a long life before allowing a cost-effective rebuilding or refurbishment of the pump, (3) provide a long life with a high number of starts per hour, (4) operate in a very corrosive environment, and (5) pump at varying pressures and flow rates. A drawing is provided at the end of this document to provide a visual reference for a typical submersible sewage pump station, which includes two submersible sewage pumps. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL April, 23, 2018 Submersible Sewage Pumps - Page 4 SECTION 3: IMPELLERS – SEWAGE PUMPS Non-clog Impeller Pumps & Chopper Pumps: Many pump manufacturers have upgraded their submersible sewage pumps over the last several years with more efficient impellers that are less likely to clog while using less power. These design changes appear to be constantly evolving and are even affecting the marketing approach of some manufacturers. Some manufacturers have even changed the description of their non-clog pumps to ‘chopper pumps’, apparently in order to convey a more positive image of their sewage pump. The term ‘chopper pump’ has been typically used to describe a separate rotating blade mounted on the pump shaft below the pump impeller. The spinning blade is used to chop up the solids, plastics, rags and stringy material in the wastewater before the fluid and debris enter the impeller to be pumped out of the pump. In this document the term chopper pump is only used to describe a pump with a rotating cutter blade in addition to a rotating impeller. It is noteworthy that a true chopper pump is not used as a normal sewage pump by any of the eight public utilities listed on Page 2 of this document. Flygt Non-clog Pumps: The Flygt N-type pump, which was introduced to the County in 2002, has an impeller and a bottom plate with special features that reduce the potential for clogging. These features include “self-cleaning” backswept impeller blades and a spiral relief groove(s) cut in the bottom plate (located under the semi-open impeller) as well as a fixed cutter guide pin to help cut debris and move the debris toward the relief groove. This impeller is approximately 20%-40% more efficient than the previous impeller. In fact a Department of Energy study in one municipal utility identified a 43% increase in energy savings alone by use of the N-type pump and impeller – without consideration of reduced maintenance costs. The often referenced Ten State Standards manual encourages innovative technology. Because of its introduction of the N-type pump, Flygt received the Innovative Technology Award for wastewater collection systems from the US Water Environment Federation in 2011. Flygt also received the Innovation of the Year award from the International Water and Effluent Exhibition in 1999, when the N-type pump was first introduced. Flygt makes the N-type sewage pump with either two vane or three vane impellers. It is understood that County Master Pump Station 104.00, which has pumps using Flygt’s old C-type impellers, has a history of significant clogging. As a result the County is currently installing new pumps in Master Pump Station 104.00 from two other manufacturers to address the clogging issue and to provide a performance comparison. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL April, 23, 2018 Submersible Sewage Pumps - Page 5 ABS, Ebara and Vaughan Non-clog Pumps: ABS and Ebara have modified their pump design since 2002 to provide improved non-clogging impellers and bottom plates similar to the Flygt design. The ABS pump has a serrated edge on the bottom plate, which has a continuous spiral relief groove. The ABS single vane semi-open impeller has a forward swept blade and a long overlapping vane. Ebara offers a single or two vane semi-open impeller that has “pump-out” vanes on its top to prevent debris from building up on the upper side of the impeller. The Ebara also has a relief groove in the bottom plate. Vaughan makes both a non-clog pump as well as a true chopper pump. The Vaughan semi-open impellers also have “pump-out” vanes like the Ebara. The Vaughan pump includes an “upper cutter” located in the area above the impeller. The Vaughan pump also includes two cutter bars similar to the Flygt cutter guide pin. Homa and Hydromatic Pumps: The Homa A Series pumps are constructed using a closed-type impeller and an optional chopper blade. The Hydromatic HPE Series pumps under consideration are made with a closed-type impeller. Hydromatic also sells an older model with a single vane closed impeller; however technical information was not obtained on this model. The closed-type impeller used by Homa and Hydromatic is more prone to clogging than a semi-open impeller used by Flygt, ABS, Ebara and Vaughan. Note that none of the eight public utilities listed on Page 2 of this document specify a sewage pump with either a closed-type impeller or a recessed impeller. SECTION 4: COLLIER COUNTY INSTALLED BASE OF FLYGT PUMPS The Collier County Wastewater Collection Department currently maintains 846 pump stations, which include approximately 1,700 submersible sewage pumps. Approximately 90% of the County’s current pump installations are listed by Flygt pump model number in the table below. For each model, the table also shows the most commonly installed impeller. Flygt Model Approx. Horsepower Number Installed Impeller No.1 3085 3 472 436 3102 5 336 436 3127 7.5-10 386 483 3140 15 49 436 3152 20 173 454 3201 29-47 65 452 3300 60-88 31 636 Total 1,512 1 Most common installed impeller for that pump model ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL April, 23, 2018 Submersible Sewage Pumps - Page 6 Over the past five years Collier County has received approximately 116 new Flygt submersible sewage pumps (an approximate 7% increase in installed sewage pumps) in sewage pump stations that were built by developers and turned over to the County. During this same period, the County purchased approximately 54 new sewage pumps as part of its capital improvement program to upgrade existing pump stations. As discussed in the Section 3 on pump impellers, Flygt introduced new impeller designs in 2002. Because the County’s Wastewater Collections Division does not typically purchase new pumps, the Flygt impellers being currently used in much of their system are the old C-type semi-open impellers. Therefore most of the impeller numbers noted above do not represent the newer Flygt N-type impeller design. Flygt makes an adapter kit so that during the County’s rebuild of an older pump the newer impeller can be retrofitted into an old style pump. In a few instances the Wastewater Collections Division has purchased this adapter kit in order to reduce clogging and improve efficiency. For the rebuilding of Flygt pumps, the manufacturer has recently made premium efficiency motors available at no additional cost. Refer to Section 9 for additional information on motor efficiency. SECTION 5: COLLIER COUNTY SEWAGE PUMPS – MAINTENANCE , PARTS & REBUILDING As a matter of policy Collier County is committed to the reliable operation and successful maintenance of its sewage collection system. This policy places the primary responsibility for operation and full maintenance on an internal department, specifically the County Wastewater Collections Division. This policy ensures successful and cost- effective operation of a critically important system that must be fully functional 24 hrs/day, 7 days a week and 365 days a year. This policy approach of using internal staff to operate and provide full maintenance services is common for many large public utilities in Florida. Unless the County is either upgrading (increasing the flow rate) an existing sewage pump station or building a new master pump station, the County does not normally directly purchase new sewage pumps because the Wastewater Collections Division, as a long standing policy, simply refurbishes older pumps until the pump casing has significant corrosion. The County Wastewater Collections Division has four staff trained to completely rebuild Flygt pumps, and the County normally maintains a large inventory of spare rebuilt pumps and spare parts. This standard practice allows the Wastewater Collections Division to promptly, regardless of the time or day, remove an aging or ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL April, 23, 2018 Submersible Sewage Pumps - Page 7 problematic pump and replace it with a stock duplicate pump that has been completely rebuilt by the Department. Portions of a County document dated March 23, 2017 describe the County inventory of Flygt spare pumps and parts and the County’s replacement rate of sewage pumps, and that text is shown below. There are currently 121 Flygt pumps in inventory, occupying approximately 1,650 square feet of warehouse space to store and maneuver these large inventory items. In addition, we inventory over 300 spare parts for these pumps, occupying an additional 220 square feet of warehouse space. With an installed base of approximately 1,700 pumps, and an approximate replacement rate of 160 pumps per year, the turnover time is approximately 10-11 years. However, because almost all replacements are rebuilt and not new, Flygt pumps and the need to service them will not go away. Number of Flygt pumps in operation: Approx. 1700 • Number of Flygt pumps in warehouses: Approx. 70 spares • Number of discrete Flygt models: Approx. 10 • Number of Flygt pumps rebuilt annually: Approx: 160 pumps per year • Number of new Flygt pumps installed as replacements: Collections hasn’t installed any new Flygt Pumps in many years. The new pumps in the system are from CIP projects or new pump stations that the county has accepted. Collier County’s existing base of Flygt pumps includes numerous rebuilt pumps that are over 20 years old. Due to the large installed base of Flygt pumps and due to the County’s rebuilding of approximately 160 pumps per year, the normal procurement of all needed spare parts and service for the Flygt pumps should continue. Refer to Sections 7 and 12 for additional information about the procurement of Flygt spare parts. The competitors of Flygt have pointed out that the County‘s use of Flygt pumps requires the purchase of proprietary Flygt shaft seals and bearings during the re-build of a pump. The standard Flygt shaft seals (tungsten-carbide) are top quality, and in fact, three of the four other manufacturers offer this type seal as an extra cost option. However we understand two seal manufacturers produce an equal reconditioned seal for the Flygt pumps. The Wastewater Collections Division has previously used these non-Flygt re- manufactured seals for rebuilding their pumps. The bearings used in the Flygt pumps are not proprietary and can be purchased directly by the County from at least two bearing manufacturers. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL April, 23, 2018 Submersible Sewage Pumps - Page 8 If the County decides to open up the standard product list to pumps other than Flygt, the purchase of those pumps could be accomplished based solely on the low bid from the acceptable manufacturer(s). However the parts from different pump manufacturers are not interchangeable, and the pump design of each manufacturer is different. As a result the County’s evaluation of the bids from manufacturers other than Flygt should consider the cost to warehouse the needed spare parts for rebuilding those pumps as well as the cost for training the County staff to rebuild the new manufacturer(s) pumps. SECTION 6: SEWAGE PUMPS –MANUFACTURERS SELECTED FOR EVALUATION Because the Homa and Hydromatic high efficiency sewage pumps are built with closed- type impellers, those two manufacturers are eliminated from further consideration. Furthermore Homa does not appear to have a significant base of installed pumps in any of the eight public utilities listed on Page 2 of this document. For pumps 40 hp and over, Ebara only makes a “non-clog” pump with a closed-type impeller. Because the closed-type impeller is more prone to clogging and because Ebara’s maximum of 30 hp limits their ability to fully serve Collier County’s needs. However since pumps 40 hp and greater are normally used only in Master Pump Stations (which are built by the County), the County could chose to consider Ebara for only those applications under 40 hp. The technical features of the Ebara pump are included in the next Section for reference. The submersible pump manufacturers to receive further evaluation are, in addition to Flygt, ABS, Ebara and Vaughan. SECTION 7: EVALUATED SEWAGE PUMPS – FEATURES & CONSTRUCTION Pump Features: The following Page 9 provides information on some general features and materials of construction of manufacturer’s pump for lower horsepower pumps (≤15hp). The larger horsepower pumps are generally similar except that oil cooling for the motor may become standard. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL April, 23, 2018 Submersible Sewage Pumps - Page 9 COMPARISON OF GENERAL PUMP FEATURES ≤15 HP 1 IE3 premium efficiency available at no additional cost 1A IE3 premium eff motor available at addtl cost 2 cable removal &replacement is difficult, may require new cable 2Aavailable at extra cost 3 seals are in oil bath; Ebara & Vaughan offer tungsten-carbide seals as extra cost option 4 bearing life rated over large portion of pump curve 5 bearing life rated only at best efficiency point 6 closed impeller only for larger pumps (≥40 hp) 7 starts/hr rated with unevenly spaced starts Feature Flygt N Series ABS Model XFP Ebara Model DLKFU Vaughn S Series Motor Efficiency Rating High Eff. or IE31 Prem Eff - IE3 High Eff. High Eff.1A Rated Starts/Hour w/o over- heating (starts evenly spaced) 30 15 20 Varies: 10.7 to 12.57 VFD Rated Motor is Std Yes Yes No2A No2A Seal at Cable Entry dual grommet 1 grommet w/removable plug 1 grommet w/epoxy2 1 grommet w/epoxy2 Explosion Proof Rating Div 1/Class 1/ Groups C&D Div 1/Class 1/ Groups C&D Div 1/Class 1/ Groups C&D Div 1/Class 1/ Groups C&D Insulation Class H=180°C H=180°C H=180°C F=155°C Temperature Rise Class B=80°C A=60°C B=80°C ??? Insulation Motor Winding trickle impregnation vacuum pressure impregnation dip & bake x3 dip & bake Service Factor 1.15 1.30 1.15 1.15 Cooling System air cooled motor air cooled motor air cooled motor oil cooled Sensors - Overheating Yes Yes Yes Yes Shaft Seals & Bearings Seals Materials of Construction (upper & lower seals) dual tungsten- carbide seals silicon-carbide & silicon-carbide carbon-ceramic & silicon-carbide3 silicon-carbide & silicon-carbide3 Seal Leak Detection Yes Yes Yes Yes Bearing L-10 Life (hrs) 50,0004 50,0004 60,0005 100,0004 Bearing Lubrication (upper & lower) sealed sealed oil bath lubricated oil bath lubricated Impeller/Volute Impeller Type semi-open, 2 & 3 vane, self-cleaning semi-open, 1 vane, self-cleaning semi-open, 1 & 2 vane, self-cleaning6 semi-open, 1 & 2 vane, self-cleaning Impeller Materials - Hardened 25% chromium cast iron cast iron cast iron cast steel Impeller Auto Adjusts for Partial Clog Yes No No No General Motor-Pump Shaft SS 431 SS 420 SS 403& 420 SS Pump Fasteners 316 stainless 316 stainless 304 stainless 316 stainless Guide Rails dual rails dual rails dual rails dual rails Std Pump-to-Pump Base connection metal-metal metal-metal w/ gasket metal-metal metal-metal ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL April, 23, 2018 Submersible Sewage Pumps - Page 10 The following paragraphs identify first some of the key positive features (Pro) offered by each manufacturer and then any potential disadvantages (Con). These paragraphs do not include the impeller features; refer to Section 3 for relevant information. However it is noted that Flygt, ABS and Ebara provide cast iron impellers while Vaughan provides hardened cast steel impellers. As previously noted in Section 3, corrosion is a significant factor in determining the life of these pumps. Flygt: • Pro: Flygt offers a significantly higher number of allowable starts per hour (30) than the next highest manufacturer (20), which likely creates a longer motor life for Flygt. These allowable start figures are based upon equally spaced starts. However, many County pump stations have a high number of starts per hour and those starts are not equally spaced. Toshiba Technical Application Guideline #07 discusses motor start frequency and states in part: “During acceleration to full speed, the motor generates heating of the rotor and stator at a rate substantially higher than during full load running conditions (typically >100 times the full load operating condition heating). If the motor is started too frequently, this rate of heating can cause damage to either the stator insulation or the rotor bars and end rings.” Flygt’s ability to have significantly more rated starts per hour is likely due to superior motor insulation and construction. • Pro: The standard motor in Flygt pumps is rated for variable frequency (VF) drive duty and can be used in pump stations with VF drives as well as stations without VF drives. This feature is important because the Collections Department has many stations with VF drives and numerous stations with non-VF drives. So every rebuilt pump can go into either type of station. • Pro: Flygt’s tungsten-carbide seals may offer a maintenance advantage in seal life. It is noted that two other manufacturers offer this type of seal as an extra cost option. The Wastewater Collections Division has experienced excellent seal life from the tungsten-carbide materials. • Pro: The newer, more efficient N-type impeller has provided the County Wastewater Collections Division with a reduction in pump clogging. This impeller also offers the unique ability to move vertically upward if a partial clog is encountered and clear the flow path. • Pro: The Flygt N-type cast iron impeller is a 25% chromium alloy, which creates a long life while pumping grit and brackish water. • Pro: Flygt has provided the County with decades of reliable service with long pump life between rebuilds and excellent factory support. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL April, 23, 2018 Submersible Sewage Pumps - Page 11 • Pro: For certain pump station locations, Flygt offers a unique mixing flush valve that is not made by other manufacturers. Refer to the Standard Product Assessment on the Mixing Flush Valve for additional information. • Pro: The Flygt standard motor has a standard high-efficiency rating. However Flygt has just begun offering an IE3 premium-efficiency rated motor at no additional cost. Refer to Section 9 for additional comments regarding motor efficiency. • Pro: Motors for the Flygt pump are capable of 30 starts per hour while the ABS pump is capable of only 15 starts per hour or 50% fewer starts. • Con: The Flygt standard motor has a service factor of 1.15, which compares to the ABS Service Factor of 1.3. ABS: • Pro: The ABS pump has the most number of similar features to Flygt compared to any other manufacturer. These features include the following: VFD rated motor, air cooled for lower horsepower pumps, effective sealing of the power cable, hardened cast iron impeller, premium efficiency rating (IE3), and Type 316 stainless steel fasteners. • Pro: For larger pumps the ABS bearings have a 100,000 hour rated life and a dual grommet system for the electrical cable. • Con: The ABS pump motor is only rated for an allowable starts per hour of 15. • Con: The temperature rise class for the ABS motor is A, which is 36 degrees F. less than the Flygt. • Con: The normal ABS pump to pump base connection includes a gasket, which could present a significant long-term maintenance issue. No other manufacturer under final consideration uses a gasketed connection at the pump base. However ABS does provide an adapter which allows a metal-metal connection to a Flygt pump base. Ebara: • Pro: The Ebara pump and motor bearings are rated for 60,000 hours versus 50,000 hours for Flygt and ABS. • Con: Ebara does not provide a comparable open impeller on its pumps over 30 hp. Therefore, due to potential clogging issues the Ebara pumps would likely be unsuitable for the larger pump stations. • Con: Ebara rates its pump motors for 20 starts per hour. • Con: The Ebara pumps have an epoxy sealed electrical cable that will take additional time to remove and could require replacement of the cable whenever it is removed for routine pump service or for a rebuild. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL April, 23, 2018 Submersible Sewage Pumps - Page 12 • Con: The standard Ebara motors are not VDF rated, which is very important because all sewage pumps will eventually be rebuilt, placed into inventory and then pulled for service at one of hundreds of pump stations that could have either VFD drives or non-VFD drives. So any rebuilt Ebara pump and standard motor would have to be tagged for use only in certain pump stations. • Con: Ebara does offer tungsten-carbide seals as an extra cost option. • Con: Ebara pump fasteners are a lower grade of stainless steel than Flygt and ABS. Vaughan: • Pro: The life of the Vaughan pump and motor bearings is rated at 100,000 hours versus 50,000 hours for Flygt and ABS. • Con: Over the long term Collier County’s sewage pumps have experienced severe corrosion. Because of the increased potential for impeller corrosion, a major concern is Vaughan’s use of hardened steel impellers rather than hardened cast iron as provided by Flygt, ABS and Ebara. Vaughan also uses a ductile iron volute (impeller housing), which could be more susceptible to corrosion than the cast iron used by the other manufacturers. • Con: Vaughn does not provide either a VFD rated motor or a premium efficiency motor as standard. • Con: The Vaughan uses a lower class (temperature rating) of insulation for the motor windings. • Con: Vaughan uses a single grommet and epoxy to seal the electrical cable similar to Ebara and unlike Flygt and ABS. • Con: Vaughan uses oil cooling for the smaller horsepower pumps, which may increase the cost of each pump rebuild. Pump and Pump-Base Connection: Another factor for evaluation is the difference in physical dimensions between each manufacturer’s pump and pump base. The sewage pumps are installed using two guide rails to lower them into the pump station wetwell and onto a pump base that is bolted to the bottom of the wetwell. The mounting base for a given size pump is slightly different for each manufacturer. For a pictorial description of this pump-to-pump base connection, refer to the drawing of a typical sewage pump station located at the end of this document. Because the County has 846 existing pump stations with Flygt pumps, any other manufacturer(s) must be able to provide adapter plates for their pumps so each pump from a new manufacturer can be quickly and easily installed into an existing pump station and properly fit the existing Flygt mounting base for each size pump. Otherwise the existing 846 pump stations with Flygt pumps cannot be simply changed to another ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL April, 23, 2018 Submersible Sewage Pumps - Page 13 manufacturer without taking the sewage pump station out of service (which requires bypass pumping and bypass piping) so the Flygt pump bases can be removed and new pump bases from the other manufacturer can be installed. As noted in Section 3 on pump impellers, Master Pump Station 104.00 is undergoing a trial installation of a Vaughan pump and an ABS pump using the existing Flygt pump bases. Over an extended period of months Vaughan and ABS have encountered numerous difficulties and delays trying to match their pumps to the Flygt pump bases. At this time these ‘new’ pumps have not been installed. Summary: Flygt pumps offer significant and unique features that justify its current listing at this time as the only standard supplier in Collier County and other southwest Florida public utilities. These features have been available from Flygt for many years. Most importantly Flygt pumps have, for more than 20 years, demonstrated their sustained operational efficiency to the staff at the Wastewater Collections Division. ABS makes a pump that has positive features closest to Flygt, while Ebara and Vaughan appear to have fewer positive features. Sidebar – Salesmen and Their Pumps: Conversations with technical sales representatives from various manufacturers that compete with have produced startlingly similar comments. Each manufacturer’s sales agent has described in great detail at least one pump station where a public utility had a competitor’s sewage pump that was frequently clogging. The salesman got his pump installed and then the pump clogging stopped and the utility had a huge energy savings. While parts of this common story may be accurate, there were likely extenuating factors not mentioned. It is worthwhile to note that Flygt remains the manufacturer with the most sewage pumps operating in the eight large public utilities in southwest Florida. SECTION 8: EVALUATED SEWAGE PUMPS – MANUFACTURER’S WARRANTY Each manufacturer provides a standard extended warranty for municipal installations when provided with a manufacturer’s technician present at pump startup. The municipal warranties shown in the table on Page 14 provide an insight into each manufacturer’s anticipated warranty costs. The Flygt and ABS overall warranty provisions are superior to Ebara and far better than Vaughan. Flygt’s labor warranty is better than the ABS warranty. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL April, 23, 2018 Submersible Sewage Pumps - Page 14 Manufacturer Parts Coverage Labor Coverage Flygt N Series 5 years or 10,000 hrs; prorated 0-18 months = 100% 19-39 months = 50% 40-60 months = 25% 5 years or 10,000 hrs; prorated 0-18 months = 100% 19-39 months = 50% 40-60 months = 25% ABS Model XFP 5 years: prorated 0-18 months = 100% 19-42 months = 50% 43-60 months = 25% 0-12 months = 100% 13-60 months = 0% Ebara Model DLKFU 5 years or 10,000 hrs; prorated 0-18 months = 100% 19-39 months = 50% 40-60 months = 25% None Vaughan S Series One year from startup or 18 months from date of shipment. One year from startup or 18 months from date of shipment. SECTION 9: EVALUATED SEWAGE PUMPS – LIFE CYCLE COSTS Life Cycle Cost: The total life cycle cost (LCC) associated with the ownership of a submersible sewage pump includes the following components: (1) purchase cost, (2) installation and commissioning costs, (3) energy costs, (4) normal operation/supervision costs, (5) normal maintenance costs, (6) unscheduled maintenance and downtime costs, (7) environmental costs such as cleanup of spills, (8) rebuild costs, and (9) disposal costs. The purchase cost of a submersible sewage pump has been estimated to be 10% of the total life cycle cost for that pump. According to a report from the US Department of Energy and the Hydraulic Institute in 2001, the two largest components of a pump’s LCC are maintenance and power costs. For submersible sewage pumps the maintenance costs, which could be estimated at 25%-40% of the LCC, are primarily impacted by two key factors, namely the ability of the pump to run relatively clog free and the operational hours that can be obtained before the pump needs to be rebuilt. The power costs, which could be estimated at 20%-40% of the LCC, are dependent on the cost of electricity and are also dependent upon the pump’s ability to operate without clogging. Any partial clogging will have a negative effect on pump efficiency. Therefore manufacturers’ statements regarding pump and motor clean water efficiencies should be set aside in favor of actual field performance. Accordingly this desktop assessment does not compare published technical details, performance or efficiency curves from the four manufacturers. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL April, 23, 2018 Submersible Sewage Pumps - Page 15 Hydraulic Efficiency: The hydraulic pumping efficiency of any specific pump will depend on the pump design and on the selection of the pump to fit the pumping conditions. The proper selection of a pump, which is made by a design engineer, plays a major role in determining the ‘design based’ hydraulic pumping efficiency. However instantaneous differences in the hydraulic efficiency will occur for any sewage pump, regardless of the manufacturer, due to the normal changes in the discharge pressure encountered by the pump. During the life of these pumps they will be operating at numerous points on their performance curve. For the purposes of this assessment, no further consideration of hydraulic efficiencies is necessary. It should be noted that ABS and Ebara have recently introduced new ‘improved’ impellers. Because pump manufacturers are frequently introducing design changes, it is essential that any field testing be based upon current pump models. Motor Efficiency: According to the US Department of Energy and the Hydraulic Institute report, electricity costs for an industrial pump ranges from 25% to 50% of the total life cycle costs. However submersible sewage pumps do not operate continuously. Based upon limited run time data provided by the County Wastewater Collections Division, the County sewage pumps typically run 1.5 to 4 hours per day. The limited run time data showed that a small number of pump stations had pumps that ran 10 hrs per day while numerous stations had pumps that ran less than 1 hr per day. The average daily pump run time was about 1.5 to 2 hrs. However because of the frequent motor starts it is estimated that power costs for a typical submersible sewage pump represent 20 to 40% of the pump’s life cycle costs. High and Premium Efficiency Motors: A comparison between the high efficiency motor (rating of IE1) with a premium efficiency motor (rating of IE3) is shown below. Based on an average daily run time of 1.5 to 2 hrs per day and electricity cost at $0.08/kw-hr, the theoretical cost savings from using a premium efficiency motor in lieu of a high efficiency motor on one 10 hp pump running at maximum load would be approximately $20 to $27 per year. This theoretical cost savings is based upon clean water conditions and not actual conditions associated with pumping sewage and certainly not the potential large cost associated with a partial clogging of the pump. Pump Approx. Motor Efficiency Horsepower IE1 IE3 3 83% 91% 10 87% 92% 30 89% 94% ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL April, 23, 2018 Submersible Sewage Pumps - Page 16 Summary: The purchase cost of a submersible sewage pump can be considered as approximately 10% of the total life cycle cost for that pump. The energy costs could be considered approximately equal to 20%-40% of the LCC and the maintenance costs could be estimated at approximately 25%-40% of the LCC. However, the actual fraction of a sewage pumps’ total lifetime cost for the nine LCC factors should be determined based on actual field performance data. SECTION 10: PRICING Collier County’s ability to obtain competitive pricing on the future purchases of submersible sewage pumps will probably reduce the costs paid by the County for any future upgrades of the existing County pump stations and for construction of new County master pump stations. This competition among pump manufacturers will also probably lower the cost paid by developers that build sewage pump stations to be turned over to Collier County for the County to operate and maintain. As previously noted, the initial purchase cost for a typical submersible sewage pump represents approximately 10%-15% of the total life cycle costs for that pump. This cost confirms the importance of selecting and purchasing pumps with the lowest life cycle costs. Those life cycle costs will be based upon many factors. The largest of those factors will include the following: a relatively free non-clog operation (avoiding unscheduled maintenance, emergencies and wastewater spills), power costs, maintenance costs, the life between rebuilds and the cost to rebuild. The pricing market for these sewage pumps is very competitive, and the prices from two different manufacturers for a selection of pump sizes and impellers and motors will be dependent on the number of pumps and the market conditions at the time of pricing. As a result accurate comparative purchase costs are not provided in this document. Based on project experience, Vaughan pumps will likely cost more than any of the other manufacturers discussed in this document. SECTION 11: SUMMARY The most important operational feature of a submersible sewage pump is its ability to operate reliably and free of clogging. Other most important features for the pump are its rate of wear over an extended period, its ability to be repaired and re-built at a reasonable cost, and its power cost. These factors are the principle parameters in determining the success and cost-effectiveness of a submersible sewage pump. The ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL April, 23, 2018 Submersible Sewage Pumps - Page 17 pump’s cost-effectiveness is not determined by either its clean water pumping efficiency or its short-term success in pumping wastewater. It is impractical to provide an accurate comparison of the clogging potential between different manufactured products without long-term field testing using different size pumps at different wetwell locations. For the same reasons, it is impractical to compare pump wear, repair costs, power costs and actual operational pumping efficiency without long-term field testing. SECTION 12: RECOMMENDATIONS Flygt pumps are a quality product with a proven and excellent track record in southwest Florida. Flygt offers an impressive track record as well as unique features that justify its continued use by the County as the standard product for submersible sewage pumps. Some of these unique features include the following: motor is rated for 50% more starts per hour than any other manufacturer, which provides a longer motor life; better factory warranty; impeller features and materials of construction; superior shaft seals; and optional mixing flush valve, which can reduce the buildup of grease and debris in the pump station wet well. In consideration of the existing installed base of Flygt pumps and for cost efficiency and meeting daily and emergency needs, it is recommended the County promptly re- establish a full inventory of Flygt parts at the Wastewater Collections Division along with Flygt service to cover labor and parts under Flygt’s prorated warranty. The procurement of the Flygt spare parts and service should proceed separately and independently of evaluating other manufacturers for this standard product. It is suggested that during the rebuilding of Flygt pumps the County increase its use of the more efficient Flygt N-type impellers and, on the larger pumps, its use of premium efficiency motors. A life cycle cost analysis for different horsepower pumps should be performed to evaluate the cost effectiveness of these two suggestions for various pump sizes. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Valve, Air Release - Page 1 PRODUCT: VALVE, AIR RELEASE (COMBINATION TYPE) USM REF: WASTE WATER SYSTEM Utility Standards Manual, Detail WW-7, WW-8, WW-8A, WW -8B & WW-13 MANUFACTURERS A desktop evaluation was conducted on waste water air release valves used by Collier County as identified on Collier County Standard Details related to air release valves installed on force mains and pump stations. The details include: WW-7, WW -8, WW - 8A, WW-8B, and WW -13. In addition Collier County Specifications on air release valves identify a specific set of criteria for air release valves to be installed in Collier County. An air release valves function is to expel accumulated air pockets at high points along waste water pipelines. The vacuum function of an air valve works to allow air back into the line when a vacuum occurs as a result of a possible line shutdown or system failure. H-tec is listed as the only standard manufacturer for wastewater air release valves installed in Collier County. This evaluation will compare the H-tec model 986, ARI model D-025, and Val-Matic Model 801AS combination air release valves/vacuum valves. The list below identifies the manufacturers of air release valves used by Collier County and five other Southwest Florida utilities. H-Tec ARI Val-Matic Collier County Bonita Springs Bonita Springs Lee County Lee County City of Naples(detail) City of Naples(specs) Cape Coral Charlotte County Charlotte County Charlotte County EVALUATED CRITIERA The air valve manufacturers were evaluated based upon the following criteria: (1) materials of construction / product features and (2) price. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Valve, Air Release - Page 2 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION / PRODUCT FEATURES The H-Tec Model 986 is a combination air release valve and air vacuum valve. The valve has a conic shaped stainless steel body and an internal float made of Delrin. The valve has a 250 psi maximum working pressure. Collier County utilizes a check valve add-on that is installed on the air release valve outlet. The installation of the check valve eliminates air from being capable of re-entering the valve, thus eliminating air vacuum intake feature. County staff has indicated that their preferred installation of the H-Tec Model 986 is not with small duplex pump stations, but rather only on underground force mains, force mains elevated above grade for aerial crossings and larger size community pump stations or Master pump stations. The ARI model D-025 is a combination air release/vacuum valve. Model D-025 has a maximum working pressure of approximately 150 psi. The valve is available in a stainless steel or nylon body. The valve has a foamed polypropylene internal float. The ARI model D-025 combination air release/vacuum valve is currently being installed on County duplex pump station rehabilitation construction projects. County personnel have indicated their desire to use stainless steel or nylon combination vacuum/air release valves on their duplex pump stations. The Val-Matic Model 801AS is a combination air release/vacuum valve. The Val-Matic valve comes fabricated with a stainless steel body and a stainless steel float. The valve has a 150 psi maximum working pressure. The 801AS model does not come fabricated with a conic shaped body but instead has a cylindrical shaped outer shell. PRICE List prices were obtained from the manufacturers’ sales representatives and are shown in the table below. Prices reflect valves fabricated out of stainless steel. H-Tec ARI (D-025) Val-Matic $3,000 $2,689 $1764.00 SUMMARY Combination air release/vacuum valves manufactured by H-Tec, ARI, and Val-Matic provide many of the same features. The H-Tec Model 986 combination air release/vacuum valve should remain as a standard supplier for Collier County Utilities and only used in the applications as indicated above. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS Hole Montes, Inc. COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL March 13, 2018 Valve, Air Release - Page 3 The ARI model D-025, and Val-Matic model 801AS combination vacuum/air release valves should also be added as to the County’s approved production list as approved manufacturers for use in County duplex pump stations. Currently the H-Tec Model 986 is the only air release/vacuum valve that exactly meets the USM Technical Specification Section 333313 Part D describing wastewater air release valves so the USM technical specifications should be revised. The revision should point also point out the County’s preference to use stainless steel or nylon air release valves such as the ARI model D- 025 and the Val-Matic 801AS on duplex pump station installations. Hole Montes/RKS Consulting Engineers, Inc. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS March 13, 2018 COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL Page 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS – ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS Pages 1. 12VDC POWER SUPPLY 1 - 2 2. 24VDC POWER SUPPLY 1 - 3 3. DATA RADIO 1 - 2 4. GENERATOR RECEPTACLE & ANGLE ADAPTER 1 - 3 5. PUMP CONTROLLER RTU 1 - 3 6. SURGE SUPPRESSION 1 - 4 Hole Montes/RKS Consulting Engineers, Inc. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS March 13, 2018 COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL 12 VDC Power Supply - Page 1 PRODUCT: 12VDC POWER SUPPLY USM REF: IQ (RECLAIMED) WATER SYSTEM Utility Standards Manual, Detail NP-E3 APPLICATION & MANUFACTURERS A desktop evaluation was conducted on 12VDC power supplies used by Collier County Public Utilities and as identified in Collier County Utility Standards Manual (USM) Detail NP-E3. The power supply application identified on Detail NP-E3 is used in control panels as well as instrument panels manufactured for Collier County. The 12VDC power supplies power to radios and other vendor or field required 12VDC loads. There is one power supply manufacturer identified on Collier County’s approved product list: the Allen Bradley - 1606 series. Information on similar standard products used by three other Southwest Florida Utilities was obtained, specifically the City of Cape Coral (CCC), Lee County Utilities (LCU) and Bonita Springs Utilities (BSU). None of the three identified a specific manufacturer for 12VDC power supplies. EVALUATED CRITIERA The 12VDC power supplies were evaluated based upon the following primary criteria: (1) output power, (2) operating temperature, (3) efficiency, (4) warranty, (5) availability, (6) certifications and compliance and (7) price. For the purpose of evaluating base product criteria, a 180W , 15A power supply was evaluated. The table below represents some key criteria differences: Evaluation Criteria SOLA HD SDN- 16-12-100P Allen Bradley 1606-XLS180B PULS Dimension QS10.121 Efficiency >84% 91.5% 91.6% Dimensions(HxWxD)in 4.88 x 3.23 x 4.55 4.88 x 2.36 x 4.61 4.88 x 2.36 x 4.61 Warranty 5 years 1 year 3 years 150% Power Boost NO YES YES PRICE Approximate list prices in the table below represent the associated cost of one DIN rail mounted 12VDC, 180W, 15A power supply. Prices will vary dependent upon the power rating of the power supply. Hole Montes/RKS Consulting Engineers, Inc. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS March 13, 2018 COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL 12 VDC Power Supply - Page 2 SOLA HD SDN-16- 12-100P Allen Bradley 1606- XLS180B PULS Dimension QS10.121 $330 $646 $380 Allen Bradley did not offer a 15A, 12VDC rated power supply in the XLE line. The XLE line is of the same competition class with the SOLA and PULS units. The XLS series is the premier line of Allen Bradley power supplies, hence the much higher cost in comparison to the other two manufacturers. RECOMMENDATION FOR STANDARDIZATION Industry wide, power supplies are plentiful with wide ranging costs and performance. Initial RKS evaluation into the power supplies was guided referencing the quality standard set forth by the current Collier County product, the Allen Bradley 1606 series. Value power supplies were not considered. Evaluation focused on higher end mid-level and lower end high level devices. These devices offset their slightly higher price point through improved performance, warranty and most importantly operating temperature rating. The shorter term Allen Bradley warranty and much higher cost do stand out as a negative factor in consideration. SOLA HD SDN-P, Allen Bradley 1606-XLS and PULS Dimension QS are all equally performing products. SUMMARY 12VDC power supplies are a common product used in IQ Water service installations as well as other utility applications. A key factor in power supply consideration is that these devices are interchangeable. All are DIN rail mounted plug and play type devices. Specialty mounting, training, initial set-up nor proprietary hardware or software are required, making it simple to replace one for another. Nothing proprietary in regards to physical properties or output voltage is evident between the three. Physical width of the devices could be the only limiting factor in seamless interchangeability. There is a maximum of 0.87 inch variance in physical width between the units. Interchangeability is important in allowing use of the most readily available product to the County in short time frame or emergency situations All three power supply manufacturers offer very similar products. The SOLA appears to offer the best value to the County for a standard product and they should be considered as a standard supplier. Allen Bradley and PULS should also be considered acceptable manufacturers for 12VDC power supplies. Hole Montes/RKS Consulting Engineers, Inc. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS March 13, 2018 COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL 24 VDC Power Supply - Page 1 PRODUCT: 24VDC POWER SUPPLY USM REF: IQ (RECLAIMED) WATER SYSTEM Utility Standards Manual, Detail NP-E3 APPLICATION & MANUFACTURERS A desktop evaluation was conducted on 24VDC power supplies used by Collier County Public Utilities and as identified in Collier County Utility Standards Manual (USM) Detail NP-E3. The power supply application identified on Detail NP-E3 is used in almost all programmable logic controls (PLC) panels as well as instrument panels manufactured for Collier County. The 24VDC power supplies the main power to PLC processors as well as 4-20mA loops for field instrumentation, such as flowmeters, pressure transmitters and level transmitters. There is one power supply manufacturer identified on Collier County’s approved product list: the Allen Bradley - 1606 series. Information on similar standard products used by three other Southwest Florida Utilities was obtained, specifically the City of Cape Coral (CCC), Lee County Utilities (LCU) and Bonita Springs Utilities (BSU). LCU preferred manufacturer, according to recently updated wastewater pumping station standards, was PULS. CCC and BSU Utility Standards did not identify a specific manufacturer. STANDARD DETAIL & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CONFLICT Upon review of Collier County Detail NP-E3, which refers to the Collier County’s approved product listing, and the technical specification for standard control panels provided by Collier County, entitled Collier County Public Utilities Division SCADA Standards, Section 1.7, Control Panels-Revision 1.2, a conflict was identified. Note RKS could not locate the referenced technical specification Section 1.7 in the current Utilities Standards Manual. Allen Bradley 1606 series 24VDC power supplies are identified on Collier County’s approved product listing as the standard manufacturer. Specification 1.7 lists SOLA HD SDN-P. RKS conducted further research utilizing a recently submitted IQ control panel and confirmed the SOLA HD SDN-P power supply is what is currently being supplied on active projects. Hole Montes/RKS Consulting Engineers, Inc. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS March 13, 2018 COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL 24 VDC Power Supply - Page 2 EVALUATED CRITIERA The 24VDC power supplies were evaluated based upon the following primary criteria: (1) output power, (2) operating temperature, (3) efficiency, (4) warranty, (5) availability, (6) certifications and compliance and (7) price. For the purpose of evaluating base product criteria, a 120W , 10A power supply was evaluated. The table below represents some key criteria differences. Evaluation Criteria SOLA HD SDN- 5-24-100P Allen Bradley 1606-XLE120E PULS Dimension QS5.241 Efficiency >88% 90% 91.6% Dimensions(HxWxD)in 4.88 x 2.56 x 4.55 4.88 x 1.26 x 4.61 4.88 x 1.57 x 4.61 Warranty 5 years 1 year 3 years 150% Power Boost NO NO YES PRICE Approximate list prices in the table below represent the associated cost of one DIN rail mounted 24VDC, 120W, 5A power supply. Prices will vary greater or less dependent upon the power rating of the power supply. SOLA HD SDN-5- 24-100P Allen Bradley 1606- XLE120E PULS Dimension QS5.241 $315 $310 $275 RECOMMENDATION FOR STANDARDIZATION Due to the conflicts identified above, the County should update the approved product listing and include the standard control specification 1.7, rev 1.2 in the Utility Standards Manual technical specification to reflect consistency in their desired manufactured materials used in power supply installations. Industry wide, power supplies are plentiful with wide ranging costs and performance. RKS evaluation into the power supplies was driven by the standard set forth of the two current Collier County products, the Allen Bradly 1606 series and SOLA SDN-P, as well as the surrounding Utilities standards. Value power supplies were not considered. Hole Montes/RKS Consulting Engineers, Inc. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS March 13, 2018 COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL 24 VDC Power Supply - Page 3 Evaluation focused on higher end mid-level and lower end high level devices. These devices offset their slightly higher price point through improved performance, warranty and most importantly operating temperature rating. The shorter term Allen Bradley warranty does stand out as a negative factor in consideration. SOLA HD SDN-P, Allen Bradley 1606-XLE and PULS Dimension QS are all equally performing products. SUMMARY 24VDC power supplies are a common product frequently used in IQ service installations as well as other utility applications. To produce a more standardized product for their use, the County should reformat the Collier County approved product listing and the USM Technical Specification for power supplies to reflect the same materials of construction requirements. A key factor in power supply consideration is that these devices are interchangeable. All are DIN rail mounted plug and play type devices. Specialty mounting, training, initial set-up nor proprietary hardware or software are required, making it simple to replace one for another. Nothing proprietary in regards to physical properties or output voltage is evident between the three. Physical width of the devices could be the only limiting factor in seamless interchangeability. There is a minimum of 0.31 inch to a maximum of 1.3 inch variance physical width between the units. Interchangeability is important in allowing use of the most readily available product to the County in short time frame or emergency situations All three power supply manufacturers offer very similar products. The SOLA appears to offer the best value to the County for a standard product and they should be retained as a standard supplier. Allen Bradley and PULS should also be considered acceptable manufacturers for 24VDC power supplies. Hole Montes/RKS Consulting Engineers, Inc. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS March 13, 2018 COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL Data Radio - Page 1 of 2 PRODUCT: DATA RADIO SYSTEM USM REF: IQ (RECLAIMED) WATER SYSTEM Utility Standards Manual, NP-E3 MANUFACTURERS The County Utilities Standards Manual (USM) identifies Data Radio Integra TR as the only standard product for radios. Data Radio was purchased by CalAmp several years ago and continues to manufacturer the Integra TR. The Integra TR radio is in limited use in the Water System, in the Tamiami Wellfield. The radio is currently being phased out with fiber optic network expansions with an estimated completion time of 2 years. County IQ Water System has the Integra TR currently in place and actively implements it on new installs or rehabilitation work where fiber optic is not available. Information on similar standard products used by three other Southwest Florida Utilities was obtained, specifically the City of Cape Coral (CCC), Lee County Utilities (LCU) and Bonita Springs Utilities (BSU). CCC currently uses ethernet radios, preferred manufacturer GE MDS SD series. LCU uses cellular technology, preferred manufacturer Vanguard 3000 cellular modem. BSU Utility Standards did not identify a specific manufacturer. STANDARD DETAIL & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CONFLICT Upon review of Collier County Detail NP-E3, which refers to the Collier County’s approved product listing, Data Radio is listed as the Manufacturer of Integra TR radio. FIBER OPTIC VS RADIO COMMUNICATION Collier County Utilities is progressively moving towards fiber optic media as the primary communication media. As the County IT fiber optic network expands, Collier County Utilities follows the movement deploying new and converting existing pumping stations and IQ service connection sites to fiber optic communications. While fiber optic has become the preferred communication media, radio communication is still in use and is required in areas where the County fiber network is not yet available or may not be able due to physical location constraints, such service sites located within the heart of golf courses. GENERAL COMMENTS & CONSIDERATION Serial radio technology is quickly becoming obsolete. Data transmission is limited, transmission rates are slow. While multiple serial radio manufacturers all offer radios that can communicate in the same frequency band, each manufacturer modulates Hole Montes/RKS Consulting Engineers, Inc. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS March 13, 2018 COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL Data Radio - Page 2 of 2 specific to their radio making interchangeability impossible. Collier County IQ Water System communicates on the 450mHz band. There is an extensive installed serial radio base throughout the entire Unites States, therefore equipment is still being manufactured to support these systems. However, a quick glance at the CalAmp website product listing is all it takes to observe the Integra TR is not a current product listing. More extensive search into the website unveils installation manuals, operation manuals and product brochures. It is evident the product is not at the forefront of their offerings, supporting the statement that serial radios are becoming obsolete. RKS understands in speaking with IQ Water System staff that planning is beginning for replacement of the existing serial radio system. As it stands now though, when a new or upgraded connection is constructed and that fiber is not available, the CalAmp Integra TR is still the approved and required product to communicate on the existing SCADA system. IQ estimated the radio system replacement to be 2-3 years out and will begin once the county wide fiber optic expansion has been built out. PARTS REPLACEMENT & SERVICE SUPPORT The County has expressed satisfaction with parts availability and service support. CalAmp currently supports radio rebuilds for approximately $350. New units are approximately $1,000 and are readily available. RECOMMENDATION FOR STANDARDIZATION Due to the conflicts identified above, the County should update the approved product listing in the Utility Standards Manual technical specification to reflect consistency in their desired manufactured materials used in radio installations. SUMMARY RKS recommends Integra TR be retained, temporarily, as a standard supplier. Over the next 2-3 years the expansion of the County Fiber network throughout the IQ system will be completed, as much as practical. At this point the IQ radio network footprint will be at or near its minimum. RKS recommends an engineering feasibility study be conducted of ethernet radio vs cellular modems. The study should include cost/benefit ratios of both systems. Following the study and per County acceptance the new system implementation can begin and the USM will be required to be updated. Hole Montes/RKS Consulting Engineers, Inc. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS March 13, 2018 COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL Generator Receptacle - Page 1 of 3 PRODUCT: GENERATOR RECEPTACLE and ANGLE ADAPTER USM REF: WASTEWATER SYSTEM Utility Standards Manual, Detail WW-7/WW-9 APPLICATION & MANUFACTURERS A desktop evaluation was conducted on generator receptacles used by Collier County Public Utilities and as identified in Collier County Utility Standards Manual (USM) Details WW-7 and WW-9. The generator receptacle application identified on Detail WW- 7 and WW -9 are used in almost all wastewater lift station control panels. The generator receptacle is used to quickly and safely connect a portable generator to the control panel in the event of prolonged power outages at the station and in accordance with Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) standards. There is one generator receptacle identified on Collier County’s approved product list: the Russell and Stoll JRS-2044. Similar standard products are used by three other Southwest Florida Utilities, specifically the City of Cape Coral (CCC), Lee County Utilities (LCU) and Bonita Springs Utilities (BSU). CCC lists Thomas & Betts, Russell Stoll, Royal Electric and American Mustang. LCU’s preferred manufacturer, according to recently updated wastewater pumping station standards, is Pyle National QUELARC JRE-4100PR. BSU Utility Standards require Eaton Crouse Hinds AR2042. STANDARD DETAIL & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CONFLICT Upon review of Collier County Details WW-7 and WW-9, which refers to the Collier County’s approved product listing, comparing what is listed on the standards to several recent lift station construction projects, most recently LS-133.09, a conflict was identified. Russell and Stoll JRS-2044 generator receptacles are identified on Collier County’s approved product listing as the standard manufacturer. Eaton Crouse Hinds AR2042- S22 with AJA1 angle adapter and AJ71 back box are being supplied and accepted. This information was confirmed most recently on LS-133.09, completed late in 2017. The panel builder provided a Russell and Stoll JRS-2044, which was confirmed incorrect and it was replaced in the field with an Eaton Crouse Hinds AR2042-S22. Hole Montes/RKS Consulting Engineers, Inc. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS March 13, 2018 COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL Generator Receptacle - Page 2 of 3 RKS conducted further research and confirmed their findings with the Wastewater Collections Division. They do not have Russell and Stoll JRS-2044 receptacles in use. Collections confirmed the Eaton Crouse Hinds AR2042-S22 is the currently used product. EMPD staff provided insight and direction regarding the mounting of the generator receptacles. The current county standard has the generator receptacle being mounted to the side of the control panel. EPMD provided a new mounting detail, removing the receptacle from the control panel and mounting it to a standalone 6” square concrete post, at a location convenient to County W astewater Collections Staff. RECOMMENDATION FOR STANDARDIZATION Due to the conflicts identified above, the County should update the approved product listing in the Utility Standards Manual to reflect consistency in their desired manufactured materials used in generator receptacle installations. While this standard assessment is geared towards the generator receptacle, a complete assessment cannot be made without taking into consideration the mating plug. The mating plug is joined to a generator cable, made up by the utility. The cable provides the interconnection between the station control panel and the portable generator. Collier County has approximately 800 lift stations county wide. With this large number of stations, it is critical that that some level of standardization be implemented on key components of that system. The generator receptacle-cord-plug combination is high priority as a critical component. Without standardization, it could be possible for maintenance to arrive with the portable generator only to find they don’t have the cord that mates with the stations receptacle. The precious time it takes, especially during a station power outage, to track down the correct cable could mean the difference between a wastewater spill or not. Wastewater Collections currently has approximately 44 portable generators. All of the cord sets for portable generators are made up to mate with the Eaton Crouse Hinds AR2042-S22 receptacle. Acceptance of multiple generator receptacles would require multiple cables to be made-up, the cables would have to be carefully inventoried and carried with each generator. Accepting 2 or 3 manufacturers would directly increase the cable costs for each portable generator by the same amount, with approximately 44 portable generator units the negative cost impact of selecting multiple manufactures will be substantial. Hole Montes/RKS Consulting Engineers, Inc. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS March 13, 2018 COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL Generator Receptacle - Page 3 of 3 SUMMARY Generator receptacles are a common product frequently used in waste water lift station installations as well as other utility applications. To produce a more standardized product for their use, the County should reformat Collier County approved product listing for generator receptacles to reflect the same materials of construction requirements. It is not that debatable, there are equally effective, safe and durable generator receptacles available, as evident by the difference in standards even in neighboring utilities. The limiting factor is interchangeability. This class of receptacle/plug combinations are not NEMA standard configurations. All generator receptacles mate with specific plugs, these receptacle/plug combinations are proprietary to each manufacturer and therefore not interchangeable. Consideration given to the above, the Eaton Crouse Hinds AR2042-S22 should be retained as a standard supplier. The County standard duplex lift station control panel detail drawings should be updated reflecting removal of the generator receptacle from the side of the control panel. A post mounted generator receptacle details should be inserted within the Utility Standards Manual. Hole Montes/RKS Consulting Engineers, Inc. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS March 13, 2018 COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL Pump Controller/RTU - Page 1 of 3 PRODUCT: PUMP CONTROLLER/RTU USM REF: WASTEWATER SYSTEM Utility Standards Manual, Section 33320 Page 4, H./Details WW-7/WW-9 Manufacturers The County Utilities Standards Manual (USM) identifies Data Flow Systems (DFS) as the only standard product for pump controller/RTUs. The technical standards manuals from three other public utilities in Southwest Florida were checked including the City of Cape Coral (CCC), Lee County Utilities (LCU) and Bonita Springs Utilities (BSU). CCC currently uses the HSQ Model 25x86 with a MDS radio; however parts availability as well as support have been on-going issues with the manufacturer. As a result CCC is currently in the process of deploying a County-wide system replacement based around Allen Bradley Micrologix 1400 PLCs. LCU’s preferred manufacturer is the Schneider Electric SCADA Pack 334E RTU with Vanguard 3000 cellular modem. BSU Utility Standards specify DFS as their preferred manufacturer, like Collier county. Fiber Optic vs Radio Communication Collier County Utilities is progressively moving towards fiber optic media as the primary communication media. As the County IT fiber optic network expands, Collier County Utilities has followed the movement, deploying new and converting existing pump stations to fiber optic communications. When needed for wastewater system integration, EPMD will install its own fiber for communication with its infrastructure. While fiber optic has become the preferred communication media, radio communication is still widely used and is still required in areas where the County fiber network is not yet available. DFS remains the system utilized for both fiber and radio communication for the waste water system. EPMD also uses cellular communications as a back-up in case of fiber network interruptions. General Comments & Consideration Collier County Wastewater System currently has more than 800 DFS TCUs and RTUs in service at its pump stations. There are 12 master pump stations with DFS RTUs. Fiber optic installations are fewer, with eight master pump stations and five community pump stations on fiber optic. As master pump stations are upgraded, DFS RTUs are being replaced with PLCs with cellular back-up. As community pump stations are upgraded, PLCs are replacing the RTUs due to the ability to transmit and receive more information. Hole Montes/RKS Consulting Engineers, Inc. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS March 13, 2018 COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL Pump Controller/RTU - Page 2 of 3 All data (whether fiber or radio) is collected on two DFS servers located at the Shirley Street Wastewater Collections office. Six central base radio drivers located at Collections, direct traffic between the field and the SCADA servers. There are two DFS HSM servers active, one for the North service area and one for the South service area. Each server has a hot back-up for redundancy as well as a closet server which is rotated into service regularly, resulting in a total of six DFS HSM servers. Rounding out the system, are several central base radio drivers located at the County Barn Road tower directing communication traffic. Alternate pump controller/RTU systems could be implemented if the County should wish to consider this option. The alternate system would be a major undertaking and expense for Collier County, without regard to what type of new system was deployed. Time is a consideration factor as well. It could take several years to fully implement a new system. Newly hired staff would need training in both systems, existing staff would require full training on the new systems. As the transition is being deployed, two central base SCADA server systems would be required to operate in parallel, adding complexity and lending itself to operator error. The need for a parallel network is driven by the existing network equipment being proprietary to DFS. Alternate systems could possibly utilize existing antenna infrastructure but would require all new RTUs at the pump stations. RKS cannot justify this option as a best value to the County. Field Experience County staff verified the significant savings in materials cost, start-up time and maintenance costs associated with the DFS TCUs. County staff rated the DFS field services very highly and confirmed a successful history of using the DFS TCUs. Power Systems managers state they have experienced a 7-8 year life cycle on units installed in harsh and high temperature environments, speaking to the robustness of the DFS TCU. Parts Replacement & Service Support The County currently maintains a stock of approximately $400,000 in spare parts including 60 Spare TCUs, 2 spare HSM Servers and various other parts. The County has expressed satisfaction with parts availability and service support. Availability DFS is headquartered in Melbourne, FL. All orders normally ship within 1-2 business arriving 2-4 days from order. Hole Montes/RKS Consulting Engineers, Inc. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS March 13, 2018 COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL Pump Controller/RTU - Page 3 of 3 Summary DFS provides the County with significant advantages in labor, time, communications reliability, and loose warranty service as well as unlimited 24/7 phone support. All of these advantages are obtained at no additional cost. The County has a substantially installed DFS base, confidence in the system, a high level of personnel familiarity with the system, and has been satisfied with DFS’s training and support. RKS recommends DFS be retained as a standard supplier for duplex lift station applications. For community pump stations and master pump stations, product use is case by case and dependent on the availability of fiber optic. PLCs and cellular back-up being the preferred method for community and master pump stations. This product evaluation was limited to lift station DFS TCU use only. Hole Montes/RKS Consulting Engineers, Inc. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS March 13, 2018 COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL Surge Suppression - Page 1 of 4 PRODUCT: SURGE SUPPRESSION USM REF: IQ (RECLAIMED) WATER SYSTEM Utility Standards Manual, Detail NP-E6 & NP-E7 APPLICATION & MANUFACTURERS A desktop evaluation was conducted on 4-20mA, 24VDC instrument surge suppressors used by Collier County Public Utilities and as identified in Collier County Utility Standards Manual (USM) Detail NP-E6 and NP-E7. Surge suppressor application identified on Detail NP-E6 and NP-E7 is on all loop powered (4-20mA), excluding those using HART protocol, field instruments and modulating motor operated valves. There is one surge suppressor supply manufacturer identified on Collier County’s approved product list: the EDCO – SS65 series. Information on similar standard products used by three other Southwest Florida Utilities was obtained, specifically the City of Cape Coral(CCC), Lee County Utilities (LCU) and Bonita Springs Utilities (BSU). LCU preferred manufacturer was EDCO. CCC and BSU Utility Standards did not identify a specific manufacturer. Three different surge suppressors were evaluated: the EDCO SS64-036-2, the CITEL TSP15M-P-24D3 and the Phoenix Contact S-PT1-2PE-24VDC. STANDARD DETAIL & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CONFLICT Upon review of Collier County Detail NP-E6 and NP-E7, which refers to the Collier County’s approved product listing, and when comparing several recent Collier County project submittals a conflict was identified. RKS referenced the following recent project submittals: MPS-109, MPS-312 and NCWRF Equalization Basin #3. EDCO SS65 series 24VDC surge suppressors are identified on Collier County’s approved product listing as the standard manufacturer. EDCO SS64 series suppressors are the devices currently being provided by the system integrators and accepted on recent projects. The difference between the SS64 and 65 is that the 65 has a connection to the shield of the instrument cable to the instrument it protects. The shields are required to only be grounded on one end, so as not to create a circulating ground loop. The shields are grounded at the DIN rail mounted surge suppressors in the PLC cabinet that the instrument circuit originates from, therefore are not required to be connected at the instrument. Hole Montes/RKS Consulting Engineers, Inc. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS March 13, 2018 COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL Surge Suppression - Page 2 of 4 EVALUATED CRITIERA The surge protectors were evaluated based upon the following primary criteria: (1) peak surge current (2) surge technology, (3) housing material, (4) connection (5) warranty, (6) availability, (7) certifications and compliance and (8) price. The table below represents some key criteria differences. Evaluation Criteria EDCO SS64-036-2 CITEL TSP15M-P-24D3 Phoenix Contact S-PT-2PE-24VDC Housing Material Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Zinc or Stainless Dimensions(HxWxD)in 0.75x4.7x0.75 1x4.5x1 1.3x4.72x1.3 Peak Surge Current 10kA 15kA 20kA Warranty 5 years 10 years Could not verify Protection Connection Parallel Parallel Series MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION Both the EDCO and CITEL units are hybrid type surge suppressors encapsulated within a stainless steel housing. They utilize gas tube technology to address overvoltage transients. The units come with wire leads to connect the surge suppressor in parallel with the instrument it is intended to protect. Both units are very easily selectable and geared to 4-20mA instrument loop protection, without many installation specific details required for ordering replacement units. Similar to the EDCO and CITEL units the Phoenix Contact S-PT1-2PE-24VDC is in a stainless steel housing and is UL listed. It uses gas tube and diode protection technology. Where it differs from the other two units is in its modular construction, the surge technology is manufactured on a removable circuit board. The device does not come encapsulated with wire leads and requires field wiring. The Phoenix Contact surge is available is a wide range of variations and could easily be inadvertently substituted. Some of the variations are Zinc housing, series connected devices and are not UL listed. PRICE Approximate list prices in the table below represent the associated cost of one DIN rail mounted 24VDC, 120W, 5A power supply. EDCO SS64-036-2 CITEL TSP15M-P-24D3 Phoenix Contact S-PT-2PE-24VDC $100 $100 $135 Hole Montes/RKS Consulting Engineers, Inc. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS March 13, 2018 COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL Surge Suppression - Page 3 of 4 RECOMMENDATION FOR STANDARDIZATION Due to the conflicts identified above, the County should update the approved product listing to reflect consistency in their desired manufactured materials used in surge suppressor installations. RKS evaluation into the surge suppressors was driven by the standard set forth by the current Collier County products, the EDCO SS64, as well as surrounding Utilities standards. The EDCO SS65 series and CITEL TSP15M series are equal quality products. The CITEL unit stands out with its slightly higher surge current rating, much longer warranty period while being at the same price point as the EDCO. EDCO was an industry leader in instrument surge suppressors and for some time was the only option available for direct mounted parallel surge protection. EDCO is widely used throughout the water and wastewater industry and remains a quality option. Both the EDCO and CITEL units offer straight forward product selection. The Phoenix Contact surge suppressor product selection was tedious and could result in selection of a device that is not UL listed or of stainless steel construction. Warranty data was not published on the unit and an attempt to contact customer support in order to obtain the warranty statement went unanswered. The units are manufactured in Germany. There was small stock availability at some of the suppliers listed on their website. The surge suppressor is modular, which causes some concern in field installation quality. If the unit is not properly sealed after installation, water intrusion can cause premature failure of the surge suppressor. Taking into consideration, all the information mentioned above, along with the availability of two alternate quality options, RKS does not recommend including the Phoenix Contact device. SUMMARY Instrument surge suppressors are a common product frequently used in IQ service installations as well as other utility applications. To produce a more standardized product for their use, the County should reformat the Collier County approved product listing for surge suppression to reflect the same materials of construction requirements. A key factor in surge suppression consideration is that these devices are interchangeable. Both come with ½-inch or ¾-inch NPT parallel connections direct to the devices they are protecting. Specialty mounting, training, initial set-up, proprietary hardware or software are not required, making it simple to replace one for another. Interchangeability is important in allowing use of the most readily available product to the County in short time frame or emergency situations. Hole Montes/RKS Consulting Engineers, Inc. ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD SUPPLIERS March 13, 2018 COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL Surge Suppression - Page 4 of 4 Both surge suppression manufacturers offer very similar products. The EDCO is widely in use throughout the County and they should be retained as a standard supplier. CITEL should also be considered acceptable manufacturers for surge suppressors.